Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2021.

No. 333-252024

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

loanDepot, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6199   85-3948939

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, California 92610

(888) 337-6888

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Peter A. L. Macdonald

Secretary and Executive Vice President

c/o LD Holdings Group LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, California 92610

(888) 337-6888

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

Joshua N. Korff

Michael Kim

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

 

Michael Kaplan

Yasin Keshvargar

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to Be
Registered(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)
 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  17,250,000   $21.00   $362,250,000   $39,521.50(3)

 

 

 

(1)

Includes 2,250,000 shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters upon the exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

$10,910 previously paid

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell and does not seek an offer to buy these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale thereof is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion, dated January 27, 2021

15,000,000 Shares

 

 

LOGO

loanDepot, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. We are offering 9,410,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 5,590,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price per share of the Class A Common Stock is expected to be between $19.00 and $21.00. We intend to list our Class A Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “LDI”.

We will have four classes of authorized common stock after this offering: Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock. Each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. Each share of Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock entitles its holder to five votes on all matters presented to our stockholders generally. The holders of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock will not have any of the economic rights (including the rights to dividends) provided to holders of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock. Upon completion of this offering, all of our Class D common stock will be held by affiliates of Parthenon Capital Partners (“Parthenon Capital”) and all of our Class B common stock and Class C common stock will be held by the Continuing LLC Members (as defined below), as the case may be, on a one-to-one basis with the number of Holdco Units they own.

Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A Common Stock issued in this offering collectively will hold 5.3% of the economic interest in us and 1.1% of the combined voting power in us, affiliates of Parthenon Capital who previously owned the stock of LD Investment Holdings, Inc. (the “Parthenon Blocker”), will hold 35.3% of the economic interest in us and 36.9% of the combined voting power in us, and the Continuing LLC Members (as defined below), through their ownership of Class B common stock and/or Class C common stock, as the case may be, collectively will hold no economic interest in us and the remaining 62.0% of the combined voting power in us. We will be a holding company, and upon completion of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our principal asset will be the LLC Interests we hold In LD Holdings Group LLC (“LD Holdings ”). The remaining 59.4% economic interest in LD Holdings will be owned by the Continuing LLC Members through their ownership of equity interests in LD Holdings (“Holdco Units”). We will be the sole manager of LD Holdings. As the sole manager, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of LD Holdings, and through LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, we will conduct our business. Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE’s governance standards.

 

 

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves risks. See “Risk factors” beginning on page 30.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                  $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $        $    

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a full description of compensation payable in connection with this offering.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 2,250,000 additional shares from us and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time and from time to time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock against payment therefor in New York, New York on or about                     , 2021.

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   BofA Securities   Credit Suisse   Morgan Stanley

 

Barclays   Citigroup   Jefferies   UBS Investment Bank

 

JMP Securities   Nomura   Piper Sandler
Raymond James   William Blair   AmeriVet Securities

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

      

Eleven years ago, I founded loanDepot, confident we could deliver the dream of homeownership to individuals and families across the nation.

 

I wasn’t alone on my journey. There were 50 bright, dedicated and passionate individuals that joined me, and together, from day 1, we were inspired to do our best–and be our best–for our customers. We were committed to providing honest products with great value, and committed to delivering them in an innovative, delightful way.

 

LOGO

 

Anthony Hsieh

CEO

      

 

To do what we did back then took more than wisdom and tenacity, it took courage. We chose to enter the market at a time when few were willing to take the chance, and even fewer were succeeding. Despite the headwinds originally against us, we had a vision, and we never lost our focus. We knew that online demand for mortgage products and services was going to grow and we believed the market would gravitate to originators with a recognizable brand that could deliver seamless experiences on par with emerging and best-in-class digital technologies.

 

We always had high expectations for ourselves. We acted with focus and urgency every single day, because we knew that behind every loan file was a family, and that family deserved the best we could offer.

 

Even at that time, we knew, in order to truly do our best for our customers, we had to compete with the exceptional digital experiences customers have outside of the mortgage industry each and every day. We knew we had to disrupt the mortgage industry in the same way that Apple, Netflix and Amazon disrupted their verticals, ultimately forever changing consumer behavior.

 

This early recognition separated us from the pack, and is what led to the creation of mello. mello changed the game for the mortgage industry, and allowed us to be in control of our own digital destiny, ensuring that we could deliver a loan experience to customers that felt simple, easy and rewarding. The advent of mello, and the subsequent development of the mello smartloan, brought full circle the reasons why the team and I originally came together over a decade ago.

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

         I’m often asked how a company that started with 50 employees and a dream was able to accomplish all that we have in just eleven short years. For us, the answer is simple-we think and do differently to delight our customers.
          
      

LOGO

 

 

 

Thinking and doing differently, for us, means building and harnessing technology and data in a way that leads to customer satisfaction and loyalty.

 

      

LOGO

 

 

 

Thinking and doing differently is what allows us to be one click away from millions of customers at all times, and to be able to intelligently and nimbly match our customers with the right loan officer and the right product, at the right price, at the right time.

 

 

      

We’ve grown from 50 founding employees, to now, team members 10,000 strong, serving more than 30,000 customers each month, helping them achieve their financial goals in a way that is personalized, convenient and fast. We’ve created a company that is built to serve customers throughout the entire loan transaction, from the onset of the purchase or refinance decision through loan closing and servicing. We now possess roughly 3% market share of annual mortgage origination volumes, which makes up part of the $11T total addressable market. Thanks to our brand investment over time, we are also one of the most recognized brands in the industry today. All of this gives us enormous runway. And, to some, it may seem like we are in a much different place than we were eleven years ago.

 

 

But, from my vantage point, much feels the same.

 

As we continue rounding the corner into our second decade, the size and scale of our platform has changed, but our core values and principles have not. We’re going to keep doing what we set out to do eleven years ago. We will continue thinking and doing things differently on behalf of our customers, serving, delivering and innovating with intent. We’ll continue to challenge what’s possible, all while remaining true to our customers, our team and our purpose.

 

Because, at loanDepot, we know home means everything.

         LOGO
        

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

      

At loanDepot, we believe in these essential guiding principles, each of which is an invaluable part of every action we take:

 

•  Our brand is perishable. As our Founder and CEO Anthony Hsieh says, “Spoiled milk can’t go back in the refrigerator.” Exceptional customer service is an integral part of our foundation and going the extra mile for both internal and external customers is, simply put, part of our DNA. Moreover, this promise to customers is what reinforces our brand and lets individuals and families across the nation know that they can count on us. It is our responsibility to guide and care for our customers during this important time in their lives—on every call, with every customer, every time.

 

•  We take care of our house. We have a responsibility to and for each other, our company, our customers and our communities, and we realize that “our house” encompasses everyone who relies upon us.

 

•  Momentum isn’t achieved overnight. Every day, we work together to achieve the goals we have set for our company and for our customers. Those accomplishments create unprecedented momentum over time. Every successful connection, interaction and closing adds up over time, reinforcing the important work we do—and enables us to stay focused on the future.

 

•  Mortgages will never go out of style. Our company does important work for families and individuals nationwide. We help them create memories, establish roots and become valuable parts of communities. The fundamental desire to become a homeowner will never change, but the processes by which customers attain a mortgage absolutely must.

 

•  Fundamentals don’t change, no matter your size. Whether you have a team of 500 or 50,000, the essentials of business do not change. We apply our expansive mortgage industry knowledge to those fundamentals to create unique, streamlined experiences that are effective, efficient and, most important, exceptional.

        
      

•  We follow the “Double ‘A’ Rule.” Our Founder and CEO, Anthony Hsieh, relies on two words to manage his teams: attitude and abilities, and creating dream teams requires both. Positive attitudes are infectious and help define our company’s culture. Ability translates to performance. Ensuring that each team member is placed in a role that optimizes their talents both ensures their individual success, as well as the company’s collective success.

 

•  Play smart offense. Others will try to imitate us, but they may never fully replicate what we have built, on our own, with our own resourcefulness and with our own hands. We will always forge our own path and lead by example.

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

      

 

•  Ingenuity requires time and effort. While innovation is at the heart of every decision we make, when it comes to setting and achieving goals, we do it in a manner that delivers optimal profitability. From our investment in technology to our investment in our team members, we put in the time, the effort and the ingenuity to ensure that the time we spend, and the investment we make, is well worth it.

 

•  We must always be the best that we can be. Our company culture is built around the tenets of responsibility and accountability. To be America’s lender—and to achieve an unmatched level of trust from individuals and families across the country—we must be our very best at all times. That is what sets us apart. That is what makes us loanDepot.

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     22  

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     27  

RISK FACTORS

     30  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     77  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     79  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     84  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     85  

CAPITALIZATION

     86  

DILUTION

     88  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL DATA

     90  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     96  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     104  

BUSINESS

     143  

MANAGEMENT

     165  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     171  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     195  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     202  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     205  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     215  

U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     217  

UNDERWRITING

     221  

LEGAL MATTERS

     231  

EXPERTS

     231  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     232  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to any unsold allotment or subscription.

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, nor can we or they provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data and estimates, including those relating to market size, competitive position and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that we obtained from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the definitions of our market and industry are appropriate, neither this research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own the trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the TM, SM, © and ® symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors, if any, to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

In this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, references to terms such as ‘‘originate,’’ “facilitate,” ‘‘fund,’’ ‘‘provide,’’ ‘‘extend’’ or ‘‘finance’’ are to the generation of all of our loans, regardless of form and whether originated directly by us or facilitated from a third party.

The following industry terms are used in this prospectus unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context:

Agencies” refers to the GSEs, FHA, FHFA and certain other federal governmental authorities;

CFPB” refers to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau;

ECOA” refers to Equal Credit Opportunity Act;

Fannie Mae” refers to the Federal National Mortgage Association;

 

ii


Table of Contents

FHA” refers to the Federal Housing Administration;

FHFA” refers to the Federal Housing Finance Agency;

Freddie Mac” refers to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation;

Ginnie Mae” refers to the Government National Mortgage Association;

GSEs” refers to Government Sponsored Enterprises, namely Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac;

HOEPA” refers to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994;

HUD” refers to the Department of Housing and Urban Development;

IRLCs” refers to interest rate lock commitments;

LHFS” refers to loans held for sale;

LTV” refers to loan-to-value;

MBS” refers to mortgage-backed securities;

MSR” refers to mortgage servicing rights;

NPS” refers to “Net Promoter Score.” Net Promoter Score is calculated by subtracting the percentage of Promoters (ratings of 9 or 10) minus the percentage of Detractors (ratings of 6 or lower) on the question: How likely would you be to recommend us to a friend or colleague using a scale of 0 to 10 with 10 being highly likely?

October Transactions” refers to (i) the repayment of our convertible debt facility of $75.0 million with cash on hand, (ii) the issuance of our $500.0 million of Senior Notes (as defined herein) and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, which were used to repay the borrowings under our unsecured term loan, pay down our secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes, (iii) the borrowings under our Advance Receivables Trust (as defined herein) and (iv) the repurchase of all of the mortgage loans securing our 2018 Securitization Facility, which was subsequently repaid in full (the “October Transactions”);

RESPA” refers to the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act;

TILA” refers to the Truth in Lending Act;

UPB” refers to unpaid principal balance;

VA” refers to the Department of Veterans Affairs; and

Warehouse Lines” refer to the warehouse lines of credit that we use to finance most of our loan originations on a short-term basis.

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

All references to years in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, refer to our fiscal years, which end on December 31.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth under “Basis of presentation,” “Summary historical consolidated and condensed combined financial information,” “Risk factors,” “Selected historical consolidated financial information” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making your investment decision.

In this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the terms “loanDepot,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to LD Holdings Group LLC (“LD Holdings”) and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to loanDepot, Inc., the issuer of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including LD Holdings. The term “LDLLC” refers to our primary mortgage loan origination subsidiary, loanDepot.com, LLC. We refer to the members of LD Holdings (excluding LD Investment Holdings, Inc.) prior to the Offering Transactions, collectively as the “Continuing LLC Members.”

Our Company

loanDepot is a customer-centric, technology-empowered residential mortgage platform with a widely recognized consumer brand. We launched our business in 2010 to disrupt the legacy mortgage industry and make obtaining a mortgage a positive experience for consumers. We have built a leading technology platform designed around the consumer that has redefined the mortgage process. Our digital-first approach has allowed us to become one of the fastest-growing, at-scale mortgage originators in the U.S. We are the second largest retail-focused non-bank mortgage originator and the fifth largest overall retail originator, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. We originated $79.4 billion of loans for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020 and experienced 116% year-over-year origination volume growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Consumer-facing industries continue to be disrupted by technological innovation. The mortgage industry is no different with consumers expecting increased levels of convenience and speed. The residential mortgage market in the U.S. is massive—with approximately $11.0 trillion of mortgages outstanding as of September 30, 2020—and is largely served by legacy mortgage originators, which require consumers to navigate time-consuming and paper-based processes to apply for and obtain mortgage loans. mello®, our proprietary end-to-end technology platform, combined with our differentiated data analytics capabilities and nationally recognized consumer brand, uniquely positions us to capitalize on the ongoing shift towards at-scale, digitally-enabled platforms.

Our innovative culture and contemporary consumer brand represent key differentiators for loanDepot. We have fostered an entrepreneurial mindset and relentlessly deliver an exceptional experience to our customers. Our guiding principle is to delight our customers by exceeding their expectations. This has allowed us to achieve a Net Promoter Score (NPS) of 74 for the period between September 2017 and November 2020. We believe that we are one of only two non-banks with a nationally-recognized consumer brand in the U.S. retail mortgage origination industry. Since the Company’s launch in 2010, we have invested over $1.2 billion in marketing and the promotion of our brand, and we believe there are significant barriers-to-entry in creating a brand comparable to ours.

mello® drives streamlined customer experiences and operational efficiency throughout the entire lifecycle of a mortgage loan, including fully digital capabilities for customer acquisition, application, processing, and



 

1


Table of Contents

servicing. Our front-end interface is intuitive and user-friendly, driving high customer engagement and lower acquisition costs. We have nearly doubled our consumer direct conversion rates year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and our customer acquisition cost declined by 52% to $767 for the three months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,585 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, our customer acquisition cost declined by 33% to $890 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,323 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We define customer acquisition cost as our marketing and advertising expense divided by closings per period. mello® also powers our back-end technology, automating and streamlining numerous functions for our customers, team members and partners. This has allowed us to reduce speed to funding loans by 12% between 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, thus enhancing the customer experience while driving increased profitability.

We are a data driven company. We utilize data from lead acquisition, digital marketing, in-market relationships, and our servicing portfolio to identify and acquire new customers and retain our existing customers. During the last twelve months, we have analyzed, enriched, and optimized more than 9 million customer leads with a deep understanding of each potential customer’s financial profile and needs. We also maintain mello DataMart, an extensive proprietary data warehouse of over 38 million contacts generated over our ten-year history. Our predictive analytics, machine learning and artificial intelligence drive optimized lead performance.

We leverage our brand, technology and data to serve customers across our two interconnected strategies: Retail and Partner. Our Retail strategy focuses on directly reaching consumers through a combination of digital marketing and more than 2,000 digitally-empowered licensed mortgage professionals. In our Partner strategy, we have established deep relationships with mortgage brokers, realtors, joint ventures with home builders, and other referral partners. These partnerships are valuable origination sources with lower customer acquisition costs. Our technology is a key component of the value proposition to these partner relationships, allowing us to integrate directly into our partners’ native systems. We maintain integrated referral relationships with several leading brands, including a partnership with one of the 10 largest U.S. retail banks by total assets. During 2019, our Retail strategy produced 72% of our origination volume, with our Partner strategy representing the remaining 28%.

Our digital-first approach across our Retail and Partner strategies leverages the power of mello® to create a streamlined experience for consumers. Our predictive models route leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Based on each consumer’s needs and preferences, leads are directed to in-house or in-market loan officers, team members at our centralized operations locations, or our digital self-service platform. Our in-market loan officers are able to leverage their long-term relationships as well as our proprietary mello® platform and loanDepot brand, driving improved profitability per loan officer.

 

 

LOGO



 

2


Table of Contents

Our national brand along with our expertise in digital marketing, big data and marketing analytics, not only drives new customer acquisition, but also maximizes retention and customer lifetime value. We leverage these capabilities to “recapture” existing customers for subsequent refinance and purchase transactions. Our recapture rates are among the highest in the industry—for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our organic refinance consumer direct recapture rate was 61% highlighting the efficacy of our marketing efforts and the strength of our customer relationships. This compares to an industry average refinance recapture rate of only 18% for the three months ended September 30, 2020 according to Black Knight Mortgage Monitor. In addition, we achieved an overall organic recapture rate of 47% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Our recapture originations have lower customer acquisition costs than originations to new customers, positively impacting our profit margins.

We have significantly increased our originations market share from 1.0% in 2014 to 2.6% for the first nine months of 2020, and our strong consumer brand and proprietary technology platform have positioned us to continue gaining additional share. Our Retail and Partner strategies have led to a balanced mix of purchase and refinance mortgages, with purchase originations representing 41% of total originations in 2019. We have a well-defined plan to accelerate this growth by expanding upon our technological and brand advantages, growing our market share in both purchase and refinance markets, and further increasing customer retention and lifetime value. Secular demographic and housing market tailwinds provide further support for our competitive advantages.

Our platform and technology create a significant financial advantage. Our brand effectiveness and marketing capabilities optimize our customer acquisition costs, and our automation reduces unnecessary expenses throughout the origination process. We are able to scale quickly and efficiently which allows us to grow both transaction volume and profitability. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our technology platform and culture enabled us to hire, train and onboard over 3,500 new team members remotely. Our growth and profitability during the last nine months is further evidence of the scalability of our platform and validates the investments we have made in our brand and our technology. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated $63.4 billion in originations (116% year-over-year growth), $3.0 billion in revenue (227% year-over-year growth), $1,465.9 million in net income and $1,085.9 million in adjusted net income, making us one of the fastest-growing and most profitable companies in our industry.



 

3


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

Largest consumer asset class in the United States

According to the Federal Reserve, residential mortgages represent the largest segment of the broader U.S. consumer finance market. One-to-four family residential mortgage origination volume is expected to be $2.7 trillion in 2021 according to Fannie Mae. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”), there was approximately $11.0 trillion of residential mortgage debt outstanding in the U.S. as of September 30, 2020, which is forecasted to increase to $12.2 trillion by the end of 2022 according to the MBA. The chart below presents the total U.S. one-to-four family residential mortgage originations and forecasts for the periods indicated.

One-to-Four Family Mortgage Originations

($ in trillions)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Historicals per MBA. Mortgage Forecast per Fannie Mae as of November 2020.

Technology-enabled disruptors continue to capture market share in an industry that remains highly fragmented

Technology-enabled disruptors continue to gain share in the highly fragmented residential mortgage origination market. We more than doubled our market share since 2014 while other technology-enabled non-banks have also grown share as consumers increasingly prefer technology-driven mortgage solutions. Independent technology-enabled disruptors, by better serving the needs of consumers as compared with legacy providers, are well positioned to capitalize on the broader shift in the mortgage market from banks to non-banks—from 2008 through the nine months ended September 30, 2020, non-banks increased their share of the top 50 mortgage originators from 22% to 69% according to Inside Mortgage Finance. The mortgage origination market remains highly fragmented with the top five originators representing only 26% of total originators in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 according to Inside Mortgage Finance. This fragmentation leaves a significant opportunity for market participants with scaled consumer brands and disruptive technology to continue to consolidate share.

High barriers of entry for building a scaled and innovative contemporary mortgage company

The barriers to building a technology-driven, contemporary mortgage company with a nationally-recognized brand are significant. In order to reach a 2.6% market share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we have invested over $1.2 billion over the course of more than 10 years in marketing and promotion our brand. We



 

4


Table of Contents

have accumulated more than 10 years of proprietary data on consumer behavior that we use to optimize our marketing efforts and the customer experience. We have assembled a management team with a unique combination of skillsets that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. These skillsets include a deep understanding of the mortgage industry, technology development, digital marketing, and data capture and analytics. Our scale and widely recognized brand leads to a virtuous cycle of growth, increased data, and further investments in our brand and technology platform.

The challenging nature of building a technology-enabled residential mortgage platform that provides exceptional customer experiences is evidenced by the large differential between the NPS scores of technology-focused disruptors compared to the rest of our industry. We believe we are one of only two contemporary, non-bank retail mortgage originators operating at scale in the United States. Both we and our largest competitor have net promoter scores that exceed 70. Increasing consumer demands for higher quality experiences creates a significant opportunity for contemporary mortgage brands to continue gaining market share.

Numerous secular tailwinds supporting continued market growth

Historically low 30-year fixed mortgage rates are continuing to drive strong demand for both purchase and refinance mortgages. The Federal Reserve forecasts that the federal funds rate will remain below 0.25% through 2022. At current market rates, over 95% of existing mortgages are “in-the-money” (meaning borrowers are able to benefit from refinancing their mortgage), representing total industry refinance opportunity of over $10 trillion based on management estimates. These factors have led Fannie Mae to forecast $1.1 trillion in mortgage refinance origination volume in 2021.

Additionally, housing market growth has been supported by the growth of the millennial demographic. Millennials now represent 73% of first time home buyers according to the National Association of Realtors. This demographic shift has helped drive a steady growth in purchase originations over time, increasing every year since 2011.

Our Strengths

Innovative Workplace and Customer-Centric Culture

Since our founding in 2010, we have fostered a culture focused on continuous innovation and customer-centricity. Our innovation-oriented culture has driven us to transform and simplify the mortgage process, while leveraging our vast data capabilities to provide a superior customer experience. Our approach has resulted in our industry-leading platform that is disrupting the mortgage industry by combining cutting-edge proprietary technology, mortgage industry expertise, marketing capabilities, and data analytics in a way that is fundamentally different from legacy mortgage providers.

Our commitment to customer service permeates our entire organization and is a central component in team member training and mentorship across the company. We utilize an innovative approach to provide daily customer feedback to our team members. We provide our team members dashboards that push daily customer feedback to ensure continued improvement in the experience for our consumers. Our founder, Chairman, and CEO, Anthony Hsieh, also fosters an open door environment and hosts intimate CEO Connect forums, during which team members have a dialogue around innovation and customer experiences. We treat recruiting, onboarding, training and retaining team members as one of our “primary business lines,” to identify, mentor, and promote the best talent.

Our relentless focus on and success in delivering exceptional customer experiences is evidenced by our NPS score of 74 for the period between September 2017 and November 2020. As further evidence of this



 

5


Table of Contents

commitment, our initial inbound customer contact answer time is generally answered in as little as one second. These metrics demonstrate our commitment to putting our customers’ needs first.

Well-recognized Brand and Data-Driven Marketing Capabilities

Since our founding in 2010, we have invested over $1.2 billion in marketing and the promotion of a leading, contemporary consumer brand—we believe we have the second most recognized consumer brand among non-bank mortgage originators, with more brand momentum than any other company. We have a multi-faceted marketing strategy, which includes both lead aggregation and a vast media presence. Our media strategy includes traditional elements including television, display advertisement, and published media as well as a significant social media presence and other contemporary approaches. We have proven our ability to build a strong brand based on the quality of our business and our commitment to excellent customer service. We believe that this approach to brand-building allows us to amplify our brand through both traditional elements in addition to our wide following on social media, published media coverage, and earned media mentions.

Recently, we introduced national television campaigns that feature our passionate team members and showcase our customer-centric culture. Our “Home Means Everything” television campaign was launched on May 4, 2020 and generated more than 3.5 billion impressions through October 31, 2020. This has helped drive our continued growth in national brand awareness among consumers. We also had approximately 1.5 million visits to loandepot.com in the month of October 2020. Our nationally recognized loanDepot brand has increased our ability to generate customer leads and has helped us become the second largest retail-focused non-bank mortgage originator with a 2.6% market share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We believe that our focus on providing a superior consumer experience is the best way for us to continue building our brand and extend the lifetime value for our customers.

The loanDepot brand is supported by our innovative, data science-based approach to marketing and customer acquisition, powered by our proprietary technology. We analyzed, enriched, and optimized more than 9 million new customer leads during the last twelve months ended September 30, 2020, and have compiled a database of more than 38 million customer leads since our inception. Our innovative platform is highly scalable and we leverage our machine learning and predictive analytics capabilities to match the customer with the right loan officer, the right product, at the right time. We efficiently route leads to in-house and in-market loan officers based on a variety of factors, including readiness to purchase, geographic and behavioral data, as well as product fit. We are highly effective in engaging customers by phone, email, and text messaging. We interact and build relationships with our customers through our multi-channel social media presence. Our marketing approach leads to higher customer satisfaction, while lowering customer acquisition costs, which averaged $767 per loan for the three months ended September 30, 2020, representing a 52% decrease from $1,585 in 2017. Additionally, our customer acquisition cost declined by 33% to $890 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,323 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Our focus on brand loyalty, extensive data resources and analytics, and proactive marketing capabilities allow us to continue enhancing the customer experience beyond the initial loan origination. Our organic refinance consumer direct recapture rate of 61% for the first nine months of 2020, which measures our ability to “recapture” subsequent refinance mortgage business of borrowers from our servicing portfolio, is more than three times the industry average of 18% and highlights the efficacy of our marketing and data analytics efforts and the strength of our customer relationships. Additionally, our brand and marketing efforts represent significant value for our in-market loan officers, who also receive centrally-sourced leads from our servicing portfolio and direct marketing efforts, and thus do not have to rely solely on personal relationships, as is the case with legacy originators who are exclusively in-market focused.



 

6


Table of Contents

End-to-End Proprietary Technology Drives Growth, Efficiencies and a Differentiated Customer Experience

Our fully-integrated, proprietary mello® technology platform has been developed over the last 10-plus years as a purpose-built, next-generation platform to streamline the entire mortgage lifecycle by providing a seamless and efficient experience for our customers, team members and partners. We have spent over $400.0 million on our technology since inception and currently have a dedicated team of over 300 technology professionals focused on continuously improving our platform. mello® enables us to deliver superior results through optimized lead generation and analytics, our best-in-class front-end interface, efficient loan fulfillment and enhanced customer lifecycle engagement.

Analyze, Enrich and Optimize Leads: Our machine-learning-based models and analytics drive lead generation and optimization. We have a massively scalable lead generation and ingestion engine with billions of data enrichment points. Our machine learning programs utilize sophisticated algorithms to drive dynamic marketing campaigns and optimize our ability to reach prospective high value consumers, resulting in an average cost per loan associated with our mortgage variable expenses of $3,582, representing a 8% decrease from 2017 to the three months ended September 30, 2020. We are able to route our approximately 23,000 leads per day to the ideal loan officers holding the applicable license who can respond within seconds. Our average monthly closings per licensed loan officer increased 89% to 10.7 for the three months ended September 30, 2020 from 5.7 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, average monthly closings per licensed loan officer increased 66% to 8.8 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from 5.3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Front-end Consumer Experience: We have created a customized front-end experience to offer an efficient and user-friendly interface across mobile, web, and person-to-person interactions, enabling us to deliver industry-leading customer service to every borrower, regardless of channel and customer preferences and needs. No matter the level of our consumer’s technological background, we are able to deliver a best-in-class customer experience through the breadth of our user interface platform.

Loan Fulfillment and Execution: Our end-to-end loan execution solutions are designed to deliver efficiencies across our organization, reducing the time to close a loan, lowering fulfillment costs, and driving a superior customer experience. With mello®, completing a mortgage process has never been simpler. Our data-first approach is focused on automatically collecting key inputs and data in lieu of requiring additional documents. We have automated condition population and condition clearance approaches that drive increased efficiency. Our nearly fully paperless underwriting process and data-first integration with third-party data providers has increased our data integrity for every loan. Paired with our proprietary artificial intelligence software, we are able to engage in over 5,000 discrete intelligent actions on every loan file. We have automated task-triggers based on the consumer data provided delivering increased visibility to our consumers.

Customer Lifecycle Engagement: Our proprietary marketing technology, along with our differentiated strategy, maximizes consumer engagement throughout the customer life cycle. Our predictive models route leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Through automated notifications, streamlined processes, and numerous communication mediums, our customers experience a revolutionary mortgage experience that saves time, is transparent, and is optimized to exceed their rising expectations. Our technology triggers real-time prompts for specific client interactions and engagement based on individual user behavior. We utilize machine learning-based predictive modeling to target borrowers who qualify for loan modifications and refinancing transactions, offer complementary home services to customers, improve our product fit and pricing engine, and expedite loan processing.



 

7


Table of Contents

Retail and Partner Strategies Powered by Single Proprietary Technology Platform Leading to Best-in-Class Efficiency

Our digital-first approach across our Retail and Partner strategies is powered by our single proprietary technology platform, mello®. In our Retail strategy, mello® routes leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Based on each consumer’s needs and preferences, leads are directed to in-market loan officers or team members at our centralized operations. For our Partner strategy, mello® provides seamless technology experience and fulfillment services to brokers and joint venture partners. Our single proprietary technology has led to superior user experiences and higher efficiencies for our platform.

We believe our ability to leverage our mello® technology platform will allow us to grow share through our Retail and Partner strategies that will continue to generate enhanced returns and allow us to further invest in our brand, marketing and technology, creating a virtuous cycle that will allow us to consistently deliver above market growth and attractive returns to our shareholders.

Experienced, Founder-Led Management Team with Industry-Leading Skillsets

Anthony Hsieh, our founder, Chairman and CEO, is recognized as continuously disrupting the existing mortgage and lending model and driving the evolution of the industry as a whole. A self-made entrepreneur, Hsieh founded loanDepot in 2010 with a commitment to responsible lending and a goal of exceeding customer expectations. This timing was courageous, as many lenders left the industry following the 2008 economic crisis.

Prior to founding loanDepot, Hsieh successfully established two other innovative mortgage companies. In 2002, he established HomeLoanCenter.com, the first online lender to offer a full spectrum of home loan products in all 50 states. HomeLoanCenter.com featured live interest rate quotes and loan offerings that were tailored to borrower needs and credit profiles. Hsieh continued to lead the business for three years after merging with IAC/Interactive subsidiary LendingTree in 2004. In 1989, Hsieh acquired a mortgage brokerage company which he transformed into LoansDirect.com, taking advantage of the upswell of activity surrounding the debut of internet-based commerce. The company remained one of the most profitable and successful mortgage lenders through the 1990s, and was acquired by E*TRADE Financial in 2001.

Hsieh’s vision and leadership is well-recognized. He was named Asian Real Estate Association of America Person of the Year in 2017 and the 2018 Executive of the Year by LendIt Fintech. In addition, Hsieh has been an important national voice for the lending industry, having appeared on Fox News, CNBC and Bloomberg TV, among other national outlets.

At loanDepot, we have assembled a senior management team with an outstanding vision, passion for innovation, focus on the customer, and mortgage industry expertise. The loanDepot executive team has on average more than 25 years of industry experience; many of these individuals, as well as other members of the broader team, have worked with Hsieh for years, and notably, were side by side with him at the advent of the digital mortgage, giving the overall team a unique and decisive advantage in today’s marketplace.

The loanDepot team is deep and diverse, with unparalleled experience in building and running successful technology-empowered consumer-driven businesses. They also possess exceptional expertise across a variety of disciplines, including technology platform development, customer acquisition and marketing, data analytics, brand building, mortgage originations, and capital markets. This team, led by Hsieh, has a proven track record of building and managing best-in-class businesses.



 

8


Table of Contents

High-Growth, Profitable Financial Profile

We believe our brand, platform and technology create a significant financial advantage. Our brand effectiveness and marketing capabilities optimize our customer acquisition investments and our automation reduces unnecessary costs across the origination process. We can scale quickly and efficiently which allows us to grow both transaction volume and profitability.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated $3.0 billion in adjusted revenue and $1,085.9 million in adjusted net income. Over the same time period, our total net revenue was $3.0 billion and our net income was $1.47 billion. We have grown originations from $29.3 billion in the first nine months of 2019 to $63.4 billion in the first nine months of 2020, representing 116% growth—the fourth highest growth rate over this period among the top 15 mortgage lenders, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. We have organically grown our high-quality servicing portfolio from $30.6 billion at September 30, 2019 to $77.2 billion at September 30, 2020, representing 153% growth—the third highest growth rate over the period among the top 50 mortgage servicers, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. Adjusted revenue and adjusted net income are non-GAAP financial measures. For a reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to their most comparable U.S. GAAP measures, see “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.”

Our Strategies for Growth

We have demonstrated our ability to grow our business and market share, having grown from a de novo start-up in 2010 to the second largest non-bank retail originator in the U.S. with a 2.6% share of a $11.0 trillion mortgage market as of September 30, 2020. We believe that we are well positioned to continue our market share growth through both our Retail strategy, where we have invested in our team members and technology to enable rapid scaling, and our Partner strategy, where independent brokers, in addition to joint venture and integrated referral partners, increasingly choose to work with us based on our reputation for excellent customer service and seamless user experiences. Our growth has accelerated in recent quarters as our long-term investments in brand marketing and innovative technology have helped us achieve industry-leading growth and profitability.

loanDepot Originations

($ in billions)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Market share per MBA volumes.



 

9


Table of Contents

We believe that continuing to make these investments will allow us to grow market share, increase customer retention and deliver enhanced returns that will ultimately enable a virtuous cycle of further investment and returns. We intend to grow by executing on the following key strategies:

Expand Upon Our Already Significant Top-of-Funnel Reach

Our continued investments in building a significant top-of-funnel reach supported by advanced data analytics will allow us to grow market share in any economic environment. Our platform attracts customers through a variety of means including: digital leads, affiliate relationships, brand recognition, social media engagement, local in-market relationships, and existing customer retention.

Our technology and data analytics have allowed us to cultivate an increasing number of leads with higher lead conversion over time. We have analyzed, enriched and optimized more than nine million leads during the last twelve months ended September 30, 2020, a 14% increase since 2017. Our mello® technology takes in these leads and ingests billions of data enrichment points resulting in better data segmentation and lead routing becoming a more efficient customer acquisition tool. Our conversion rates in consumer direct have nearly doubled year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

We are able to increase our reach through joint venture and integrated referral partners, including one of the ten largest U.S. retail banks, that provide exclusive leads to our origination platform. Our partners are valuable sources of high-quality customers and our technology enables us to source customers directly from within a partner’s customer portal, amongst other highly integrated functionality. We are able to effectively leverage the traffic provided from these relationships to broaden our reach and expand upon our brand.

Client Leads by Year (in millions)

 

 

LOGO

Continue to Grow our Brand Leveraging Our Marketing Capabilities

We believe the loanDepot brand is one of only two nationally-scaled non-bank mortgage brands in the U.S., representing a distinguished and long-lasting advantage over other market participants.

We plan to continue to enhance our brand through investments in digital marketing, our social media presence and traditional media advertising, as well as continued development of our data science capabilities. Our “Home Means Everything” television marketing campaign represents a significant opportunity to build upon our strong momentum, reach a large potential customer base, and continue to increase our brand awareness. The campaign continues to run nationwide and we believe we will generate more than 5 billion impressions in the fourth quarter.



 

10


Table of Contents

We intend to continue to actively manage our social media presence and loanDepot.com website traffic, which have historically generated high levels of consumer engagement. We believe our social media engagement is industry-leading. The number of loanDepot.com average daily sessions have increased 69% year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Expand Upon our Data Analytics Advantage

We have invested in building out a leading technology platform that leverages data science, artificial intelligence and machine learning. We will continue to invest significantly in these capabilities to further enhance the customer experience throughout the lifecycle of a loan, reduce the costs of acquiring customers and processing new loans and increase customer retention.

Machine learning and AI processes work best with large amounts of data, and large amounts of data are incomprehensible without the power harvested through machine learning and AI. Our proprietary data warehouse, mello DataMart, presents a unique and growing advantage boosted by our over 38 million unique individuals and nearly 100 million consumer interactions captured. Through these data points, we are able to refine our lead generation capabilities, which allow us to route approximately 90% of our leads within 5 seconds to optimize execution.

melloMarket360 is a market intelligence platform that we have developed to provide loan officers with up-to-date information on real estate activity in their area and market intelligence on competing loan officer productivity. melloMarket360 leverages real estate mortgage data and analytics across realtors, builders and originators in local communities, allowing loan officers to research every aspect of their market and tailor their sales and marketing approach to match consumer demand. Our melloMarket360 technology helps loan officers prepare for meetings with realtors, add value to existing realtor relationships, and develop new relationships with builders. In addition to enhancing productivity of our existing loan officers, melloMarket360 has become a powerful recruitment tool for loanDepot to attract talented new loan officers who can leverage our resources to significantly increase their productivity. Over time, loanDepot’s reservoir of data will continue to expand, and the melloMarket360 platform will become even more powerful and easier to use.

melloClear, our proprietary underwriting engine, helps decrease our labor capacity utilization by approximately 55%. We believe that our underwriting capabilities will continuously improve as we increase data integrations with technology partners and agencies to automate inputs, such as income, employment, and asset verification, and enhance processing speeds. Through continued investment and innovation, we are well positioned to attract new customers, recruit top loan officers to our platform, and increase the efficiency in which we meet all users’ needs.



 

11


Table of Contents

Leverage our Local Presence to Profitably Take Share in Varying Market Environments

We offer our customers the opportunity to interact with both our digital-first online resources and our in-market, relationship-based loan officers. Our network of in-market loan officers has helped us build a strong presence in the purchase market, which accounted for 41% of our total originations in 2019. Homebuyers—even younger generations—overwhelmingly prefer the high-touch, personalized service provided by local mortgage professionals. According to a 2019 Ellie Mae study, 79% of millennial and 78% of generation X consumers reported meeting with their lender in person “often” or “sometimes”. Our partnerships with builders, realtors and other companies close to the home-buying decision also serve as a consistent source of purchase volume.

Steady Purchase Volume Growth

 

 

LOGO

Increase Customer Retention and Lifetime Value

We expect to drive higher customer retention and lifetime value by leveraging our technology-driven marketing capabilities, data and customer service to attract repeat customers for refinance transactions and loanDepot’s ancillary homeowner services, which include settlement services, real estate broker services, and insurance services.

Our expertise in marketing, predictive analytics, and continuous customer engagement enable us to proactively identify our customers who may benefit from a refinance transaction. Our ability to market effectively to our existing customers is further supported by our growing servicing portfolio. In 2012, we made the strategic decision to begin retaining the servicing on a portion of our loan originations, and our servicing portfolio reached $77.2 billion in unpaid principal balance (“UPB”), representing over 272,000 customers, as of September 30, 2020. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we retained servicing on 86% of loans sold.



 

12


Table of Contents

Industry-Leading Recapture Rates

 

LOGO

Owning the customer relationship across the mortgage lifecycle, including originations, servicing, and ancillary products, strengthens our customer relationships and provides us with better data to market new products and services to our existing customers. We have one of the highest organic refinance consumer direct recapture rates in our industry at 61% in our consumer direct for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to the industry-average of 18% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. As a natural evolution of our strategy, we intend to move our servicing operations from a sub-servicer relationship to our in-house servicing platform, further strengthening customer relationships and further increasing recapture rates. We believe that we will continue to deliver strong customer retention and generate attractive lifetime values by providing services across the homeowner ecosystem and throughout the lifecycle of a mortgage loan.

Corporate Information

loanDepot, Inc. was incorporated on November 6, 2020 and has had no business transactions or activities and had no material assets or liabilities prior to the Reorganization Transactions and this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 26642 Towne Centre Drive, Foothill Ranch, California 92610. Our telephone number is (888) 337-6888. The address of our main website is www.loandepot.com. The information contained on or accessible through our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Recent Developments

While the financial markets have demonstrated significant volatility due to the economic impacts of COVID-19, interest rates have fallen to historic lows resulting in increased mortgage refinance originations and favorable margins. Our efficient and scalable platform has enabled us to respond quickly to the increased market demand. We have highlighted below the key steps we have undertaken since the onset of the pandemic to position our platform for continued success:

 

   

Materially increased our tangible net worth to $1.5 billion, as of November 30, 2020.

 

   

Increased our total loan funding capacity to $7.7 billion with our current lending partners.

 

   

Achieved record monthly origination volume of $11.8 billion in November 2020.

 

   

Stepped up protocols related to verification of key metrics such as employment and income to help ensure the highest quality underwriting standards are maintained.

 

   

Announced 97% of our workforce may continue working remotely through at least January 2021.

As a servicer, we are required to advance principal and interest to the investor for up to four months on GSE backed mortgages and longer on other government agency backed mortgages on behalf of clients who have entered a forbearance plan. As of November 30, 2020, 3%, or $2.3 billion UPB, of our servicing portfolio was in active forbearance. The following charts show the progression of forbearance requests in our servicing portfolio following the passage of the CARES Act on March 27, 2020.



 

13


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

While these advance requirements may be significant at higher levels of forbearance, we believe we are very well-positioned in terms of our liquidity. As of November 30, 2020, we had $429.9 million of cash and cash equivalents. We will continue evaluating the capital markets as well, which would further supplement our liquidity should the need arise.

While we currently engage third-parties as subservicers, we plan to bring servicing operations in-house in 2021, recognizing that, as we have continued to grow, an internal servicing operation would lower servicing costs and further optimize the performance of our MSR portfolio.

On October 1, 2020, we declared profit distributions of $175.0 million to certain of our unitholders as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement (the “Sponsor Distribution”), which will reduce our tangible net worth.

Throughout October 2020, we consummated the October Transactions, which included (i) the repayment of our convertible debt facility of $75.0 million with cash on hand, (ii) the issuance of $500.0 million of our 6.500% Senior Notes due 2025 and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, which were used to repay the borrowings under our unsecured term loan, pay down our secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes, (iii) the issuance of the 2020-VF1 Notes by our Advance Receivables Trust which permits us to finance up to $130.0 million of servicing advance receivables with respect to residential mortgage loans serviced by us on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and (iv) the repurchase of all of the mortgage loans securing our 2018 Securitization Facility, which was subsequently repaid in full.

Also in October 2020, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2020-1 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by Fannie Mae and



 

14


Table of Contents

Freddie Mac for the purchase of mortgage loans or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility issued $600.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In November 2020, the Company declared profit distributions of $278.8 million to certain of its unitholders as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement. This distribution satisfied the $53.8 million of outstanding Shareholder Notes (as defined below) and the remaining $225.0 million was distributed in cash. In addition to the distributions described below, we expect to make similar distributions of approximately $146.2 million before April 30, 2021.

In December 2020, the Company distributed $71.1 million to its unitholders based on their estimated tax liability. In accordance with the Company’s operating agreement, unitholders are entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability.

In December 2020, the Company issued notes through a new securitization facility (“2020-2 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility issued $500.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the three year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

Prior to the closing of this offering, LD Holdings will distribute $31.7 million to its unitholders based on their estimated tax liability. In accordance with the Company’s operating agreement, unitholders are entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated liability.

Also prior to the closing of this offering, LD Holdings will declare and distribute $119.4 million of profit distributions to certain of its unitholders as permitted under LD Holdings’ operating agreement.

Preliminary Estimated Unaudited Financial Results for the Three Months and Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2020

The information set forth below represents our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results for the periods presented, based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and is subject to revision based upon the completion of our year-end financial closing process as well as the related external audit of our results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the financial results primarily because our financial closing procedures and the external audit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 are not yet complete. During the course of the preparation of our financial statements and related notes and the completion of the external audit for the year ended December 31, 2020, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial information presented below may be identified. Any such adjustments may be material. For these or other reasons, actual results for this period may differ materially from this preliminary estimated data. Additional factors that might cause differences include, but are not limited to, the matters described in the sections entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”



 

15


Table of Contents

Based upon such preliminary estimated financial results, we expect the financial metrics set forth below for the periods presented to be between the ranges set out in the following tables.

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

(Dollars in thousands)

   Preliminary
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020
     Preliminary
Year Ended December 31, 2020
 
   Low      High      Low      High  
     (estimated)      (estimated)  

Originations(1)

   $ 37,412,607      $ 37,412,607      $ 100,760,151      $ 100,760,151  

Total net revenues

     1,259,442        1,324,362        4,273,222        4,338,142  

Net income

     530,756        558,114        1,996,695        2,024,053  

Adjusted total revenue(2)

     1,215,126        1,277,761        4,215,327        4,277,962  

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

     511,981        538,371        2,066,153        2,092,543  

Adjusted net income(2)

     362,603        381,294        1,448,494        1,467,185  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

(Dollars in thousands)

   Preliminary
Year Ended December 31, 2020
               
   Low      High                
     (estimated)                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 275,697      $ 289,908        

Warehouse and other lines of credit

     6,380,106        6,708,978        

Debt obligations, net

     691,092        726,715        

Total equity

     1,606,642        1,689,459        

 

(1)

Represents the actual results for originations for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2020.

(2)

To provide investors with additional information in addition to our results as determined by GAAP, we disclose Adjusted Total Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income as non-GAAP measures which management believes provide useful information to investors. These measures are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for revenue, net income, or any other operating performance measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure reported by other companies. For purposes of this “Recent Developments” section, we have calculated Adjusted Total Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income in the same manner as for all other periods presented in this prospectus. See “Selected Historical Consolidated Condensed Financial Information —Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” for a discussion of how we define and calculate Adjusted Total Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income and a discussion of why we believe these measures are important.

 

Reconciliation of Total Revenue to

Adjusted Total Revenue (Unaudited):

(Dollars in thousands)

   Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020
    Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2020
 
   Low     High     Low     High  

Total net revenue

   $ 1,259,442     $ 1,324,362     $ 4,273,222     $ 4,338,142  

Change in fair value of servicing rights(1)

     (15,864     (16,682     89,672       99,212  

Net (gains) losses from derivatives hedging servicing rights(1)

     4,389       4,616       (13,621     (15,070

Realized and unrealized (gains) losses from derivative assets and liabilities(2)

     (32,841     (34,534     (133,947     (144,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(3)

     (44,316     (46,601     (57,895     (60,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted total revenue

   $ 1,215,126       1,277,761       4,215,327       4,277,962  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.



 

16


Table of Contents
(2)

Included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

(3)

Represents the change in the fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.

 

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted

EBITDA (Unaudited):

(Dollars in thousands)

   Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020
    Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2020
 
   Low     High     Low     High  

Net income

   $ 530,756     $ 558,114     $ 1,996,695     $ 2,024,053  

Interest expense - non-funding debt(1)

     15,407       16,202       47,713       48,193  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     766       804       2,227       2,255  

Depreciation and amortization

     8,293       8,720       35,245       35,958  

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(2)

     (44,316     (46,601     (57,895     (60,180

Change in fair value - contingent consideration

                                           32,650       32,650  

Stock compensation expense and management fees

     1,076       1,131       9,518       9,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 511,981     $ 538,371     $ 2,066,153     $ 2,092,543  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents other interest expense, which include amortization of debt issuance costs, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

(2)

Represents the change in fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted

Net Income (Unaudited):

(Dollars in thousands)

   Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020
    Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2020
 
   Low     High     Low     High  

Net income

   $ 530,756     $ 558,114     $ 1,996,695     $ 2,024,053  

Income tax expense

     766       804       2,227       2,255  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     531,522       558,919       1,998,922       2,026,309  

Adjustments to income taxes (benefit)(1)

     136,808       143,860       514,503       521,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-effected net income(1)

     394,714       415,059       1,484,420       1,504,736  

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(2)

     (44,316     (46,601     (57,895     (60,180

Stock compensation expense and management fees

     1,076       1,131       9,518       9,613  

Tax effect of adjustments(3)

     11,130       11,704       12,452       13,015  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   $ 362,603     $ 381,294     $ 1,448,494     $ 1,467,185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

loanDepot, Inc. is subject to federal, state and local income taxes. Adjustments to income tax (benefit) reflects the effective income tax rates below:

     Three Months Ended
December 31, 2020
    Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

     21.00     21.00

State and local income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     4.74       4.74  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     25.74 %      25.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2)

Amounts represent the change in the fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.



 

17


Table of Contents
(3)

Amounts represent the income tax effect of (a) change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses and (b) stock compensation expense and management fees at the aforementioned effective income tax rates.

Ernst & Young LLP has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to the estimated preliminary financial information set forth above. Accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. These estimates are not a comprehensive statement of our financial results as of and for the three months and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and should not be viewed as a substitute for full financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these preliminary estimates as of and for the three months and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved in any future period.

The estimated preliminary financial information described above constitute forward-looking statements. Our estimates of results are based solely on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and are inherently uncertain. While we believe that such information and estimates are based on reasonable assumptions and management’s reasonable judgment, our actual results may vary, and such variations may be material. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ include the discovery of new information that affects accounting estimates, management judgment, or impacts valuation methodologies underlying these estimated results; the completion of our audit for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020; our inability to realize cost savings on the timeline or in the amount we currently anticipate; and a variety of business, economic and competitive risks and uncertainties, many of which are not within our control, and we undertake no obligation to update this information. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on this estimated preliminary data. Our actual consolidated financial statements and related notes as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 are not expected to be available until after this offering is completed. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”



 

18


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Following the offering, loanDepot, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be an equity interest in LD Holdings. LD Holdings will also be a holding company and have no material assets other than its equity interests in its direct subsidiaries consisting of a 99.99% ownership in LDLLC (the major asset of the group), and 100% equity ownership in each of the following: Artemis Management LLC, (“Artemis”), LD Settlement Services LLC (“LD Settlement Services”) and mello Holdings LLC (“Mello”). Through its ability to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings, which will have the ability to appoint the board of managers of LDLLC (our operating subsidiary that conduct most of our operations directly), and the other direct subsidiaries of LD Holdings (consisting of Artemis, LD Settlement Services, and Mello), loanDepot, Inc. will indirectly operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, including LDLLC.

Prior to the offering, the fourth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (the “4th Holdings LLC Agreement”) will be further amended and restated as the fifth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (“5th Holdings LLC Agreement”) to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests) with a single new class of Class A common units that we refer to as “LLC Units” which will be owned by the Continuing LLC Members.

In connection with the exchange transactions set forth above, we will issue to the Continuing LLC Members a number of shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class B and Class C Common Stock equal to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Members, as applicable. Our Class B Common Stock will entitle holders thereof to one vote per share, and our Class C and Class D Common Stock with entitle holders thereof to five votes per share and each class will vote as a single class with our Class A Common Stock. However, the Class B and Class C Common Stock will not have any economic rights. Pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members will have the right to exchange one Holdco Unit and one share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, together for cash or one share of our Class A Common Stock (at our election), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any Holdco Units exchanged under the exchange provisions described above will thereafter be owned by loanDepot, Inc. Any shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock exchanged will be cancelled.

Thereafter, LD Investment Holdings, Inc. (“Parthenon Blocker”) and loanDepot, Inc. will engage in a series of transactions that will result in Parthenon Blocker merging with and into loanDepot, Inc., with loanDepot, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation. As a result of such transactions, affiliates of Parthenon Capital Partners (the “Parthenon Stockholders”) will exchange all of the equity interests of Parthenon Blocker in return for shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class D Common Stock.



 

19


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational structure immediately following this offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. See “Organizational Structure.”

 

LOGO

OUR SPONSOR

An affiliate of Parthenon Capital acquired its interest in us in December 2009, Parthenon Capital continues to hold a significant portion of the equity interest of LD Holdings. Parthenon Capital is a private equity investment firm with approximately $5.5 billion of capital under management as of November 2020. Parthenon Capital was founded in March 1998 and focuses on investing in select middle-market companies. The firm invests in a variety of industry sectors with particular expertise in business and financial services, healthcare, and technology-enabled services. The Parthenon Stockholders will participate as selling stockholders and receive net proceeds of approximately $105.1 million (or approximately $120.9 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock) from the sale of their shares of Class A Common Stock (upon conversion of their shares of Class D Common Stock) in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy also is subject to certain risks. The risks described under the heading “Risk factors” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our competitive strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges and risks we face include the following:

 

   

the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our recent rapid growth;

 

   

our ability to continue to grow our loan production volume;

 

   

the market’s acceptance of our new products and enhancements;

 

   

our ability to identify necessary and appropriate information technology system improvements;

 

   

our ability to successfully hedge changes in interest rates;

 

   

our ability to maintain our relationships with our subservicers;

 

   

challenges to the MERS system;

 

   

errors in our management’s estimates and judgment decisions in connection with matters that are inherently uncertain, such as fair value determinations;

 

   

the occurrence of a data breach or other failure of our cybersecurity;

 

   

the outcome of legal proceedings to which we are a party;

 

   

our home loan origination revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions;

 

   

changes in federal, state and local laws, as well as changes in regulatory enforcement policies and priorities;

 

   

the multi-class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Common Stock and will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters;

 

   

our status as a “controlled company” and ability to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements;

 

   

certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws that may delay or prevent a change of control; and

 

   

the requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members and officers.



 

21


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

loanDepot, Inc.

 

Class A Common Stock offered by us

9,410,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (or 10,821,500 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full).

 

Class A Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders

5,590,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (or 6,428,500 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full).

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 2,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, of which 1,411,500 shares will be offered by us and 838,500 shares will be offered by the selling stockholders.

Common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds to us therefrom

17,207,649 shares of Class A Common Stock (or 19,457,649 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full), including 15,000,000 (or 17,250,000 if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) shares of Class A Common Stock (or shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) to be sold in this offering and 2,207,649 vested restricted stock units of Class A common stock granted to employees in connection with the offering. If all outstanding Holdco Units and Class B and Class C Common Stock held by the Continuing LLC Members and Class D Common Stock held by the Parthenon Stockholders were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, 325,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (or 325,000,000 fully diluted shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) would be outstanding.

 

  0 shares of Class B Common Stock (or 0 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full), equal to one share per Holdco Unit (other than any Holdco Units owned by loanDepot, Inc.).

 

  193,091,469 shares (on a fully diluted basis) of Class C Common Stock (or 191,679,969 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full), equal to one share per Holdco Unit (other than any Holdco Units owned by loanDepot, Inc.).

 

  114,700,882 shares of Class D Common Stock (or 113,862,382 shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full), equal to one share per Holdco Unit (other than any Holdco Units owned by loanDepot, Inc.).

 

Voting

One vote per share of Class A and Class B Common Stock; Five votes per share of Class C and Class D Common Stock. All classes of common stock vote together as a single class unless otherwise required by law. Five years from the date of this offering, all shares of Class C and D Common Stock will be converted into shares of Class B and Class A Common Stock, respectively. As such, five years



 

22


Table of Contents
 

from the date of this offering all shares of our common stock will have one vote per share.

 

Voting power

Each share of Class A Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, representing an aggregate of 1.1% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering (or 1.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock).

 

  Each share of Class B Common Stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, representing an aggregate of 0% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering (or 0%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock). Upon completion of this offering, no one will own any Class B Common Stock.

 

  Each share of Class C Common Stock entitles its holder to five votes on all matters presented to our stockholders generally representing an aggregate of 62.0% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering (or 61.9%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock). Upon completion of this offering, certain Continuing LLC Members will own all of our outstanding Class C Common Stock.

 

  Each share of Class D Common Stock entitles its holder to five votes on all matters presented to our stockholders generally, representing an aggregate of 36.9% of the combined voting power of our issued and outstanding common stock upon consummation of this offering (or 36.8%, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock). Upon completion of this offering, the Parthenon Stockholders will own all of our outstanding Class D Common Stock.

 

  Holders of all outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the offering will be approximately $168.2 million (or approximately $194.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock), assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.


 

23


Table of Contents
  We intend to use net proceeds of approximately $168.2 million together with cash on hand to purchase 9,410,000 Holdco Units, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B and Class C Common Stock, from certain owners of Holdco Units (the “Exchanging Members”), including our Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other officers (at a purchase price per unit and share of Class B and Class C Common Stock, based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

 

  If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock, in addition to the use of our net proceeds as described above, we intend to use approximately $26.1 million of the net proceeds from our sale of additional shares together with cash on hand to purchase 1,411,500 Holdco Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock, from the Exchanging Members, including our Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other officers (at a purchase price per unit and share of Class B and Class C Common Stock, based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of underwriting discounts and commissions). If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock, the remaining 838,500 shares will be sold by the selling stockholders, and we will not retain any proceeds from their sale of such shares. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

Beginning with the first full quarter following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.08 per share (or an annual dividend of $0.32 per share), and resulting in an annual yield of 1.6% based on a price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, subject to the discretion of our board of directors and our compliance with applicable law, and depending on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including the satisfaction of our obligations under the TRA, restrictions in our debt agreements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Controlled company

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under NYSE corporate governance standards. We intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemptions under the rules of the NYSE, including exemptions from certain of the corporate governance listing requirements. See “Management—Controlled Company.”

 

Listing

We intend to list our Class A Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “LDI”.


 

24


Table of Contents

Exchange rights of the Continuing LLC Members

Prior to the offering, we will conduct the reorganization described in “Organizational Structure” which will provide, among other things, that each Continuing LLC Member will have the right to cause us and LD Holdings to exchange its Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock for cash or shares of Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. on a one-for-one basis (at our election), subject to customary adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings.”

 

Tax receivable agreement

Our purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members using a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and any future exchanges of Holdco Units for cash or our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exchange rights described above are expected to result in increases in loanDepot, Inc.’s allocable tax basis in the assets of LD Holdings. These increases in tax basis are expected to increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions allocable to loanDepot, Inc. and therefore reduce the amount of tax that loanDepot, Inc. otherwise would be required to pay in the future. This increase in tax basis may also decrease gain (or increase loss) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders and certain Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units of the Continuing LLC Members, whereby loanDepot, Inc. will agree to pay to such parties or their permitted assignees, 85% of the amount of cash tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local taxes that loanDepot, Inc. realizes or is deemed to realize as a result of these increases in tax basis, increases in basis from such payments and deemed interest deductions arising from such payments. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the tax savings associated with the purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members in connection with this offering and future exchanges of Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock as described above would aggregate to approximately $1,068.7 million over 15 years from the date of this offering based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming all future exchanges would occur one year after this offering. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees approximately 85% of such amount, or approximately $908.4 million, over the 15-year period from the date of this offering. If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock,



 

25


Table of Contents
 

which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $961.6 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Risk factors

Please read the section entitled “Risk factors” for a discussion of some of the factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock.

 

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers and employees through a reserved share program, or Reserved Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding and the other information based thereon:

 

   

assumes an initial offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase 2,250,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock from us and the selling stockholders is not exercised;

 

   

excludes 193,091,469 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exchange of 193,091,469 Holdco Units and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock that will be held by the Continuing LLC Members immediately following this offering and the use of proceeds to us therefrom; and

 

   

excludes 14,123,387 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved as of the date of this prospectus for future issuance under the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan”) (including any equity based awards given as compensation to employees (“LTIP Units”), which may be granted thereunder) that have not yet been granted, but includes the 2,207,649 vested restricted stock units of Class A common stock to be granted to employees in connection with the offering (see “Executive Compensation 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan—Available Shares”).



 

26


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

loanDepot, Inc. was incorporated in November 2020 in contemplation of the Reorganization Transactions, and, prior to the Reorganization Transactions, had no previous operations, assets or liabilities. The following tables present summary historical consolidated financial information for LD Holdings, our accounting predecessor, for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of LD Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year period.

The summary consolidated statement of operations data presented below for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the balance sheet data presented below as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 are derived from LD Holdings’ unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. LD Holdings’ unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as their audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period. The summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and our consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes, as well as the sections captioned “Selected Historical Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements,” “Pro Forma Unaudited Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement
of Operations Data:
(Dollars in thousands)
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
     (Unaudited)                    

Revenues:

          

Net interest income (expense)

   $ 9,268     $ (3,057   $ (2,775   $ 17,295     $ 16,749  

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

     2,873,455       788,054       1,125,853       799,564       1,011,791  

Origination income, net

     167,554       107,850       149,500       153,036       159,184  

Servicing fee income

     121,520       85,022       118,418       141,195       115,486  

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

     (216,132     (100,051     (119,546     (51,487     (88,701

Other income

     58,115       44,022       65,681       54,750       58,470  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     3,013,780       921,840       1,337,131       1,114,353       1,272,979  

Expenses:

          

Personnel expense

     1,022,734       525,948       765,256       681,378       726,616  

Marketing and advertising expense

     173,628       133,799       187,880       190,777       216,012  

Direct origination expense

     88,627       61,786       93,531       83,033       76,232  

Subservicing expense

     52,154       28,736       41,397       50,433       36,403  

General, administrative, occupancy and other expenses

     209,241       153,076       216,396       212,076       187,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,546,384       903,345       1,304,460       1,217,697       1,243,173  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,457       288       (1,749     (475     1,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1,465,939       18,207       34,420       (102,869     28,370  

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to loanDepot, Inc.

   $ 1,465,939     $ 18,207     $ 34,420     $ (102,869   $ 28,370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

27


Table of Contents
Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet Data:
(Dollars in thousands)
   September 30,      December 31,  
   2020      2019      2019      2018      2017  
     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)                       

Assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 637,511      $ 46,333      $ 73,301      $ 105,685      $ 84,479  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     4,888,364        3,081,401        3,681,840        2,295,451        2,431,446  

Derivative assets, at fair value

     722,149        164,599        131,228        73,439        104,148  

Servicing rights, at fair value

     780,451        349,472        447,478        412,953        530,049  

Total assets

     8,651,313        4,255,080        4,952,511        3,436,793        3,658,495  

Liabilities and equity

              

Warehouse and other lines of credit

     4,601,062        2,900,512        3,466,567        2,126,640        2,258,665  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     59,432        5,463        9,977        32,575        9,039  

Debt obligations, net

     706,478        539,384        592,095        547,893        469,357  

Total liabilities

     7,017,792        3,893,877        4,576,626        3,087,902        3,200,681  

Total redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

     1,633,521        361,203        375,885        348,891        457,814  

Equity

     —          —          —          —          —    

Noncontrolling interests

     —          —          —          —          —    

Total equity

     —          —          —          —          —    

Total liabilities, redeemable units, unitholders’ equity and equity

     8,651,313        4,255,080        4,952,511        3,436,793        3,658,495  

Key Performance Indicators

 

(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Non-GAAP financial measures:

          

Adjusted total revenue

   $ 3,000,201     $ 938,982     $ 1,346,178     $ 1,107,661     $ 1,287,228  

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,554,172       94,507       124,005       (33,833     93,155  

Adjusted net income (loss)

     1,085,891       27,209       31,885       (80,109     30,128  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     51.8     10.1     9.2     (3.1 )%      7.2

Adjusted net income margin

     36.2       2.9       2.4       (7.2     2.3  

Loan origination metrics:

          

Total loan originations

   $ 63,364,799     $ 29,268,054     $ 45,324,026     $ 33,039,029     $ 35,193,887  

Retail loan originations

     50,591,415       21,291,576       32,700,837       24,103,719       27,136,741  

Partner loan originations

     12,773,384       7,976,478       12,623,189       8,935,310       8,057,146  

Loan originations by purpose:

          

Purchase

   $ 18,487,155     $ 13,215,487     $ 18,513,555     $ 16,640,101     $ 14,060,472  

Refinance

     44,877,644       16,052,567       26,810,471       16,398,928       21,133,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originations

   $ 63,364,799     $ 29,268,054     $ 45,324,026     $ 33,039,029     $ 35,193,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase (%)

     29.2     45.2     40.8     50.4     40.0

Refinance (%)

     70.8       54.8       59.2       49.6       60.0  

Total market share—loan originations

     2.6     2.0     2.0     2.0     2.0

Gain on sale margin

     4.80     3.06     2.81     2.88     3.33

Gain on sale margin—retail

     4.96       3.67       3.39       3.62       3.87  

Gain on sale margin—partner

     3.34       1.15       1.16       1.09       1.30  


 

28


Table of Contents

(Unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,     December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Servicing metrics:

          

Total servicing portfolio (unpaid principal balance)

   $ 77,171,998     $ 30,553,920     $ 36,336,126     $ 32,815,954     $ 46,764,869  

Total servicing portfolio (units)

     272,701       130,640       148,750       141,561       203,592  

60+ days delinquent ($)

   $ 2,073,862     $ 339,870     $ 383,272     $ 410,647     $ 597,811  

60+ days delinquent (%)

     2.7     1.1     1.1     1.3     1.3

Servicing rights, at fair value:

          

Fair value, net(1)

   $ 776,993     $ 346,915     $ 444,443     $ 408,989     $ 528,911  

Weighted average servicing fee

     0.31     0.35     0.35     0.33     0.30

Multiple(2)

     3.3x       3.3x       3.6x       3.9x       3.8x  

 

(1)

Amounts represent the fair value of servicing rights, net of servicing liabilities, which are included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

(2)

Amount represents the fair value of servicing rights, net divided by the weighted average annualized servicing fee.



 

29


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A Common Stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this prospectus, including “Selected Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus, before investing in our Class A Common Stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, the selected risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, the trading price of the Class A Common Stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment in our company.

Risks Related to Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic poses unique challenges to our business and the effects of the pandemic could adversely impact our ability to originate mortgages, our servicing operations, our liquidity and our employees.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and continues to have, a significant impact on the national economy and the communities in which we operate. While the full extent of the pandemic’s effect on the macroeconomic environment has yet to be fully determined and could continue for months or years, we expect that the pandemic and governmental programs created as a response to the pandemic, will continue to affect certain aspects of our business, including the origination of mortgages, our servicing operations, our liquidity and our employees. Although the impact of COVID-19 on our business has been immaterial so far, such effects, if they continue for a prolonged period, may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.

Our origination of mortgages business was immaterially impacted at the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, future growth is uncertain. If the COVID-19 pandemic leads to a prolonged economic downturn with sustained high unemployment rates, we anticipate that the number of real estate transactions will decrease. Any such slowdown may materially impact the number and volume of mortgages we originate.

Our liquidity may be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. We fund substantially all of the mortgage loans we close through borrowings under our loan funding facilities. Given the broad impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial markets, our future ability to borrow money to fund our current and future loan production is unknown. Our mortgage origination liquidity could also be affected as our lenders reassess their exposure to the mortgage origination industry and either curtail access to uncommitted Warehouse Lines capacity or impose higher costs to access such capacity. Our liquidity may be further constrained as there may be less demand by investors to acquire our mortgage loans in the secondary market. Even if such demand exists, we face a substantially higher repurchase risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic stemming from our clients’ inability to repay the underlying loans.

It is possible that the COVID-19 pandemic may affect the productivity of our employees. As a result of the pandemic, in March 2020, we transitioned to a remote working environment for the substantial majority of our employees. While our employees have transitioned effectively to working from home, over time such remote operations may decrease the cohesiveness of our employees and our ability to maintain our culture, both of which are integral to our success. Additionally, a remote working environment may impede our ability to undertake new business projects, to foster a creative environment, to hire new employees and to retain existing employees.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, operations, financial condition and operating results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk factors” section, such as those relating to our high level of indebtedness, our need to generate sufficient cash flows to service our indebtedness, and our ability to comply with the covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness.

 

30


Table of Contents

The executive, legislative and regulatory reaction to COVID-19, including the passage of the CARES Act, poses new and quickly evolving compliance obligations on our business, and we may experience unfavorable changes in, or failure to comply with, existing or future regulations and laws adopted in response to COVID-19.

Due to the unprecedented pause of major sectors of the U.S. economy from COVID-19, numerous states and the federal government adopted measures requiring mortgage servicers to work with consumers negatively impacted by COVID-19. The CARES Act imposes several new compliance obligations on our mortgage servicing activities, including, but not limited to mandatory forbearance offerings, altered credit reporting obligations, and moratoriums on foreclosure actions and late fee assessments. Many states have taken similar measures to provide mortgage payment and other relief to consumers. Nevertheless, servicers of mortgage loans are contractually bound to advance monthly payments to investors, insurers and taxing authorities regardless of whether the borrower actually makes those payments. We expect that such payments may continue to increase throughout the duration of the pandemic. While Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac recently issued guidance limiting the number of payments a servicer must advance in the case of a forbearance, we expect that a borrower who has experienced a loss of employment or a reduction of income will not repay the forborne payments at the end of the forbearance period. Additionally, we are prohibited from collecting certain servicing related fees, such as late fees, and initiating foreclosure proceedings. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will be successful in continuing to make contractual advances to investors and others in the coming months and we will ultimately have to replace such funds to make payments in respect of such prepayments and mortgage payoffs. As a result, we may have to use cash on hand, including borrowings under our Secured Credit Facilities, our Variable Funding Note (“GMSR VFN”), and our variable funding note facility (the “Advance Receivables Trust”) to make the payments required under our servicing operation.

With the urgency to help consumers, the expedient passage of the CARES Act increases the likelihood of unintended consequences from the legislation. An example of such unintended consequences is the liquidity pressure placed on mortgage servicers given our contractual obligation to continue to advance payments to investors on loans in forbearance where consumers are not making their typical monthly mortgage payments. Moreover, certain provisions of the CARES Act are subject to interpretation given the existing ambiguities in the legislation, which creates class action and other litigation risk.

Although much of the executive, legislative and regulatory actions stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic that affect our business are servicing-centric, regulators are also adjusting compliance obligations impacting our mortgage origination activities. Many states have adopted temporary measures allowing for otherwise prohibited remote mortgage loan origination activities. While these temporary measures allow us to continue to do business remotely, they impose notice, procedural, and other compliance obligations on our origination activity.

Federal, state, and local executive, legislative and regulatory responses to the COVID-19 pandemic are rapidly evolving, not consistent in scope or application, and subject to change without advance notice. Such efforts may impose additional compliance obligations, which may negatively impact our mortgage origination and servicing business. Any additional legal or regulatory responses to the COVID-19 pandemic may unfavorably restrict our business operations, alter our established business practices, and otherwise raise our compliance costs.

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our operational, administrative and financial resources.

Our substantial growth in loan production and the servicing portfolio has caused, and if it continues will continue to cause, significant demands on our operational, legal, and accounting infrastructure, and will result in increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the lending markets and legal, accounting and regulatory developments relating to all of our existing and projected business activities. Our future growth will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to

 

31


Table of Contents

address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges in:

 

   

securing funding to maintain our operations and future growth;

 

   

maintaining and improving our loan retention and recapture rates;

 

   

maintaining and scaling adequate financial, business and risk controls;

 

   

implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures;

 

   

training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost-effective basis;

 

   

navigating complex and evolving regulatory and competitive environments;

 

   

increasing and maintaining the number of borrowers utilizing our products and services;

 

   

increasing the volume of loans originated and facilitated through us;

 

   

entering into new markets and introducing new products;

 

   

continuing to develop, maintain and scale our platform;

 

   

effectively using limited personnel and technology resources;

 

   

effectively maintaining and scaling our financial and risk management controls and procedures;

 

   

maintaining the security of our platform, systems and infrastructure and the confidentiality of the information (including personally identifiable information) provided and utilized across our platform; and

 

   

attracting, integrating and retaining an appropriate number of qualified employees.

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively and we may not be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

We may not be able to continue to grow our loan production volume, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our loan originations, particularly our refinance mortgage loan volume, are dependent on interest rates and are expected to decline if interest rates increase. Our loan origination activities are also subject to overall market factors that can impact our ability to grow our loan production volume. For example, increased competition from new and existing market participants, slow growth in the level of new home purchase activity or reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity can impact our ability to continue to grow our loan origination volume, and we may be forced to accept lower margins in order to continue to compete and keep our volume of activity consistent with past or projected levels.

Our mortgage loan originations also depend on the referral-driven nature of the mortgage loan industry. The origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional market participants in the home buying process such as real estate agents and builders. As a result, our ability to maintain existing, and secure new, relationships with such traditional market participants will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our mobile and local retail originations business. Regulatory developments also limit our ability to enter into marketing services agreements with referral sources, which could adversely impact us. See “Business—supervision and regulation—Federal, state and local regulation.” In addition, we will need to convert leads regarding prospective borrowers into funded loans and that depends on the pricing that we will be able to offer relative to the pricing of our competitors and our ability to process, underwrite and close loans on a timely basis. Institutions that compete with us in this regard may have significantly greater access to capital or resources than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

If new products and enhancements do not achieve sufficient market acceptance, our financial results and competitive position will be harmed.

We have derived substantially all of our revenue from originating, selling and servicing traditional mortgage loans. Efforts to expand into new consumer products, such as insurance, real estate services, or other products consistent with our business purpose, may not succeed and may reduce expected revenue growth. Furthermore, we incur expenses and expend resources upfront to develop, acquire and market new products and platform enhancements to incorporate additional features, improve functionality or otherwise make our products more desirable to consumers. While we continue to manage a servicing portfolio of personal loans, we stopped accepting new loan applications for personal loans in the fourth quarter of 2018. New products must achieve high levels of market acceptance in order for us to recoup our investment in developing and bringing them to market. If we are unable to grow our revenues or if our margins become compressed, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Recently launched and future products could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

   

our failure to predict market demand accurately or to supply products that meet market demand in a timely fashion;

 

   

negative publicity about our products’ performance or effectiveness or our customer experience;

 

   

our ability to obtain financing sources to support such products;

 

   

regulatory hurdles;

 

   

delays in releasing the new products to market; and

 

   

the introduction or anticipated introduction of competing products by our competitors.

If our new and recently launched products do not achieve adequate acceptance in the market, our competitive position, revenue and operating results could be harmed. The adverse effect on our financial results may be particularly acute because of the significant development, marketing, sales and other expenses we will have incurred in connection with the new products or enhancements before such products or enhancements generate sufficient revenue. Further, the failure of certain technological enhancements to reduce our cost of production could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Certain changes in the management of LDLLC, and certain other changes in its ownership or in its board of directors may cause one or more events of default under our current Warehouse Lines and other financing arrangements.

Certain changes in the management of LDLLC, the board of directors of LDLLC and/or the ownership of LDLLC may cause an event of default under one or more of our current Warehouse Lines and other financing arrangements, which may in turn cause events of default under many of our other Warehouse Lines and financing arrangements due to standard cross-default provisions. Uncured events of default under our Warehouse Lines and other financing arrangements would cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.

We rely on our proprietary technology to make our platform available to clients, evaluate loan applicants and service loans. In addition, we may increasingly rely on technological innovation as we introduce new products, expand our current products into new markets and continue to streamline various loan-related and lending processes. The process of developing new technologies and products is complex, and if we are unable to successfully innovate and continue to deliver a superior client experience, the demand for our products and services may decrease and our growth and operations may be harmed.

 

33


Table of Contents

All of our loan distribution channels are dependent upon technological advancement, such as our ability to process applications over the internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other conveniences expected by borrowers and counterparties. We must ensure that our technology facilitates a borrower experience that equals or exceeds the borrower experience provided by our competitors. Maintaining and improving this technology will require significant capital expenditures. To the extent we are dependent on any particular technology or technological solution, we may be harmed if such technology or technological solution becomes non-compliant with existing industry standards, fails to meet or exceed the capabilities of our competitors’ equivalent technologies or technological solutions, becomes increasingly expensive to service, retain and update, becomes subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation, or malfunctions or functions in a way we did not anticipate that results in loan defects potentially requiring repurchase. Additionally, new technologies and technological solutions are continually being released. As such, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in improving our technologies’ functionality. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully adopt new technology as critical systems and applications become obsolete and better ones become available. Additionally, if we fail to develop our technologies to respond to technological developments and changing borrower needs in a cost-effective manner, or fail to acquire, integrate or interface with third-party technologies effectively, we may experience disruptions in our operations, lose market share or incur substantial costs. As these requirements increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to promote and maintain our brands in a cost-effective manner, or if we experience negative publicity, we may lose market share and our revenue may decrease.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brands in a cost-effective manner is critical to attracting new and retaining existing consumers. Successful promotion of our brands will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the experience of our consumers. Our efforts to build our brands have involved significant expense, and our future marketing efforts will require us to maintain or incur significant additional expense. These brand promotion activities may not result in increased revenue and, even if they do, any increases may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brands or if we incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brands, we may lose our existing consumers to our competitors or be unable to attract new consumers.

Additionally, reputational risk, or the risk to our business, results of operation and financial condition from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from actual or alleged conduct by our employees or representatives in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, marketing and promotion practices, corporate governance and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not.

In recent years, consumer advocacy groups and some media reports have advocated governmental action to prohibit or place severe restrictions on non-bank lenders. If the negative characterization of independent mortgage loan originators becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for any or all of our mortgage loan products could significantly decrease. Additionally, if the negative characterization of independent mortgage loan originators is accepted by legislators and regulators, we could become subject to more restrictive laws and regulations applicable to mortgage loan products.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters—even if related to isolated incidents or to practices not specific to the origination or servicing of loans, such as debt collection—could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential customers. In turn, this could decrease the demand for our products, increase regulatory scrutiny and detrimentally effect our business.

 

34


Table of Contents

We may grow by making acquisitions, and we may not be able to identify or consummate acquisitions or otherwise manage our growth effectively.

Part of our growth strategy has included acquisitions, and we may acquire additional companies or businesses. We may not be successful in identifying origination platforms or businesses, or other businesses that meet our acquisition criteria in the future. In addition, even after a potential acquisition target has been identified, we may not be successful in completing or integrating the acquisition. We face significant competition for attractive acquisition opportunities from other well-capitalized companies, many of which have greater financial resources and a greater access to debt and equity capital to secure and complete acquisitions than we do. As a result of such competition, we may be unable to acquire certain assets or businesses that we deem attractive or the purchase price may be significantly elevated or other terms may be substantially more onerous. Any delay or failure on our part to identify, negotiate, finance on favorable terms, consummate and integrate such acquisitions could impede our growth.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our expanding operations effectively or that we will be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses. Furthermore, we may be responsible for any legacy liabilities of businesses we acquire. The existence or amount of these liabilities may not be known at the time of acquisition and may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Our hedging strategies may not be successful in mitigating our risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Our profitability is directly affected by the level of, and changes in, interest rates. The market value of closed LHFS and IRLCs generally decline as interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall. Changes in interest rates could also lead to increased prepayment rates, which could materially and adversely affect the value of our MSRs. Historically, the value of MSRs has increased when interest rates rise as higher interest rates lead to decreased prepayment rates and have decreased when interest rates decline as lower interest rates lead to increased prepayment rates. As a result, large moves and substantial volatility in interest rates materially affect our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We employ various economic hedging strategies that utilize derivative instruments to mitigate the interest rate and fall-out risks that are inherent in many of our assets, including our IRLCs, our LHFS and our MSRs. Our derivative instruments, which currently consist of whole loan forwards, mortgage backed security forwards “TBAs,” interest rate swap futures, U.S. Treasury futures and options on U.S. Treasury futures, are accounted for as free-standing derivatives and are included on our consolidated balance sheet at fair market value. Our operating results may suffer because the losses on the derivatives we enter into may not be offset by a change in the fair value of the related hedged transaction.

Our hedging strategies may also require us to post cash or collateral margin to our hedging counterparties. The level of cash or collateral that is required to be posted is largely driven by the mark to market of our derivative instruments. The exchange of margin with our hedging counterparties could under certain market conditions, adversely affect our short-term liquidity position.    

Some of our derivatives (whole loans forwards and TBAs) are not traded on a regulated exchange with a central clearinghouse that determines the margin requirements and offers protection against a lack of performance by individual market participants. This exposes us to the risk that a counterparty may not be able to post margin or otherwise perform on the terms of the contract. This failure could adversely affect our liquidity position and have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Our hedging activities in the future may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps and floors and/or options to purchase these items. Our hedging decisions in the future will be determined in light of the facts and circumstances existing at the time and may differ from our current hedging strategy. Moreover, our hedging

 

35


Table of Contents

strategies may not be effective in mitigating the risks related to changes in interest rates and could affect our profitability and financial condition. Poorly designed strategies or improperly executed transactions could actually increase our risk and losses.

We rely on internal models to manage risk and to make business decisions. Our business could be adversely affected if those models fail to produce reliable and/or valid results.

We make significant use of business and financial models in connection with our proprietary technology to measure and monitor our risk exposures and to manage our business. For example, we use models to measure and monitor our exposures to interest rate, credit and other market risks. The information provided by these models is used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions, pricing and products. If these models are ineffective at predicting future losses or are otherwise inadequate, we may incur unexpected losses or otherwise be adversely affected.

We build these models using historical data and our assumptions about factors such as future mortgage loan demand, default rates, home price trends and other factors that may overstate or understate future experience. Our assumptions may be inaccurate and our models may not be as predictive as expected for many reasons, including the fact that they often involve matters that are inherently beyond our control and difficult to predict, such as macroeconomic conditions, and that they often involve complex interactions between a number of variables and factors.

Our models could produce unreliable results for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, the limitations of historical data to predict results due to unprecedented events or circumstances, invalid or incorrect assumptions underlying the models, the need for manual adjustments in response to rapid changes in economic conditions, incorrect coding of the models, incorrect data being used by the models, or inappropriate application of a model to products or events outside of the model’s intended use. In particular, models are less dependable when the economic environment is outside of historical experience, as was the case from 2008-2010 or during the present COVID-19 pandemic.

We continue to monitor the markets and make necessary adjustments to our models and apply appropriate management judgment in the interpretation and adjustment of the results produced by our models. This process takes into account updated information while maintaining controlled processes for model updates, including model development, testing, independent validation and implementation. As a result of the time and resources, including technical and staffing resources, that are required to perform these processes effectively, it may not be possible to replace existing models quickly enough to ensure that they will always properly account for the impacts of recent information and actions.

The geographic concentration of our loan originations may adversely affect our retail lending business, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

A substantial portion of our aggregate mortgage loan origination is secured by properties concentrated in the states of California, Florida, Texas and New York, and properties securing a substantial portion of our outstanding UPB of mortgage loan servicing rights portfolio are located in California, Texas, Florida, and New York. During the global financial crisis of 2007-2008 (the “Financial Crisis”), the states of California and Florida experienced severe declines in property values and a disproportionately high rate of delinquencies and foreclosures relative to other states. To the extent that the states of California, Florida, Texas, and New York experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, the concentration of loans that we service in those states may decrease the value of our servicing rights and adversely affect our retail lending business. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost-prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to a higher cost of

 

36


Table of Contents

doing business in those states, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to indemnify the purchasers of loans that we originate (including securitization trusts), or repurchase those loans, if those loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.

Our contracts with purchasers of mortgage loans that we originate, including the GSEs and other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investor or private label securitization, and the agreements for securitization transactions for which we act as the securitizer, contain provisions that require us to indemnify the related securitization trust or the purchaser of the mortgage loans or to repurchase the mortgage loans under certain circumstances. We also pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans, which back securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. While our contracts vary, they generally contain provisions that require us to indemnify these parties, or repurchase these mortgage loans, if:

 

   

our representations and warranties concerning mortgage loan quality and mortgage loan characteristics are inaccurate or are otherwise breached and not remedied within any applicable cure period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach;

 

   

we fail to secure adequate mortgage insurance within a certain period after closing of the applicable mortgage loan;

 

   

a mortgage insurance provider denies coverage;

 

   

if the borrower defaults on the on the loan payments within a contractually defined period (early payment default);

 

   

if the borrower prepays the mortgage loan within a contractually defined period (early payoff); or

 

   

the mortgage loans fail to comply with underwriting or regulatory requirements.

We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of mortgage loans are particularly aware of the conditions under which mortgage loan originators or sellers must indemnify them against losses related to purchased mortgage loans, or repurchase those mortgage loans, and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have.

Repurchased loans typically can only be resold at a steep discount to their repurchase price, if at all. They are also typically sold at a significant discount to the UPB. To recognize these potential indemnification and repurchase losses, we have recorded estimated loan repurchase reserves of $27.6 million and $19.2 million at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Our liability for repurchase losses is assessed quarterly. Although not all mortgage loans repurchased are in arrears or default, as a practical matter most have been. Factors that we consider in evaluating our reserve for such losses include default expectations, expected investor repurchase demands (influenced by, among other things, current and expected mortgage loan file requests and mortgage loan insurance rescission notices) and appeals success rates (where the investor rescinds the demand based on a cure of the defect or acknowledges that the mortgage loan satisfies the investor’s applicable representations and warranties), reimbursement by third-party originators and projected loss severity. Also, although we re-evaluate our reserves for repurchase losses each quarter, evaluations of that sort necessarily are estimates and there remains a risk that the reserves will not be adequate.

Additionally, if home values decrease, our realized mortgage loan losses from mortgage loan indemnifications and repurchases may increase. As such, our indemnification and repurchase costs may increase beyond our current expectations. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Loan repurchase reserve.” If we are required to indemnify the GSEs or other purchasers against loan losses, or repurchase loans, that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

Additionally, we may not be able to recover amounts from some third parties, such as brokers through our wholesale channel, from whom we may seek indemnification or against whom we may assert a loan repurchase demand in connection with a breach of a representation or warranty due to financial difficulties or otherwise. As a result, we are exposed to counterparty risk in the event of non-performance by counterparties to our various contracts, including, without limitation, as a result of the rejection of an agreement or transaction in bankruptcy proceedings, which could result in substantial losses for which we may not have insurance coverage.

If the value of the collateral underlying certain of our loan funding facilities decreases, we could be required to satisfy a margin call, and an unanticipated margin call could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.

Certain of our loan funding and MSR-backed facilities are subject to margin calls based on the lender’s opinion of the value of the loan collateral securing such financing. In addition, certain of our hedges related to newly originated mortgages are also subject to margin calls. A margin call would require us to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings. A large, unanticipated margin call could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. As a result of the change in the interest rate market due to COVID-19, we have faced some margin calls on hedges. To date these calls have not been material but if the interest rate market continues to be significantly impacted by COVID-19, we could face additional margin calls that could impact our liquidity.

Our servicing rights are highly volatile assets with continually changing values, and these changes in value, or inaccuracies in our estimates of their value, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The value of our servicing rights is based on the cash flows projected to result from the servicing of the related loans and continually fluctuates due to a number of factors. Our servicing portfolio is subject to “run off,” meaning that loans serviced by us (or our subservicer) may be prepaid prior to maturity, refinanced with a loan not serviced by us or liquidated through foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other liquidation process or repaid through standard amortization of principal. As a result, our ability to maintain the size of our servicing portfolio depends on our ability to originate additional mortgages. In determining the value for our servicing rights and subservicing agreement, management makes certain assumptions, many of which are beyond our control, including, among other things:

 

   

the speed of prepayment and repayment within the underlying pools of loans;

 

   

projected and actual rates of delinquencies, defaults and liquidations;

 

   

future interest rates and other market conditions;

 

   

our cost to service the loans;

 

   

ancillary fee income; and

 

   

amounts of future servicing advances.

We use external, third-party valuations that utilize market participant data to value our servicing rights for purposes of financial reporting. We also benchmark these valuations to internal financial models. These models are complex and use asset-specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of servicing rights are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with servicing rights. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of the assumptions and the results of the models utilized in such valuations.

If loan delinquencies or prepayment speeds are higher than anticipated or other factors perform worse than modeled, the recorded value of our servicing rights would decrease, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with subservicers, and any termination by our subservicers of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Substantially all of our loan servicing operations are currently conducted pursuant to a subservicing contract with Cenlar FSB (“Cenlar”) (for mortgage loans) and a subservicing contract with CardWorks Servicing, LLC (for personal loans), each an unaffiliated third-party loan servicing provider. We are responsible for ensuring each subservicer’s compliance with the applicable servicing criteria and applicable law, and we are required to have procedures in place to provide reasonable assurance that its activities comply in all material respects with applicable servicing criteria and applicable law. In the event that Cenlar’s activities do not comply with the servicing criteria or applicable law for a mortgage loan, it could negatively impact our agreements with the Agencies or other investors. In addition, because our subservicers maintain the primary contact with the borrower of a serviced loan throughout the life of the loan, we have less ability to become involved with any potential loss mitigation. Therefore, we may not have control over a rise in delinquencies and/or claims among non-performing loans, both of which, in the case of mortgage loans, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Further, our subservicers may, under certain circumstances, terminate their subservicing contracts with or without cause, with little notice and in some instances with no compensation to us. Upon any such termination, it would be difficult to replace a large volume of subservicing on comparable terms in a short period of time, or perhaps at all.

In addition, for mortgage loans, the approval of the GSEs or other investors that own the mortgage loans underlying our servicing rights would be required to transfer our mortgage loan servicing rights portfolio from our subservicer to another subservicer. Such approval would be in the applicable investor’s discretion, and there is no assurance that such approval could be obtained if and when necessary. If we were to have our subservicing contract terminated by our subservicer, or if there was a change in the terms under which our subservicer performs subservicing that was materially adverse to us, it would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In order to be able to maintain or grow our servicing business, our servicing rights must be replaced as the loans that we service are repaid or refinanced, and if our loan business loses market share, our servicing business would also be impacted.

Our servicing portfolio, including both our mortgage loans and personal loans portfolios, are subject to “run-off,” meaning that loans serviced by us, as applicable, may be repaid at maturity, prepaid prior to maturity, refinanced with a loan not serviced by us or liquidated through foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other liquidation process or repaid through standard amortization of principal. As a result, our ability to maintain the size of our servicing portfolio depends on our ability to originate loans with respect to which we retain the servicing rights.

If our mortgage loan business loses market share, or if the volume of mortgage loan originations otherwise decreases or if the mortgage loans underlying our servicing portfolio are repaid or refinanced at a faster pace, we may not be able to maintain or grow the size of our servicing portfolio, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or, to a lesser extent, may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

For mortgage loans, during any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our servicing rights to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal

 

39


Table of Contents

expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances. In addition, if a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or foreclosure or a liquidation occurs. If we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts that we are able to fund at that time, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our mortgage loan servicing activities and our status as an approved servicer by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and result in our termination as an issuer and approved servicer by Ginnie Mae. A delay in our ability to collect an advance may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As our servicing portfolio continues to age, defaults might increase as the loans get older, which may increase our costs of servicing and could be detrimental to our business. Market disruptions such as the COVID-19 pandemic and the response by the CARES Act, and the GSEs, through which a temporary period of forbearance is being offered for customers unable to pay on certain mortgage loans as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic may also increase the number of defaults, delinquencies or forbearances related to the loans we service, increasing the advances we make for such loans. With specific regard to the COVID-19 pandemic, any regulatory or GSE-specific relief on servicing advance obligations provided to mortgage loan servicers has so far been limited to GSE-eligible mortgage loans, leaving out any non-GSE mortgage loan products such as jumbo mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 3.4%, or $2.6 billion UPB, of our servicing portfolio was in active forbearance.

With delinquent VA guaranteed loans, the VA guarantee may not make us whole on losses or advances we may have made on the loan. If the VA determines the amount of the guarantee payment will be less than the cost of acquiring the property, it may elect to pay the VA guarantee and leave the property securing the loan with us (a “VA no-bid”). If we cannot sell the property for a sufficient amount to cover amounts outstanding on the loan we will suffer a loss which may, on an aggregate basis and if the percentage of VA no-bids increases, have a detrimental impact on our business and financial condition.

In addition, for certain loans securitized in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines, we, as the servicer, have the unilateral right to repurchase any individual loan in a Ginnie Mae securitization pool if that loan meets defined criteria, including being delinquent greater than 90 days. Once we have the unilateral right to repurchase the delinquent loan, we have effectively regained control over the loan and we must recognize the loan on our balance sheet and recognize a corresponding financial liability. Any significant increase in required servicing advances or delinquent loan repurchases, could have a significant adverse impact on our cash flows, even if they are reimbursable, and could also have a detrimental effect on our business and financial condition

Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The owners of the mortgage loans (including securitization trusts) for which we have retained servicing rights, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our right to service the mortgage loans. As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the GSEs in respect of the servicing rights for mortgage loans that we retain, the GSEs have the right to terminate us as servicer of the mortgage loans we service on their behalf at any time (and, in certain instances, without the payment of any termination fee) and also have the right to cause us to sell the servicing rights to a third-party. In addition, failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the GSEs with little or no notice and without any compensation. Currently, a subservicer performs the servicing activities on the mortgage loans underlying our servicing rights portfolio. However, we are responsible to the GSEs that own the underlying loans for such activities. Consequently, in the event of a default by our subservicer, the GSE could terminate our servicing rights or require that our servicing rights be transferred to another subservicer.

Adverse actions by Ginnie Mae could materially and adversely impact our business, reputation, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, including if Ginnie Mae were to terminate us as an issuer or

 

40


Table of Contents

servicer of Ginnie Mae loans or otherwise take action indicating that such a termination was planned. For example, such actions could make financing our business more difficult, including by making future financing more expensive or, if a lender were to allege a default under our debt agreements, could trigger cross-defaults under all our other material debt agreements. See “—Changes in GSE or Ginnie Mae selling and/or servicing guidelines could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

If we were to have our servicing rights terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, the value of our servicing rights could be reduced or, potentially, eliminated entirely and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our servicing rights portfolio has a limited performance history, which makes our future results of operations more difficult to predict.

With respect to mortgage loans, the likelihood of delinquencies and defaults, and the associated risks to our business, including higher costs to service such mortgage loans and a greater risk that we may incur losses due to repurchase or indemnification demands, changes as mortgage loans season, or increase in age. Newly originated mortgage loans typically exhibit low delinquency and default rates as the changes in economic conditions, individual financial circumstances and other factors that drive borrower delinquency often do not appear for months or years. Most of the mortgage loans underlying our servicing rights portfolio were originated in recent years. As a result, we expect the delinquency rate and defaults of the loans underlying the servicing rights portfolio to increase in future periods as the portfolio seasons, but we cannot predict the magnitude of this impact on our results of operations. In addition, because most of the mortgage loans in our portfolios are recently originated, it may be difficult to compare our business to our mortgage loan originator competitors. Such competitors may have better ability to model delinquency and default risk based on their longer operating histories and may have a better ability than we do in establishing appropriate loss reserves on their financial statements. Any inadequacy of our loss reserves established for delinquencies and defaults may result in future financial restatements or other adverse events.

We may in the future stop utilizing a subservicer for mortgage loan servicing operations, which may subject us to compliance, operational and execution risks.

We may in the future stop utilizing a subservicer for mortgage loan servicing operations, which may subject us to compliance, operational and execution risks. Were we to transition from an outsourcing model to the servicing of loans in-house, we would be subject to guidelines set forth by the Agencies. Failure to meet stipulations of servicing guidelines can result in the assessment of fines and loss of reimbursement of loan-related advances, expenses, interest and servicing fees. When the servicing of a portfolio is assumed either through purchase of servicing rights or through a subservicing arrangement, various loans in the acquired portfolio may have been previously serviced in a manner that will contribute towards our not meeting certain servicing guidelines. If not recovered from a prior servicer, such events frequently lead to the eventual realization of a loss to us. In the event we were to stop utilizing a subservicer, the increased regulatory scrutiny, potential operational disruptions, and executions risks associated with such a transition could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We may incur increased costs and related losses if a borrower challenges the validity of a foreclosure action on a mortgage loan or if a court overturns a foreclosure, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We may incur costs if we are required to, or if we elect to, execute or re-file documents or take other action in our capacity as a servicer in connection with pending or completed foreclosures on mortgage loans. We may incur litigation costs if the validity of a foreclosure action is challenged by a borrower. If a court overturns a foreclosure because of errors or deficiencies in the foreclosure process, we may have liability to a title insurer or the purchaser of the property sold in foreclosure. These costs and liabilities may not be legally or otherwise

 

41


Table of Contents

reimbursable to us, particularly to the extent they relate to securitized mortgage loans. In addition, if certain documents required for a foreclosure action are missing or defective, we could be obligated to cure the defect or repurchase the mortgage loan. A significant increase in litigation costs could adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for an advance could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may also incur the aforementioned costs and liabilities to the extent that they may be incurred by our subservicer under certain circumstances.

We rely on joint ventures with industry partners through which we originate mortgage loans. If any of these joint ventures are terminated, our revenues could decline.

We are party to joint ventures, with partners such as home builders and real estate brokers, and the termination of any of these joint ventures (including as a result of one of our partners exiting the industry), or a decline in the activity of the building industry generally, could cause revenue from loans originated through these joint ventures to decline, which would negatively impact our business.

Challenges to the MERS System could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

MERSCORP, Inc. maintains an electronic registry, referred to as the MERS System, which tracks servicers, ownership of servicing rights and ownership of mortgage loans in the United States. Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc. (“MERS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MERSCORP, Inc., can serve as a nominee for the owner of a mortgage loan and in that role initiate foreclosures or become the mortgagee of record for the loan in local land records. We and/or our subservicer have in the past and may continue to use MERS as a nominee. The MERS System is widely used by participants in the mortgage finance industry.

Several legal challenges in the courts and by governmental authorities have been made disputing MERS’s legal standing to initiate foreclosures or act as nominee for lenders in mortgages and deeds of trust recorded in local land records. These challenges have focused public attention on MERS and on how mortgage loans are recorded in local land records. Although most legal decisions have accepted MERS as mortgagee, these challenges could result in delays and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure proceedings, conducting foreclosure sales of mortgaged properties and submitting proofs of claim in borrower bankruptcy cases.

Finally, borrowers are raising new challenges to the recording of mortgages in the name of MERS, including challenges questioning the ownership and enforceability of mortgage loans registered in MERS. Currently, MERS is the primary defendant in several class action lawsuits in various state jurisdictions, where the plaintiffs allege improper mortgage assignment and the failure to pay recording fees in violation of state recording statutes. The plaintiffs in such actions generally seek to compel defendants to record all assignments, restitution, compensatory and punitive damages, and appropriate attorneys’ fees and costs. An adverse decision in any jurisdiction may delay the foreclosure process in other jurisdictions.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with borrowers, we rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers, including credit, identification, employment and other relevant information. Some of the information regarding borrowers provided to us is used to determine whether to lend to borrowers and the risk profiles of such borrowers. Such risk profiles are subsequently utilized by Warehouse Line counterparties who lend us capital to fund mortgage loans. We also may rely on representations of borrowers as to the accuracy and completeness of that information.

While we have a practice of seeking to independently verify some of the borrower information that we use in deciding whether to extend credit or to agree to a loan modification, including, depending on the program,

 

42


Table of Contents

employment, assets, income and credit score, in accordance with applicable law, not all borrower information is independently verified, and if any of the information that is independently verified (or any other information considered in the loan review process) is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Additionally, there is a risk that, following the date of the credit report that we obtain and review, a borrower may have become delinquent in the payment of an outstanding obligation, defaulted on a pre-existing debt obligation, taken on additional debt, lost his or her job or other sources of income; or sustained other adverse financial events. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third-party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. We may not detect all misrepresented information in our mortgage loan originations or from service providers we engage to assist in the loan approval process. Any such misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject to the risk of fraudulent activity associated with the origination of loans. The level of our fraud charge-offs and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. High profile fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and lead us to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates made by our management, including those used in determining the fair values of a substantial portion of our assets. If the assumptions or estimates are subsequently proven incorrect or inaccurate, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Accounting rules for mortgage loan sales and securitizations, valuations of financial instruments and servicing rights, and other aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. For example, we utilize certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including when determining the fair values of certain assets and liabilities and reserves related to mortgage loan representations and warranty claims and to litigation claims and assessments. These complexities and significant assumptions could lead to a delay in the preparation of financial information and also increase the risk of errors and restatements, as well as the cost of compliance. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements and our ability to timely prepare our financial statements. If the assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience significant losses as the ultimate realization of value may be materially different than the amounts reflected in our consolidated statement of financial position as of any particular date, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

A substantial portion of our assets are recorded at fair value based upon significant estimates and assumptions with changes in fair value included in our consolidated results of operations. The determination of the fair value of our assets involves numerous estimates and assumptions made by our management. Such estimates and assumptions include, without limitation, estimates of future cash flows associated with our servicing rights and derivative assets based upon assumptions involving, among other things, discount rates, prepayment speeds, cost of servicing of the underlying serviced mortgage loans, pull-through rates and direct origination expenses. The use of different estimates or assumptions in connection with the valuation of these assets could produce materially different fair values, or our fair value estimates may not be realized in an actual sale or settlement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Reserves are established for mortgage loan representations and warranty claims when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. In light of the inherent uncertainties involved in loan repurchase claims related to representations and warranties, it is not always possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the amount of a probable loss, and we may estimate a range of possible loss for consideration in our estimates. The estimates are based upon currently available information and

 

43


Table of Contents

involve significant judgment taking into account the varying stages and inherent uncertainties of such repurchase and indemnification requests. Accordingly, our estimates may change from time to time and such changes may be material to our consolidated results of operations, and the ultimate settlement of such matters may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Reserves are established for pending or threatened litigation, claims or assessments when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. In light of the inherent uncertainties involved in litigation and other legal proceedings, it is not always possible to determine a reasonable estimate of the amount of a probable loss, and we may estimate a range of possible loss for consideration in its estimates. The estimates are based upon currently available information and involve significant judgment taking into account the varying stages and inherent uncertainties of such matters. Accordingly, our estimates may change from time to time and such changes may be material to our consolidated results of operations, and the ultimate settlement of such matters may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For additional information on the key areas for which assumptions and estimates are used in preparing our financial statements, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies and estimates.”

Our reported financial results may be materially and adversely affected by future changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) is subject to standard setting or interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the United State Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results and could materially and adversely affect the transactions completed before the announcement of a change. A change in these principles or interpretations could also require us to alter our accounting systems in a manner that could increase our operating costs, impact the content of our financial statements and impact our ability to timely prepare our financial statements.

Our vendor relationships subject us to a variety of risks and the failure of third parties to provide various services that are important to our operations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have significant vendors that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology and other services to support our loan servicing and originations activities. In April 2012, the CFPB issued guidance stating that institutions under its supervision may be held responsible for the actions of the companies with which they contract. Accordingly, we could be adversely impacted to the extent our vendors are unfamiliar with legal requirements applicable to the particular products or services being offered or fail to take efforts to implement such requirements effectively. In addition, if our current vendors were to stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, including as a result of one or more vendor bankruptcies due to poor economic conditions, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some services important to our business are outsourced to third-party vendors. For example, substantially all of our mortgage loan servicing operations are currently conducted by Cenlar. It would be difficult and disruptive for us to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly Cenlar, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future (as a result of their financial or business conditions or otherwise), and our business and operations likely would be materially adversely affected. In addition, if a third-party provider fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements,

 

44


Table of Contents

such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or suffers a technological disruption, cyberattack or other security breach, our business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. See “—Risks related to our business—Substantially all of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with subservicers, and any termination by our subservicers of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.”

Some of the loans we service are higher risk loans, which are more expensive to service than conventional mortgage loans.

Some of the mortgage loans we service are higher risk loans, meaning that the loans are to less credit worthy borrowers, delinquent or for properties the value of which has decreased. These loans are more expensive to service because they require more frequent interaction with customers and greater monitoring and oversight.

Additionally, in connection with the ongoing mortgage market reform and regulatory developments, servicers of higher risk loans are subject to increased scrutiny by state and federal regulators and will experience higher compliance and regulatory costs, which could result in a further increase in servicing costs. We may not be able to pass along any of the additional expenses we incur in servicing higher risk loans to our servicing clients. The greater cost of servicing higher risk loans, which may be further increased through regulatory reform, consent decrees or enforcement, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be effective.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and appropriately balance risk and return. We have established policies and procedures intended to identify, monitor and manage the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit risk, market and interest rate risk, liquidity risk, cyber risk, regulatory, legal and reputational risk. Although we have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future, these policies and procedures, as well as our risk management techniques such as our hedging strategies, may not be fully effective. There may also be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified or mitigated. As regulations and markets in which we operate continue to evolve, our risk management framework may not always keep sufficient pace with those changes. If our risk management framework does not effectively identify or mitigate our risks, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

The loss of the services of our senior management could adversely affect our business.

The experience of our senior management, including Anthony Hsieh, our Chief Executive Officer, is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the residential mortgage loan production and servicing industry and the investment management industry. Furthermore, certain of our Warehouse Lines specify that a substantial change in the management responsibilities of Mr. Hsieh constitutes an event of default. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior management. See “—Risks related to our business—The departure or change in the responsibilities of Anthony Hsieh, our Chief Executive Officer, and certain other changes in our ownership or in our board of directors may cause one or more events of default under our Warehouse Lines and other financing arrangements.”

Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.

Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan officers and underwriters. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies

 

45


Table of Contents

with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our business and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Cyberattacks, information or security breaches and technology disruptions or failures, including failure of internal operational or security systems or infrastructure, of ours or of our third-party vendors’ could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies and we are dependent on the security and efficacy of our infrastructure, computer and data management systems, as well as those of third parties with whom we interact. In the ordinary course of our business, we receive, process, retain, transmit and store proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including certain public and non-public personal information concerning employees and borrowers. Additionally, we enter into relationships with third-party vendors to assist with various aspects of our business, some of which require the exchange of personal employee or borrower information. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly update our systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets against attempts by unauthorized parties to obtain access to confidential or sensitive information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage and we employ extensive layered security at all levels within our organization to help us detect malicious activity, both from within the organization and from external sources.

Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we and our third-party vendors may not be able to in the future, anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches or unauthorized access of our information technology systems or the information technology systems of third-party vendors that receive, process, retain and transmit electronic information on our behalf. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper or illegal access to our systems and those of our third-party vendors, our data, our employees’ customers’ and loan applicants’ data or to disable, degrade or sabotage service are constantly evolving, and have become increasingly complex and sophisticated. Furthermore, such techniques change frequently and are often not recognized or detected until after they have been launched and security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as computer hackers, persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers, or foreign state or foreign state-supported actors. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our borrowers. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the internet and use of web-based product offerings.

Cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years. From time to time, we and our third-party vendors that collect, store, process, retain and transmit confidential or sensitive information, including borrower personal and transactional data or employee data (including service providers located offshore who conduct support services for us), are targeted by unauthorized parties using malicious code and viruses or otherwise attempting to breach the security of our or our vendors’ systems and data. We and our third-party vendors may in the future experience system disruptions and failures caused by software failure, fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, employee misconduct, human error, unauthorized intrusion, security breaches, acts of vandalism, traditional computer hackers, computer viruses and disabling devices, phishing attacks, malicious or destructive code, denial of service or information, natural disasters, health pandemics and other similar events, which may result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary or other sensitive information of ours, our employees or customers, and otherwise interrupt or delay

 

46


Table of Contents

our ability to provide services to our customers. This is especially applicable in the current response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the shift we have experienced in having most of our employees work from their homes for the time being, as our employees access our secure networks through their home networks. Developments in technological capabilities and the implementation of technology changes or upgrades could also result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our employees’ and customers’ personal information and transaction data. Although we have established, and continue to establish on an ongoing basis, defenses to identify and mitigate cyberattacks, any loss, unauthorized access to, or misuse of confidential or personal information could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and expose us to claims from customers, financial institutions, regulators, employees and other persons, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A successful penetration, compromise, breach or circumvention of the security of our or our third-party vendors’ information technology systems through electronic, physical or other means, or a defect in the integrity of our or our third-party vendors’ systems or cybersecurity could cause serious negative consequences for our business, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our proprietary, confidential or sensitive information, including personal information of our borrowers or employees, damage to our computers or operating systems and to those of our borrowers and counterparties, and subject us to significant costs, litigation, disputes, reporting obligations, regulatory action, investigation, fines, penalties, remediation costs, damages and other liabilities. In addition, our remediation efforts may not be successful and we may not have adequate insurance to cover these losses. Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our borrowers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, and diversion of management attention, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face litigation and legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are routinely and currently involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of our business. See “Business—Legal proceedings.” These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. These actions and proceedings are generally based on alleged violations of consumer protection, employment, contract and other laws.

Recently, on December 24, 2020, we received a demand letter from one of the senior members of our operations team asserting, among other things, allegations of loan origination noncompliance and various employment related claims, including allegations of a hostile work environment and gender discrimination, with unspecified damages. We are conducting an investigation into the claims and our investigation is not complete. While the Company’s management does not believe these allegations have merit, should the executive file a formal lawsuit against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Our business in general exposes us to both formal and informal periodic inquiries, from various state and federal agencies as part of those agencies’ oversight of the origination and sale of mortgage loans and servicing activities. See “—Risks related to our regulatory environment” below. An adverse result in governmental investigations or examinations or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect our financial results. In addition, a number of participants in our industry have been the subject of purported class action lawsuits and regulatory actions by state regulators, and other industry participants have been the subject of actions by state Attorneys General. Litigation and other proceedings may require that we pay settlement costs, legal fees, damages, penalties or other charges, any or all of which could adversely affect our financial results. In particular, legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages substantially in excess of the amounts we earned from the underlying activities and that could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

 

47


Table of Contents

We may be unable to sufficiently obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights and we may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.

We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions with employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. As of September 30, 2020, we hold 27 registered United States trademarks and 34 United States trademark applications, including with respect to the name “loanDepot,” “mello” and other logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the “loanDepot” name, as well as seven United States patent applications. Nonetheless, as new challenges with respect to intellectual property protection arise, we cannot assure you that these measures will be adequate to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights that we have secured, that we will be able to secure appropriate protections for all of our intellectual property and proprietary rights in the future, or that third parties will not misappropriate, infringe upon or otherwise violate our intellectual property or proprietary rights, particularly in foreign countries where laws or enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to disclose, obtain, duplicate, copy or use proprietary aspects of our technology, curricula, online resource material, and other intellectual property. Our management’s attention may be diverted by these attempts, and we may need to expend funds in litigation or other proceedings to protect our intellectual property proprietary rights against any infringement, misappropriation or violation. Furthermore, attempts to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties could also provoke these third parties to assert their own intellectual property or other rights against us, or result in a holding that invalidates or narrows the scope of our rights, in whole or in part.

Confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions can also be difficult to enforce and, even if successfully enforced, may not be entirely effective. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into confidentiality agreements with all employees, partners, independent contractors or consultants that have or may have had access to our trade secrets or other proprietary information. Any of our issued or registered intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, held unenforceable or circumvented in litigation or other proceedings, including re-examination, inter partes review, post-grant review, interference and derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings), and such intellectual property rights may be lost or no longer provide us meaningful competitive advantages. Third parties may also independently develop products, services and technology similar or duplicative of our products and services.

Our success and ability to compete also depends in part on our ability to operate without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property or proprietary rights of third parties. We have encountered and may in the future encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property or proprietary rights of others, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise claims against us alleging an infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property or proprietary rights. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid all alleged infringements, misappropriations or other violations of such intellectual property rights. In addition, former employers of our current, former or future employees may assert claims that such employees have improperly disclosed to us the confidential or proprietary information of these former employers. The resolution of any such disputes or litigations is difficult to predict. Future litigation may also involve non-practicing entities or other intellectual property owners who have no relevant product offerings or revenue and against who our own intellectual property may therefore provide little or no deterrence or protection. Any such intellectual property claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel, regardless of whether such claim has merit. Such claims may also result in adverse judgements or settlement on unfavorable terms. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to pay significant money damages, lose significant revenues, be prohibited from using the relevant systems, processes, technologies or other intellectual property, cease offering certain products or services, alter the content of our classes, or incur significant license, royalty or technology development expenses.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our products and operations use software, hardware and services that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our products and disrupt our operations, which could adversely affect our business.

In addition to our proprietary technology, we license third-party software, utilize third-party hardware and depend on services from various third parties for use in our products and day-to-day operations. In the future, this software or these services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of the software or services could result in decreased functionality of our products and operations until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, any errors or defects in or failures of the software or services we rely on, whether maintained by us or by third parties, could result in errors or defects in our products or cause our products to fail or could disrupt our day-to-day operations, which could adversely affect our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our clients or to other third parties that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs. We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software and service providers and to obtain software and services from such providers that do not contain any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to deliver effective products to our clients and loan applicants, as well as interrupt our day-to-day operations, which could adversely affect our business.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 disrupted the U.S. financial markets, including the real estate capital markets, and negatively impacted the U.S. economy in general. Any future terrorist attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the United States and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.

We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance. A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our investments and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future armed conflicts and terrorist attacks would have on us. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

Flooding, severe storms, hurricanes, landslides, wildfires, mudslides, earthquakes or other natural disasters may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, areas of the United States may be affected by flooding, severe storms, hurricanes, landslides, wildfires, mudslides, earthquakes or other natural disasters. For instance, properties in California may be particularly susceptible to certain types of uninsurable hazards, such as earthquakes, floods, mudslides, wildfires and other natural disasters, properties in Florida, Georgia, South Carolina and North Carolina may be particularly susceptible to certain types of uninsurable hazards, such as hurricanes, and properties located in Texas, North Carolina, South Carolina, Louisiana and Mississippi may be particularly susceptible to damage by flooding. The Agencies or investors may be unwilling to reimburse for losses experienced with the property disposition and associated losses on sales in connection with material natural disasters. Additionally, such material natural disasters could disrupt or displace members of our workforce, which would affect our ability to operate our business in the ordinary course.

 

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our mortgage loan origination revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions.

Our results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the mortgage loan and real estate markets, the financial markets and the economy generally. During the Financial Crisis for example, a decline in home prices led to an increase in delinquencies and defaults, which led to further home price declines and losses for creditors. This depressed mortgage loan origination activity and general access to credit. Post-Financial Crisis, the disruption in the capital markets and secondary mortgage markets has also reduced liquidity and investor demand for mortgage loans and MBS, while yield requirements for these products increased. Continuing concerns about inflation, rising interest rates, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit could contribute to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and markets going forward. If present U.S. and global economic uncertainties persist, loan origination activity may become muted. Should any of these situations occur, our loan originations and revenue would decline and our business would be negatively impacted.

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

We generate a sizeable portion of our revenues from loans we make to clients that are used to refinance existing mortgage loans. Generally, the refinance market experiences significant fluctuations. As interest rates rise, refinancing volumes generally decrease as fewer consumers are incentivized to refinance their mortgages. This could adversely affect our revenues or require us to increase marketing expenditures in an attempt to maintain refinancing related origination volumes. Higher interest rates may also reduce demand for purchase mortgage loans as home ownership becomes more expensive and could also reduce demand for our home equity loans. Decreases in interest rates can also potentially adversely affect our business as the stream of servicing fees and correspondingly, the value of servicing rights, decreases as interest rates decrease.

For more information regarding how changes in interest rates may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Key factors influencing our results of operations” and “—Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk.”

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, and are likely to become more competitive, and our inability to compete successfully or decreased margins resulting from increased competition could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in highly competitive industries that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. With respect to our mortgage loan businesses, we face and may in the future face competition in such areas as loan product offerings, rates, fees and customer service. With respect to servicing, we face competition in areas such as fees, compliance capabilities and performance in reducing delinquencies.

Competition in originating loans comes from large commercial banks and savings institutions and other independent loan originators and servicers. Many of these institutions have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which gives them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Commercial banks and savings institutions may also have significantly greater access to potential customers given their deposit-taking and other banking functions. Also, some of these competitors are less reliant than we are on the sale of mortgage loans into the secondary markets to maintain their liquidity and may be able to participate in government programs that we are unable to participate in because we are not a state or federally chartered depository institution, all of which may place us at a competitive disadvantage. The advantages of our largest competitors include, but are not limited to, their ability to hold new loan originations in an investment portfolio and their access to lower rate bank deposits as a source of liquidity.

Additionally, more restrictive loan underwriting standards have resulted in a more homogenous product offering, which has increased competition across the mortgage loan industry for loan originations. Furthermore,

 

50


Table of Contents

our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our loan origination and servicing models. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from these markets following the Financial Crisis, there have been relatively few large nonbank participants.

In addition, technological advances and heightened e-commerce activities have increased consumers’ accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and nonbanks in offering mortgage loans. We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in delinquencies and defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The level of home prices and home price appreciation affects performance in the mortgage loan industry. For example, falling home prices between 2007 and 2011 across the United States resulted in higher LTV ratios, lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. There is a risk that housing prices decline, reducing borrower equity and incentive to repay. Additionally, adverse macroeconomic conditions may reduce borrowers’ ability to pay. Further, if rates rise borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans may face higher monthly payments as the interest rates on those mortgage loans adjust upward from their initial fixed rates or low introductory rates. All of these factors could potentially contribute to an increase in mortgage loan delinquencies and correspondingly, defaults and foreclosures.

Increased mortgage loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may result in lower revenue for loans that we service for the Agencies, because we only collect servicing fees for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. Also, increased mortgage loan defaults may ultimately reduce the number of mortgage loans that we service.

Increased mortgage loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will also result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers and to liquidate properties or otherwise resolve loan defaults if payment collection is unsuccessful, and only a portion of these increased costs are recoverable under our servicing agreements. Any loan level advances made on defaulted loans within the allowable levels provided by investors and insurers are recoverable either from the borrower in a reinstatement or the investors/insurers in a liquidation. Increased mortgage loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may also result in an increase in our interest expense and affect our liquidity if we are required to borrow to fund an increase in our advancing obligations. Any additional cost to service these loans, including interest expense on loan level advances, are generally not recoverable and are considered a cost of doing business.

In addition, we are subject to risks of borrower defaults and bankruptcies in cases where we might be required to repurchase loans sold with recourse or under representations and warranties. In these cases, a borrower filing for bankruptcy during foreclosure could have the effect of staying the foreclosure and thereby delaying the foreclosure process, which may potentially result in a reduction or discharge of a borrower’s mortgage loan debt. Even if we are successful in directing a foreclosure on a mortgage loan that has been repurchased, the liquidation proceeds upon sale of the underlying real estate may not be sufficient to recover our cost basis in the loan, resulting in a loss to us. Furthermore, any costs or delays involved in the foreclosure of the mortgage loan or a liquidation of the underlying property will further reduce the net proceeds and, thus, increase the loss. If these risks materialize, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the event we originate mortgage loans that we are unable to sell, we will bear the risk of loss of principal on such mortgage loans. An increase in delinquency rates could therefore adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our underwriting guidelines may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood of defaults on some of the mortgage loans in our portfolio.

We originate and sell Agency-eligible and non-Agency-eligible residential mortgage loans. Agency-eligible loans are underwritten in accordance with guidelines defined by the Agencies, as well as additional requirements in some cases, designed to predict a borrower’s ability and willingness to repay. In spite of these standards, our underwriting guidelines may not always correlate with mortgage loan defaults. For example, FICO scores, which we obtain on a substantial majority of our loans, purport only to be a measurement of the relative degree of risk a borrower represents to a lender (i.e., that a borrower with a higher score is statistically expected to be less likely to default in payment than a borrower with a lower score). Underwriting guidelines cannot predict two of the most common reasons for a default on a mortgage loan: loss of employment and serious medical illness. Any increase in default rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Adverse developments in the secondary mortgage loan market, including the MBS market, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We historically have relied on selling or securitizing our mortgage loans into the secondary market in order to generate liquidity to fund maturities of our indebtedness, the origination and warehousing of mortgage loans, the retention of servicing rights and for general working capital purposes. We bear the risk of being unable to sell or securitize our mortgage loans at advantageous times and prices or in a timely manner. Demand in the secondary market and our ability to complete the sale or securitization of our mortgage loans depends on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, general conditions in the banking system, the willingness of lenders to provide funding for mortgage loans, the willingness of investors to purchase mortgage loans and MBS and changes in regulatory requirements. If it is not possible or economical for us to complete the sale or securitization of certain of our LHFS, we may lack liquidity under our Warehouse Lines to continue to fund such mortgage loans and our revenues and margins on new loan originations would be materially and negatively impacted, which would materially and negatively impact our consolidated net revenue and net income and also have a material adverse effect on our overall business and our consolidated financial position. The severity of the impact would be most significant to the extent we were unable to sell conforming mortgage loans to the GSEs or securitize such loans pursuant to Agency-sponsored programs.

Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our liquidity because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we typically sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we produce into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment

We operate in a highly regulated industry that is undergoing regulatory transformation which has created inherent uncertainty. Changing federal, state and local laws, as well as changing regulatory enforcement policies and priorities, may negatively impact the management of our business, results of operations and ability to compete.

We are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan origination and servicing activities, the terms of our loans and the fees that we may charge, and the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information. See “Business—Supervision and regulation.” A material or continued failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and/or damage our reputation, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

Additionally, federal, state and local governments and regulatory agencies have recently proposed or enacted numerous new laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans. Federal and state regulators are also enforcing existing laws, regulations and rules aggressively and enhancing their supervisory expectations regarding the management of legal and regulatory compliance risks. Consumer finance regulation is constantly changing, and new laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, could have a materially adverse impact on our ability to operate as we currently intend. See “—Regulatory agencies and consumer advocacy groups are becoming more aggressive in asserting claims that the practices of lenders and loan servicers result in a disparate impact on protected classes.”

These regulatory changes and uncertainties make our business planning more difficult and could result in changes to our business model and potentially adversely impact our result of operations. New laws or regulations also require us to incur significant expenses to ensure compliance. Accordingly, uncertainty persists regarding the competitive impact of new laws or regulations. As compared to our competitors, we could be subject to more stringent state or local regulations, or could incur marginally greater compliance costs as a result of regulatory changes. In addition, our failure to comply (or to ensure that our agents and third-party service providers comply) with these laws or regulations may result in costly litigation or enforcement actions, the penalties for which could include but are not limited to: revocation of required licenses; fines and other monetary penalties; civil and criminal liability; substantially reduced payments by borrowers; modification of the original terms of loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, or inability to directly or indirectly collect all or a part of the principal of or interest on loans; delays in the foreclosure process and increased servicing advances; and increased repurchase and indemnification claims.

Proposals to change the statutes affecting financial services companies are frequently introduced in Congress, state legislatures and local governing bodies and, if enacted, may affect our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. In addition, numerous federal, state and local regulators have the authority to pass or change regulations that could affect our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot determine whether any such legislative or regulatory proposals will be enacted and, if enacted, the ultimate impact that any such potential legislation or implementing regulations, or any such potential regulatory actions by federal or state regulators, would have upon our financial condition or results of operations.

In addition, as a result of the U.S. presidential election held on November 3, 2020, there is a risk that the new presidential administration could increase requirements with respect to existing COVID-19 programs, could impose new COVID-19 programs and restrictions, including new forbearance initiatives, and could otherwise revise or create new regulatory requirements that apply to us or increase regulatory enforcement and examination efforts at the loan origination and servicing sectors, impacting our business, operations and profitability.

With respect to state regulation, although we seek to comply with applicable state loan, loan broker, mortgage loan originator, servicing, debt collection and similar statutes in all U.S. jurisdictions, and with licensing or other requirements that we believe may be applicable to us, if we are found to not have complied with applicable laws, we could lose one or more of our licenses or authorizations or face other sanctions or penalties or be required to obtain a license in such jurisdiction, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to continue to originate mortgage loans, perform our servicing obligations or make our loan platform available to borrowers in particular states, which may adversely impact our business.

We depend on the programs of the Agencies. Discontinuation, or changes in the roles or practices, of these entities, without comparable private sector substitutes, could materially and negatively affect our results of operations and ability to compete.

We sell mortgage loans to various entities, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed securitizations. In addition, we pool FHA insured and VA guaranteed mortgage loans, which back securities guaranteed by Ginnie Mae. We derive material financial benefits from our relationships with the Agencies, as our ability to originate and sell mortgage loans under their programs reduces

 

53


Table of Contents

our credit exposure and mortgage loans inventory financing costs. In addition, we receive compensation for servicing loans on behalf of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.

The future of the GSEs and the role of the Agencies in the U.S. mortgage markets are uncertain. In 2008, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac experienced catastrophic credit losses and were placed in the conservatorship of the FHFA. As a result, housing finance reform continues to be an ongoing topic of discussion. The roles of the GSEs (including as insurers or guarantors of MBS) could be eliminated, or significantly reduced as a consequence of such proposed reforms. Elimination of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or any changes to the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the fees, terms and guidelines that govern our selling and servicing relationships with them, such as increases in the guarantee fees we are required to pay, initiatives that increase the number of repurchase requests and/or the manner in which they are pursued, or possible limits on delivery volumes imposed upon us and other seller/servicers, could also materially and adversely affect our business, including our ability to sell and securitize loans through our loan production segment, and the performance, liquidity and market value of our investments. Moreover, any changes to the nature of the GSEs or their guarantee obligations could redefine what constitutes an Agency MBS and could have broad adverse implications for the market and our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

The Trump administration has made reforming Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including their relationship with the federal government, a priority. In September 2019, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released a proposal for reform, and, in October 2019, FHFA released a strategic plan regarding the conservatorships, which included a Scorecard that has Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac preparing for exiting conservatorship as one of its key objectives. Among other things, the Treasury recommendations include recapitalizing the GSEs, increasing private-sector competition with the GSEs, replacing GSE statutory affordable housing goals, changing mortgage underwriting requirements for GSE guarantees, revising the CFPB qualified mortgage regulations (for further discussion of these regulations, see ”Risks related to regulatory environment—The CFPB continues to be active in its monitoring of the loan origination and servicing sectors, and its rules increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs.”), and continuing to support the market for 30-year fixed-rate mortgages. Some of Treasury’s recommendations would require administrative action whereas others would require legislative action. It is uncertain whether these recommendations will be enacted. If these recommendations are enacted, the future roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could be reduced (perhaps significantly) and the nature of their guarantee obligations could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. In addition, various other proposals to generally reform the U.S. housing finance market have been offered by members of the U.S. Congress, and certain of these proposals seek to significantly reduce or eliminate over time the role of the GSEs in purchasing and guaranteeing mortgage loans. Any such proposals, if enacted, may have broad adverse implications for the MBS market and our business. It is possible that the adoption of any such proposals might lead to higher fees being charged by the GSEs or lower prices on our sales of mortgage loans to them.

The extent and timing of any reform regarding the GSEs and/or the home mortgage market are uncertain, which makes our business planning more difficult. Discontinuation, or significant changes in the roles or practices, of the Agencies, including changes to their guidelines and other proposed reforms, could require us to revise our business models, which could ultimately negatively impact our results of operations. Significant uncertainty also persists regarding the competitive impact of proposals to eliminate the GSEs in favor of private sector models.

Changes in GSE or Ginnie Mae selling and/or servicing guidelines could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Agencies require us to follow specific guidelines, which may be changed at any time. The Agencies have the ability to provide monetary incentives for loan servicers that perform well and to assess penalties for those that do not, including compensatory penalties against loan servicers in connection with the failure to meet

 

54


Table of Contents

specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings and other breaches of servicing obligations. We generally cannot negotiate the terms of these guidelines or predict the penalties that the Agencies might impose for a failure to comply with those guidelines. Any failure by us to conform to these guidelines would materially adversely affect us.

We are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we originate and service Agency loans, including guidelines with respect to:

 

   

credit standards for mortgage loans;

 

   

maintaining prepayment speeds commensurate with that of our peers;

 

   

our staffing levels and other origination and servicing practices;

 

   

the fees that we may charge to consumers or pass-through to the Agencies;

 

   

our modification standards and procedures;

 

   

unanticipated changes to pricing and guarantee fees;

 

   

the amount of non-reimbursable advances; and

 

   

internal controls such as data privacy and security, compliance, quality control and internal audit.

Our selling and servicing obligations under our contracts with the Agencies may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified by the Agencies from time to time without our specific consent. A significant modification to our selling and/or servicing obligations under our Agency contracts could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In particular, the nature of the GSEs’ guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgage loans that they own, or that back securities which they guarantee, can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings and other breaches of servicing obligations. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage loan services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to regulatory investigations and inquiries and may incur fines, penalties and increased costs that could negatively impact our future liquidity, financial position and results of operations or damage our reputation.

Federal and state agencies have broad enforcement powers over us and others in the loan origination and servicing industry, including powers to investigate our lending and servicing practices and broad discretion to deem particular practices unfair, deceptive, abusive or otherwise not in accordance with the law. See “Business—Supervision and regulation.” The continued focus of regulators on the practices of the loan origination and servicing industry have resulted and could continue to result in new enforcement actions that could directly or indirectly affect the manner in which we conduct our business and increase the costs of defending and settling any such matters, which could impact our reputation and/or results of operations.

In addition, the laws and regulations applicable to us are subject to administrative or judicial interpretation, but some of these laws and regulations have been enacted only recently and may not yet have been interpreted or may be interpreted infrequently. As a result of infrequent or sparse interpretations, ambiguities in these laws and regulations may leave uncertainty with respect to permitted or restricted conduct under them. Any ambiguity under a law to which we are subject may lead to regulatory investigations, governmental enforcement actions or private causes of action, such as class action lawsuits, with respect to our compliance with applicable laws and

 

55


Table of Contents

regulations. Provisions that by their terms, or as interpreted, apply to lenders or servicers of loans may be construed in a manner that favors our borrowers and customers over loan originators and servicers. Furthermore, provisions of our loan agreements could be construed as unenforceable by a court.

Failure to obtain approval from Fannie Mae or applicable state regulators prior to consummation of this offering could adversely affect our business.

The transactions described in “Organizational Structure,” including the consummation of this offering, require certain state regulatory and Agency approvals. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not obtained an approval of the Transactions from Fannie Mae. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019, Fannie Mae accounted for approximately 30% and 11%, respectively, of our sold mortgage production and approximately 28% and 15%, respectively, of our servicing portfolio at period end. Our failure to obtain such approval prior to consummating this offering means that our business that involves Fannie Mae may be restricted. In this regard, Fannie Mae could impose a number of remedies or certain other requirements, including but not limited to compensatory fees, restricting our ability to sell originated loans to Fannie Mae, service Fannie Mae loans or hold Fannie Mae related servicing rights, or impose other requirements that may have the effect of limiting our business. While we believe it to be unlikely, it is also possible that Fannie Mae could suspend or terminate our Fannie Mae seller/servicer approval. Any such business restrictions or suspension or termination of our Fannie Mae seller/servicer approval may need to be reported to regulators, Agencies, or other counterparties and could adversely impact our business.

The CFPB continues to be active in its monitoring of the loan origination and servicing sectors, and its rules increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs.

We are subject to the regulatory, supervisory and examination authority of the CFPB, which has oversight of federal and state non-depository lending and servicing institutions, including residential mortgage originators and loan servicers. The CFPB has rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, including TILA and RESPA and the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act. The CFPB has issued a number of regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act relating to loan origination and servicing activities, including ability-to-repay and “Qualified Mortgage” standards and other origination standards and practices as well as servicing requirements that address, among other things, periodic billing statements, certain notices and acknowledgements, prompt crediting of borrowers’ accounts for payments received, additional notice, review and timing requirements with respect to delinquent borrowers, loss mitigation, prompt investigation of complaints by borrowers, and lender-placed insurance notices. The CFPB has also amended provisions of HOEPA regarding the determination of high-cost mortgages, and of Regulation B, to implement additional requirements under the ECOA with respect to valuations, including appraisals and automated valuation models. The CFPB has also issued guidance to loan servicers to address potential risks to borrowers that may arise in connection with transfers of servicing. Additionally, through bulletins 2012-03 and 2016-02, the CFPB has increased the focus on lender liability and vendor management across the mortgage and settlement services industries, which may vary depending on the services being performed.

For example, the CFPB iteratively adopted rules over the course of several years regarding mortgage servicing practices that required us to make modifications and enhancements to our mortgage servicing processes and systems.

The CFPB’s examinations have increased, and will likely continue to increase, our administrative and compliance costs. They could also greatly influence the availability and cost of residential mortgage credit and increase servicing costs and risks. These increased costs of compliance, the effect of these rules on the lending industry and loan servicing, and any failure in our ability to comply with the new rules by their effective dates, could be detrimental to our business. The CFPB also issued guidelines on sending examiners to banks and other institutions that service and/or originate mortgages to assess whether consumers’ interests are protected. The CFPB has conducted routine examinations of our business and will conduct future examinations.

 

56


Table of Contents

The CFPB also has broad enforcement powers, and can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties. The CFPB has been active in investigations and enforcement actions and, when necessary, has issued civil money penalties to parties the CFPB determines have violated the laws and regulations it enforces. Our failure to comply with the federal consumer protection laws, rules and regulations to which we are subject, whether actual or alleged, could expose us to enforcement actions or potential litigation liabilities.

In addition, the occurrence of one or more of the foregoing events or a determination by any court or regulatory agency that our policies and procedures do not comply with applicable law could impact our business operations. For example, if the violation is related to our servicing operations it could lead to downgrades by one or more rating agencies, a transfer of our servicing responsibilities, increased delinquencies on mortgage loans we service or any combination of these events. Such a determination could also require us to modify our servicing standards. The expense of complying with new or modified servicing standards may be substantial. Any such changes or revisions may have a material impact on our servicing operations, which could be detrimental to our business.

The federal government may seek significant monetary damages and penalties against mortgage loan lenders and servicers under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) and the False Claims Act (“FCA”) for making false statements and seeking reimbursement for ineligible costs and expenses.

During the Obama administration, the federal government initiated a number of actions against mortgage loan lenders and servicers alleging violations of FIRREA and the FCA. Some of the actions against lenders alleged that the lenders sold defective loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, while representing that the loans complied with the GSE’s underwriting guidelines. The federal government has also brought actions against lenders asserting that they submitted claims for FHA-insured loans that the lender falsely certified to HUD met FHA underwriting requirements that resulted in FHA paying out millions of dollars in insurance claims to cover the defaulted loans. See “Business—Supervision and regulation—Supervision and enforcement” and the risk factor captioned “—We are subject to regulatory investigations and inquiries and may incur fines, penalties and increased costs that could negatively impact our future liquidity, financial position and results of operations or damage our reputation.” Because these actions carry the possibility for treble damages, many have resulted in settlements totaling in the hundreds of millions of dollars, as well as required lenders and servicers to make significant changes in their practices.

In October 2019 HUD and the U.S. Department of Justice signed an Interagency Memorandum on the Application of the False Claims Act (“FCA”) that provides prudential guidance on appropriate use of the FCA for violations by FHA lenders. HUD anticipates that FHA requirements will be enforced primarily through HUD’s administrative proceedings, but the memorandum specifically addresses how HUD and the United States Department of (“DOJ”), including the U.S. Attorneys’ Offices, will consult with each other regarding use of the FCA in connection with defects on mortgage loans insured by FHA. HUD will utilize the Mortgagee Review Board (“MRB”), which was created by statute and empowered to take certain actions for non-compliance by FHA lenders, to review and refer FCA claims. The memorandum prescribes the standards for when HUD, through the MRB, may refer a matter to DOJ for pursuit of FCA claims, and also sets forth how DOJ and HUD will cooperate during the investigative, litigation, and settlement phases of FCA matters when DOJ receives a referral from a third party, such as in qui tam cases. The memorandum also recognizes that application of the FCA requires, among other elements of proof, a material violation of HUD requirements, and DOJ attorneys will solicit HUD’s views to determine whether the elements of the FCA can be established. In light of the fact that the memorandum was signed only recently and the change in administration, it is difficult to predict the role that FCA claims will play in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

Unlike our competitors that are depository institutions, we are subject to state licensing and operational requirements that result in substantial compliance costs and our business would be adversely affected if our licenses are impaired.

Because we are not a federally chartered depository institution, we generally do not benefit from federal preemption of state mortgage loan banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all the states in which we operate and the District of Columbia, and we are sensitive to regulatory changes that may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or that may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet. Further, our reliance on Warehouse Lines for purposes of funding loans contains certain risks, as the recent mortgage loan crisis resulted in Warehouse Lines lenders refusing to honor lines of credit for non-banks without a deposit base.

In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to loan servicers, brokers and originators. These rules and regulations, which vary from state to state, generally provide for, but are not limited to: licensing as a loan servicer, loan originator or broker (including individual-level licensure for employees engaging in loan origination activities), loan modification processor/underwriter or third-party debt default specialist (or a combination thereof); requirements as to the form and content of contracts and other documentation; licensing of our employees and independent contractors with whom we contract; and employee hiring background checks. They also set forth restrictions on origination, brokering, servicing and collection practices, restrictions related to fees and charges, including interest rate limits, and disclosure and record-keeping requirements. They establish a variety of borrowers’ rights in the event of violations of such rules. Future state legislation and changes in existing laws and regulations may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost-prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business. For example, the California state legislature on August 31, 2020 passed a bill that replaced California’s Department of Business Oversight with a new Department of Financial Protection and Innovation that is modeled after the CFPB. Governor Newsom signed the bill into law on September 25, 2020. While this bill does not directly apply to us because the bill contains an exemption for most existing licensees, this could establish a model for other states to create similar agencies that would supervise our residential lending and servicing activities.

In addition, we are subject to periodic examinations by state and other regulators in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business, which can result in increases in our administrative costs and refunds to borrowers of certain fees earned by us, and we may be required to pay substantial penalties imposed by those regulators due to compliance errors, or we may lose our license or our ability to do business in the jurisdiction otherwise may be impaired. Fines and penalties incurred in one jurisdiction may cause investigations or other actions by regulators in other jurisdictions.

We may not be able to maintain all currently requisite licenses and permits. In addition, the states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits, which could require us to modify or limit our activities in the relevant state(s). The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our Warehouse Lines, other financial arrangements and/or servicing agreements and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The current COVID-19 pandemic has increased the risk that mortgage loan servicers will be unable to foreclose upon delinquent borrowers in a timely manner.

On March 27, 2020 the president signed the CARES Act into law. The law includes important, immediate protections for tenants and homeowners. In addition, states and local governments have enacted similar protections for tenants and homeowners. The law included an eviction moratorium that restricts lessors of

 

58


Table of Contents

“covered properties” from filing new eviction actions for non-payment of rent, and also prohibits charging fees, penalties, or other charges to the tenant related to such nonpayment of rent. The federal moratorium also provides that a lessor (of a covered property) may not evict a tenant after the moratorium expires except on 30 days’ notice—which may not be given until after the moratorium period. The eviction moratorium applies to “covered dwellings,” which includes those dwellings on or in “covered properties.” The federal moratorium defines a “covered property” as a property that has a federally backed mortgage loan; or has a federally backed multifamily mortgage loan. The federal eviction moratorium took effect on March 27, 2020 and expired 120 days later. State and local governments have also enacted their own moratoriums on evictions. Some of these moratoriums bar evictions during the “emergency period,” the definition of which can vary based on the city or county. The GSE’s and HUD have also extended their eviction moratoriums through the end of the year, and further extensions are possible. Additionally, the law includes provisions restricting the ability of lenders to foreclose on properties for certain periods of time. To the extent that we have originated or are servicing mortgage loans for properties that are covered by any of these moratoriums, the owners of these properties may not be able to receive rent payments from tenants as expected, which may in turn cause these owners to delay or reduce their payments on their mortgage loans.

While the CFPB recently announced its flexible supervisory and enforcement approach during the COVID-19 pandemic on certain consumer communications required by the mortgage servicing rules, managing to the CFPB’s loss mitigation rules with mounting CARES Act forbearance requests is particularly challenging. The intersection of the CFPB’s mortgage servicing rules and the COVID-19 pandemic is evolving and will pose new challenges to the servicing industry. The CFPB’s recent publication of COVID-19-related FAQs did not resolve potential conflicts between the CARES Act and the Fair Credit Reporting Act with respect to reporting of consumer credit information mandated by the Fair Credit Reporting Act. There are conflicting interpretations of the CARES Act amendment of the Fair Credit Reporting Act with regards to delinquent loans entering a forbearance.

We may be subject to liability for potential violations of predatory lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

Various U.S. federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending practices. HOEPA amended TILA to prohibit inclusion of certain provisions in “high cost mortgage loans” that have interest rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels, and require that borrowers receiving such loans be given certain disclosures, in addition to the standard TILA mortgage loan disclosures, prior to origination. It also provides that an assignee of such a “high cost mortgage loan” is subject to all claims and any defense which the borrower could assert against the original creditor, which has severely constrained the secondary market for such loans. The Dodd-Frank Act amended HOEPA to enhance its protections. The amendments expanded the types of loans covered by HOEPA to include home-purchase loans and open-end, home-secured credit transactions (such as home equity lines of credit) which were previously exempt; added a new HOEPA threshold for what is considered a high-cost mortgage based on prepayment penalties; lowered the two existing thresholds based on a loan’s rate and points and fees so more loans will qualify as high-cost loans; and imposed additional restrictions on high-cost loans, such as prohibiting balloon payment features (with certain exceptions) regardless of the term. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. In addition, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain mortgage loans, including loans that are not classified as “high-cost” loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefit test with respect to the related borrower. Such tests may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential mortgage loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. If any of our mortgage loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could incur losses, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business. If any of our mortgage loans are found to exceed high-cost thresholds under HOEPA or equivalent state laws, we may be unable to sell them on the secondary market and/or be required to repurchase them from our investors.

 

59


Table of Contents

Regulatory agencies and consumer advocacy groups are becoming more aggressive in asserting claims that the practices of lenders and loan servicers result in a disparate impact on protected classes.

Antidiscrimination statutes, such as the Fair Housing Act and the ECOA, prohibit creditors from discriminating against loan applicants and borrowers based on certain characteristics, such as race, religion and national origin. Various federal regulatory agencies and departments, including the DOJ and CFPB, take the position that these laws apply not only to intentional discrimination, but also to neutral practices that have a disparate impact on a group that shares a characteristic that a creditor may not consider in making credit decisions relating to protected classes (i.e., creditor or servicing practices that have a disproportionate negative affect on a protected class of individuals).

These regulatory agencies, as well as consumer advocacy groups and plaintiffs’ attorneys, are focusing greater attention on “disparate impact” claims. In 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court confirmed that the “disparate impact” theory applies to cases brought under the Fair Housing Act, while emphasizing that a causal relationship must be shown between a specific policy of the defendant and a discriminatory result that is not justified by a legitimate objective of the defendant. Although it is still unclear whether the theory applies under ECOA, regulatory agencies and private plaintiffs can be expected to continue to apply it to both the Fair Housing Act and ECOA in the context of mortgage loan lending and servicing. To the extent that the “disparate impact” theory continues to apply, we may be faced with significant administrative burdens in attempting to comply and potential liability for failures to comply.

In addition to reputational harm, violations of the ECOA and the Fair Housing Act can result in actual damages, punitive damages, injunctive or equitable relief, attorneys’ fees and civil money penalties.

The Dodd-Frank Act prevents us from using arbitration agreements to protect against class actions on residential real estate loans.

At present, where permitted by applicable law, companies providing consumer products and services, frequently require their customers to agree to arbitrate any disputes on an individual basis rather than pursuing lawsuits, including class actions. Such agreements are binding in accordance with their terms as a matter of federal law, even where state law provides otherwise. Thus, arbitration agreements can serve as a vehicle for eliminating class action exposure.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, arbitration agreements are not permitted for residential real estate loans. Accordingly, in the event of a purported violation of applicable law with respect to our real estate lending activities, we could be subject to class action liability.

In recent years, federal regulators and the DOJ have increased their focus on enforcing the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (“SCRA”) against loan owners and servicers. Similarly, state legislatures have taken steps to strengthen their own state-specific versions of the SCRA.

The SCRA provides relief to borrowers who enter active military service and to borrowers in reserve status who are called to active duty after the origination of their mortgage loan. The SCRA provides generally that a borrower who is covered by the SCRA may not be charged interest on a mortgage loan in excess of 6% per annum during the period of the borrower’s active duty. The DOJ and federal regulators have entered into significant settlements with a number of loan servicers alleging violations of the SCRA. Some of the settlements have alleged that the servicers did not correctly apply the SCRA’s 6% interest rate cap, while other settlements have alleged that servicers did not comply with the SCRA’s foreclosure and default judgment protections when seeking to foreclose upon a mortgage loan note or collect payment of a debt. Recent settlements indicate that the DOJ and federal regulators broadly interpret the scope of the substantive protections under the SCRA and are moving aggressively both to identify instances in which loan servicers have not complied with the SCRA. Alleged SCRA non-compliance was a focal point of the National Mortgage Settlement by the DOJ as well as the

 

60


Table of Contents

Independent Foreclosure Review jointly supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, and several additional SCRA-related settlements continue to make this a significant area of scrutiny for both regulatory examinations and public enforcement actions.

In addition, most states have their own versions of the SCRA. In most instances these laws extend some or all of the substantive benefits of the federal SCRA to members of the state National Guard who are in state service, but certain states also provide greater substantive protections to National Guard members or individuals who are in federal military service. Recent years have seen states revise their laws to increase the potential benefits to individuals, and these changes pose additional compliance burdens on creditors as they seek to comply with both the federal and relevant state versions of the SCRA.

Privacy and information security are an increasing focus of regulators at the federal and state levels.

Privacy requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) and Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”) are within the regulatory and enforcement authority of the CFPB and are a standard part of CFPB examinations. Information security requirements under GLBA and FCRA are, for non-depository mortgage lenders, generally under the regulatory and enforcement authority of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”). The FTC has taken several actions against financial institutions and other companies for failure to adequately safeguard personal information. State entities may also initiate actions for alleged violations of privacy or security requirements under state law.

We are also subject to a variety of other local, state, national and international laws, directives and regulations that apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer and other processing of personal information, including the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020 and provides California consumers with new privacy rights such as the right to request deletion of their data, the right to receive data on record for them and the right to know what categories of data are maintained about them, and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information of such consumers. The CCPA allows consumers to submit verifiable consumer requests regarding their personal information and requires our business to implement procedures to comply with such requests. The California Attorney General issued, and subsequently updated, proposed regulations to further define and clarify the CCPA. The impact of this law and its corresponding regulations, future enforcement activity and potential liability is unknown. Moreover, a new proposed privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”) was approved by California voters in the November 3, 2020 election. The CPRA, which becomes effective on January 1, 2023, will significantly modify the CCPA, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. While CCPA and CPRA contain exceptions for data subject to GLBA, and those exceptions cover the majority of our transactional data, these data protection and privacy law regimes continue to evolve and may result in ever-increasing public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions and increased costs for compliance. Several additional states have enacted similar laws to the CCPA and we expect more states to follow. Furthermore, we also must comply with regulations in connection with doing business and offering loan products over the internet, including various state and federal e-signature rules mandating that certain disclosures be made, and certain steps be followed in order to obtain and authenticate e-signatures, with which we have limited experience.

Failure to comply with any of these laws could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of company officials and public censure, any of which could result in serious harm to our reputation, business and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Subsequent changes to data protection and privacy laws could also impact how we process personal information, and therefore limit the effectiveness of our products or services or our ability to operate or expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of personal information.

 

61


Table of Contents

The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) and the FTC have increased their enforcement of the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) and the Telemarketing Sales Rule.

The TCPA, Telemarketing Sales Rule and related laws and regulations govern, among other things, communications via telephone and text and the use of automatic telephone dialing systems (“ATDS”) and artificial and prerecorded voices. The FCC and the FTC have responsibility for regulating various aspects of these laws. The TCPA requires us to adhere to “do-not-call” registry requirements which, in part, mandate we maintain and regularly update lists of consumers who have chosen not to be called and restrict calls to consumers who are on a state or national do-not-call list. Many states have similar consumer protection laws regulating telemarketing. These laws limit our ability to communicate with consumers and reduce the effectiveness of our marketing programs. The TCPA does not distinguish between voice and data, and as such, short message service and multimedia message service messages are also “calls” for the purpose of TCPA obligations and restrictions.

The TCPA provides that it is unlawful for any person within the United States, or any person outside the United States if the recipient is within the United States, to make any call (other than a call made for emergency purposes or made with the prior express consent of the called party) using any ATDS or an artificial or prerecorded voice to any telephone number or other number for which the called party is charged. In 2013, the FCC adopted new rules stating that the party making the call must obtain “prior express written consent” from the called party with respect to any communication covered by the TCPA that was made after October 16, 2013, which introduces an advertisement or that constitutes telemarketing. These requirements are significantly more rigorous and detailed than the requirements for prior express consent in other contexts. The TCPA provides a private right of action under which a plaintiff, including a plaintiff in a class action, may recover actual monetary loss or $500 for each call or text made in violation of the prohibitions on calls made using an “artificial or pre-recorded voice” or ATDS. A court may treble the amount of damages upon a finding of a “willful or knowing” violation. There is no statutory cap on maximum aggregate exposure (although some courts have applied in TCPA class actions constitutional limits on excessive penalties). An action may be brought by the FCC, a state attorney general, an individual, or a class of individuals. Like other companies that rely on telephone and text communications, we are regularly subject to putative, class action suits alleging violations of the TCPA. To date, no such class has been certified. If in the future we are found to have violated the TCPA, the amount of damages and potential liability could be extensive and adversely impact our business. Accordingly, were such a class certified or if we are unable to successfully defend such a suit, then TCPA damages could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We rely on warehouse lines of credit and other sources of capital and liquidity to meet the financing requirements of our business.

Our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests on our ability to borrow money and secure investors to purchase loans we originate or facilitate. We rely in particular on our warehouse lines of credit to fund our mortgage loan originations. We are generally required to renew our Warehouse Lines each year, which exposes us to refinancing, interest rate, and counterparty risks. As of September 30, 2020, we had thirteen Warehouse Lines which provide an aggregate available mortgage loan lending facility of $5.5 billion, and eleven of our Warehouse Lines allow advances to fund loans at closing of the consumer’s mortgage loan. We rely on two such Warehouse Line providers for 29% of our aggregate available home lending facility. If any Warehouse Line provider ceased doing business with us, our business, operations, and results of operations could materially suffer. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources—Warehouse lines.” Our ability to extend or renew existing Warehouse Lines and obtain new Warehouse Lines is affected by a variety of factors including:

 

   

limitations imposed on us under our Warehouse Lines and other debt agreements, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, which limit our ability to raise additional debt and require that we maintain certain financial results, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, minimum

 

62


Table of Contents
 

pre-tax net income, minimum debt service coverage ratio, and maximum total liabilities to tangible net worth ratio as well as require us to maintain committed Warehouse Lines with third-party lenders;

 

   

changes in financial covenants mandated by Warehouse Line lenders, which we may not be able to achieve;

 

   

any decrease in liquidity in the credit markets;

 

   

potential valuation changes to our mortgage loans, servicing rights or other collateral;

 

   

prevailing interest rates;

 

   

the strength of the Warehouse Line lenders from whom we borrow, and the regulatory environment in which they operate, including proposed capital strengthening requirements;

 

   

our ability to sell our products to the Agencies;

 

   

Warehouse Line lenders seeking to reduce their exposure to residential loans due to other reasons, including a change in such lender’s strategic plan or lines of business; and

 

   

accounting changes that may impact calculations of covenants in our Warehouse Lines and other debt agreements which result in our ability to continue to satisfy such covenants.

Warehouse Lines may not be available to us with counterparties on acceptable terms or at all. While we believe that our current ability to access Warehouse Lines for our mortgage loan products has been enhanced due to our operating history, experience and performance under the Warehouse Line facilities, it is possible that this advantage will dissipate as new mortgage loan products are developed and introduced, as the cost and terms of credit with respect to those new mortgage loan products may prove to be less favorable than the terms we have for our current mortgage loan products, or the terms that our competitors may have on their new mortgage loan products.

Our access to and our ability to renew our existing Warehouse Lines could suffer in the event of: (i) the deterioration in the performance of the mortgage loans underlying the Warehouse Lines; (ii) our failure to maintain sufficient levels of eligible assets or credit enhancements; (iii) our inability to access the secondary market for mortgage loans (see “—We depend on the programs of the Agencies. Discontinuation, or changes in the roles or practices, of these entities, without comparable private sector substitutes, could materially and negatively affect our; results of operations and ability to compete.”) or (iv) termination of our role as servicer of the underlying mortgage loan assets in the event that (x) we default in the performance of our servicing obligations or (y) we declare bankruptcy or become insolvent.

An event of default, an adverse action by a regulatory authority or a general deterioration in the economy that constricts the availability of credit, similar to the market conditions in 2007 through 2010, may increase our cost of funds and make it difficult or impossible for us to renew existing Warehouse Lines or obtain new Warehouse Lines, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations, and would result in substantial diversion of our management’s attention.

Our existing indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, Secured Credit Facilities, GMSR VFN, Term Notes, 2020-VF1 Notes and Warehouse Lines, also impose financial and non-financial covenants and restrictions on us that limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur, impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, and impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies and investment strategies. Certain of our warehouse lines contain financial covenants under which net income or net income before income taxes for the applicable measurement period must be $1.00 or more. If we default on one of our obligations under a Warehouse Line or breach our representations and warranties contained therein, the lender may be able to terminate the transaction, accelerate any amounts outstanding, require us to prematurely repurchase the loans, and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Because our Warehouse Lines typically contain cross-default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our

 

63


Table of Contents

other agreements and under our other debt obligations to also declare a default. Additional Warehouse Lines, bank credit facilities or other debt facilities that we may enter into in the future may contain additional covenants and restrictions. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants, we would be in default under these agreements, and our lenders could elect to declare outstanding amounts due and payable, terminate their commitments, require the posting of additional collateral and enforce their interests against existing collateral. Any losses that we incur on our Warehouse Lines could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt obligations” for more information about these and other financing arrangements. If we are unable to access such other sources of capital and liquidity, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted.

Our indebtedness and other financial obligations may limit our financial and operating activities and our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs.

As of September 30, 2020, we had $5.3 billion of outstanding indebtedness, of which $4.6 billion was secured, short-term indebtedness under our Warehouse Lines, $401.8 million was secured indebtedness under the Term Notes, the Secured Credit Facilities, the GMSR VFN and capital lease obligations. For more information regarding our financing arrangements, see “—Warehouse lines” and “—Debt obligations” under “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources.” and “—Secured credit facilities” under “Description of certain other indebtedness.” Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreements that govern the Secured Credit Facilities, the indenture that governs our Senior Notes and the applicable agreements governing our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of our Class A Common Stock, including the following:

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on indebtedness, including indebtedness we may incur in the future, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements, including our ability to obtain short-term credit, including renewing or replacing Warehouse Lines;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to fluctuations in market interest rates, to the extent that the spread we earn between the interest we receive on our LHFS and the interest we pay under our indebtedness is reduced;

 

   

increasing our cost of borrowing;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors with relatively less debt in economic downturns, adverse industry conditions or catastrophic external events; or

 

   

reduce our flexibility in planning for, or responding to, changing business, industry and economic conditions.

In addition, our indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all, to fund our day-to-day loan origination operations, future acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, general corporate and other purposes, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of such debt. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be

 

64


Table of Contents

affected by general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our control. Further, our Warehouse Lines are short-term debt that must to be renewed by our lenders on a regular basis, typically once a year.

Obligations under our indebtedness could have other important consequences. For example, our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness that limit our ability to incur liens, to incur debt and to sell assets, among other things, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could harm our business or prospects and could result in our bankruptcy. In addition, if we defaulted on our obligations under any of our secured debt, our secured lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. Furthermore, if we default on our obligations under one debt agreement, it may trigger defaults under our other debt agreements which include cross-default provisions.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

We are a holding company with no operations of our own and, as such, we depend on our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including future dividend payments, if any.

We will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our equity interest in LD Holdings, which is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its 99.99% equity interest in LDLLC, and 100% equity interest in Artemis, LD Settlement Services, and Mello (and indirect interests in other subsidiaries). We have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause LDLLC (and the other subsidiaries, if practicable) to make distributions to LD Holdings, and LD Holdings to make distributions to its unitholders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes payable by them determined according to assumed rates, payments owing under the tax receivable agreement, and dividends, if any, declared by us. To the extent that we need funds, and LDLLC or LD Holdings are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or contract, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

We will be a “controlled company” and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that our director nominees be selected, or recommended for our board of directors’ selection by a nominating and governance committee comprised solely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the nomination process;

 

   

the requirement that the compensation of our executive officers be determined, or recommended to our board of directors for determination, by a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to use these exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our governance and nominating committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements.

 

65


Table of Contents

The Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members control us and their interests may conflict with yours in the future.

Immediately following the offering, the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members will own approximately 98.9% of the combined voting power of our common stock (or 98.7% if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full). Accordingly, the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members, if voting in the same manner, will be able to control the election and removal of our directors and thereby determine our corporate and management policies, including potential mergers or acquisitions, payment of dividends, assets sales, amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws and other significant corporate transactions for so long as the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members retain significant ownership of us. This concentration of ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control of our company, which may reduce the value of an investment in our common stock. So long as the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members continue to own a significant amount of our combined voting power, even if such amount is less than 50%, they will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

In addition, immediately following the offering, the Continuing LLC Members will own 59.4% of the Holdco Units (or 59.0% if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full). Because they hold their ownership interest in our business through LD Holdings, rather than us, these existing unitholders may have conflicting interests with holders of our Class A Common Stock. For example, the Continuing LLC Members may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing unitholders’ tax considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Certain of our stockholders will have the right to engage or invest in the same or similar businesses as us.

In the ordinary course of its business activities, Parthenon Capital and its affiliates may engage in activities where its interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Parthenon Capital or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries will have no duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. Additionally, Anthony Hsieh shall have the right to engage in certain “non-core” business ventures, as disclosed to and previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

We will be required to pay, under the tax receivable agreement, the Parthenon Stockholders and certain Continuing LLC Members for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with our purchase of Holdco Units and future exchanges of Holdco Units under the Holdings LLC Agreement, which payments could be substantial.

The Continuing LLC Members may from time to time cause LD Holdings to exchange an equal number of Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock for cash or Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. on a one-for-one basis at our election (as described in more detail in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings”). In addition, we intend to purchase Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members. As a result of these transactions, we expect to become entitled to certain tax basis adjustments reflecting the difference between the price we pay to acquire Holdco Units of LD

 

66


Table of Contents

Holdings and the proportionate share of LD Holdings’ tax basis allocable to such units at the time of the exchange. As a result, the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future may be reduced by the increase (for tax purposes) in depreciation and amortization deductions attributable to our interests in LD Holdings, although the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may challenge all or part of that tax basis adjustment, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members that will provide for the payment by us to such parties or their permitted assignees of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local tax that we realize or are deemed to realize as a result of (i) the tax basis adjustments referred to above, (ii) any incremental tax basis adjustments attributable to payments made pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and (iii) any deemed interest deductions arising from payments made by us pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. While the actual amount of the adjusted tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under this agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the basis of our proportionate share of LD Holdings’ assets on the dates of exchanges, the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the deductions and other adjustments to taxable income to which LD Holdings is entitled, and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that during the anticipated term of the tax receivable agreement, the payments that we may make to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees could be substantial. Payments under the tax receivable agreement may give rise to additional tax benefits and therefore to additional potential payments under the tax receivable agreement. In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide for interest accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises to the date of payment under the agreement. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the tax savings associated with the purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members in connection with exchanges of Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock as described above would aggregate to approximately $1,068.7 million over 15 years from the date of this offering based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming all future exchanges would occur one year after this offering. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees approximately 85% of such amount, or approximately $908.4 million, over the 15-year period from the date of this offering. We note, however, that the analysis set forth above assumes no material changes in the relevant tax law. It is possible that there could be major tax legislation in 2021 and in later years which would change the relevant tax law, and therefore alter this analysis in material ways. We are not able to predict the specific effect of such future tax legislation on this analysis.

Further, upon consummation of the offering, loanDepot, Inc. will have acquired a significant equity interest in LD Holdings from Parthenon Blocker after a series of transactions that will result in Parthenon Blocker merging with and into loanDepot, Inc., with loanDepot, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation. See “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings.” The Company will not realize any of the cash savings in U.S. federal, state and local tax described above regarding tax basis adjustments and deemed interest deductions in relation to any Class D Common Stock received by the Parthenon Stockholders in the Reorganization Transactions. The Parthenon Stockholders or their permitted assignees, however, will be entitled to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of the cash tax savings, if any, that we realize or are deemed to realize as a result of future exchanges of Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock for cash or Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement, and/or (ii) distributions to us by LD Holdings are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. For example, were the IRS to challenge a tax basis

 

67


Table of Contents

adjustment, or other deductions or adjustments to the taxable income of LD Holdings or its subsidiaries, none of the parties to the tax receivable agreement will reimburse us for any payments that may previously have been made under the tax receivable agreement, except that excess payments made to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, after our determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our ultimate cash tax savings. In addition, the payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any recipient’s continued ownership of interests in us or LD Holdings. The Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members will receive payments under the tax receivable agreement until such time that they validly assign or otherwise transfer their rights to receive such payments.

In certain circumstances, including certain changes of control of the Company, payments by us under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement will provide that (i) in the event that we materially breach any of our material obligations under the agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment, failure to honor any other material obligation required thereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of the agreements in a bankruptcy or otherwise, (ii) if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the agreement, or (iii) upon a change of control of the Company, our (or our successor’s) obligations under the agreements (with respect to all Holdco Units of LD Holdings, whether or not such units have been exchanged or acquired before or after such election) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions. These assumptions include the assumptions that (i) we (or our successor) will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement, (ii) we (or our successor) will utilize any loss carryovers generated by the increased tax deductions as quickly as allowable by law, and (iii) LD Holdings and its subsidiaries will sell certain nonamortizable assets (and realize certain related tax benefits) no later than a specified date. As a result of the foregoing, if we materially breach a material obligation under the agreement, experience a change of control, or if we elect to terminate the agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax savings, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of such future tax savings. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund or finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement. Additionally, the obligation to make a lump sum payment on a change of control may deter potential acquirors, which could negatively affect our stockholders’ potential returns. If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $961.6 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement. We note, however, that the analysis set forth above assumes no material changes in the relevant tax law. It is possible that there could be major tax legislation in 2021 and in later years which would change the relevant tax law, and therefore alter this analysis in material ways. We are not able to predict the specific effect of such future tax legislation on this analysis.

In certain circumstances, LD Holdings will be required to make distributions to us and the other holders of Holdco Units and the distributions that LD Holdings will be required to make may be substantial.

The holders of LD Holdings Units, including loanDepot, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of LD Holdings. Net profits and net losses of LD Holdings will generally be allocated to the holders of Holdco Units (including loanDepot, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of LD Holdings. The Holdings LLC Agreement will provide for cash distributions to each holder of Holdco Units (including LoanDepot Inc.), which

 

68


Table of Contents

we refer to as “tax distributions,” based on certain assumptions. LD Holdings may be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, may exceed the amount of taxes that LD Holdings would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the assumed rate.

Funds used by LD Holdings to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that LD Holdings will be required to make may be substantial, and may exceed (as a percentage of LD Holdings’ income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer, and any tax distribution to a holder in excess of a similarly situated corporate taxpayer will not affect such holder’s rights except as required by applicable tax law.

Tax distributions to us may exceed the sum of our tax liabilities to various taxing authorities and the amount we are required to pay under the tax receivable agreement. This may lead, under certain scenarios, to us having significant cash on hand in excess of our current operating needs. We will, in the sole discretion of our board of directors, use this cash to invest in our business, pay obligations under the tax receivable agreement, pay dividends to our stockholders or retain such cash for business exigencies in the future.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could hinder, delay or prevent a change in control of us, which could adversely affect the price of our Class A Common Stock.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions will:

 

   

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

   

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

   

establish a classified board of directors, as a result of which our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new board of directors at an annual meeting;

 

   

provide that directors can be removed only for cause;

 

   

provide that any vacancy occurring on the board of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director;

 

   

make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” (other than Parthenon Capital and its affiliates and their respective direct and indirect transferees) to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period;

 

   

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders; and

 

   

require the approval of holders of at least 6623% of the outstanding shares of the voting power of our outstanding common stock to amend the amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

69


Table of Contents

In addition, these provisions may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management or our board of directors. Stockholders who might desire to participate in these types of transactions may not have an opportunity to do so, even if the transaction is favorable to stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of stockholders to benefit from a change in control or change our management and board of directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Stockholders Agreement.”

Risks Related to this Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

An active trading market for our Class A Common Stock may never develop or be sustained, which may cause shares of our Class A Common Stock to trade at a discount from the initial public offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A Common Stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. It is possible that an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock will not develop or continue, or, if developed, that any market will be sustained that would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A Common Stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of our Class A Common Stock will be determined by agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A Common Stock will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our Class A Common Stock may decline below the initial public offering price and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

The market price of our Class A Common Stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A Common Stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A Common Stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly or annual results of operations, additions or departures of key management personnel, changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or the investment community with respect to us or our industry, adverse announcements by us or others and developments affecting us, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnership, joint ventures or capital commitments, actions by institutional stockholders, increases in market interest rates that may lead investors in our shares to demand a higher yield, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock could decreases significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A Common Stock at or above the initial public offering price, or at all.

These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation

 

70


Table of Contents

has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

The multi- class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering, including our directors, executive officers, Mr. Hsieh and his affiliates (the “Hsieh Stockholders”) and Parthenon Stockholders, who will hold in the aggregate 98.9% of the voting power of our capital stock following the completion of this offering, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the election of directors and the approval of any change of control transaction.

Our Class C and Class D Common Stock have five votes per share, and our Class A Common Stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Following this offering, the holders of our outstanding Class C and Class D Common Stock will hold 98.9% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the five-to-one voting ratio between our Class C and Class D Common Stock and the Class A Common Stock offered hereby, the holders of our Class C and Class D Common Stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. Such rights and differential voting of the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders shall cease five years from the date of this offering. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, including the election of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other major corporate transaction requiring stockholder approval. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

Additionally, equity of LD Holdings issued to certain executives are held indirectly through one or more management holding companies (the “Management Holding Companies”) organized for the purpose of holding such equity.

Concurrently with the issuance thereof, Incentive Units granted to certain members of the Company’s executive management team were immediately contributed to one or more Management Holding Companies in exchange for an equal number of “LLC Units” issued by the applicable Management Holding Company. Specifically, as of December 20, 2020, an aggregate of: (i) 346,717.275 Class Z Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors, LLC, (ii) 14,567.098 Class Y Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors Two, LLC, (iii) 6,645.315 Class X Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors Three, LLC, (iv) 3,300,311,438.427 Class X Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC, (v) 584,123,273.588 Class X Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC and (vi) 88,084,925.975 Class V Units are held by Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC.

Each of the Management Holding Companies is managed by a sole manager, initially designated as Anthony Hsieh, which manager has the principal decision-making authority on behalf of the applicable Management Holding Company. The units held by the Management Holding Companies, and the LLC Units issued in exchange therefor, are non-voting and subject to the terms and conditions of the Holdings LLC Agreement, including, without limitation, the restrictions on transfer set forth therein. As a result, Anthony Hsieh will exercise a substantial amount of decision-making authority on behalf of management’s equity interests.

The multi-class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A Common Stock.

Certain stock index providers, such as S&P Dow Jones, exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to certain stock indices, including the S&P 500. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms and large institutional investors oppose the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the multi-class structure of our common stock may prevent the inclusion of our Class A Common Stock in

 

71


Table of Contents

such indices, may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure, and may result in large institutional investors not purchasing shares of our Class A Common Stock. Any exclusion from stock indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A Common Stock. Any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms or institutional investors critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A Common Stock.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations of the SEC, and various other costs of a public company. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. Furthermore, because we have not operated as a company with publicly traded common stock in the past, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A Common Stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Failure to comply with the requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we will have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company.

 

72


Table of Contents

If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we will be required pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in an internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) commencing the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our Class A Common Stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of Class A Common Stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of Class A Common Stock than the amounts paid by our existing owners. Assuming an offering price of $20.00 per share of Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $17.51 per share of Class A Common Stock. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A Common Stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After the offering, we will have an aggregate of 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized but unissued, including 193,091,469 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock that will be held by the Continuing LLC Members. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A Common Stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A Common Stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved and not yet granted 14,123,387 shares of Class A Common Stock for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (including any LTIP Units, which may be granted thereunder excluding 2,207,649 vested restricted stock units of Class A common stock to be granted to employees in connection with the offering), which amount is subject to adjustment in certain events. See “Executive Compensation—2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan”. Any Class A Common Stock that we issue, including under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A Common Stock in the offering.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or offering additional debt or other equity securities, including

 

73


Table of Contents

commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to obtain the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness and/or cash from operations.

Issuing additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A Common Stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of shares of our Class A Common Stock by existing stockholders could result in dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, including sales by the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members, could have an adverse effect on our stock price and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock. In the future, as we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our common stock. Issuing additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock or both. Issuing additional shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, as applicable, when issued with corresponding Holdco Units, may also dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock or both. Additionally, further issuances of our Class D Common Stock, which is convertible into shares of our Class A Common Stock, may also dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have a total of 17,207,649 shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding (or 19,457,649 shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, 307,792,351 shares of Class A Common Stock (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase any additional shares) may be issued upon the exercise of the exchange and /or conversion rights described elsewhere in this prospectus. The Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any Class A Common Stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates (as that term is defined in the Securities Act), which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. The shares of Class A Common Stock not being offered hereby or issuable upon the exercise of the exchange and/or conversion rights as described above will be restricted securities. Restricted securities may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to certain provisions of the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members may exchange an equal number of Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of the offering and after giving effect to the use of proceeds to us therefrom, the Continuing LLC

 

74


Table of Contents

Members will beneficially own 193,091,469 Holdco Units, or 191,679,969 Holdco Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A Common Stock at any time and from time to time (subject to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement).

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A Common Stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A Common Stock. Similarly, the Holdings LLC Agreement permits LD Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited liability company interests of LD Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the Holdco Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Each of our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders, including all of the selling stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge their shares of Class A Common Stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any of our Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A Common Stock, subject to specified exceptions. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, however, may, in their sole discretion, at any time without prior notice, release all or any portion of the Class A Common Stock from the restrictions in any such agreement. See “Underwriting” for more information.

After the lock-up agreements expire, up to an additional 307,792,351 shares of Class A Common Stock (assuming all outstanding Holdco Units together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, in addition to our Class D Common Stock are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock) will be eligible for sale in the public market, all of which are held by our directors, executive officers and their affiliated entities, and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements. These holders will have registration rights that will permit them to sell the securities into the open market. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for shares of our Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan—Available Shares.” Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover shares of our Class A Common Stock.

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of Class A Common Stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings or our shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business, the price of our Class A Common Stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us

 

75


Table of Contents

downgrade our Class A Common Stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A Common Stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts, our stock price would likely decline.

The provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in certain courts in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we, in writing, select or consent to the selection of an alternative forum, all complaints asserting any internal corporate claims (defined as claims, including claims in the right of our company: (i) that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director, officer, employee, or stockholder in such capacity; or (ii) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction upon the Court of Chancery), to the fullest extent permitted by law, and subject to applicable jurisdictional requirements, shall be the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have, or declines to accept, subject matter jurisdiction, another state court or a federal court located within the State of Delaware). Additionally, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our choice-of-forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum selection provisions described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Although we believe these exclusive forum provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws in the types of lawsuits to which each applies, the exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder as a result of our exclusive forum provisions. Further, in the event a court finds either exclusive forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation to be unenforceable or inapplicable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

76


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. You can identify these statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “potential,” “continue,” “may,” “seek,” “approximately,” “predict,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” or “anticipate” and similar expressions or the negative versions of these words or comparable words, as well as future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” These statements may be found under “Prospectus Summary,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business,” as well as in this prospectus generally, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those included in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those risks described under the section entitled “Risk factors” set forth herein. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except to the extent required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus will in fact occur. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from what we may have expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus by the cautionary statements and risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, the risk factors discussed in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus and the following:

 

   

the COVID-19 pandemic; the pandemic’s impact on our ability to originate mortgages, our servicing operations, our liquidity and our employees;

 

   

the executive, legislative and regulatory reaction to COVID-19, including the passage of the CARES Act;

 

   

our recent rapid growth;

 

   

our ability to continue to grow our loan production volume;

 

   

the market’s acceptance of our new products and enhancements;

 

   

the departure or change in responsibilities of certain of our senior management;

 

   

our ability to identify necessary and appropriate information technology system improvements;

 

   

our ability to maintain our reputation;

 

   

our ability to identify or consummate acquisitions or otherwise manage growth effectively;

 

   

our ability to successful hedge changes in interest rates;

 

   

the geographic concentration of our loan originations;

 

   

our ability to indemnify certain purchasers of loans we originate;

 

   

errors in our management’s estimates and judgment decisions in connection with matters that are inherently uncertain, such as fair value determinations;

 

   

our ability to maintain our relationships with our subservicers;

 

   

our ability to replace loans, which we service that are repaid or refinanced;

 

   

our ability to recover servicing advances;

 

   

the ability of counterparties to terminate servicing rights and contracts;

 

   

our limited performance history of our servicing portfolio;

 

77


Table of Contents
   

increased costs and related losses regarding challenges to the validity of foreclosure actions;

 

   

our reliance on joint ventures with industry partners;

 

   

challenges to the MERS system;

 

   

our reliance on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers provided to us;

 

   

our ability to maintain our vendor relationships;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

the occurrence of a data breach or other failure of our cybersecurity;

 

   

the outcome of legal proceedings to which we are a party;

 

   

our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property;

 

   

the impact of terrorist attacks or natural disasters; and

 

   

changes in federal, state and local laws, as well as changes in regulatory enforcement policies and priorities.

 

   

failure of an active public market for our Class A Common Stock developing;

 

   

future sales of our Class A Common Stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur;

 

   

volatility in the price of our Class A Common Stock;

 

   

dilution in our Class A Common Stock as a result of this offering;

 

   

no expectation to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future;

 

   

our inability to effectively implement or maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

securities or industry analysts not publishing research or publishing inaccurate or unfavorable research about us or our business;

 

   

transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business;

 

   

the fact that we will be a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE; and

 

   

the effect of the Tax Receivable Agreement and our organizational structure.

 

   

our organizational documents may impede or discourage a takeover;

 

   

the provision of our certificate of incorporation requiring exclusive forum in the state courts in the State of Delaware for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers;

 

   

other risks, uncertainties and factors set forth in this prospectus, including those set forth under “Risk factors.”

For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors, see the information under the section “Risk factors” herein.

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus speak only as of the date of this prospectus or as of the date they are made, as applicable. Except as otherwise required by law, we disclaim any intent or obligation to update any “forward-looking statement” made in this prospectus to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes to future operating results over time.

 

78


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

loanDepot, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 6, 2020. LD Holdings was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on October 16, 2015. Following the Reorganization Transactions and the Offering Transactions described below, loanDepot, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be an interest in LD Holdings. LD Holdings will also be a holding company and have no material assets other than its equity interests in its direct subsidiaries consisting of a 99.99% ownership in LDLLC (the major asset of the group), and 100% equity ownership in each of the following: Artemis Management LLC, (“Artemis”), LD Settlement Services LLC (“LD Settlement Services”) and mello Holdings, LLC (“Mello”). Through its ability to act on behalf of LD Holdings, which will have the ability to appoint the board of managers of LDLLC (our operating subsidiary that conduct most of our operations directly), and the other direct subsidiaries of LD Holdings (consisting of Artemis, LD Settlement Services, and Mello), loanDepot, Inc. will indirectly operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, including LDLLC.

Prior to the offering, (i) the fourth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (the “4th Holdings LLC Agreement”) will be further amended and restated as the fifth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (“5th Holdings LLC Agreement”) to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests) with a single new class of Class A common units that we refer to as “LLC Units” which will be owned by the Continuing LLC Members.

In connection with the exchange transactions set forth above, we will issue to the Continuing LLC Members a number of shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class B and Class C Common Stock equal to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Members. Our Class B Common Stock will entitle holders thereof to one vote per share and will vote as a single class with our Class A Common Stock. However, the Class B and Class C Common Stock will not have any economic rights. Pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members will have the right to exchange one Holdco Unit and one share of Class B or Class C Common Stock together for cash or one share of our Class A Common Stock (at our election), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any Holdco Units exchanged under the exchange provisions described above will thereafter be owned by loanDepot, Inc. Any shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, exchanged will be cancelled.

Thereafter, Parthenon Blocker and loanDepot, Inc. will engage in a series of transactions that will result in Parthenon Blocker merging with and into loanDepot, Inc., with loanDepot, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation. As a result of such transactions, the Parthenon Stockholders will exchange all of the equity interests of Parthenon Blocker in return for shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class D Common Stock.

The ownership interest of the members of LD Holdings (other than loanDepot, Inc.) will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in our consolidated financial statements.

The diagram below depicts our simplified organizational structure immediately following the Reorganization Transactions and the offering and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock.

In connection with the offering, loanDepot, Inc. will acquire a number of Holdco Units from LD Holdings and the Exchanging Members that is equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that are issued and outstanding (including shares sold in this offering) and the Continuing LLC Members will own the remaining outstanding Holdco Units. LD Holdings will own 99.99% equity interests of LDLLC and 100% of the equity interests of other subsidiaries as set forth below. loanDepot, Inc., through its significant equity interest in LD Holdings, will benefit from the income of LDLLC and its consolidated subsidiaries to the extent of any distributions made in respect of our holdings of Holdco Units. Any such distributions will be distributed to all holders of Holdco Units, including the Continuing LLC Members, pro rata based on their holdings of Holdco Units.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings.

Immediately prior to the offering, LD Holdings and its direct and indirect equity holders will effect certain transactions, which we collectively refer to as the “Reorganization Transactions.” Currently, LD Holdings capital structure consists of different classes of membership interests, each of which has different capital accounts and amounts of aggregate distributions above which its holders share in future distributions. The entry into the 5th Holdings LLC Agreement, as part of the Reorganization Transactions, will result in the conversion of the current multiple-class structure into a single new class of LLC Units in LD Holdings. The conversion ratios of all of the different classes of units of LD Holdings into a single class will be based on the proceeds that each unit would receive in a hypothetical liquidation (pursuant to the distribution provisions set forth in the 4th Holdings LLC Agreement) of 100% of LD Holdings based on the initial public offering price of the Class A Common Stock. The number of LLC Units issued upon conversion per class of outstanding units will be determined pursuant to the distribution provisions set forth in the 4th Holdings LLC Agreement.

In connection with the exchange transactions set forth above, we will issue to the Continuing LLC Members a number of shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class B and Class C Common Stock equal to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Members, as applicable. Our Class B Common Stock will entitle holders thereof to one vote per share, and our Class C and Class D Common Stock with entitle holders thereof to five votes per share and each class will vote as a single class with our Class A Common Stock. However, the Class B and Class C Common Stock will not have any economic rights. Pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members will have the right to exchange one Holdco Unit and one share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, together for cash or one share of our Class A Common Stock (at our election), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any Holdco Units exchanged under the exchange provisions described above will thereafter be owned by loanDepot, Inc. Any shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock exchanged will be cancelled.

 

80


Table of Contents

Thereafter, (i) Parthenon Blocker and loanDepot, Inc. will engage in a series of transactions that will result in Parthenon Blocker merging with and into loanDepot, Inc., with loanDepot, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation, and (ii) loanDepot, Inc. and LD Holdings will enter into the tax receivable agreement with (a) the Parthenon Stockholders receiving their interest in the tax receivable agreement in connection with the merger transaction described in clause (i) above, and (b) following the completion of the offering, certain of the Continuing LLC Members as part of the consideration received by such Continuing LLC Members in exchange for the sale of Holdco Units to loanDepot, Inc. As a result of the transactions described in clause (i) above, the Parthenon Stockholders will receive shares of our Class D Common Stock and their interest in the tax receivables agreement. loanDepot, Inc. will own one Holdco Unit for each share of Class D Common Stock so issued to the Parthenon Stockholders. In connection with the foregoing transactions, the Parthenon Stockholders and certain other persons will cause to be terminated an existing call option providing the Parthenon Stockholders the option to purchase, from Parthenon Blocker, its equity interest in LDLLC.

The following table summarizes the number of membership interests by class outstanding prior to the Reorganization Transactions, the conversion ratio for each class, and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding after the Reorganization Transactions and before this offering, assuming (i) that all Holdco Units owned by the Continuing LLC Members, together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, are exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering, including by the selling stockholders, at a price per share to the public of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

     Number of applicable
units before the
Reorganization
Transactions as of 1/27/21
     Conversion
Ratio in the
Reorganization
Transactions
    Number of shares of
Class A Common
Stock outstanding
after the
Reorganization
Transactions
and before the
Offering
 

Class A

     268,138        45020.8     120,717,790  

Class B

     50,000        43668.0     21,833,983  

Class P-3

     40,000        51477.2     20,590,891  

Class P-4

     1,000        2011931.4     20,119,314  

Class X(1)

     3,966,348,838        3.4     136,643,631  

Class V

     88,084,926        3.3     2,886,742  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     4,054,433,764          322,792,351  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1)

Class X applicable units adjusted for net settled units for compensation expense purposes.

Incorporation of loanDepot, Inc.

loanDepot, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on November 6, 2020. loanDepot, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and its operations have been limited to serving as the potential holding company of LD Holdings. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of loanDepot, Inc. at the time of the offering will authorize four classes of common stock, Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock and one or more series of preferred stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

Prior to completion of the offering, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, equal to the number of outstanding Holdco Units owned by the Continuing LLC Members will be issued to the Continuing LLC Members in order to provide them with voting rights in loanDepot, Inc. Each Continuing LLC Member will receive a number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, equal to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Member. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

81


Table of Contents

Holders of our Class A and Class B Common Stock each have one vote per share of Class A and Class B Common Stock, respectively, and holders of our Class C and Class D Common Stock each have five votes per share of Class C and Class D Common Stock, and vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Formation of LD Holdings

LD Holdings Group LLC (f/k/a LoanDepot Holdings, LLC) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on October 16, 2015. The 4th Holdings LLC Agreement designates loanDepot, Inc. as the member of LD Holdings which is entitled to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings and provides for Holdco Units. Following the offering, the board of managers of LD Holdings will have the right to determine the timing and amount of any distributions (other than tax distributions as described in “—Holding Company Structure”) to be made to holders of the Holdco Units from LD Holdings, Profits and losses of LD Holdings will be allocated, and all distributions (other than tax distributions) with respect to Holdco Units will be made, pro rata to the holders of the Holdco Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings.”

Offering Transactions

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members that will provide for the payment from time to time by loanDepot, Inc. to such parties or their permitted assignees of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that loanDepot, Inc. realizes or under certain circumstances (such as following a change of control) is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis referred to above, (ii) any incremental tax basis adjustments attributable to payments made pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and (iii) any deemed interest deductions arising from payments made by us pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Further, upon consummation of the offering, loanDepot, Inc. will have acquired a significant equity interest in LD Holdings from Parthenon Blocker after a series of transactions that will result in Parthenon Blocker merging with and into loanDepot, Inc., with loanDepot, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation. See “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings.” LD Holdings will not realize any of the cash savings in U.S. federal, state and local tax described above regarding tax basis adjustments and deemed interest deductions in relation to any Class D Common Stock received by the Parthenon Stockholders in the Reorganization Transactions. The Parthenon Stockholders or their permitted assignees, however, will be entitled to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement in respect of the cash tax savings, if any, that we realize or are deemed to realize as a result of future exchanges of Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc.

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

As a result of the transactions described above, and assuming the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock in this offering at a price per share to the public of $20.00, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

   

the investors in the offering will collectively own 15,000,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock (or 17,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock);

 

   

the Continuing LLC Members will collectively hold 193,091,469 Holdco Units, representing 59.4% of the total economic interest of LD Holdings (or 191,679,969 Holdco Units, representing 59.0% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock), which can be exchanged together with an equal number of Class B or Class C Common Stock for newly issued Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement;

 

82


Table of Contents
   

the investors in the offering will collectively have 1.1% of the voting power in loanDepot, Inc. (or 1.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock); and

 

   

the Parthenon Stockholders that will receive shares of Class D Common Stock in the Reorganization Transactions and the Continuing LLC Members that will hold Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock that may be exchanged for newly issued Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, will collectively have 36.9% of the voting power in loanDepot, Inc. (or 36.8% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock).

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow the Continuing LLC Members to retain their equity ownership in LD Holdings, an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of Holdco Units. Investors in the offering and the Parthenon Stockholders will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A Common Stock.

The Continuing LLC Members will also hold shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. The shares of Class B Common Stock have only voting and no economic rights. A share of Class B or Class C Common Stock cannot be transferred except in connection with a transfer of a Holdco Unit. Further, a Holdco Unit cannot be exchanged with loanDepot, Inc. for a share of our Class A Common Stock without the corresponding share of our Class B Common Stock or Class C being delivered together at the time of exchange for cancellation by us. Accordingly, as the Continuing LLC Members subsequently exchange Holdco Units for shares of Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, the voting power afforded to the Continuing LLC Members by their shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.

Holding Company Structure

loanDepot, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be an equity interest in LD Holdings, which will hold the equity interests in LDLLC as described above. loanDepot, Inc. will indirectly control all of the business and affairs of LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, including LDLLC, through its ability to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings, which will have the ability to appoint the board of managers of LDLLC.

loanDepot, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, including LDLLC, and the ownership interest of the Continuing LLC Members will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in loanDepot, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, the board of managers of LD Holdings has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made to the members of LD Holdings and the amount of any such distributions, and loanDepot, Inc. will have the right to appoint such board of managers under the Holdings LLC Agreement. If loanDepot, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the holders of Holdco Units, including loanDepot, Inc., pro rata based on their holdings of Holdco Units.

The holders of Holdco Units, including loanDepot, Inc., will generally have to include for purposes of calculating their U.S. federal, state and local income taxes their share of any taxable income of LD Holdings. Taxable income of LD Holdings generally will be allocated to the holders of Holdco Units (including loanDepot, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of LD Holdings. LD Holdings will be obligated, subject to available cash and applicable law and contractual restrictions (including pursuant to our debt instruments), to make cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” based on certain assumptions, to its members (including loanDepot, Inc.). LD Holdings may be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, may exceed the amount of taxes that LD Holdings would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the assumed rate. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings.

 

83


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the offering will be approximately $168.2 million (or $194.3 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock) based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering together with cash on hand to purchase 9,410,000 Holdco Units, together with an equal number of 9,410,000 shares of our Class B or Class C Common Stock, from the Exchanging Members, including our Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other officers (at a purchase price per unit and share of Class B or Class C Common Stock, based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of underwriting discounts and commissions).

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase 2,250,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock, in addition to the use of our net proceeds as described above, we intend to use approximately $26.1 million of the net proceeds from our sale of 1,411,500 additional shares to purchase 1,411,500 Holdco Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock, from the Exchanging Members, including our Chief Executive Officer and certain of our other officers (at a purchase price per unit and share of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of underwriting discounts and commissions). If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock, the remaining 838,500 shares will be sold by the selling stockholders, and we will not retain any proceeds from their sale of such shares.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for the amounts of net proceeds that will be used to purchase Holdco Units from our officers and “Principal and Selling Stockholders” for information concerning the selling stockholders and Exchanging Members in this offering.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $8.7 million assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

84


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Beginning with the first full quarter following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay cash dividends subject to the discretion of our board of directors and our compliance with applicable law, and depending on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, level of indebtedness, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, including the satisfaction of our obligations under the tax receivable agreement, restrictions in our debt agreements, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend on our common stock of $0.08 per share (or an annual dividend of $0.32 per share) and resulting in an annual yield of 1.6% based on a price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We will evaluate future increases to our quarterly dividend consistent with our cash flow and liquidity position. The payment, including timing and amount, of such quarterly dividends and any future dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors.

Our ability to pay dividends depends on our receipt of cash dividends from our operating subsidiaries, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their jurisdiction of organization or agreements of our subsidiaries, including agreements governing our indebtedness. Future agreements may also limit our ability to pay dividends. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness” for a description of the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

Following this offering, we will receive a portion of any distributions made by LDLLC. Under the 10th LLC Agreement, loanDepot, Inc., through its ability to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings, which will have the ability to appoint the board of managers of LDLLC, has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made by LDLLC to LD Holdings and the amount of any such distributions. Under the Holdings LLC Agreement, the board of managers of LD Holdings has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made to unitholders of LD Holdings and the amount of any such distributions. Any such distributions will be distributed to all holders of Holdco Units, including us, pro rata based on their holdings of Holdco Units. The cash received from such distributions will first be used by us to satisfy any tax liability and then to make any payments required under the tax receivable agreement to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees.

 

85


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth LD Holdings’ consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2020:

 

   

on a historical basis for LD Holdings; and

 

   

a pro forma basis for loanDepot, Inc., giving effect to the transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” including the October Transactions and the application of the proceeds to us from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and other related transaction costs payable by us.

You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2020  
$ in thousands    Actual
LD Holdings
     Pro Forma
loanDepot, Inc.
 

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 637,511      $ (33,496

DEBT(2)

     

Warehouse lines of credit(3)

     4,601,062        4,601,062  

Secured Credit Facilities(4)

     170,000        —    

GMSR VFN

     15,000        15,000  

Term Notes

     200,000        200,000  

Unsecured Term Loan(5)

     250,000        —    

Convertible Debt(6)

     75,000        —    

Financing Lease Obligations

     18,258        18,258  

Senior Notes(7)

     —          500,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     5,329,320        5,334,320  

Total redeemable units(8)

     104,200        —    

Capital (equity):

     

Unitholders’ equity(9)

     1,529,321        —    

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 2,500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; 17,207,649 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —    

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 2,500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —    

Class C Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 2,500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; 193,091,469 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —    

Class D Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, 2,500,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; 114,700,882 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —    

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized on a pro forma basis; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

     —          —    

Additional paid-in-capital(10)

     —          416,634  

Retained earnings(11)

     —          (61,455
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unitholders’ equity/loanDepot, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     1,529,321        355,179  

Noncontrolling interest(12)

     —          467,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,633,521        822,774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

   $ 7,600,352      $ 6,123,598  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes $676.0 million in distributions which will be funded through the use of cash on hand as of September 30, 2020 and cash flows generated from operations between October 1, 2020 and the transaction date. Includes $5.0 million in net proceeds from our $500.0 million Senior Note issuance, net of the $170.0 million paydown of Secured Credit Facilities and repayment of the $250.0 million Unsecured Term Loan and $75.0 million Convertible Debt.

(2)

Debt amounts are shown gross, excluding deferred financing costs.

(3)

As of November 30, 2020, Warehouse lines had increased 27% from September 30, 2020 to $5.8 billion. This increase is consistent with the increase of 29% in LHFS over the same period.

(4)

Balance includes the Original Secured Credit Facility and the Second Secured Credit Facility. As a result of the October Transactions, we repaid $170.0 million under our Secured Credit Facilities.

(5)

In October 2020, we repaid in full the Unsecured Term Loan.

(6)

In October 2020, we repaid in full the Convertible Debt.

(7)

In October 2020 we issued $500.0 million in 6.50% Senior Notes due 2025.

(8)

Includes $32.3 million redemption of units in the fourth quarter of 2020 and $71.9 million converted in the reorganization and offering.

(9)

Reflects cash distributions made by the Company from cash on hand and cash generated from operations during the fourth quarter of 2020 and first quarter of 2021 to certain of its unitholders that included profit distributions of $540.9 million as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement and tax distributions of $102.8 million as required under the Company’s operating agreement. Also includes $885.6 million reduction to reflect the reorganization and offering transaction which collapsed the prior capital structure.

(10)

Includes (a) $126.1 million reduction related to the recognition of a $44.4 million deferred tax liability and a $81.7 million deferred tax liability associated with entering into a tax receivable agreement associated with the offering; (b) a $52.8 million increase with a corresponding decrease to retained earnings for stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock units granted under the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan as a result of the offering; and (c) $483.0 million increase to reflect the reorganization and offering transaction.

(11)

Includes $8.7 million in certain costs associated with the offering which will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings at the time of the offering. Costs include legal, accounting and other related costs attributable with the offering. Additionally, reflects $52.8 million reduction to retained earnings for stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock units granted under the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan as a result of the offering.

(12)

Following the reorganization and offering, loanDepot, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be an interest in LD Holdings related to Class A and Class D units representing approximately 43.2% interest in LD Holdings In our capacity as the sole managing member of LD Holdings, we will indirectly operate and control all of LD Holdings’ business and affairs. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of LD Holdings and will report noncontrolling interests related to the interests held by the continuing members of LD Holdings, which will represent a majority of the economic interest in LD Holdings, on our consolidated balance sheet. The $467.6 million represents noncontrolling interest or 56.8% of total equity at the completion of the reorganization and offering transaction.

 

87


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in the initial public offering of our Class A Common Stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the excess of the initial public offering price per share of our Class A Common Stock over the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A Common Stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the Class A Common Stock is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to the existing equity holders.

Our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2020 was approximately $779.8 million. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable units of LD Holdings, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, and pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and assuming that all of the Continuing LLC Members exchanged their Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock and all of the Parthenon Stockholders were exchanged their Class D Common Stock, in each case for newly issued shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of estimated net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2020, excluding pre-reorganization noncontrolling interest that is not convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock, would have been $759.9 million, or $2.49 per share of Class A Common Stock, assuming that all of the Continuing LLC Members exchanged their Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock and all of the Parthenon Stockholders were exchanged their Class D Common Stock, in each case for newly issued shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.

The following table illustrates the immediate dilution of $17.51 per share to new stockholders purchasing Class A Common Stock in this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

                     $ 20.00

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2020

   $ 2.55   

Decrease per share attributable to this offering

     0.06     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

        2.49  
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $ 17.51  
     

 

 

 

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis at September 30, 2020, the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and by new investors purchasing shares in the offering, assuming that all of the Continuing LLC Members exchanged their Holdco Units and Class B or Class C Common Stock and all of the Parthenon Stockholders were exchanged their Class D Common Stock, in each case for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

     Shares of Class A
Common Stock Purchased/
Granted
    Total Consideration     Average
Price
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage     Per Share  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Investors prior to this offering

     290,568        95   $ 834,975        74   $ 2.87  

New investors in this offering

     15,000        5   $ 300,000        26   $ 20.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     305,568        100   $ 1,134,975        100   $ 7.40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2020 attributable to this offering would have been approximately $2.48 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors would be $17.52 per share. Furthermore, the percentage of our shares held by existing equity owners would decrease to approximately 94.8% and the percentage of our shares held by new investors would increase to approximately 5.2%.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors in this offering and total consideration paid by all investors by approximately $8.70 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

89


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables present selected historical consolidated financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of LD Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of LDLLC, LD Holdings accounting predecessor. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full fiscal year period.

The selected consolidated statement of operations data presented below for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the balance sheet data presented below as of September 30, 2020 and 2019 are derived from LD Holdings’ unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. LD Holdings’ unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as their audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period. These selected financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and our consolidated interim financial statements and the related notes, as well as the sections captioned “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Condensed Consolidated

Statement of Operations Data:

(Dollars in thousands)

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
  2020     2019     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)                                

Revenues:

             

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 9,268     $ (3,057   $ (2,775   $ 17,295     $ 16,749     $ 16,451     $ 14,340  

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

    2,873,455       788,054       1,125,853       799,564       1,011,791       1,101,125       791,721  

Origination income, net

    167,554       107,850       149,500       153,036       159,184       124,942       99,917  

Servicing fee income

    121,520       85,022       118,418       141,195       115,486       62,132       49,445  

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

    (216,132     (100,051     (119,546     (51,487     (88,701     (40,001     (59,471

Other income

    58,115       44,022       65,681       54,750       58,470       36,857       26,408  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    3,013,780       921,840       1,337,131       1,114,353       1,272,979       1,301,506       922,360  

Expenses:

             

Personnel expense

    1,022,734       525,948       765,256       681,378       726,616       687,249       553,377  

Marketing and advertising expense

    173,628       133,799       187,880       190,777       216,012       161,803       124,851  

Direct origination expense

    88,627       61,786       93,531       83,033       76,232       72,488       50,688  

Subservicing expense

    52,154       28,736       41,397       50,433       36,403       24,304       14,426  

General, administrative, occupancy and other expenses

    209,241       153,076       216,396       212,076       187,910       182,354       128,877  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    1,546,384       903,345       1,304,460       1,217,697       1,243,173       1,128,198       872,219  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,457       288       (1,749     (475     1,436       4,524       711  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,465,939     $ 18,207     $ 34,420     $ (102,869   $ 28,370     $ 168,784     $ 49,430  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated

Balance Sheet Data:

(Dollars in thousands)

  September 30,     December 31,  
  2020     2019     2019     2018     2017     2016     2015  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                                

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 637,511     $ 46,333     $ 73,301     $ 105,685     $ 84,479     $ 107,956     $ 62,599  

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    4,888,364       3,081,401       3,681,840       2,295,451       2,431,446       2,062,407       1,805,524  

Derivative assets, at fair value

    722,149       164,599       131,228       73,439       104,148       112,044       81,388  

Servicing rights, at fair value

    780,451       349,472       447,478       412,953       530,049       340,998       223,116  

Total assets

    8,651,313       4,255,080       4,952,511       3,436,793       3,658,495       3,042,308       2,455,056  

Liabilities and unitholders’ equity

             

Warehouse and other lines of credit

    4,601,062       2,900,512       3,466,567       2,126,640       2,258,665       1,905,401       1,720,044  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

    59,432       5,463       9,977       32,575       9,039       18,171       4,924  

Debt obligations, net

    706,478       539,384       592,095       547,893       469,357       167,327       153,581  

Total liabilities

    7,017,792       3,893,877       4,576,626       3,087,902       3,200,681       2,570,839       2,145,669  

Total redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

    1,633,521       361,203       375,885       348,891       457,814       471,469       309,387  

Total liabilities, redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

    8,651,313       4,255,080       4,952,511       3,436,793       3,658,495       3,042,308       2,455,056  

Servicing Portfolio Data:

             

Total servicing portfolio (unpaid principal balance)

  $ 77,171,998     $ 30,553,920     $ 36,336,126     $ 32,815,954     $ 46,764,869     $ 29,790,163     $ 21,065,873  

Total servicing portfolio (units)

    272,701       130,640       148,750       141,561       203,592       128,842       94,946  

 

91


Table of Contents

Key Performance Indicators

 

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Non-GAAP financial measures:

          

Adjusted total revenue

   $ 3,000,201     $ 938,982     $ 1,346,178     $ 1,107,661     $ 1,287,228  

Adjusted EBITDA

     1,554,172       94,507       124,005       (33,833     93,155  

Adjusted net income (loss)

     1,085,891       27,209       31,885       (80,109     30,128  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     51.8     10.1     9.2     (3.1 )%      7.2

Adjusted net income margin

     36.2       2.9       2.4       (7.2     2.3  

Loan origination metrics:

          

Total loan originations

   $ 63,364,799     $ 29,268,054     $ 45,324,026     $ 33,039,029     $ 35,193,887  

Retail loan originations

     50,591,415       21,291,576       32,700,837       24,103,719       27,136,741  

Partner loan originations

     12,773,384       7,976,478       12,623,189       8,935,310       8,057,146  

Loan originations by purpose:

          

Purchase

   $ 18,487,155     $ 13,215,487     $ 18,513,555     $ 16,640,101     $ 14,060,472  

Refinance

     44,877,644       16,052,567       26,810,471       16,398,928       21,133,415  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originations

   $ 63,364,799     $ 29,268,054     $ 45,324,026     $ 33,039,029     $ 35,193,887  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase (%)

     29.2     45.2     40.8     50.4     40.0

Refinance (%)

     70.8       54.8       59.2       49.6       60.0  

Total market share—loan originations

     2.6     2.0     2.0     2.0     2.0

Gain on sale margin

     4.80     3.06     2.81     2.88     3.33

Gain on sale margin—retail

     4.96       3.67       3.39       3.62       3.87  

Gain on sale margin—partner

     3.34       1.15       1.16       1.09       1.30  

 

(Unaudited)

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,     December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Servicing metrics:

          

Total servicing portfolio (unpaid principal balance)

   $ 77,171,998     $ 30,553,920     $ 36,336,126     $ 32,815,954     $ 46,764,869  

Total servicing portfolio (units)

     272,701       130,640       148,750       141,561       203,592  

60+ days delinquent ($)

   $ 2,073,862     $ 339,870     $ 383,272     $ 410,647     $ 597,811  

60+ days delinquent (%)

     2.7     1.1     1.1     1.3     1.3

Servicing rights, at fair value:

          

Fair value, net(1)

   $ 776,993     $ 346,915     $ 444,443     $ 408,989     $ 528,911  

Weighted average servicing fee

     0.31     0.35     0.35     0.33     0.30

Multiple(2)

     3.3x       3.3x       3.6x       3.9x       3.8x  

 

(1)

Amounts represent the fair value of servicing rights, net of servicing liabilities, which are included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

(2)

Amount represents the fair value of servicing rights, net divided by the weighted average annualized servicing fee.

 

92


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures

To provide investors with information in addition to our results as determined by GAAP, we disclose Adjusted Total Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income as non-GAAP measures which management believes provide useful information to investors. These measures are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for revenue, net income, or any other operating performance measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure reported by other companies.

We define “Adjusted Total Revenue” as total revenues, net of the change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and the related hedging gains and losses. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as earnings before interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs on non-funding debt, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, change in fair value of MSRs, net of the related hedging gains and losses, change in fair value of contingent consideration and stock-based compensation expense and management fees. We define “Adjusted Net Income” as tax-effected earnings before stock-based compensation expense and the change in fair value of MSRs, net of the related hedging gains and losses, and the tax effects of those adjustments. Adjustments for income taxes are made to reflect LD Holdings historical results of operations on the basis that it was taxed as a corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, and therefore subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. We exclude from each of these non-GAAP measures the change in fair value of MSRs and related hedging gains and losses as this represents a non-cash non-realized adjustment to our total revenues, reflecting changes in assumptions including discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, mostly due to changes in market interest rates, which is not indicative of our performance or results of operations. We also exclude stock compensation expense, which is a non-cash expense, and management fees as management does not consider these costs to be indicative of our performance or results of operations. Adjusted EBITDA includes interest expense on funding facilities, which are recorded as a component of “net interest income (expense)”, as these expenses are a direct operating expense driven by loan origination volume. By contrast, interest and amortization expense on nonfunding debt is a function of our capital structure and is therefore excluded from Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted Total Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

they do not reflect every cash expenditure, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payment on our debt;

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced or require improvements in the future, and Adjusted Revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirement for such replacements or improvements; and

 

   

they are not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows.

Because of these limitations, Adjusted Revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not intended as alternatives to total revenue, net income (loss), or net income attributable to the Company or as an indicator of our operating performance and should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. We compensate for these limitations by using Adjusted Revenue, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA along with other comparative tools, together with U.S. GAAP measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. See below for reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures to their most comparable

 

93


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP measures. Additionally, our U.S. GAAP-based measures can be found in the combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Reconciliation of Total Revenue to Adjusted Total
Revenue (Unaudited): (Dollars in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Total net revenue

   $ 3,013,780     $ 921,840     $ 1,337,131     $ 1,114,353     $ 1,272,979  

Change in fair value of servicing rights(1)

     111,751       65,316       51,639       (34,073     26,720  

Net (gains) losses from derivatives hedging servicing rights(1)

     (19,015     (23,357     (20,974     13,529       (4,539

Realized and unrealized (gains) losses from derivative assets and liabilities(2)

     (106,315     (24,817     (21,618     13,852       (7,932
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(3)

     (13,579     17,142       9,047       (6,692     14,249
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted total revenue

   $ 3,000,201     $ 938,982     $ 1,346,178     $ 1,107,661     $ 1,287,228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

(2)

Included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

(3)

Represents the change in the fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.

 

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA
(Unaudited): (Dollars in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019      2019     2018     2017  

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,465,939     $ 18,207      $ 34,420     $ (102,869   $ 28,370  

Interest expense—non-funding debt(1)

     32,117       30,392        41,294       41,624       29,158

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,457       288        (1,749     (475     1,436

Depreciation and amortization

     27,122       27,285        37,400       36,279       31,861

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(2)

     (13,579     17,142        9,047       (6,692     14,249

Change in fair value—contingent consideration

     32,650       189        2,374       (4,881     (15,731

Stock compensation expense and management fees

     8,466       1,004        1,219       3,181       3,812
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,554,172     $ 94,507      $ 124,005     $ (33,833   $ 93,155  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Represents other interest expense, which include amortization of debt issuance costs, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.

(2)

Represents the change in the fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.

 

94


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
(Unaudited): (Dollars in thousands)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
   2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,465,939     $ 18,207     $ 34,420     $ (102,869   $ 28,370  

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,457       288       (1,749     (475     1,436
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before taxes (benefit)

     1,467,396       18,495       32,671       (103,344     29,806

Adjustments to income taxes (benefit)(1)

     377,708       4,761       8,410       (25,867     11,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax-effected net income (loss)(1)

     1,089,688       13,734       24,261       (77,477     18,760

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses(2)

     (13,579     17,142       9,047       (6,692     14,249

Stock compensation expense and management fees

     8,466       1,004       1,219       3,181       3,812

Tax effect of adjustments(3)

     1,316       (4,671     (2,642     879       (6,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss)

   $ 1,085,891     $ 27,209     $ 31,885     $ (80,109   $ 30,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

loanDepot, Inc. is subject to federal, state and local income taxes. Adjustments to income tax (benefit) reflects the effective income tax rates below:

(2)

Amounts represent the change in the fair value of servicing rights attributable to changes in assumptions, net of hedging gains and losses.

(3)

Amounts represent the income tax effect of (a) change in fair value of servicing rights, net of hedging gains and losses and (b) stock compensation expense and management fees at the aforementioned effective income tax rates.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  

Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate

     21.00     21.00     21.00     21.00     35.00

State and local income taxes (net of federal benefit)

     4.74       4.74       4.74       4.03       2.06  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     25.74     25.74     25.74     25.03     37.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the year ended December 31, 2019 present our financial position and results of operations after giving pro forma effect to:

 

   

The Reorganization Transactions and Offering Transactions as if such transactions occurred on September 30, 2020 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on January 1, 2019 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations;

 

   

The effects of the tax receivable agreement, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;”

 

   

A provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to the Issuer at a tax rate of 25.74% inclusive of all U.S. federal, state and local income taxes;

 

   

Certain dividends declared and paid by the Company’s subsidiaries subsequent to the balance sheet date.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that we will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, will become a taxpaying entity subject to U.S. federal, state and Canadian income taxes. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The Company has early-adopted the final amendments to Article 11. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been adjusted to give effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the transactions, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations. See the accompanying notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information for a discussion of assumptions made.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of financial results that would have been attained had the described transactions occurred on the dates indicated above or that could be achieved in the future. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not give effect to the potential impact of any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies or cost savings that may result from the transactions or any integration costs that do not have a continuing impact. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering and the other transactions contemplated by such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements. However, management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, fees to comply with the reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring of additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

 

96


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

(Dollars in thousands)   LD Holdings
Group LLC
(as reported)
    Distribution
Adjustments(1)
    As Adjusted
Before Offering
    Offering
Adjustments
        loanDepot, Inc.
Proforma
 

ASSETS

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 637,511   $ (676,007   $ (38,496   $ —         $ (38,496

Restricted cash

    70,387     —         70,387     —           70,387

Accounts receivable, net

    118,400     —         118,400     —           118,400

Loans held for sale, at fair value

    4,888,364     —         4,888,364     —           4,888,364

Derivative assets, at fair value

    722,149     —         722,149     —           722,149

Servicing rights, at fair value

    780,451     —         780,451     —           780,451

Property and equipment, net

    76,250     —         76,250     —           76,250

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    56,449     —         56,449     —           56,449

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    57,610     —         57,610     —           57,610

Loans eligible for repurchase

    1,184,015     —         1,184,015     —           1,184,015

Investments in joint ventures

    16,773     —         16,773     —           16,773

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

    42,954     —         42,954     —           42,954
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 8,651,313   $ (676,007   $ 7,975,306   $ —         $ 7,975,306
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE UNITS AND UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

Warehouse and other lines of credit

  $ 4,601,062   $ —       $ 4,601,062   $ —         $ 4,601,062

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    375,957     —         375,957     134,740     (2)(3)     510,697  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

    59,432     —         59,432     —           59,432

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

    1,184,015     —         1,184,015     —           1,184,015

Operating lease liability

    72,590     —         72,590     —           72,590

Financing lease obligations

    18,258     —         18,258     —           18,258

Debt obligations, net

    706,478     —         706,478     —           706,478
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    7,017,792     —         7,017,792     134,740         7,152,532  

Redeemable units

    104,200     (32,300     71,900     (71,900   (5)     —    

Unitholders’ equity

    1,529,321     (643,707     885,614     (885,614   (5)     —    

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

    —         —         —         —           —    

Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share

    —         —         —         —           —    

Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share

    —         —         —         —           —    

Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share

    —         —         —         —           —    

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share

    —         —         —         —           —    

Retained earnings

    —         —         —         (61,455   (3)(4)     (61,455

Additional paid-in-capital

    —         —         —         416,634     (6)     416,634  

Noncontrolling interest

    —         —         —         467,595     (5)     467,595  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total equity

    1,633,521     (676,007     957,514     (134,740       822,774  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 8,651,313   $ (676,007   $ 7,975,306   $ —         $ 7,975,306
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

(1)

Reflects cash distributions made by the Company from cash on hand and cash generated from operations during the fourth quarter of 2020 and first quarter of 2021 to certain of its unitholders that included profit distributions of $540.9 million as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement and tax distributions of $102.8 million as required under the Company’s operating agreement.

 

(2)

loanDepot, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes and will file consolidated income tax returns accordingly. We will record a deferred tax liability adjustment of $81.7 million that will include temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis of loanDepot, Inc.’s investment in LD Holdings, net of tax benefits from future deductions for payments made under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the offering transaction. In connection with this offering, loanDepot, Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders and certain Continuing LLC Members, whereby loanDepot, Inc. will agree to pay such parties or their permitted assignees, 85% of the amount of cash tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, and local taxes that loanDepot, Inc. realizes, or is deemed to realize as a result of future tax benefits from increases in tax basis, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.” The tax receivable agreement liability will be accounted for as a contingent liability with amounts accrued when deemed probable and estimable. We will record a liability of $44.4 million based on the Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the offering transaction. Additionally, we will record a corresponding decrease to additional paid-in-capital of $126.1 million, for the increase in liabilities related to deferred taxes and the tax receivable agreement as a result of the offering transaction. We have not recorded any additional adjustments to reflect future exchanges by the Parthenon Stockholders and certain Continuing LLC Members.

 

(3)

Reflects certain costs associated with the offering which will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings at the time of the offering. Costs include legal, accounting and other related costs attributable with the offering.

 

(4)

Reflects an increase to additional paid-in-capital of $52.8 million with a corresponding decrease to retained earnings for pro forma stock compensation expense associated with restricted stock units granted under the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan as part of the offering. The $52.8 million of pro forma stock compensation expense includes $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

(5)

Following the reorganization and offering, loanDepot, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole material asset will be an interest in LD Holdings related to Class A and Class D units representing approximately 43.2% interest in LD Holdings In our capacity as the sole managing member of LD Holdings, we will indirectly operate and control all of LD Holdings’ business and affairs. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of LD Holdings and will report noncontrolling interests related to the interests held by the continuing members of LD Holdings, which will represent a majority of the economic interest in LD Holdings, on our consolidated balance sheet. Following this offering, loanDepot, Inc. will own 43.2% of the economic interests of LD Holdings, and the continuing members of LD Holdings will own the remaining 56.8%.

 

98


Table of Contents

The computation of the pro forma noncontrolling interests is as follows:

 

     loan Depot, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Beginning redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

   $ 957,514  

Net adjustment for recognition of deferred tax liability and tax receivable agreement liability

     (126,076

Offering expenses

     (8,664
  

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 822,774  
  

 

 

 

Continuing LLC Member interest in LD Holdings

     56.8
  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   $ 467,595  

 

(6)

The following table summarizes the computation of pro forma additional paid-in-capital.

 

     loan Depot, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Pro forma additional paid-in-capital

  

Net adjustment from recognition of deferred tax liability and tax receivable agreement liability (see note 2)

   $ (126,076

Adjustment for stock compensation expense (see note 4)

     52,791  

Adjustment for noncontrolling interest (see note 5)

     489,919  
  

 

 

 

Net additional paid-in-capital pro forma adjustment

   $ 416,634  
  

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    LD Holdings
Group LLC
(as reported)
    Offering
Adjustments
           loanDepot, Inc.
Proforma
 

REVENUES:

         

Interest income

   $ 98,149   $ —          $ 98,149

Interest expense

     (88,881     —            (88,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net interest income

     9,268     —            9,268

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

     2,873,455     —            2,873,455

Origination income, net

     167,554     —            167,554

Servicing income

     121,520     —            121,520

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

     (216,132     —            (216,132

Other income

     58,115     —            58,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     3,013,780     —            3,013,780

EXPENSES:

         

Personnel expense

     1,022,734     3,681     (1)        1,026,415

Marketing and advertising expense

     173,628     —            173,628

Direct origination expense

     88,627     —            88,627

General and administrative expense

     120,565     —            120,565

Occupancy expense

     29,437     —            29,437

Depreciation and amortization

     27,122     —            27,122

Subservicing expense

     52,154     —            52,154

Other interest expense

     32,117     —            32,117
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,546,384     3,681        1,550,065

Income before income taxes

     1,467,396     (3,681        1,463,715

Provision for income taxes

     1,457     164,913     (3)        166,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

     1,465,939     (168,594        1,297,345

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         831,852     (4)        831,852
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income attributable to loanDepot, Inc.

   $ 1,465,939   $ (1,000,445      $ 465,494
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Proforma earnings per share (3)

         

Basic

          $ 3.53

Diluted

            3.32

Proforma weighted average common shares (3)

         

Basic

            131,908,674

Diluted

            325,000,000

 

100


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)    LD Holdings
Group LLC
(as
reported)
    Offering
Adjustments
          loanDepot, Inc.
Proforma
 

REVENUES:

        

Interest income

   $ 127,569   $ —         $ 127,569

Interest expense

     (130,344     —           (130,344
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net interest expense

     (2,775     —           (2,775

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

     1,125,853     —           1,125,853

Origination income, net

     149,500     —           149,500

Servicing income

     118,418     —           118,418

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

     (119,546     —           (119,546

Other income

     65,681     —           65,681
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     1,337,131     —           1,337,131

EXPENSES:

        

Personnel expense

     765,256     49,110     (1     814,366

Marketing and advertising expense

     187,880     —           187,880

Direct origination expense

     93,531     —           93,531

General and administrative expense

     100,493     8,664     (2     109,157

Occupancy expense

     37,209     —           37,209

Depreciation and amortization

     37,400         37,400

Subservicing expense

     41,397     —           41,397

Other interest expense

     41,294     —           41,294
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,304,460     57,774       1,362,234

Income (loss) before income taxes

     32,671     (57,774       (25,103

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (1,749     2,752     (3     1,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     34,420     (60,527       (26,107

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         (14,267     (4     (14,267
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to loanDepot, Inc.

   $ 34,420   $ (46,260     $ (11,840
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Proforma loss per share (3)

        

Basic

         $ (0.09

Diluted

           (0.09

Proforma weighted average common shares (3)

        

Basic

           131,908,674

Diluted

           131,908,674

 

101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

(1)

Reflects the issuance of 3,344,923 restricted stock units of Class A common stock granted to employees in connection with the offering, under the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The pro forma expense is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range on the cover page of this prospectus) and was $49.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

 

(2)

Reflects certain costs associated with the offering which will be recorded as a reduction to retained earnings at the time of the offering. Costs include legal, accounting and other related costs attributable with the offering.

 

(3)

LD Holdings has been and will continue to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. Following the offering, loanDepot, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income generated by LD Holdings that will flow through to its interest holders, including us. As a result, the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations reflect adjustments to income tax expense (benefit) at a pro forma tax rate of 26.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and (9.3)% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The pro forma tax rates differ from the blended tax rate of 25.74% due to tax differences created as a result of this transaction. The computation of the pro forma provision for income taxes is below:

 

    Nine months ended
September 30,
2020
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 1,463,715     $ (25,103

Ownership percentage of controlling interest

    43.2     43.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma income (loss) before taxes attributable to the controlling interest

    631,863       (10,837

Pro forma tax rate

    26.3     (9.3 )% 

Pro forma income tax expense

    166,370       1,003  

Historical income tax expense (benefit)

    1,457       (1,749
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma income tax expense adjustment

  $ 164,913     $ 2,752  

 

(4)

Following the reorganization transaction, loanDepot Inc. will become the sole managing member of LD Holdings, and will initially own 43.2% of the economic interest in LD Holdings but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of LD Holdings. The ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately 56.8%. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will represent approximately 56.8% of net income.

 

(5)

Pro forma basic earnings per share is computed by dividing pro forma net income attributable to controlling interests by the weighted average shares of Class A and Class D common stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing pro forma net income by the weighted average shares of Class A and Class D common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive Class A, B, C and D securities. The weighted average share calculation assumes Holdco Units were exchanged for Class A common stock at the beginning of the period. This adjustment is made for purpose of calculating pro forma diluted earnings income per share only and does not necessarily reflect the amount of exchanges that may occur subsequent to this offering. The weighted average number of shares underlying the basic earnings per share calculation reflects only the shares of Class A and Class D common stock outstanding after the offering as they are the only outstanding shares which participate in distributions or

 

102


Table of Contents
  dividends by loanDepot, Inc. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to compute pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2020
     Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 1,463,715    $ (25,103

Pro forma tax expense

     385,396      2,325
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss)

     1,078,319      (27,428

Less: earnings (loss) allocated to noncontrolling interests

     612,825      (15,588
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest

     465,494      (11,840

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     131,908,674      131,908,674

Incremental shares resulting from dilutive instruments

     193,091,326      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     325,000,000      131,908,674

Earnings (loss) per share - basic

   $ 3.53    $ (0.09

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted

     3.32      (0.09

 

103


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations described below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods. This discussion includes forward-looking information that involves risks and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from management’s expectations. See “Risk factors” and “Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements.”

Overview

loanDepot is a customer-centric and technology-enabled residential mortgage platform. We launched our business in 2010 to provide mortgage loan solutions to consumers who were dissatisfied with the services offered by banks and other traditional market participants. Since our inception, we have significantly expanded our origination platform both in terms of size and capabilities. Our primary sources of revenue are derived from the origination of conventional and government mortgage loans, servicing conventional and government mortgage loans and providing a growing suite of ancillary services.

We are the second largest retail-focused non-bank mortgage originator by closed loan volume for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020 in the United States and the fifth-largest retail originator overall (per Inside Mortgage Finance). We are focused almost exclusively on originating agency-conforming and government mortgage loans, including FHA and VA loans, directly to qualified borrowers and selling these loans into the secondary market.

Key Factors Influencing Our Results of Operations

Market and Economic Environment

According to the Federal Reserve, residential mortgages represent the largest segment of the broader United States consumer finance market. In 2019, annual one-to-four family residential mortgage origination volume reached $2.2 trillion, with an average volume of $1.8 trillion over the last five years. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association, there was approximately $11.0 trillion of residential mortgage debt outstanding in the United States as of September 30, 2020 and is forecasted to increase to $12.2 trillion by the end of 2022.

The consumer lending market and the associated loan origination volumes for mortgage loans are influenced by interest rates and economic conditions. While borrower demand for consumer credit has typically remained strong in most economic environments, general market conditions, including the interest rate environment, unemployment rates, home price appreciation and consumer confidence may affect borrower willingness to seek financing and investor desire and ability to invest in loans. For example, a significant interest rate increase or rise in unemployment could cause potential borrowers to defer seeking financing as they wait for interest rates to stabilize or the general economic environment to improve. Additionally, if the economy weakens and actual or expected default rates increase, loan investors may postpone or reduce their investments in loan products.

The volume of mortgage loan originations associated with home purchases is generally less affected by interest rate fluctuations and more sensitive to broader economic factors as well as the overall strength of the economy and housing prices. Purchase mortgage loan origination volume can be subject to seasonal trends as home sales typically rise during the spring and summer seasons and decline in the fall and winter seasons. This is somewhat offset by purchase loan originations sourced from our joint ventures which experience their highest level of activity during November and December as home builders focus on completing and selling homes prior to year-end. Seasonality has less of an impact on mortgage loan refinancing volumes, which are primarily driven by fluctuations in mortgage loan interest rates.

 

104


Table of Contents

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

While the financial markets have demonstrated significant volatility due to the economic impacts of COVID-19, interest rates have fallen to historic lows resulting in increased mortgage refinance originations and favorable margins. Our efficient and scalable platform has enabled us to respond quickly to the increased market demand. We have highlighted below the key steps we have undertaken since the onset of the pandemic to position our platform for continued success:

 

   

Maintained higher liquidity levels from an increase in cash from retained earnings.

 

   

Increased our total loan funding capacity with our current lending partners.

 

   

Stepped up protocols related to verification of key metrics such as employment and income to ensure the highest quality underwriting standards are maintained.

 

   

Transitioned our workforce to working remotely as of March 19, 2020.

As a servicer, we are required to advance principal and interest to the investor for up to four months on GSE backed mortgages and longer on other government agency backed mortgages on behalf of clients who have entered a forbearance plan. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 3.4%, or $2.6 billion UPB, of our servicing portfolio was in active forbearance. While these advance requirements may be significant at higher levels of forbearance, we believe we are very well-positioned in terms of our liquidity. We will continue evaluating the capital markets as well, which would further supplement our liquidity should the need arise.

Fluctuations in Interest Rates

Our mortgage loan refinancing volumes (and to a lesser degree, our purchase volumes), balance sheet and results of operations are influenced by changes in interest rates and how we effectively manage the related interest rate risk. As interest rates decline, mortgage loan refinance volumes tend to increase, while an increasing interest rate environment may cause a decrease in refinance volumes and purchase volumes. In addition, the majority of our assets are subject to interest rate risk, including LHFS, which consist of mortgage loans held on our consolidated balance sheet for a short period of time after origination until we are able to sell them, IRLCs, servicing rights and mandatory trades, forward sales contracts and put options that we enter into to manage interest rate risk created by IRLCs and uncommitted LHFS. We refer to such mandatory trades, forward sales contracts, interest rate swap futures and put options collectively as “Hedging Instruments.” As interest rates increase, our LHFS and IRLCs generally decrease in value while our Hedging Instruments utilized to hedge against interest rate risk typically increase in value. However, rising interest rates cause our expected mortgage loan servicing revenues to increase due to a decline in mortgage loan prepayments which extends the average life of our servicing portfolio and increases the value of our servicing rights. Conversely, as interest rates decline, our LHFS and IRLCs generally increase in value while our Hedging Instruments decrease in value. However, in a declining interest rate environment, borrowers tend to refinance their mortgage loans, which increases prepayment speed and causes our expected mortgage loan servicing revenues to decrease, which reduces the average life of our servicing portfolio and decreases the value of our servicing rights. The changes in fair value of our servicing rights are recorded as unrealized gains and losses in changes in fair value of servicing rights, net, in our consolidated statements of operations.

When interest rates rise, rate and term refinancings become less attractive to consumers after a historically long period of low interest rates. However, rising interest rates are also indicative of overall economic growth and inflation that should create more opportunities with respect to cash-out refinancings. In addition, inflation which may result from increases in asset prices and stronger economic growth (leading to higher consumer confidence) typically should generate more purchase-focused transactions requiring loans and greater opportunities for home equity loans, which we expect may offset, at least in part, any decline in rate and term refinancings in a rising interest rate environment.

 

105


Table of Contents

Innovative Technology

Our origination and servicing operations are powered by mello®, our proprietary and innovative technology stack. mello® is fully-connected across origination and servicing functions – including integrations with key service providers – and is built under our core principle of facilitating a seamless technology-enabled experience through self-serve or high-touch customer journeys. Through our investment in technology, we have significantly automated and streamlined numerous functions within the origination and servicing lifecycle for our users – consumers, employees and partners. A traditionally arduous, paper-intensive process, we have taken a holistic approach to developing a more intuitive and more intelligent mortgage experience. Our customized user interfaces have replaced paper applications and extraneous human interaction, allowing customers and mortgage professionals to quickly and efficiently identify, price, apply for, and execute a mortgage loan. In addition to these customized front-end modules, our intelligent logic-based workflow tools have streamlined various operational functions related to marketing, processing and underwriting loans, resulting in reduced cycle times and cost to produce a loan.

Customer Acquisition and Engagement Strategy

Our customer acquisition and engagement strategy utilizes a variety of mediums and channels to acquire customers, and provide full optionality for those customers to interact with us in a manner that suits their personal preferences. We have the ability to reach new customers efficiently and at scale across every relevant demographic, and provide a high-touch personalized experience across digital and person-to-person interactions throughout the customer lifecycle. Further, we have enhanced these strategies with investments in brand advertising over the course of our history.

We are constantly evaluating emerging technologies and marketing tactics to more efficiently allocate our marketing investments. Our marketing and analytics teams has developed and refined the day-to-day execution of our suite of customer acquisition strategies, which has been demonstrated by our significant origination growth, driving high production volume and revenue relative to annual marketing spend.

Ancillary Businesses

Settlement Services. LD Settlement Services, LLC (“LDSS”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer, is our captive title and escrow business, which we acquired in 2016. Title insurance is one of the most significant pieces of a real estate transaction, with vast potential to be digitized and better integrated with our lending operation.

Real Estate Services. mello Home Services, LLC is our captive real estate referral business started in 2018. A large portion of our purchase-oriented customer leads have not yet selected a realtor, thus affording us the opportunity to provide a more integrated customer service between the two key home-buying functions, as well as capture ancillary revenue in a RESPA-compliant manner.

Insurance Services. melloInsurance Services, LLC is a captive insurance broker formed in 2019 to sell homeowners and other consumer insurance policies to LD customers. Our purchase mortgage customers typically do not have a homeowners insurance quote when they apply for a loan with us, presenting the opportunity to offer the product with high capture rates. We launched melloInsurance Services in the third quarter of 2020.

Industry Partners

Although we have experienced rapid organic growth, we continue to pursue selective strategic growth opportunities. In addition to direct borrower relationships, our sales force in our Partner Channel originates loans through their relationships with local home builders, real estate agents and other local contacts, which we refer to as our Partner Channel. Furthermore, we have established joint ventures with several industry partners, including

 

106


Table of Contents

with two of the ten largest national home builders and other affinity partners and independent mortgage brokers. A local, cost-effective sales presence allows us to generate incremental origination opportunities and develop a personal relationship with customers, which leads to expanded volumes and profitability.

Key Performance Metrics

We manage and assess the performance of our business by evaluating a variety of metrics. Selected key performance metrics are discussed below.

Loan Origination and Sales

Loan originations and sales by volume and units are a measure of how successful we are at growing sales of mortgage loan products and a metric used by management in an attempt to isolate how effectively we are performing. We believe that originations and sales are an indicator of our market penetration in mortgage loans and that this provides useful information because it allows investors to better assess the underlying growth rate of our core business.

Number of Customers Serviced

Number of customers serviced represents the number of mortgage loan units serviced in our servicing portfolio. We believe that our net customer additions are an indicator of the growth of mortgage loans serviced and our servicing income, but may be offset by sales, from time to time, of servicing rights.

Description of Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

Net Interest Income. Net interest income reflects interest earned on LHFS offset by interest expense on amounts borrowed under Warehouse Lines to finance such loans until sold. For more information regarding our Warehouse Lines, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Warehouse Lines” below.

Gain on Origination and Sale of Loans, Net. Gain on origination and sale of loans, net, includes cash and non-cash elements and is comprised of the following components:

 

   

gain or loss realized upon the sale of loans to investors;

 

   

the value of servicing rights associated with loans sold to investors on a servicing-retained or servicing-released basis in the current period;

 

   

discount points collected, rebates paid to borrowers and lender paid costs for the origination of loans (including broker fee compensation paid to independent wholesale brokers and brokerage fees paid to our joint ventures for referred loans);

 

   

changes in the fair value of IRLCs that we enter into with loan applicants to originate loans;

 

   

changes in the fair value of LHFS;

 

   

changes in the fair value of Hedging Instruments;

 

   

realized gains and losses on Hedging Instruments; and

 

   

provisions for estimated loan loss obligations that we record for sold loans.

When we sell loans to investors, we record a gain or loss which is ultimately determined by the proceeds received from the sale of loans compared to their respective carrying values. The gain or loss that we realize on the sale of loans provided through our lending activities is primarily determined by the terms of originated loans,

 

107


Table of Contents

current market interest rates, the effect of any hedging and other risk management activities that we undertake, the sales price of the loan and the value of any servicing rights generated by the transaction. We carry our LHFS at fair value. Fair value is estimated based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. Changes in fair value are reported as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, within our consolidated statements of operations.

While our contracts vary, we provide representations and warranties to purchasers and insurers of the mortgage loans sold that typically are in place for the life of the loan. In the event of a breach of these representations and warranties, we may be required to repurchase a mortgage loan or indemnify the purchaser or insurer for losses, and any subsequent loss on the mortgage loan may be borne by us. The representations and warranties require adherence to applicable origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. Additionally, we may be obligated to return premiums received to the purchasers for loans sold that experience early payoffs or early payment defaults. We record a liability for our estimate of loan loss obligations that we may experience as a result of our breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers or insurers of the loans that we have sold.

We provide IRLCs in order to provide our customers with certainty of the rate for their loan. We recognize in revenue the estimated fair value of IRLCs upon their issuance. The estimated fair value of IRLCs is based on our estimated gain on origination and sale of a loan, net of estimated direct origination costs, funded under the commitment, including servicing rights value, adjusted for the probability that the loan will fund. The IRLC is subject to changes in fair value as the loan approaches funding, as market interest rates for similar loans change and as our assessment of the probability of the funding of loans at similar points in the origination process changes. We recognize IRLCs on the consolidated balance sheet under derivative assets and liabilities, at fair value, on the commitment date with changes in fair value reported as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net within our consolidated statements of operations.

The primary factor influencing the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is the change, if any, in interest rates subsequent to the commitment date. In general, the probability of funding increases if current interest rates rise and decreases if current interest rates fall. This is due primarily to the relative attractiveness of current interest rates compared to the applicant’s committed rate. The probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is also influenced by the channel source of the application, aging of the application and the purpose of the loan (purchase or refinance).

We manage interest rate risk created by IRLCs and LHFS by entering into hedging instruments, which are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. We account for our derivative financial instruments as free-standing derivatives. We do not designate our derivative financial instruments under hedge accounting. We recognize all of our derivative financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with changes in the fair value reported as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, within our consolidated statements of operations.

We typically originate mortgage loans and then sell them in the secondary market while retaining servicing rights, and thus generate net interest income and gain on origination and sale of loans, net, on such loans, in addition to origination income, servicing fee income and change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

Origination Income, Net. Origination income, net, reflects the fees that we earn, net of lender credits we pay, from originating loans. Origination income includes loan origination fees, processing fees, underwriting fees and other fees collected from the borrower at the time of funding. Lender credits typically include rebates or concessions to borrowers for certain loan origination costs.

Servicing Fee Income. Servicing fee income reflects contractual servicing fees and ancillary and other fees (including late charges) related to the servicing of mortgage loans.

 

108


Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, Net. Change in fair value of servicing rights, net reflects both (i) changes in the fair value of servicing rights and (ii) gain or loss on sale of servicing rights. Changes in the fair value of servicing rights are influenced by borrower prepayment expectations and actual borrower prepayments (including through a mortgage loan refinancing) relating to the underlying loans that are, in turn, primarily influenced by interest rate levels and expectations.

Other Income. Other income reflects our pro rata share of the net earnings from joint ventures, fee income from title, escrow and settlement services for mortgage loan transactions performed by LDSS, a consolidated subsidiary which provides these services to our customers in conjunction with their real estate transactions.

Expenses

Personnel Expense. Personnel expense reflects employee compensation related to salaries, commissions, incentive compensation, benefits and other employee costs.

Marketing and Advertising Expense. Marketing and advertising expense primarily reflects online advertising costs, including fees paid to search engines, television, print and radio, distribution partners, master service agreements with brokers and desk rental agreements with realtors. We expense and do not capitalize any of our marketing spend.

Direct Origination Expense. Direct origination expense reflects the unreimbursed portion of direct out-of-pocket expenses that we incur in the loan origination process, including underwriting, appraisal, credit report, loan document and other expenses paid to non-affiliates.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense reflects professional fees, data processing expense, communications expense and other operating expenses.

Occupancy Expense. Occupancy expense reflects our lease costs, utilities, maintenance and security expenses related to the operation of our facilities.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization reflects depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, amortization of software development, amortization of assets under financing leases and amortization of intangible assets.

Subservicing Expense. Subservicing expense reflects the amounts that we pay to our subservicers to service our mortgage loan servicing portfolio.

Other Interest Expense. Other interest expense comprises costs for debt obligations and financing lease obligations. For more information regarding the debt obligations, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

 

109


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated financial statement data for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

  2020     2019     2019     2018     2017  
    (Unaudited)        

REVENUES:

         

Interest income

  $ 98,149   $ 86,493   $ 127,569   $ 122,079   $ 90,842

Interest expense

    (88,881     (89,550     (130,344     (104,784     (74,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

    9,268     (3,057     (2,775     17,295     16,749

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

    2,873,455     788,054     1,125,853     799,564     1,011,791

Origination income, net

    167,554     107,850     149,500     153,036     159,184

Servicing income

    121,520     85,022     118,418     141,195     115,486

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

    (216,132     (100,051     (119,546     (51,487     (88,701

Other income

    58,115     44,022     65,681     54,750     58,470
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    3,013,780     921,840     1,337,131     1,114,353     1,272,979

EXPENSES:

         

Personnel expense

    1,022,734     525,948     765,256     681,378     726,616

Marketing and advertising expense

    173,628     133,799     187,880     190,777     216,012

Direct origination expense

    88,627     61,786     93,531     83,033     76,232

General and administrative expense

    120,565     67,708     100,493     95,864     95,236

Occupancy expense

    29,437     27,691     37,209     38,309     31,655

Depreciation and amortization

    27,122     27,285     37,400     36,279     31,861

Subservicing expense

    52,154     28,736     41,397     50,433     36,403

Other interest expense

    32,117     30,392     41,294     41,624     29,158
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

    1,546,384     903,345     1,304,460     1,217,697     1,243,173

Income before income taxes

    1,467,396     18,495     32,671     (103,344     29,806

Provision for income taxes

    1,457     288     (1,749     (475     1,436

Net income (loss)

    1,465,939     18,207     34,420     (102,869     28,370

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         7,515     7,515
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to
LD Holdings

  $ 1,465,939   $ 18,207   $ 34,420   $ (110,384   $ 20,855
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental financial data (unaudited):(1)(2)

         

IRLCs

  $ 111,273,261   $ 54,914,896   $ 75,262,459   $ 50,375,336   $ 54,619,871

IRLCs (units)

    335,644     196,852     268,692     214,537     231,445

Originations

  $ 63,364,799   $ 29,268,054   $ 45,324,026   $ 33,039,029   $ 35,193,887

Originations (units)

    195,178     101,147     152,588     129,987     137,066

Loans sold

  $ 62,155,169   $ 28,145,006   $ 43,495,622   $ 32,752,524   $ 34,524,725

Loans sold (units)

    192,197     99,203     148,426     129,757     135,954

 

(1)

Excludes consumer loans.

(2)

Includes brokered loan originations not funded by the Company.

 

110


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019

Net income was $1.5 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, an increase of $1.4 billion, compared to $18.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Total originations were $63.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $29.3 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $34.1 billion or 116.5%. Of the total originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our Retail and Partner Channels originated $50.6 billion and $12.8 billion, respectively, as compared to $21.3 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We generated additional revenue and net income growth related to increased IRLCs and mortgage loan originations across all business channels. Our operating results were positively influenced by an attractive mortgage loan origination market during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 during which interest rates declined significantly as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic. The decrease in interest rates resulted in an increase in IRLCs and mortgage loan origination volumes.

Revenues

Net Interest Income (Expense). Net interest income was $9.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to net interest expense of $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $12.3 million or 403.2%. The increase between periods was comprised of:

 

   

an increase of $11.7 million or 13.5% in interest income resulting primarily from the $886.5 million increase in average balances of LHFS from $2.5 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to $3.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, partially offset by a reduction in the yield on LHFS between periods. The increase in average loan balances was a result of the increases in originations between periods. The decrease in yield on LHFS was due to the significant decreases in mortgage interest rates during the first quarter of 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic. Mortgage interest rates have remained relatively flat during both the second and third quarters of 2020.

 

   

a decrease in interest expense of $0.7 million or 0.7% resulting from a reduction in the cost of warehouse and other lines of credit balances between periods, partially offset by a $1.0 billion increase in average balance of warehouse and other lines of credit from $2.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 to $3.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The decrease in cost on warehouse and other lines of credit was due to decreases in 30-day LIBOR during the first and second quarters of 2020. 30- day LIBOR remained relatively flat during the third quarter of 2020. The increase in average warehouse and other lines of credit balance was a result of increased utilization resulting from the increase in originations between periods.

Gain on Origination and Sale of Loans, Net. Gain on origination and sale of loans, net, was $2.9 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $788.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $2.1 billion or 264.6%. Gain on origination and sale of loans, net was comprised of the following components:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020     2019  

Premium from loan sales

   $ 2,125,730   $ 664,327

Servicing rights

     574,768     205,745

Unrealized gains from derivative assets and liabilities—IRLCs

     593,450     92,803

Unrealized (losses) gains from Hedging Instruments

     (73,985     30,499

Realized losses from Hedging Instruments

     (372,029     (149,354

Discount points, rebates and lender paid costs

     (72,031     (52,543

Mark to market gain on loans held for sale

     114,173     3,621

Provision for loan loss obligation for loans sold

     (16,621     (7,044
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,873,455   $ 788,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Changes in the components of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 were comprised of the following:

 

   

$2.1 billion in net premiums realized upon the sale of loans to investors for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $664.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $1.5 billion or 220.0%. The increase in net premiums realized upon the sale of loans to investors was a result of the increased origination and sale volume between periods as the lower mortgage interest rate environment has increased purchase and refinance origination demand. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, loans sold increased $34.0 billion or 120.8% to $62.2 billion from $28.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019;

 

   

$574.8 million in retained servicing rights from loans sold to investors on a servicing-retained basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $205.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $369.0 million or 179.4%, which was driven by an increase in volume of loans sold on a servicing-retained basis to $53.2 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $12.4 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, partially offset by decreases in weighted average servicing fees based on the increase in loan origination and sales volume and resulting increase in conventional loans sold with servicing retained during the period, as well as decreases in estimated servicing multiples between periods. The decreases in servicing multiples is attributable to higher estimated prepayment speeds resulting from the decreases in mortgage interest rates between periods. At September 30, 2020, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 15.6%, compared to 13.3% at December 31, 2019. At September 30, 2019, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 14.9%, compared to 10.9% at December 31, 2018;

 

   

$593.4 million of unrealized gains from IRLCs for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $92.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $500.6 million or 539.5%. The increase is primarily due to the $56.4 billion or 102.6% increase in volume of IRLCs to $111.3 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to $54.9 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019;

 

   

$446.0 million of realized and unrealized losses from Hedging Instruments for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $118.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in realized and unrealized losses was primarily due to the overall decline in interest rates and resulting increase in the aforementioned origination volumes and related hedging activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019;

 

   

$72.0 million of rebates paid to borrowers and lender paid costs, net of discount points collected from borrowers for the origination of loans for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $52.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $19.5 million or 37.1%. The increase is related to the aforementioned increase in origination volumes between periods;

 

   

$114.2 million of fair value gains on LHFS for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $3.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase is primarily attributable to a higher average balance of LHFS during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019, coupled with the impact of changes in the mortgage interest rate environment; and

 

   

$16.6 million of provision for loan loss obligations recorded for loans sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $7.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $9.6 million or 136.0%. The provision for loan loss obligations recorded reflects loan sale volumes which increased to $62.2 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $28.1 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2019;

Origination Income, Net. Origination income, net, was $167.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $107.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing

 

112


Table of Contents

an increase of $59.7 million or 55.4%. The increase in origination income, net, between periods was primarily the result of an increase in loan originations and other loan fees attributable to the growth in loan origination volumes.

Servicing Fee Income. Servicing fee income was $121.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $85.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $36.5 million or 42.9%. The increase in servicing income between periods was the result of an increase of $23.8 billion in the average UPB of our servicing portfolio due to an increase in servicing-retained loan sales. Our average servicing portfolio increased to $52.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $28.8 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, Net. Change in fair value of servicing rights, net was a loss of $216.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to a loss of $100.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $116.1 million or 116.0%. The increase in change in fair value of servicing rights, net was the result of the increase in size of our servicing portfolio which partially contributed to:

 

   

$93.0 million in unrealized fair value losses, net of hedging gains, on servicing rights for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to losses of $41.2 million, net of hedging gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, primarily due to growth in our servicing portfolio and the impact of changes in interest rates during both the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019;

 

   

$120.5 million in realized losses resulting from increases in fallout and decay of the portfolio during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 as a result of increased prepayment speeds due to decreases in market interest rates, compared to $55.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. At September 30, 2020, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 15.6%, compared to 13.3% at December 31, 2019. At September 30, 2019, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 14.9%, compared to 10.9% at December 31, 2018; and

 

   

$2.5 million in realized losses on sales of servicing rights associated with the sale of $194.0 million in UPB during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to a $3.8 million loss associated with the sale of $9.3 billion in UPB during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Other Income. Other income was $58.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $44.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $14.1 million or 32.0%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of an increase of $19.6 million in escrow and title fee income due to increased mortgage loan settlement services, partially offset by a $2.5 million decrease in income from our investments in joint ventures to $6.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $9.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and was primarily attributable to the sale and wind down of two of our joint ventures in 2019 coupled with reductions in net income from a joint venture related to changes in pricing structure, partially offset by increases in loan originations. Additionally, there was a decrease of $2.3 million in other income primarily attributable to sale of trading securities during the fourth quarter of 2019 and resulting decreases in income from trading securities to zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Expenses

Personnel Expense. Personnel expense was $1.0 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $525.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $496.8 million or 94.5%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of an increase of $248.3 million in commissions due to the increase in loan origination volumes, coupled with increases in salaries and benefits expense due to the increase in headcount associated with the growth of our lending operation to support the increased loan origination volumes. As of September 30, 2020, we had 8,614 employees, as compared to 6,284 employees as of September 30, 2019, representing a 37.1% year-over-year increase.

 

113


Table of Contents

Marketing and Advertising Expense. Marketing and advertising expense was $173.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $133.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $39.8 million or 29.8%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of additional acquired leads and national television campaigns.

Direct Origination Expense. Direct origination expense was $88.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $61.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $26.8 million or 43.4%. The increase between periods was directly attributable to increased costs for underwriting, credit reports, appraisals, loan documents and other loan origination costs associated with increased loan origination volumes during the period.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense was $120.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $67.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $52.9 million or 78.1%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of a $32.7 million expense related to the contingent consideration associated with the Mortgage Master acquisition and a $8.6 million increase in professional services and consulting. Additionally, increases in other general and administrative expense between periods related to continued investments in our proprietary technology and infrastructure, including a $5.3 million increase in office and equipment expenses, as well as an increase in data and communication expense associated with increases in personnel and sales offices.

Occupancy Expense. Occupancy expense was $29.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $27.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $1.7 million or 6.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of additional expansion of our retail locations between periods.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $27.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $27.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing a decrease of $0.2 million or 0.6%. The decrease between periods was the result of a higher portion of property and equipment, including technology hardware upgrades and internally developed software, becoming fully amortized.

Subservicing Expense. Subservicing expense was $52.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $28.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $23.4 million or 81.5%. The increase between periods was the result of the $23.8 billion increase in our average servicing portfolio to $52.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $28.8 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Other Interest Expense. Other interest expense was $32.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $30.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase of $1.7 million or 5.7%. The increase between periods was the result of a $73.6 million or 14.2% increase in average outstanding debt obligations resulting from (i) our Convertible Debt issued in August 2019, which increased from $25.0 million at September 30, 2019 to $75.0 million at September 30, 2020, (ii) a $121.5 million increase in borrowings under our Original Secured Credit Facility, and (iii) a $5.0 million decrease in borrowings under our Second Secured Credit Facility. The increase in average outstanding debt obligations were partially offset by decreases in 30-day LIBOR between periods.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was $1.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in provision for income taxes was related to increased profitability of our taxable settlement service entities.

Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018

Net income was $34.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $137.3 million, compared to a net loss of $102.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Total originations were

 

114


Table of Contents

$45.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $33.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $12.3 billion or 37.2%. Of the total originations by channel for the year ended December 31, 2019, our Retail and Partner Channels originated $32.7 billion and $12.6 billion, respectively, as compared to $24.1 billion and $8.9 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2018. We generated additional revenue and net income growth related to increased IRLCs and mortgage loan originations across all business channels. Our operating results were positively influenced by an attractive mortgage loan origination market during the year ended December 31, 2019 during which interest rates remained relatively flat during the first half of the year before declining throughout the second half of 2019, resulting in an increase in IRLCs and mortgage loan origination volumes between periods.

Revenues

Net Interest Income (Expense). Net interest expense was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to net interest income of $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $20.1 million or 116.0%. The decrease between periods was comprised of:

 

   

an increase of $5.5 million or 4.5% in interest income resulting from the $564.8 million increase in average balances of LHFS from $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, partially offset by a reduction in the yield on LHFS between periods. The increase in average loan balances was a result of the increases in originations between periods. The decrease in yield on LHFS was due to the decreases in market interest rates throughout 2019.

 

   

an increase in interest expense of $25.6 million or 24.4% resulting from the $562.5 million increase in average warehouse and other lines of credit balances from $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, partially offset by a reduction in the cost of warehouse and other lines of credit balances between periods. The increase in average warehouse and other lines of credit balance was a result of increased utilization from the increase in originations between periods.

Gain on Origination and Sale of Loans, Net. Gain on origination and sale of loans, net, was $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $799.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $326.3 million or 40.8%. The increase is primarily attributable to the increase in loan originations during the period. The components of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2018  

Premium from loan sales

   $ 905,257    $ 496,488

Servicing rights

     334,176      343,118

Unrealized gains (losses) from derivative assets and liabilities—IRLCs

     67,742      (31,326

Unrealized gains (losses) from Hedging Instruments

     17,937      (27,147

Realized (losses) gains from Hedging Instruments

     (128,634      95,063

Discount points, rebates and lender paid costs

     (75,948      (83,393

Mark to market gain on loans held for sale

     13,996      3,481

(Provision) benefit for loan loss obligation for loans sold

     (8,673      3,280
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,125,853    $ 799,564
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in the components of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were comprised of the following:

 

   

$905.3 million in net premiums realized upon the sale of loans to investors for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $496.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $408.8 million or 82.3%. This increase is a result of the increase in loans

 

115


Table of Contents
 

sold between periods. During the year ended December 31, 2019, loans sold increased $10.7 billion or 32.8% to $43.5 billion from $32.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

   

$334.2 million in retained servicing rights from loans sold to investors on a servicing-retained basis for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $343.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $8.9 million or 2.6%, which was driven by a decrease in estimated servicing multiples from 3.9x as of December 31, 2018 to 3.6x as of December 31, 2019, coupled with a decrease in volume of loans sold on a servicing-retained basis to $23.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $26.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 13.3%, compared to 10.9% at December 31, 2018 and 11.0% at December 31, 2017;

 

   

$67.7 million of unrealized gains from IRLCs for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to unrealized losses of $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $99.1 million or 316.2%. The increase is primarily due to the impact of changes in interest rates and resulting $24.9 billion or 49.4% increase in volume of IRLCs to $75.3 billion during year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $50.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

   

$110.7 million of realized and unrealized losses from Hedging Instruments for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $67.9 million of realized and unrealized gains for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in realized and unrealized gains is primarily due to the overall decrease in market interest rates and the increase in volume during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

   

$75.9 million of rebates paid to borrowers and lender paid costs, net of discount points collected from borrowers for the origination of loans for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $83.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $7.4 million or 8.9%;

 

   

$14.0 million of fair value gains on LHFS for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily attributable to a decreasing interest rate environment near the end of 2019, as compared to the rising interest rate environment near the end 2018; and

 

   

$8.7 million of provision for loan loss obligations recorded for loans sold during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a recovery of $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $12.0 million or 364.4%. The provision for loan loss obligations recorded reflects loan sale volumes which increased to $43.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $32.8 billion during the year ended December 31, 2018;

Origination Income, Net. Origination income, net, was $149.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $153.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $3.5 million or 2.3%. The decrease in origination income, net, between periods was primarily the result of decreases in loan origination fees resulting from (i) increased lender credits due to the competitive pricing market for loans in 2019 and (ii) decreases in fees from personal loans due to the discontinuation of consumer lending in 2018, partially offset by the increase in other loan fees attributable to the growth in loan origination volumes.

Servicing Income. Servicing income was $118.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $141.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $22.8 million or 16.1%. The decrease in servicing income between periods was the result of a decrease of $10.9 billion in the average UPB of our servicing portfolio from a decrease in servicing-retained loan sales and bulk sales of servicing rights during 2019. Our average servicing portfolio decreased to $30.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $41.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, Net. Change in fair value of servicing rights, net was a loss of $119.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a loss of $51.5 million for the year ended

 

116


Table of Contents

December 31, 2018, representing an increase in loss of $68.1 million or 132.2%. The increase in losses was the result of:

 

   

$30.1 million in fair value losses, net of hedging gains, on servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to fair value gains of $20.5 million, net of hedging gains for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to a decline in interest rates during the second half of 2019;

 

   

$85.4 million in realized losses resulting from increases in fallout and decay of the portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of increased prepayment speeds due to decreases in market interest rates during the second half of 2019, compared to $71.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 13.3% compared to 10.9% at December 31, 2018 and 11.0% at December 31, 2017; and

 

   

$4.0 million in realized losses on sales of servicing rights associated with the sale of $12.5 billion in UPB during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a $1.1 million loss associated with the sale of $34.8 billion in UPB during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Other Income. Other income was $65.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $10.9 million or 20.0%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of an increase in escrow and title fee income due to overall increased mortgage loan settlement services, partially offset by a decrease in income from our investments in joint ventures to $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and was primarily attributable to the sale and wind down of two of our joint ventures in 2019 coupled with reductions in net income from a joint venture related to changes in pricing structure, partially offset by increases in loan originations.

Expenses

Personnel Expense. Personnel expense was $765.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $681.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $83.9 million or 12.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of an increase in commissions, salaries and benefits expense as a result of the increase in headcount associated with the growth of our lending operation to support increased loan origination volumes. As of December 31, 2019, we had 6,592 employees, as compared to 5,228 employees as of December 31, 2018, representing a 26.1% year-over-year increase.

Marketing and Advertising Expense. Marketing and advertising expense was $187.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $190.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $2.9 million or 1.5%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of reductions in direct mail campaigns, advertising, internet marketing and other marketing expenses, partially offset by increases in acquired leads.

Direct Origination Expense. Direct origination expense was $93.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $10.5 million or 12.6%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increased underwriting, credit reports, appraisals, loan documents and other loan origination costs associated with increased loan origination volumes during the period.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense was $100.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $95.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $4.6 million or 4.8%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of an increase of $2.4 million in contingent consideration liability during the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a $4.9 million reduction in contingent consideration in the comparable period in 2018. The increase in contingent consideration during 2019 was primarily attributable to an increase in Mortgage Master’s estimated pre-tax earnings over the earn-out period, which is a key assumption in the calculation of the contingent consideration

 

117


Table of Contents

amount. The increase was partially offset by reductions in data and communication expense, professional services and consulting expense.

Occupancy Expense. Occupancy expense were $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $1.1 million or 2.9%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of $1.1 million in sublease income for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to zero for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $37.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $1.1 million or 3.1%. The increase between periods was the result of increased property and equipment through technology hardware upgrades and internally developed software associated with the growth of our lending business.

Subservicing Expense. Subservicing expense was $41.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $9.0 million or 17.9%. The decrease between periods was the result of the decrease of $10.9 billion in the average UPB of our servicing portfolio, which resulted from a decrease in servicing-retained loan sales and bulk sales of servicing rights during 2019. Our average servicing portfolio decreased to $30.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $41.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Other Interest Expense. Other interest expense was $41.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to $41.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $0.3 million or 0.8%. The decrease between periods was the result of the decrease in interest rates between periods, partially offset by an increase in outstanding debt obligations including additional interest expense from our Convertible Debt and an increase in financing lease obligations.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was a benefit of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to a benefit of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $1.3 million or 268.2%. The increase in benefit of income taxes was related to a reduction in the liability for uncertain tax position due to lapse of statute of limitations in the amount of $1.8 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

Net loss was $102.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $131.2 million, compared to net income of $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Total originations were $33.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $35.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $2.2 billion or 6.1%. Of the total originations for the year ended December 31, 2018, our Retail and Partner Channels originated $24.1 billion and $8.9 billion , respectively, as compared to $27.1 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Our revenue and net income was also impacted by a reduction in IRLCs and mortgage loan originations across certain business channels. Our operating results were negatively influenced by a less attractive mortgage loan origination market during the year ended December 31, 2018, during which interest rates rose steadily throughout 2018 which impacted margins, as well as IRLC and mortgage loan origination volumes.

Revenues

Net Interest Income. Net interest income was $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $0.5 million or 3.3%. The increase between periods was comprised of:

 

   

an increase of $31.2 million or 34.4% in interest income resulting primarily from the $548.1 million increase in average balances of LHFS from $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to

 

118


Table of Contents
 

$2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in average loan balances was a result of increases in the average holding time of loans on the consolidated balance sheet as loan originations decreased in 2018. The increase in yield on LHFS was due to the increases in market interest rates throughout 2018.

 

   

an increase in interest expense of $30.7 million or 41.4% resulting primarily from the $609.5 million increase in average warehouse and other lines of credit between periods from $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in average balances was also accompanied with an increase in the cost of warehouse and other lines of credit balances between periods. The increase in average warehouse and other lines of credit balance was a result of increased utilization resulting from the aforementioned increase in holding periods for loans on our balance sheet between periods. The increase in cost on warehouse and other lines of credit was due to the increases in market interest rates throughout 2018.

Gain on Origination and Sale of Loans, Net. Gain on origination and sale of loans, net, was $799.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $1.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $212.2 million or 21.0%. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in IRLCs and loan originations during the period from $54.6 billion and $35.2 billion, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2017 to $50.4 billion and $33.0 billion, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2018. The components of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2017  

Premium from loan sales

   $ 496,488   $ 878,319

Servicing rights

     343,118     371,751

Unrealized losses from derivative assets and liabilities—IRLCs

     (31,326     6,440

Unrealized losses from Hedging Instruments

     (27,147     (10,455

Realized gains (losses) from Hedging Instruments

     95,063     (32,239

Discount points, rebates and lender paid costs

     (83,393     (222,197

Mark to market gain on loans held for sale

     3,481     21,404

Provision for (recovery of) loan loss obligation for loans sold

     3,280     (1,232
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 799,564   $ 1,011,791
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the components of gain on origination and sale of loans, net, during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were comprised of the following:

 

   

$496.5 million in net premiums realized upon the sale of loans to investors for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $878.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $381.8 million or 43.5%. This increase is a result of the increase in loans sold between periods. During the year ended December 31, 2018, loans sold decreased $1.8 billion or 5.1% to $32.8 billion from $34.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017;

 

   

$343.1 million in retained servicing rights from loans sold to investors on a servicing-retained basis for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $371.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $28.6 million or 7.7%, which was driven by a decrease in volume of loans sold on a servicing-retained basis to $26.8 billion during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $31.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, partially offset by an increase in estimated servicing multiples from 3.8x as of December 31, 2017 to 3.9x as of December 31, 2018 based on changes in prepayment speeds. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, prepayment speeds remained generally stable. At December 31, 2018, the weighted average

 

119


Table of Contents
 

prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 10.9%, compared to 11.0% at December 31, 2017 and 10.4% at December 31, 2016;

 

   

$31.3 million of unrealized losses from IRLCs for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $6.4 million of unrealized gains for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease in unrealized gains of $37.8 million or 586.4%. The decrease was primarily due to increases in market interest rates during 2018 which led to the $4.2 billion or 7.8% decrease in volume of IRLCs to $50.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $54.6 billion during the year ended December 31, 2017;

 

   

$67.9 million of net realized and unrealized gains from Hedging Instruments for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $42.7 million of realized and unrealized losses for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in unrealized and realized gain was primarily due to the overall increase in market interest rates in 2018, offset by the decrease in volume during the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017;

 

   

$83.4 million of rebates paid to borrowers and lender paid costs, net of discount points collected from borrowers for the origination of loans for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $222.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $138.8 million or 62.5%;

 

   

$3.5 million of fair value gains on LHFS for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The decrease was primarily attributable to an increasing interest rate environment for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017; and

 

   

$3.3 million of provision for loan loss obligations recorded for loans sold during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a recovery of loan loss obligations of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $4.5 million or 366.2%. The provision for loan loss obligations recorded was based on loan sale volumes of $32.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $34.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017. The recovery of loan loss provision in 2017 was the result of updating model assumptions for frequency and severity related to loss experience.

Origination Income, Net. Origination income, net, was $153.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $159.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $6.1 million or 3.9%. The decrease in origination income, net, between periods was primarily the result of a decrease in loan origination and other loan fees attributable to the reduction in loan origination volumes.

Servicing Income. Servicing income was $141.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $115.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $25.7 million or 22.3%. The increase in servicing income between periods was the result of an increase of $1.7 billion in the average UPB of our servicing portfolio, which resulted from an increase in servicing-retained loan sales. Our average servicing portfolio increased to $41.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $39.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, Net. Change in fair value of servicing rights, net was a loss of $51.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a loss of $88.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease in loss of $37.2 million or 42.0%. The decrease in losses was the result of:

 

   

$20.5 million in fair value gains, net of hedging losses, on servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $22.2 million in fair value losses, net of hedging gains for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to the increase in interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2018;

 

120


Table of Contents
   

$71.0 million in realized losses resulting from increases in fallout and decay of the portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of increases in the servicing portfolio, compared to $68.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, prepayment speeds remained generally stable. At December 31, 2018, the weighted average prepayment speed of our servicing portfolio was 10.9%, compared to 11.0% at December 31, 2017 and 10.4% at December 31, 2016; and

 

   

$1.1 million in realized losses on sales of servicing rights associated with the sale of $34.8 billion in UPB during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a $2.4 million gain associated with the sale of $8.0 billion in UPB during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Other Income. Other income was $54.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $58.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $3.7 million or 6.4%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of reductions in title and escrow fees driven by lower overall loan originations between periods. The decrease was partially offset by the increase in income from our investments in joint ventures of $1.7 million to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 attributable to an increase in joint venture loan originations.

Expenses

Personnel Expense. Personnel expense was $681.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $726.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $45.2 million or 6.2%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of a decrease in commissions, salaries and benefits expense as a result of the decrease in headcount associated with the reductions in origination volume between periods. As of December 31, 2018, we had 5,228 employees, as compared to 6,460 employees as of December 31, 2017, representing a 19.1% year-over-year decrease.

Marketing and Advertising Expense. Marketing and advertising expense was $190.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $216.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $25.2 million or 11.7%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of reductions in direct mail campaigns, advertising, internet marketing and other marketing expenses associated with lower origination volume between periods, partially offset by increases in acquired leads.

Direct Origination Expense. Direct origination expense was $83.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $76.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $6.8 million or 8.9%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increased credit reports and appraisal costs associated with lower pull-through rates on IRLCs related to the increasing market interest rates in 2018, partially offset by a decrease in loan documentation, notary and other loan origination costs associated with decreased loan origination volumes during the period.

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense was $95.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $95.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $0.6 million or 0.7%. The increase in general and administrative expense is related to continued investments in our proprietary technology and infrastructure and data and communication expense. Additionally, the increase between periods was attributable to a reduction of $4.9 million in contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to a $15.7 million reduction in contingent consideration in the comparable period in 2017. The decrease in contingent consideration during 2018 and 2017 was attributable to a decrease in Mortgage Master’s estimated pre-tax earnings over the earn-out period, which is a key assumption in the calculation of the contingent consideration amount. These increases were partially offset by reductions of $3.9 million in travel and entertainment expenses, and $7.3 million in professional services and consulting expenses.

 

121


Table of Contents

Occupancy Expense. Occupancy expense was $38.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $31.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $6.7 million or 21.0%. The increase between periods was due to additional expansion of our corporate and retail offices.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $4.4 million or 13.9%. The increase between periods was due to increased property and equipment expenses related to technology hardware upgrades and internally developed software, as well as the acquisition of furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements associated with the expansion of office space with the growth of our lending business.

Subservicing Expense. Subservicing expense was $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $14.0 million or 38.5%. The increase between periods was the result of the increased balance of our servicing portfolio. Our average servicing portfolio increased to $41.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to $39.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Other Interest Expense. Other interest expense was $41.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing an increase of $12.5 million or 42.8%. The increase in interest expense between periods was the result of increases in outstanding debt obligations including, (i) a $90.0 million increase in borrowings related to our master repurchase agreement to finance GNMA servicing rights (“GNMA MSR Facility”), (ii) a $65.0 million increase in borrowings under our unsecured term loan facility (“Unsecured Term Loan”), and (iii) an $8.0 million increase related to the master repurchase agreement to finance securities (“Securities Financing”) entered into in July 2018 coupled with increases in interest rates throughout 2018. The increases in borrowings and interest rates were partially offset by a (i) $38.0 million decrease in our Original Secured Credit Facility, (ii) a $30.0 million decrease in borrowings under our Second Secured Credit Facility, and (iii) a $15.0 million decrease in borrowings under our variable funding note (“GMSR VFN”) secured by GNMA servicing rights.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was a benefit of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to an expense of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing a decrease of $1.9 million or 133.1%. The increase in benefit of income taxes was related to a reduction in the liability for uncertain tax position due to lapse of statute of limitations in the amount of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The provision for income taxes in 2017 was related to income generated from our settlement service entities.

Description of Certain Components of Consolidated Balance Sheets

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value. Loans held for sale, at fair value, are primarily fixed and variable rate, 15- to 30-year term first-lien loans that are secured by residential property. All loans are reflected at fair value.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities, at Fair Value. Derivative assets and liabilities, at fair value, represent the fair value of IRLCs and Hedging Instruments, which may be positive or negative. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.

Servicing Rights, at Fair Value. Servicing rights, at fair value, represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service mortgage loans on behalf of the purchaser of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize servicing rights at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans.

Warehouse and Other Lines of Credit. Warehouse lines and other lines of credit represent debt that is used to fund, and is secured by mortgage loans. Warehouse Lines are repaid using proceeds from the sale of loans. Warehouse Lines carry base interest rates and may include annual facility fees, commitment fees and non-usage fees.

 

122


Table of Contents

Debt obligations. Debt obligations consist of secured credit facilities, unsecured term loan, and convertible debt. Secured credit facilities are used for working capital purposes and to finance servicing rights and carry base interest rates plus a margin. Our unsecured term loan has a base interest rate plus a margin. Our Convertible Debt accrues interest at fixed rates that change over time and is used for working capital needs and general corporate purposes.

Loans Eligible for Repurchase/Liability for Loans Eligible for Repurchase. For certain loans guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, we (as the servicer) have the unilateral right to repurchase any individual loan in a Ginnie Mae securitization pool if that loan meets defined criteria, including being delinquent greater than 90 days. Once we have the unilateral right to repurchase the delinquent loan, we have effectively gained control over the loan and must re-recognize the loan on our consolidated balance sheet and establish a corresponding liability regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan.

Financial Condition

The following table sets forth our consolidated balance sheet data as of the dates indicated:

 

            December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
     2019      2018  
     (Unaudited)                

ASSETS

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 637,511    $ 73,301    $ 105,685

Restricted cash

     70,387      44,195      8,307

Accounts receivable, net

     118,400      121,046      130,473

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     4,888,364      3,681,840      2,295,451

Derivative assets, at fair value

     722,149      131,228      73,439

Servicing rights, at fair value

     780,451      447,478      412,953

Trading securities

     —          —          25,086

Property and equipment, net

     76,250      80,897      90,954

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     56,449      61,693      —    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     57,610      52,653      49,675

Loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015      197,812      183,814

Investments in joint ventures

     16,773      17,030      17,001

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     42,954      43,338      43,955
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 8,651,313    $ 4,952,511    $ 3,436,793
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE UNITS AND UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 4,601,062    $ 3,466,567    $ 2,126,640

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     375,957        196,102        167,177  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     59,432        9,977        32,575  

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015        197,812        183,814  

Operating lease liability

     72,590        80,257        —    

Financing lease obligations

     18,258        33,816        29,803  

Debt obligations, net

     706,478        592,095        547,893  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,017,792        4,576,626        3,087,902  

Redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

     1,633,521        375,885        348,891  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

   $ 8,651,313    $ 4,952,511    $ 3,436,793
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

September 30, 2020 Compared to December 31, 2019

Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents were $637.5 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $73.3 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $564.2 million or 769.7%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of net income generated in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from increased loan origination and sale volumes and net proceeds from warehouse borrowing and other lines of credit and debt obligations, partially offset by the redemption of Class I Common Units, dividends, and distributions.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash was $70.4 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $44.2 million as of December 31, 2019 representing an increase of $26.2 million or 59.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increases in restricted cash pledged as collateral for our Warehouse Lines.

Accounts Receivable, Net. Accounts receivable, net, was $118.4 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $121.0 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $2.6 million or 2.2%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of a decrease in receivables as a result of decreases in loan principal and interest receivable from loan sales due to reduced holding periods on our LHFS, partially offset by an increase in receivables from hedging activities.

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value. Loans held for sale, at fair value, were $4.9 billion as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $1.2 billion or 32.8%. The increase during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily the result of originations of loans totaling $63.4 billion, offset by $62.2 billion in sales. At September 30, 2020, loans held for sale included valuation gains of $190.6 million compared to $76.4 million at December 31, 2019.

Derivative Assets, at Fair Value. Derivative assets, at fair value, were $722.1 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $131.2 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $590.9 million or 450.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of a $592.2 million increase in IRLCs, offset by a $1.3 million decrease in Hedging Instruments entered into as a result of increased loan commitments associated with the growth in our lending operation. At September 30, 2020, derivative assets included IRLCs with fair values and notional amounts of $722.1 million and $30.3 billion, respectively, compared to $129.9 million and $8.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019.

Servicing Rights, at Fair Value. Servicing rights, at fair value, were $780.5 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $447.5 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $333.0 million or 74.4%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of $574.8 million in capitalized servicing rights from the sale of loans on a servicing retained basis, partially offset by a $112.1 million decrease in estimated fair value due to the decreasing interest rate environment, a $9.6 million decrease in servicing rights from the sale of $194.0 million in UPB of servicing rights, and a $120.5 million decrease due to principal amortization and prepayments during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Property and Equipment, Net. Property and equipment, net, was $76.3 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $80.9 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $4.6 million or 5.7%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of depreciation of $26.7 million, partially offset by additions of $19.6 million consisting primarily of internally developed software cost associated with the expansion of our proprietary technology, capital expenditures associated with the growth of our company and additional property and equipment.

Operating lease right-of-use assets. Operating lease right-of-use assets were $56.4 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $61.7 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $5.2 million or 8.5%. The decrease between periods was related to amortization of $19.2 million, offset by operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities totaling $14.0 million.

 

124


Table of Contents

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets. Prepaid expenses and other assets were $57.6 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $52.7 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $5.0 million or 9.4%. The increase between periods was primarily due to a $5.1 million increase in servicing advances as a result of the growth in our servicing portfolio between periods.

Loans Eligible for Repurchase. Loans eligible for repurchase were $1.2 billion as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $197.8 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $986.2 million or 498.6%. The increase between periods is due to the increase in Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 days or more delinquent at September 30, 2020, which is attributable to both the increase in our Ginnie Mae servicing portfolio and increases in delinquency within the portfolio due to impact of the global pandemic on the economy.

Investments in Joint Ventures. Investments in joint ventures were $16.8 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $17.0 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $0.3 million or 1.5%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of earnings from joint ventures totaling $6.7 million, offset by distributions and return of capital from joint ventures of $6.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net. Goodwill was $40.7 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Intangible assets, net, were $2.2 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $2.6 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $0.4 million or 14.8%. The decrease between periods was the result of $0.4 million in amortization expense during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 associated with intangible assets from prior acquisitions.

Liabilities, Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity

Warehouse and Other Lines of Credit. Warehouse and other lines of credit were $4.6 billion as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $1.1 billion or 32.7%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of loan originations outpacing sales by $1.2 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we originated and sold $63.4 billion and $62.2 billion, respectively, in loans. Our borrowing capacity under our Warehouse Lines increased to $5.5 billion at September 30, 2020 from $5.1 billion at December 31, 2019.

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities. Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities were $376.0 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $196.1 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $179.9 million or 91.7%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of a $146.9 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits associated with the increase in employees and a $19.4 million increase in contingent consideration related to the earnout liability associated with the Mortgage Master acquisition. Additionally, there was a $9.9 million increase in our loan repurchase reserve based on the increase in loan sale volume during the period.

Derivative Liabilities, at Fair Value. Derivative liabilities, at fair value, were $59.4 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $10.0 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $49.5 million or 495.7%. The increase is primarily related to increases in the notional value and fair value of forward loan sale commitments. At September 30, 2020, the notional value and fair value of forward loan sale commitments was $40.1 billion and $57.6 million, compared to $7.9 billion and $7.0 million at December 31, 2019. The increase is primarily due to the growth of our IRLC pipeline and LHFS at September 30, 2020 as compared to December 31, 2019.

Liability for Loans Eligible for Repurchase. Liability for loans eligible for repurchase was $1.2 billion as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $197.8 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $986.2 million or 498.6%. The increase between periods is due to the increase in Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 days or more delinquent at September 30, 2020, which is attributable to both the increase in our Ginnie

 

125


Table of Contents

Mae servicing portfolio and increases in delinquency within the portfolio due to impact of the global pandemic on the economy.

Operating lease liability. Operating lease liabilities were $72.6 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $80.3 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $7.7 million or 9.6%. The decrease between periods is related to cash payments for operating leases of $25.5 million, offset by new operating lease liabilities incurred of $14.0 million and interest accretion of $3.9 million.

Financing Lease Obligations. Financing lease obligations were $18.3 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $33.8 million as of December 31, 2019, representing a decrease of $15.6 million or 46.0%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of payments under financing lease obligations of $18.0 million, partially offset by $2.5 million of purchases of equipment under financing leases to help facilitate our current and future growth of our business.

Debt Obligations. Debt obligations were $706.5 million as of September 30, 2020, as compared to $592.1 million as of December 31, 2019, representing an increase of $114.4 million or 19.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of the following changes in outstanding balances:

 

   

Original Secured Credit Facility increased $107.0 million from $43.0 million at December 31, 2019 to $150.0 million at September 30, 2020 primarily resulting from an increase in borrowing capacity from $50.0 million to $150.0 million and increased draws on the facility;

 

   

Second Secured Credit Facility decreased $17.9 million from $37.9 million at December 31, 2019 to $20.0 million at September 30, 2020 related to net paydowns on the facility; and

 

   

Convertible Debt increased $25.0 million to $75.0 million at September 30, 2020 as a result of borrowing capacity being increased from $50.0 million to $75.0 million during the period and the resulting additional draw of $25.0 million.

Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity. Total redeemable units were $104.2 million and $138.5 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The $34.3 million or 24.8% decrease in redeemable units was related to the redemption of all 1,190,093 Class I Common Units during the period. In May 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to redeem all of its Class I Common Units for $65.3 million. The Company paid $38.4 million in May 2020 and $26.9 million in July 2020 to redeem the Class I Common Units.

Total unitholders’ equity was $1.5 billion and $237.4 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The $1.3 billion or 544.2% increase was primarily attributable to (i) net income of $1.5 billion; (ii) equity-based compensation of $7.6 million; partially offset by (iii) a $31.0 million decrease in retained earnings related to the excess of the aforementioned $65.3 million redemption of Class I Common Units over the $34.3 million redeemable unit value; and (iv) dividends and distributions totaling $150.4 million.

December 31, 2019 Compared to December 31, 2018

Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents were $73.3 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $105.7 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $32.4 million or 30.6%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of cash used to post as collateral and haircuts for Warehouse Lines of credit associated with the increase in LHFS at December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018. Additionally, cash decreased as a result of an increase in our investment in MSR. Partially offsetting the decrease was an increase in cash from additional borrowings from debt obligations as well as net income generated in the year ended December 31, 2019 of $34.4 million.

Restricted Cash. Restricted cash was $44.2 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $8.3 million as of December 31, 2018 representing an increase of $35.9 million or 432.0%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increases in restricted cash pledged as collateral for our Warehouse Lines.

 

126


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable, Net. Accounts receivable, net, was $121.0 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $130.5 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $9.4 million or 7.2%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of a decrease in holdback receivables from fewer bulk sales of servicing rights in 2019 compared to 2018 as well as a reduction in escrow and holdback receivables from loan sales. Partially offsetting the decrease was an increase in receivables for loan origination, loan principal and interest and settlement services related to the increase in LHFS at December 31, 2019 as compared to December 31, 2018.

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value. Loans held for sale, at fair value, were $3.68 billion as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $2.30 billion as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $1.39 billion or 60.4%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increased loan originations. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we originated and sold $45.3 billion and $43.5 billion in mortgage loans, respectively. At December 31, 2019, loans held for sale included valuation gains of $76.4 million compared to $60.2 million at December 31, 2018.

Derivative Assets, at Fair Value. Derivative assets, at fair value, were $131.2 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $73.4 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $57.8 million or 78.7%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of a $68.9 million increase in IRLCs, partially offset by an $11.0 million decrease in Hedging Instruments entered into as a result of increased loan commitments associated with the growth in our lending operation. At December 31, 2019, derivative assets included IRLCs with fair values and notional amounts of $129.9 million and $8.5 billion, respectively, compared to $61.0 million and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2018.

Servicing Rights, at Fair Value. Servicing rights, at fair value, were $447.5 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $413.0 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $34.5 million or 8.4%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of $334.2 million in capitalized servicing rights from the sale of loans on a servicing retained basis, partially offset by a $51.1 million decrease in estimated fair value due to the decreasing interest rate environment, a $162.2 million decrease in servicing rights from the sale of $12.5 billion in UPB of servicing rights, and $85.4 million in principal amortization and prepayments during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Trading Securities. Trading securities were zero as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $25.1 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $25.1 million or 100.0%. The decrease between periods was the result of the sale of the trading securities portfolio.

Property and Equipment, Net. Property and equipment, net, was $80.9 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $91.0 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $10.1 million or 11.1%. The decrease between periods was primarily the result of depreciation of $36.8 million, partially offset by additions of $11.0 million related to the capitalization of internally developed software costs, $12.0 million in acquisitions of computer hardware and $3.7 million in capital expenditures associated with the expansion of our proprietary technology and growth of our lending platform.

Operating lease right-of-use assets. Operating lease right-of-use assets were $61.7 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to zero as of December 31, 2018. The $61.7 million increase between periods was related to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard on January 1, 2019. As a result of the adoption, we recognized $71.9 million in operating lease right-of-use assets. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2019 we recognized $13.7 million of new operating lease right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities, offset by $23.9 million in amortization. There was no similar activity during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets. Prepaid expenses and other assets were $52.7 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $49.7 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of

 

127


Table of Contents

$3.0 million or 6.0%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increases in prepaid expenses associated with the growth of our origination platform and servicing portfolio.

Loans Eligible for Repurchase. Loans eligible for repurchase were $197.8 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $183.8 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $14.0 million or 7.6%. The increase between periods was due to the increase in Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 days or more delinquent as of December 31, 2019, which was attributable to the increase in our Ginnie Mae servicing portfolio.

Investments in Joint Ventures. Investments in joint ventures were $17.0 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, earnings from joint ventures were $12.9 million, offset by distributions from joint ventures of $12.9 million.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net. Goodwill was $40.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Intangible assets, net, were $2.6 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $3.2 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $0.6 million or 19.2%. The decrease between periods was the result of $0.6 million in amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2019 associated with intangible assets acquired in the iMortgage, Mortgage Master and CUSA acquisitions.

Liabilities, Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity

Warehouse and Other Lines of Credit. Warehouse and other lines of credit were $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $1.3 billion or 63.0%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of increased loan originations across all of our channels. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we originated and sold $45.3 billion and $43.5 billion, respectively, in loans. We increased our borrowing capacity with existing lenders under our Warehouse Lines to $5.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $4.3 billion at December 31, 2018.

Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities. Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities were $196.1 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $167.2 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $28.9 million or 17.3%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of a $32.3 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits associated with the increase in employees and an increase of $20.7 million in accounts payable related to the growth in our businesses. Partially offsetting the increases were decreases in deferred rent related to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard on January 1, 2019 and decreases in other accrued liabilities.

Derivative Liabilities, at Fair Value. Derivative liabilities, at fair value, were $10.0 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $32.6 million as of December 31, 2018, representing a decrease of $22.6 million or 69.4%. The decrease was primarily related to declining market interest rates at the end of 2018, as compared to a relatively flat market interest rate environment at the end of 2019. Although notional amounts for our forward loan sale commitments increased year over year, the interest rate declines experienced at the end of 2018 resulted in a larger hedge liability. At December 31, 2019, the notional value and fair value of forward loan sale commitments was $7.9 billion and $7.0 million, compared to $4.1 billion and $32.0 million at December 31, 2018.

Liability for Loans Eligible for Repurchase. Liability for loans eligible for repurchase was $197.8 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $183.8 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $14.0 million or 7.6%. The increase between periods was due to the increase in Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 days or more delinquent at December 31, 2019, which was attributable to the increase in our Ginnie Mae servicing portfolio.

 

128


Table of Contents

Operating lease liability. Operating lease liability was $80.3 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to zero as of December 31, 2018. The $80.3 million increase between periods was related to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard on January 1, 2019. As a result of the adoption, we recognized a $94.9 million operating lease liability. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2019 we recognized $13.7 million of new operating lease liabilities. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2019, operating lease liabilities were reduced by $34.0 million in cash payments for operating leases, offset by $5.6 million of interest accretion. There was no similar activity during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Financing Lease Obligations. Financing lease obligations were $33.8 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $29.8 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $4.0 million or 13.5%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of $7.8 million in proceeds from the financing of previously acquired assets and $14.2 million of purchases of equipment under financing leases to help facilitate the current and future growth of our business, partially offset by payments under financing lease obligations of $18.0 million.

Debt Obligations. Debt obligations were $592.1 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $547.9 million as of December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $44.2 million or 8.1%. The increase between periods was primarily the result of the Company entering into an agreement for the Convertible Debt of $50.0 million in August 2019, partially offset by the payoff of the Company’s $8.0 million Securities Financing in May 2019.

Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity. Total redeemable units were $138.5 million at both December 31, 2019 and 2018. There was no activity in redeemable units during the year ended December 31, 2019. Total unitholders’ equity was $237.4 million as of December 31, 2019, as compared to $210.4 million as of December 31, 2018. The $27.0 million or 12.8% increase in unitholders’ equity between periods was primarily the result of $34.4 million of net income generated and $0.2 million in equity-based compensation, partially offset by $7.6 million in dividend payments to our Class I Common unitholders.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Our liquidity reflects our ability to meet our current obligations (including our operating expenses and, when applicable, the retirement of our debt and margin calls relating to our Hedging Instruments, Warehouse Lines and Secured Credit Facilities), fund new originations and purchases, meet servicing requirements, and make investments as we identify them. We forecast the need to have adequate liquid funds available to operate and grow our business. As of September 30, 2020, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents were $637.5 million and committed and uncommitted available capacity under our Warehouse Lines was $878.9 million.

We fund substantially all of the mortgage loans we close through borrowings under our Warehouse Lines. Given the broad impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial markets, our future ability to borrow money to fund our current and future loan production is unknown. Our mortgage origination liquidity could also be affected as our lenders reassess their exposure to the mortgage origination industry and either curtail access to uncommitted mortgage warehouse financing capacity or impose higher costs to access such capacity. Our liquidity may be further constrained as there may be less demand by investors to acquire our mortgage loans in the secondary market. Even if such demand exists, we face a substantially higher repurchase risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic stemming from our clients inability to repay the underlying loans. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have increased our cash position total loan funding capacity with our current lending partners.

As a servicer, we are required to advance principal and interest to the investor for up to four months on GSE backed mortgages and longer on other government agency backed mortgages on behalf of clients who have

 

129


Table of Contents

entered a forbearance plan. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 3.4%, or $2.6 billion UPB, of our servicing portfolio was in active forbearance. While these advance requirements may be significant at higher levels of forbearance, we believe we are very well-positioned in terms of our liquidity. We will continue evaluating the capital markets as well, which would further supplement our liquidity should the need arise.

Sources and Uses of Cash

Our primary sources of liquidity have been as follows: (i) funds obtained from our Warehouse Lines; (ii) proceeds from other financing arrangements described under “—Debt Obligations” below; (iii) proceeds received from the sale and securitization of loans; (iv) proceeds from the sale of servicing rights; (v) loan fees from the origination of loans; (vi) servicing fees; (vii) title and escrow fees from settlement services, (viii) real estate referral fees, and (ix) interest payments from LHFS.

Our primary uses of funds for liquidity have included the following: (i) funding mortgage loans; (ii) funding loan origination costs; (iii) payment of Warehouse Line haircuts required at loan origination; (iv) payment of interest expense on Warehouse Lines; (v) payment of interest expense under other financing arrangements described under “—Debt Obligations” below; (vi) payment of operating expenses; (vii) repayment of Warehouse Lines; (viii) repayment of other financing arrangements described under “—Debt Obligations” below; (ix) funding of servicing advances; (x) margin calls on Warehouse Lines or Hedging Instruments; (xi) payment of distributions and other amounts due to the holders of our common units; (xii) repurchases of loans under representation and warranty breaches; (xiii) earnout payments from acquisitions, and (ix) costs relating to subservicing.

We rely on the secondary mortgage market as a source of long-term capital to support our mortgage lending operations. Approximately 87% of the mortgage loans that we originated during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 were sold in the secondary mortgage market to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or, in the case of MBS guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are mortgage loans insured or guaranteed by the FHA or VA. We also sell loans to many private investors.

At this time, we believe that there are no material market trends that would affect our access to long-term or short-term borrowings sufficient to maintain our current operations, or that would likely cause us to cease to be in compliance with applicable covenants for our indebtedness or that would inhibit our ability to fund our loan operations and capital commitments for the next twelve months. However, should those trends change, we believe we could retain less or sell additional servicing rights, scale back growth or take other actions to mitigate any significant increase in demands on our liquidity.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in thousands)

             2020                         2019               2019     2018     2017  

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

          

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (418,143   $ (943,339   $ (1,497,380   $ (428,788   $ (482,363

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (13,302     152,076     141,090     503,135     (122,963

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,021,847     756,558     1,359,794     (56,943     587,572

Operating Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was $418.1 million, compared to $943.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The $525.2 million decrease in

 

130


Table of Contents

cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily driven by a $1.4 billion increase in net income, driven by the $1.6 billion increase in gain on origination and sale of loans. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 there was a net $960.3 million increase in cash provided due to proceeds from loan sales and principal repayments in excess of loan originations during the period as we originated $63.4 billion and $29.3 billion, respectively, in loans and sold $62.2 billion and $28.1 billion, respectively, in loans. The increase in cash resulting from proceeds from loan sales and principal repayments in excess of loan originations was partially offset by a $356.5 million increase in fair value losses and a $40.9 million increase in payments to investors for loan repurchases between periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was $1.5 billion, compared to $428.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The $1.1 billion increase in cash used in operating activities during 2019 was primarily driven by a net $1.6 billion increase in cash used from loan originations in excess of proceeds from loan sales and principal repayments during the period. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we originated $45.3 billion and $33.0 billion, respectively, in loans and sold $43.5 billion and $32.8 billion, respectively, in loans. Partially offsetting the cash used was an increase in net income of $137.3 million, an $82.6 million decrease in fair value losses, a $61.3 million decrease in payments to investors for loan repurchases and a $110.4 million reduction in purchases of consumer loans to zero during the year ended December 31, 2019.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $428.8 million, compared to $482.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. The $53.6 million decrease in cash used in operating activities during 2018 was primarily driven by a net $522.5 million increase in cash provided from proceeds from loan sales and principal repayments in excess of originations during the period. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we originated $33.0 billion and $35.2 billion, respectively, in loans and sold $32.8 billion and $34.5 billion, respectively, in loans. Offsetting the cash provided from the net proceeds from cash sales was a $131.2 million reduction in net income, a $42.4 million increase in fair value losses, a $141.9 million increase in payments to investors for loan repurchases, a $25.0 million increase in trading securities, and $110.4 million in purchases of consumer loans.

Investing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash flows used in investing activities was $13.3 million as compared to $152.1 million provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The decrease in net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily driven by lower servicing rights sales activity between periods. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, proceeds from the sale of $194.0 million of servicing rights totaled $6.0 million, compared to sales of $9.3 billion in servicing rights with proceeds totaling $161.9 million. Also contributing to the decrease in new cash flows provided by investing activities was a $9.8 million increase in purchases of property and equipment to $19.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $141.1 million, compared to $503.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The $362.0 million decrease in net cash flows provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by lower servicing rights sales activity between periods. During the year ended December 31, 2019, proceeds from the sale of $12.5 billion of servicing rights totaled $153.5 million, compared to sales of $34.8 billion in servicing rights with proceeds totaling $425.2 million. Additionally, a $118.7 million reduction in proceeds from payments and sales of consumer loans contributed to the decrease in net cash flows provided by investing activities between periods. Partially offsetting the decrease was a $28.2 million decrease in purchases of property and equipment to $12.6 million as compared to $40.8 million for the prior period.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $503.1 million, compared to $123.0 million used in investing activities during the year ended December 31,

 

131


Table of Contents

2017. The $626.1 million increase in net cash flows provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily driven by higher servicing rights sales activity between periods. During the year ended December 31, 2018, proceeds from the sale of $34.8 billion of servicing rights totaled $425.2 million, compared to sales of $8.0 billion in servicing rights with proceeds totaling $86.5 million. Additionally, there was a $118.7 million increase in proceeds from principal payments and sales of consumer loans, a $118.7 million decrease in purchases of consumer loans and a $50.5 million reduction in payments made to employees for loans to zero during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Financing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, cash provided by financing activities was $1.0 billion, compared to $756.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The $265.3 million increase in cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was primarily driven by a $360.6 million increase in net proceeds on Warehouse Lines and $121.2 million increase in net proceeds from debt obligations, net of issuance costs paid and repayments, partially offset by a $151.8 million increase in dividends and distributions, a $12.3 million increase in payments for contingent consideration, $38.4 million paid to redeem Class I Common Units and a $6.0 million increase in payments on financing lease obligations.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, cash provided by financing activities was $1.4 billion, compared to $56.9 million used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018. The $1.4 billion increase in cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily driven by a $1.5 billion increase in net proceeds from borrowings on Warehouse Lines, partially offset by a $33.6 million decrease in proceeds, net of issuance costs and repayments on debt obligations, an $18.7 million decrease in proceeds from financing lease transactions and a $4.3 million increase in payments on financing lease obligations.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in financing activities was $56.9 million, compared to $587.6 million provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2017. The $644.5 million decrease in cash provided financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was primarily driven by a $485.3 million decrease in net proceeds from borrowings on Warehouse Lines, a $224.2 million decrease in proceeds from debt obligations, net of issuance costs and repayments, and a $3.7 million increase in payments on financing lease obligations. Offsetting these uses of cash was a $26.5 million increase in proceeds from financing lease transactions, a $7.1 million decrease in distributions to noncontrolling interests and a $31.0 million decrease in dividend distributions.

Warehouse Lines

We finance most of our loan originations on a short-term basis using our Warehouse Lines. Under our Warehouse Lines, we agree to transfer certain loans to our counterparties against the transfer of funds by them, with a simultaneous agreement by the counterparties to transfer the loans back to us at the date loans are sold, or on demand by us, against the transfer of funds from us. We typically repurchase the loans within 10 to 15 days of funding. Our Warehouse Lines are short-term borrowings which mature in less than one year with the exception of our securitization facilities which have terms of two years. We utilize both committed and uncommitted loan funding facilities and we evaluate our needs under these facilities based on forecasted volume of loan originations and sales.

As of September 30, 2020, we had $5.5 billion of capacity under our Warehouse Lines with maturities staggered throughout 2020 and 2021. As of September 30, 2020, we maintained Warehouse Lines with thirteen counterparties. As of September 30, 2020, we had $4.6 billion of borrowings outstanding under these facilities and $878.9 million of additional availability under our facilities.

When we draw on the Warehouse Lines, we must pledge eligible loan collateral and make a capital investment, or “haircut,” upon financing the loans, which is generally determined by the type of collateral

 

132


Table of Contents

provided and the warehouse line terms. Our Warehouse Line providers require a haircut based on product types and the market value of the loans. The haircuts are normally recovered from sales proceeds. With the expected future increase in loan origination volumes, we will be required to use additional capital for haircuts and increase our restricted cash balances with our warehouse lenders. As of September 30, 2020, we had $6.2 million in restricted cash posted as additional collateral with our warehouse lenders, as compared to $4.4 million as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, as of September 30, 2020, we had $41.0 million in restricted cash posted as additional collateral for our securitization facilities, as compared to zero as of December 31, 2019

The table below summarizes our Warehouse Lines and their expiration dates as of September 30, 2020:

 

                            Outstanding Balance  

(Dollars in

thousands)

  Committed
Amount
    Uncommitted
Amount
    Total
Facility
Amount
    Expiration
Date
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 

Facility 1(1)

  $ 1,000,000   $ —     $ 1,000,000     10/30/2020     $ 1,138,019   $ 637,148   $ 193,436

Facility 2(2)

    —         600,000     600,000     9/27/2021       459,655     308,890     165,831

Facility 3

    —         225,000     225,000     4/20/2021       139,338     124,646     124,217

Facility 4(3)

    —         400,000     400,000     7/9/2021       334,732     166,090     107,285

Facility 5

    —         340,000     340,000     1/6/2021       260,113     239,541     217,316

Facility 6(4)

    —         200,000     200,000     N/A       1,396     668     35,738

Facility 7(5)

    100,000     500,000     600,000     10/31/2020       500,806     458,115     231,910

Facility 8(6)

    —         500,000     500,000     5/5/2021       482,366     599,396     231,309

Facility 9(7)

    200,000     —         200,000     10/25/2020       200,000     197,874     —    

Facility 10(8)

    300,000     —         300,000     5/14/2021       300,000     295,244     —    

Facility 11(8)

    300,000     —         300,000     10/23/2021       300,000     295,043     285,000

Facility 12

    —         500,000     500,000     N/A       257,426     143,912     300,000

Facility 13(9)

    —         350,000     350,000     8/25/2021       227,211     —         —    

Facility 14(10)

    —         —         —         N/A       —         —         200,538

Facility 15(11)

    —         —         —         N/A       —         —         34,060
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,900,000   $ 3,615,000   $ 5,515,000     $ 4,601,062   $ 3,466,567   $ 2,126,640
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The total facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide liquidity under a gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021. At September 30, 2020, we received a temporary approval to borrow in excess of the total facility amount.

(2)

In addition to the $600.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(3)

In addition to the $334.7 million outstanding balance secured by mortgage loans, the Company has $20.0 million outstanding to finance servicing rights included within debt obligations in the consolidated balance sheets.

(4)

In addition to the $200.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(5)

In addition to the $600.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021. In November 2020, this facility was increased to $800.0 million.

(6)

In December 2020, this facility was increased to $1.5 billion. In addition to the $482.4 million outstanding balance secured by mortgage loans, the Company has $15.0 million outstanding to finance servicing rights included within debt obligations in the consolidated balance sheets.

(7)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed rate mortgage loans. In October 2020, the Company paid off this facility.

(8)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed and adjustable rate mortgage loans.

 

133


Table of Contents
(9)

This facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide gestation liquidity to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(10)

In December 2019, the facility was paid-off and subsequently canceled at the Company’s request.

(11)

The facility was used to finance consumer loans. The facility expired and all collateral cash flows were used to pay interest and remaining principal outstanding.

Interest on our Warehouse Lines varies by facility and depends on the type of loan that is being financed or the period of time that a loan is transferred to our warehouse line counterparty. As of September 30, 2020, interest expense under our Warehouse Lines was generally based on 30-day LIBOR plus a margin and in some cases a minimum interest rate and certain commitment and utilization fees apply.

Under our Warehouse Lines, interest is payable monthly in arrears or on the repurchase date of a loan, and outstanding principal is payable upon receipt of loan sale proceeds or on the repurchase date of a loan. Outstanding principal related to a particular loan must also be repaid after the expiration of a contractual period of time or, if applicable, upon the occurrence of certain events of default with respect to the underlying loan.

Our Warehouse Lines require us to comply with various financial covenants including tangible net worth, liquidity, leverage ratios and net income. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all of our warehouse lending covenants.

Although these financial covenants limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur and affect our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, we believe that these covenants currently provide us with sufficient flexibility to successfully operate our business and obtain the financing necessary to achieve that purpose.

Debt Obligations

Secured Credit Facilities

Original Secured Credit Facility. We entered into a $25.0 million revolving secured credit facility (the “Original Secured Credit Facility”) in October 2014 to finance servicing rights and for other working capital needs and general corporate purposes. We entered into subsequent amendments with the lender both increasing and decreasing the size of the facility. At September 30, 2020, capacity under the facility was $150.0 million. The Original Secured Credit Facility is secured by servicing rights, matures in June 2021 and accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. As of September 30, 2020, the outstanding balance under the Original Secured Credit Facility was $150.0 million. We have pledged $274.0 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances under the Original Secured Credit Facility. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. Under the Original Secured Credit Facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and debt service coverage. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Second Secured Credit Facility. We amended one of its Warehouse Line facilities to provide a $50.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights and for other working capital needs and general corporate purposes (the “Second Secured Credit Facility”) in May 2015. As of September 30, 2020, total capacity under the Warehouse Line facility was $400.0 million and is available to fund a combination of loans and servicing rights, subject to a $100.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights. As of September 30, 2020, $20.0 million was outstanding under the Second Secured Credit Facility. We have pledged $217.0 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances related to the sub-limit. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. In July 2020, the Second Secured Credit Facility was increased to $100.0 million and the maturity date was extended to July 2021. The Second Secured Credit Facility accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a

 

134


Table of Contents

margin per annum. If the Second Secured Credit Facility is not renewed or extended at the expiration date, we have the option to convert the outstanding principal balance to a term loan that accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 5.75% and is due two years from the conversion date (“Term Loan”). The Term Loan requires monthly principal and interest payments based on a five year amortization period. Under the Second Secured Credit Facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and profitability requirements. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

GMSR Trust. We entered into a master repurchase agreement with one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, loanDepot GMSR Master Trust (“GMSR Trust”) in August 2017 to finance Ginnie Mae mortgage servicing rights (the “GNMA MSRs”) owned by us (the “GNMA MSR Facility”) pursuant to the terms of a base indenture (the “GNMA MSR Indenture”). We pledged participation certificates representing beneficial interests in GNMA MSRs to the GMSR Trust. We are party to an acknowledgment agreement with Ginnie Mae whereby we may, from time to time pursuant to the terms of any supplemental indenture, issue to institutional investors variable funding notes or one or more series of term notes, in each case secured by the participation certificates relating to the GNMA MSRs held by the GMSR Trust.

GMSR VFN. In August 2017, we, through the GMSR Trust, issued a variable funding note (the “GMSR VFN”) in the initial amount of $65.0 million. The maximum amount of the GMSR VFN is $150.0 million. The GMSR VFN is secured by GNMA MSRs and bears interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. We amended the GMSR VFN in September 2018 to amend certain terms and extend the maturity date to September 2020. We amended the GMSR VFN to extend the maturity date to October 2021. At September 30, 2020, there was $15.0 million in GMSR VFN outstanding. Under this facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

GMSR Term Notes. In November 2017, we, through the GMSR Trust, issued an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million in secured term notes (the “GMSR Term Notes”). The GMSR Term Notes were secured by certain participation certificates relating to GNMA MSRs pursuant to the GNMA MSR Facility. In October 2018, the GMSR Trust was amended and restated for the purpose of issuing the Series 2018-GT1 Term Notes (“Term Notes”). The Term Notes accrue interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum and mature in October 2023 or, if extended pursuant to the terms of the related indenture supplement, October 2025 (unless earlier redeemed in accordance with their terms). We issued $200.0 million in Term Notes and used the proceeds to pay off $110.0 million in outstanding GMSR Term Notes. At September 30, 2020, there was $198.5 million in Term Notes outstanding, net of $1.5 million in deferred financing costs. Under this facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

Advance Receivables Trust. In September 2020, through our indirect-wholly owned subsidiary loanDepot Agency Advance Receivables Trust (the “Advance Receivables Trust”), we entered into a variable funding note facility for the financing of servicing advance receivables with respect to residential mortgage loans serviced by us on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Pursuant to an indenture, the Advance Receivables Trust issued up to $130.0 million in variable funding notes (the “2020-VF1 Notes”). The 2020-VF1 Notes accrue interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum and mature in September 2021 (unless earlier redeemed in accordance with their terms). The 2020-VF1 Notes are secured by loanDepot.com, LLC’s rights to reimbursement for advances made pursuant to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac requirements. There were no borrowings under the Advance Receivables Trust as of September 30, 2020. Under this facility, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants including minimum levels of tangible net worth and liquidity and maximum levels of consolidated leverage. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants

Unsecured Term Loan

In August 2017, we entered into an agreement which refinanced a $150.0 million unsecured term loan facility (the “Unsecured Term Loan”), increasing the balance to $250.0 million which matures in August 2022

 

135


Table of Contents

and accrues interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. As of September 30, 2020, $248.8 million was outstanding under the Unsecured Term Loan, net of $1.2 million in deferred financing cost. We use amounts borrowed under the Unsecured Term Loan for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. Under the Unsecured Term Loan, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, maximum leverage, and minimum cash balance. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants. Interest expense from this credit agreement is recorded to other interest expense. We may prepay the loan in any amount subsequent to the second anniversary, however, a prepayment premium will apply to the principal prepaid from the second to the fourth anniversary of the loan’s closing. This prepayment premium may be waived under certain circumstances. The Unsecured Term Loan was repaid in October 2020.

Convertible Debt

In August 2019, we entered into an agreement for a convertible debt facility of $50.0 million (the “Convertible Debt”) secured by our LLC interests in our subsidiaries and all the assets thereof. The Convertible Debt matures in August 2022 and accrues interest at a rate of 14.00% per annum prior to the second anniversary and at a rate of 16.00% per annum thereafter. In March 2020, we entered into an amendment to increase the Convertible Debt to $75.0 million. We use amounts borrowed under the Convertible Debt for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. We may prepay the Convertible Debt at any time prior to the maturity date. As of September 30, 2020, $74.8 million was outstanding under the Convertible Debt, net of $0.2 million in deferred financing costs. The Convertible Debt is convertible into the Company’s equity securities concurrently with the closing of a qualified equity financing transaction or during the 90 day period following the stated maturity date. The right to convert is forfeited if the outstanding balance is paid in full before the qualified equity finance transaction or the stated maturity date. Under the Convertible Debt agreement, we are required to satisfy certain financial covenants including minimum levels of tangible net worth and liquidity and maximum levels of consolidated leverage on a monthly basis. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all such covenants. The Convertible Debt was repaid in October 2020.

Senior Notes

In October 2020, we issued $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior unsecured notes due 2025 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes will mature on November 1, 2025. Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 6.50% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. At any time prior to November 1, 2022, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption plus a make-whole premium. We may also redeem the Senior Notes at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2022 at various redemption prices. In addition, subject to certain conditions at any time prior to November 1, 2022, we may redeem up to 40% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.50% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

Financing Lease Transactions

We lease certain equipment under agreements that are classified as financing leases. The cost of equipment under financing leases, net of accumulated amortization, is included in property and equipment, net in our consolidated balance sheets. Financing lease obligations have lease terms which are one to five years at an effective interest rate generally between 2.79% and 10.50%. The transactions have been accounted for as financing arrangements, wherein the property remains on our books and continues to be depreciated. We have the option to purchase the leased equipment at the end of the leases.

Interest expense incurred on financing leases during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 was $0.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and is included in other interest expense in the consolidated

 

136


Table of Contents

statements of operations. At September 30, 2020, we decreased our financing lease obligations to $18.3 million as compared to $33.8 million at December 31, 2019.

Margin Calls

Our Warehouse Lines, secured credit facilities, and certain derivative financial instruments contain margin call provisions that, under specific market conditions and terms, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. Under our Warehouse Lines, secured credit facilities and certain derivative financial instruments, a margin deficit will generally result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our estimated contractual obligations as of September 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Period(1)  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Warehouse lines

   $ 4,601,062    $ 4,301,602    $ 300,000    $ —      $ —  

Secured credit facilities

     385,000      170,000      15,000      200,000      —    

Unsecured term loan

     250,000      —          250,000      —          —    

Convertible debt

     75,000      —          75,000      —          —    

Operating lease obligations(2)

     81,736      29,006      37,611      15,098      21

Financing lease obligations(3)

     18,483      13,678      4,805      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 5,411,281    $ 4,513,746    $ 682,416    $ 215,098    $ 21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Table does not include contingent consideration associated with the acquisition of Mortgage Master in January 2015, which in September 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to settle the contingent consideration liability for $32.4 million comprised of payments of $10.8 million in September 2020 and $21.6 million in October 2020.

(2)

Represents lease obligations for office space under non-cancelable operation lease agreements.

(3)

Represents lease obligations for equipment under non-cancelable financing lease agreements.

In addition to the above contractual obligations, we also had commitments to originate loans of $30.4 billion as of September 30, 2020. Commitments to originate loans do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements as some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon and, therefore, those commitments have been excluded from the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 30, 2020, we were party to mortgage loan participation purchase and sale agreements, pursuant to which we have access to uncommitted facilities that provide liquidity for recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. These facilities, which we refer to as gestation facilities, are a component of our financing strategy and are off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect: (i) the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities; (ii) the

 

137


Table of Contents

disclosure of our contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period; and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We continually evaluate these judgments, estimates and assumptions based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions and our expectations regarding the future based on available information which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application.

When reading our consolidated financial statements, you should consider our selection of critical accounting policies, the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We believe the following accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans that are intended to be sold in the foreseeable future, including residential mortgage loans, are reported as LHFS. We account for LHFS under the fair value option. Fair value of LHFS is typically calculated using observable market information, including pricing from actual market transactions or observable market prices from other loans that have similar collateral, credit, and interest rate characteristics. Gains or losses from the sale of loans are recognized based upon the difference between the selling price and fair value of the related loans upon the sale of such loans.

In order to facilitate the origination and sale of loans, we have entered into various agreements with warehouse lenders. These agreements are in the form of loan participations and repurchase agreements with banks and other financial institutions. LHFS are considered sold when we surrender control over the financial assets and those financial assets are legally isolated from us in the event of our bankruptcy. We account for all repurchase agreements as secured borrowings.

Servicing Rights

Servicing rights are assets that are created when the loan is sold and we retain the right to service the loan. Servicing of loans includes payment processing, remittance of funds to investors, collection of delinquent payments, and, in the case of mortgage loans, payment of taxes and insurance and disposition of foreclosed properties. In return for these services, we receive servicing fee income and ancillary fee income. The servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value, which is estimated by using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of the cost of servicing, the discount rate, the float value, the inflation rate, estimated prepayment speeds and default rates. We use a dynamic model to estimate the fair value of our servicing rights.

We have elected to account for the measurement of servicing rights using the fair value method, whereby the servicing rights are initially recorded on our balance sheet at fair value with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings during the period in which the changes in fair value occur. We believe that accounting for servicing rights at fair value best reflects the impact of current market conditions on our servicing rights, and our investors and other users of our financial statements will have greater insight into management’s views as to the value of our servicing rights at each reporting date. The fair value of the servicing rights is assessed at each reporting date using the methods described above.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements in fair value disclosures and to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis (such as servicing rights, IRLCs, LHFS and Hedging Instruments). We have elected

 

138


Table of Contents

fair value accounting for servicing rights and LHFS, as permitted under current accounting guidance, to more closely align our accounting with our interest rate risk management strategies.

When observable market prices do not exist for our financial instruments, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flow and other valuation models. Our valuation models may include adjustments, such as market liquidity and credit quality, where appropriate. Valuations of products using models or other techniques are sensitive to assumptions used for the significant inputs. The process for determining fair value using unobservable inputs, such as discount rates, prepayment speeds, default rates and cost of servicing, is generally more subjective and involves a higher degree of management judgment and assumptions than the measurement of fair value using observable inputs. These judgments and assumptions may have a significant effect on our measurements of fair value, and the use of different judgments and assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could have a material effect on our statements of operations as well as our balance sheets.

Loan Repurchase Reserve

Loans sold to investors by us and which met investor and Agency underwriting guidelines at the time of sale may be subject to repurchase or indemnification in the event of specific default by the borrower or subsequent discovery that underwriting standards were not met. In limited circumstances, the full risk of loss on loans sold is retained to the extent the liquidation of the underlying collateral is insufficient.

We establish a reserve for loan repurchases and indemnifications related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of losses for loans for which we could have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Such factors include the type of loan, the channel from which it came, LTV and other loan-related specifics. The process for determining the measurement of the liability involves certain unobservable inputs such as estimated repurchase demand and repurchases, and loss severity and is generally subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions. These judgments and assumptions may have a significant effect on our measurements of the liability, and the use of different judgments and assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could have a material effect on our statements of operations as well as our balance sheets.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We enter into derivative instruments to serve the financial needs of our customers and to reduce our risk exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. For example, we enter into IRLCs with certain customers to originate residential mortgage loans at specified interest rates and within a specified period of time. IRLCs on loans that are intended to be sold are accounted for as derivatives, with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as part of gain on origination and sale of loans, net. The fair value of an IRLC is based upon changes in the fair value of the underlying loans estimated to be realizable upon sale into the secondary market. In estimating the fair value of an IRLC, we also adjust the fair value of the underlying loan to reflect the estimated percentage of commitments that will result in a closed loan; our estimate of this percentage will primarily vary based on the age of the underlying commitment, the underlying loan’s current status in the origination process and changes in loan interest rates.

The primary factor influencing the probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC, prior to a loan package being submitted to underwriting, is the change, if any, in interest rates subsequent to the commitment date. In general, the probability of funding increases if interest rates rise and decreases if interest rates fall. This is due primarily to the relative attractiveness of current interest rates compared to the applicant’s committed rate. Once a loan package is submitted to underwriting, the current status of the loan in the origination process is the primary factor influencing the probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC. Additionally, the probability that a loan will fund within the terms of the IRLC is influenced by the source of the application, age of the application, purpose of the loan (purchase or non-purchase) and the application approval rate.

 

139


Table of Contents

We manage the interest rate risk associated with our outstanding IRLCs and LHFS by entering into derivative financial instruments. For exchange-traded contracts, fair value is based on quoted market prices. For non-exchange traded contracts, fair value is based on dealer quotes, pricing models, and discounted cash flow methodologies. Fair value estimates also take into account counterparty credit risk and our own credit standing.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company’s 2009 Incentive Equity Plan, 2012 Incentive Equity Plan, and 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) provide for awards of various classes of Common Units, as described in the Plans. The Company uses the grant-date fair value of equity awards to determine the compensation cost associated with each award. Grant-date fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model adjusted for unique characteristics of the specific awards. Compensation cost for service-based equity awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award such that compensation cost recognized at any date is at least equal to the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. Expense is reduced for actual forfeitures as they occur. The cost of equity-based compensation is recorded to personnel expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of recently issued accounting guidance.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to various risks which can affect our business, results and operations. The primary market risks to which we are exposed include interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and inflation risk.

We manage our interest rate risk and the price risk associated with changes in interest rates pursuant to the terms of an Interest Rate Risk Management Policy which (i) quantifies our interest rate risk exposure, (ii) lists the derivatives eligible for use as Hedging Instruments and (iii) establishes risk and liquidity tolerances.

Interest Rate Risk

Our principal market exposure is to interest rate risk as our business is subject to variability in results of operations due to fluctuations in interest rates. We anticipate that interest rates will remain our primary benchmark for market risk for the foreseeable future. Changes in interest rates affect our assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including LHFS, IRLCs, servicing rights and Hedging Instruments. In a declining interest rate environment, we would expect our results of operations to be positively impacted by higher loan origination volumes and loan margins. However, we would expect our results of operations to be negatively impacted by higher actual and projected loan prepayments related to our loan servicing portfolio and a decrease in the value of our servicing rights. As interest rates decline, our LHFS and IRLCs generally increase in value while our Hedging Instruments utilized to hedge against interest rate risk decrease in value. In a rising interest rate environment, we would expect a negative impact on the results of operations of our production activities and a positive impact on the results of operations of our servicing activities (principally through an increase in the fair value of our servicing rights). As interest rates increase, our LHFS and IRLCs generally decrease in value while our Hedging Instruments typically increase in value. The interaction between the results of operations of our various activities is a core component of our overall interest rate risk strategy. See “—Sensitivity Analysis” for tabular analysis on the impact of changes in interest rates on our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

 

140


Table of Contents

IRLCs represent an agreement to extend credit to a potential customer, whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding. Our LHFS, which are held in inventory awaiting sale into the secondary market, and our IRLCs, are subject to changes in interest rates from the date of the commitment through the sale of the loan into the secondary market. Accordingly, we are exposed to interest rate risk and related price risk during the period from the date of the lock commitment through (i) the lock commitment cancellation or expiration date, or (ii) the date of sale into the secondary mortgage market. Loan commitments generally range between 15 and 60 days; and our average holding period of the loan from funding to sale was 14.4 days during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

We manage the interest rate risk associated with our outstanding IRLCs, LHFS and servicing rights by entering into Hedging Instruments. Management expects these Hedging Instruments will experience changes in fair value opposite to changes in fair value of the IRLCs and LHFS, thereby reducing earnings volatility. We take into account various factors and strategies in determining the portion of IRLCs, LHFS and servicing rights that we want to economically hedge. Our expectation of how many of our IRLCs will ultimately close is a key factor in determining the notional amount of Hedging Instruments used in hedging the position. See “Risk factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our hedging strategies may not be successful in mitigating our risks associated with changes in interest rates.”

Credit Risk

We are subject to credit risk in connection with our loan sale transactions. While our contracts vary, we provide representations and warranties to purchasers and insurers of the mortgage loans sold that typically are in place for the life of the loan. In the event of a breach of these representations and warranties, we may be required to repurchase a mortgage loan or indemnify the purchaser, and any subsequent loss on the mortgage loan may be borne by us. The representations and warranties require adherence to applicable origination and underwriting guidelines (including those of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae), including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

We record a provision for losses relating to such representations and warranties as part of our loan sale transactions. The level of the liability for losses from representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, trends in property values, investor repurchase demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. We evaluate the adequacy of our liability for losses from representations and warranties based on our loss experience and our assessment of incurred losses relating to loans that we have previously sold and which remain outstanding at the balance sheet date. As our portfolio of loans sold subject to representations and warranties grows and as economic fundamentals change, such adjustments can be material. However, we believe that our current estimates adequately approximate the losses incurred on our sold loans subject to such representations and warranties.

Additionally, we are exposed to credit risk associated with our customers from our LHFS as well as credit risks related to our counterparties including our subservicer, Hedging Instrument counterparties and other significant vendors. Our ability to operate profitably is dependent on both our access to capital to finance our assets and our ability to profitably originate, sell and service loans. Our ability to hold loans pending sale and/or securitization depends, in part, on the availability to us of adequate financing lines of credit at suitable interest rates and favorable advance rates.

In general, we manage such risk by selecting only counterparties that we believe to be financially strong, dispersing the risk among multiple counterparties, placing contractual limits on the amount of unsecured credit extended to any single counterparty and entering into netting agreements with the counterparties, as appropriate. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, we incurred no losses due to nonperformance by any of our counterparties.

 

141


Table of Contents

Prepayment Risk

Prepayment risk is affected by interest rates (and their inherent risk) and borrowers’ actions relative to their underlying loans. To the extent that the actual prepayment speed on the loans underlying our servicing rights differs from what we projected when we initially recognized them and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, the carrying value of our investment in servicing rights will be affected. In general, an increase in prepayment expectations will decrease our estimates of the fair value of the servicing right, thereby reducing expected servicing income. We monitor the servicing portfolio to identify potential refinancings and the impact that would have on associated servicing rights.

Inflation Risk

Almost all of our assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Additionally, our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

Sensitivity Analysis

Our total market risk is influenced by various factors including market volatility and the liquidity of capital markets. There are certain limitations inherent in the sensitivity analysis presented, including (i) the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time, (ii) the inability to include or fully anticipate the complex market reactions that normally would arise from the market shifts modeled, (iii) the accuracy of various models and assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates and (iv) the inability to include other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances.

We used September 30, 2020 market rates on our instruments to perform the sensitivity analysis on our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The interest rate sensitivity analysis assumes instantaneous, parallel shifts in interest rate yield curves. These sensitivities are hypothetical and presented for illustrative purposes only. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in fair value may not be linear.

The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 2020, given hypothetical parallel shifts in interest rates:

 

     As of September 30, 2020  

Shift in interest rates

   Down
75 bps
    Down
50 bps
    Down
25 bps
    0     Up
25 bps
    Up
50 bps
    Up
75 bps
 
     ($ in thousands)  

Fair value:

              

IRLCs

   $ 1,179,808     $ 1,081,032     $ 946,879     $ 721,658   $ 557,665     $ 291,205     $ (19,374

LHFS

     4,966,784       4,946,403       4,920,154       4,888,364     4,848,138       4,800,878       4,747,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Servicing rights

     661,105       687,517       732,992       776,993       820,339       858,601       892,543  

Derivative assets and liabilities (excluding IRLCs)

     (336,078 )       (266,591     (175,803     (58,941     112,613       342,372       599,058  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,471,619     $ 6,448,361     $ 6,424,222     $ 6,328,074       6,338,755     $ 6,293,056     $ 6,220,158  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value (%):

              

IRLCs

     63.5     49.8     31.2     —       (22.7 )%      (59.6 )%      (102.7 )% 

LHFS

     1.6       1.2       0.7       —         (0.8     (1.8     (2.9

Servicing rights

     (14.9     (11.5     (5.7     —         5.6       10.5       14.9  

Derivative assets and liabilities (excluding IRLCs)

     (470.2     (352.3     (198.3     —         291.1       680.9       1116.4  

Total

     2.3       1.9       1.5       —         0.2       (0.6     (1.7

 

142


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

loanDepot is a customer-centric, technology-empowered residential mortgage platform with a widely recognized consumer brand. We launched our business in 2010 to disrupt the legacy mortgage industry and make obtaining a mortgage a positive experience for consumers. We have built a leading technology platform, designed around the consumer that has redefined the mortgage process. Our digital-first approach has allowed us to become one of the fastest-growing, at-scale mortgage originators in the U.S. We are the second largest retail-focused non-bank mortgage originator and the fifth largest overall retail originator, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. We originated $79.4 billion of loans for the twelve months ended September 30, 2020 and experienced 116% year-over-year origination volume growth for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Consumer-facing industries continue to be disrupted by technological innovation. The mortgage industry is no different with consumers expecting increased levels of convenience and speed. The residential mortgage market in the U.S. is massive—with approximately $11.0 trillion of mortgages outstanding as of September 30, 2020—and is largely served by legacy mortgage originators, which require consumers to navigate time-consuming and paper-based processes to apply for and obtain mortgage loans. mello®, our proprietary end-to-end technology platform, combined with our differentiated data analytics capabilities and nationally recognized consumer brand, uniquely positions us to capitalize on the ongoing shift towards at-scale, digitally-enabled platforms.

Our innovative culture and contemporary consumer brand represent key differentiators for loanDepot. We have fostered an entrepreneurial mindset and relentlessly deliver an exceptional experience to our customers. Our guiding principle is to delight our customers by exceeding their expectations. This has allowed us to achieve a Net Promoter Score (NPS) of 74 for the period between September 2017 and November 2020. We believe that we are one of only two non-banks with a nationally-recognized consumer brand in the U.S. retail mortgage origination industry. Since the Company’s launch in 2010, we have invested over $1.2 billion in marketing and the promotion of our brand, and we believe there are significant barriers-to-entry in creating a brand comparable to ours.

mello® drives streamlined customer experiences and operational efficiency throughout the entire lifecycle of a mortgage loan, including fully digital capabilities for customer acquisition, application, processing, and servicing. Our front-end interface is intuitive and user-friendly, driving high customer engagement and lower acquisition costs. We have nearly doubled our consumer direct conversion rates year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and our customer acquisition cost declined by 52% to $767 for the three months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,585 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, our customer acquisition cost declined by 33% to $890 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,323 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We define customer acquisition cost as our marketing and advertising expense divided by closings per period. mello® also powers our back-end technology, automating and streamlining numerous functions for our customers, team members and partners. This has allowed us to reduce speed to funding loans by 12% between 2016 and the nine months ended September 30, 2020, thus enhancing the customer experience while driving increased profitability.

mello® Platform

We built mello®, our disruptive, proprietary, and innovative technology platform, from the ground up to function across all aspects of our business, including lead generation, originations, data integration, processing, closing, and servicing. mello® creates a simple and intuitive user interface on the front-end while also integrating data from our vendors and internal data sources, providing our business with optimal efficiency. Through the use of machine learning algorithms, mello® applies intelligent logic-based underwriting parameters to automatically determine and validate loans and reduce cycle times.

 

143


Table of Contents

Differentiated Contact Strategy—Lead Generation and Customer-Specific Matching

Our marketing technology applications are designed to process leads from a variety of sources and intelligently score and route leads at high volumes in real-time. Our models analyze the propensity that a lead will result in a funding dictating the optimal marketing spend to maximize profitability of a lead. Our proprietary systems utilize a rich customer dataset and advanced algorithms to determine the most optimal loan products to offer a customer before making contact, matching the customer with a compatible mortgage professional based on capacity as well as the mortgage professional’s state licenses, product expertise, and other attributes. Our proprietary marketing technology, along with our differentiated strategy, maximizes consumer engagement and provides a significant competitive advantage in converting leads and reducing staff cost.

Streamlined Data Integration & Connectivity

Receiving and efficiently utilizing various forms and sources of data is a key function of mello®. Through it, our proprietary technology is designed to seamlessly integrate with leading technology partners. This allows us to optimize execution with real-time access to customer, credit, interest rate market, property and other data required to price, sell, and underwrite mortgages. We employ automated document and intelligent character recognition technology to transform documents into flexible and functional data attributes. These functions allow us to eliminate processes that would otherwise require time intensive and inefficient tasks from our team members.

Our technology platform is fully integrated with our sales team providing enhanced efficiency for our team while also streamlining our back-end operations and infrastructure. For example, we built our digital validation integration into the front-end applications to provide dynamic pricing based on the loan’s digital profile, and direct the underwriting process accordingly. Adoption of these tools by our team members has been rapid, as 87% of our conforming rate or term refinances and 70% for total funded loans utilized at least one digital validation component for the three months ended September 30, 2020. This result reflects our ability to develop intuitive and interactive user interfaces that accommodate the workflow of our mortgage professionals.

Digital Validation Adoption Rate: % of Funded Loans

 

 

LOGO

Intelligent Loan Underwriting & Funding:

Our centralized and logic-intensive loan underwriting system utilizes machine learning algorithms to drive efficiencies in validating loan attributes to their program guidelines. Our system automatically creates underwriting conditions based on the selected loan program and known borrower circumstances, and interprets verified source data to streamline decision-making. This functionality not only streamlines loans that contain all their required validations, it also allows us to identify issues more quickly and accelerates our ability to communicate with our customers to request additional information. Simultaneously to applying underwriting criteria to applications, our underwriting system also facilitates automated quality and compliance audits.

 

144


Table of Contents

As part of our continuous innovation culture, we are refining our underwriting technology and are able to process loans in a way that is starkly different from the industry standard. Instead of utilizing a linear, homogeneous, department-to-department workflow, our loans take the optimal choice of an unlimited set of possible workflows depending on the successive requirements of the loan. An effective illustration of this variety of underwriting paths is the difference in underwriting cycle timelines experienced by loans with different digitally-validated attributes. Loans with one or more digital validation attributes bypass various stages in the underwriting workflow, resulting in substantially decreased cycle times.

 

Average Cycle Time Reductions - Digital Validation Loans

 

Auto-Validation Category

   Cycle Time Reduction  

Income Only

     3.1 days  

Assets Only

     4.9 days  

Appraisal Waiver Only

     3.6 days  

Income and Assets

     7.5 days  

Appraisal Waiver and Assets

     7.5 days  

Appraisal Waiver and Income

     6.0 days  

Appraisal Waiver, Assets, and Income

     10.7 days  

Advanced Data and Analytics Capabilities:

We are a data driven company. We utilize data from lead acquisition, digital marketing, in-market relationships, and our servicing portfolio to identify and acquire new customers and retain our existing customers. During the last twelve months, we have analyzed, enriched, and optimized more than 9 million customer leads with a deep understanding of each potential customer’s financial profile and needs. We also maintain mello DataMart, an extensive proprietary data warehouse of over 38 million contacts generated over our ten-year history. Our predictive analytics, machine learning and artificial intelligence drive optimized lead performance.

Retail and Partner Strategies

We leverage our brand, technology and data to serve customers across our two interconnected strategies: Retail and Partner. Our Retail strategy focuses on directly reaching consumers through a combination of digital marketing and more than 2,000 digitally-empowered licensed mortgage professionals. In our Partner strategy, we have established deep relationships with mortgage brokers, realtors, joint ventures with home builders, and other referral partners. These partnerships are valuable origination sources with lower customer acquisition costs. Our technology is a key component of the value proposition to these partner relationships, allowing us to integrate directly into our partners’ native systems. We maintain integrated referral relationships with several leading brands, including a partnership with one of the 10 largest U.S. retail banks by total assets. During 2019, our Retail strategy produced 72% of our origination volume, with our Partner strategy representing the remaining 28%.

 

145


Table of Contents

Our digital-first approach across our Retail and Partner strategies leverages the power of mello® to create a streamlined experience for consumers. Our predictive models route leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Based on each consumer’s needs and preferences, leads are directed to in-house or in-market loan officers, team members at our centralized operations locations, or our digital self-service platform. Our in-market loan officers are able to leverage their long-term relationships as well as our proprietary mello® platform and loanDepot brand, driving improved profitability per loan officer.

 

 

LOGO

Retail

Consumer Direct: We launched our first channel, consumer direct, in 2010 and have invested in technology and marketing capabilities to create a highly efficient origination platform. Our consumer direct platform leverages our centralized operations centers and proprietary algorithms to provide customers with a rate quote within seconds. Many of our customers choose to complete the mortgage application process themselves and are able to do so digitally with minimal or no human interaction. While customers are capable of end-to-end application processes completely online, we offer real-time assistance from our sales force when needed. Our consumer direct channel utilizes a proprietary algorithm to match leads with the sales force member best-suited for the customer’s needs and ensures that the sales force member has the appropriate licenses needed to process the application. Regardless of whether a customer prefers to apply themselves or with someone guiding them along the way, our consumer direct channel facilitates a streamlined and user-friendly experience. Mortgages originated through our digital marketing and call center operations tend to be predominantly refinance focused.

In-Market Loan Officers: We launched our in-market loan officer channel through our acquisition of iMortgage in October 2013 and grew the channel through our acquisition of Mortgage Master in January 2015. We originate loans in this channel through our dedicated in-market loan officers across the United States. Through our localized in-market strategy, we have been able to cover 75% of the U.S. population with a nationwide network of nearly 1,400 in-market mortgage professionals. Our loan officers are responsible for sourcing, engaging, and maintaining local customer relationships through real estate agents, builders, and other contacts. Our loan officers thrive within our network as our technology platform also serves as a prioritization and potential lead generation tool for customers in their geographies. Our in-market loan officer network cultivates originations that have allowed us to develop deep, long-term relationships. This network of local mortgage professionals provides a steady stream of purchase originations for our platform and is highly complementary to our consumer direct channel, enabling us to satisfy customers both digitally, through our call center, or via in-person interactions.

Partner

Joint Ventures: We have established joint ventures with several industry partners, including national home builders and affinity partners. Our joint venture relationships serve to lower acquisitions costs compared to the

 

146


Table of Contents

consumer direct channel and yield an attractive margin to the business. Our relationship with home builders in this channel helps to deliver a high percentage of purchase originations to our platform.

Integrated Referral Partners: Through integrated referral partners, we are able to source originations directly through our partner’s existing customer interactions and user interface. These integrated referral sources allow us to expand our reach and provide our services to our partners’ large customer bases. We maintain integrated referral relationships with several leading brands, including a partnership with one of the 10 largest U.S. retail banks by total assets.

Wholesale: After proving the value of our differentiated model in Retail strategy, we expanded our services to an independent broker network. Our wholesale network utilizes the same infrastructure and technology that powers our Retail strategy to provide the same customer-centric approach to our independent broker’s customers. These broker partners leverage our platform to market products and assist customers throughout the loan application process. The wholesale channel operates as a business-to-business model providing industry-leading fulfillment services and trusts in our high quality of customer service. Applications submitted on behalf of a broker are uploaded to our underwriting system and processed with the same unrivaled efficiency that helped us gain an industry-leading net promoter score.

Products

We have a broad loan product suite including conventional agency-conforming loans, conventional prime jumbo loans, FHA & VA loans, and home equity loans.

 

  i)

Conventional Agency-Conforming loans: our conventional Agency-conforming loans meet the general underwriting guidelines established by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and may be modified through special arrangements we have with both GSEs.

 

  ii)

Conventional prime jumbo loans: comprised of our proprietary “Jumbo Advantage” product, and other white label products, these loans generally conform to the underwriting guidelines of the GSEs but exceed the maximum loan size allowed for single unit properties.

 

  iii)

FHA & VA loans: FHA loans are federal assistance residential mortgage loans that insure the lender against default on the loan. VA loans are federal assistance residential mortgage loans for eligible U.S. veterans and their surviving spouses that are guaranteed against default by the U.S. government.

 

  iv)

Home equity loans: we originate certain home equity loans that are designed to provide homeowners access to efficient capital by accessing the equity that borrowers have accumulated in their homes.

Ancillary Business

Settlement Services. LD Settlement Services, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Issuer, is our captive title and escrow business, which we acquired in 2016. Title insurance is one of the most significant pieces of a real estate transaction, with vast potential to be digitized and better integrated with our lending operation.

Real Estate Services. mello Home Services, LLC is our captive real estate referral business started in 2018. A large portion of our purchase-oriented customer leads have not yet selected a realtor, thus affording us the opportunity to provide a more integrated customer service between the two key home-buying functions, as well as capture ancillary revenue in a RESPA-compliant manner.

Insurance Services. melloInsurance Services, LLC is captive insurance broker formed in 2019 to sell homeowners and other consumer insurance policies to LD customers. Our purchase mortgage customers typically do not have a homeowners insurance quote when they apply for a loan with us, presenting the opportunity to offer the product with high capture rates. We launched melloInsurance Services in the third quarter of 2020.

 

147


Table of Contents

Marketing Strategy

Our national brand along with our expertise in digital marketing, big data and marketing analytics, not only drives new customer acquisition, but also maximizes retention and customer lifetime value. We leverage these capabilities to “recapture” existing customers for subsequent refinance and purchase transactions. Our recapture rates are among the highest in the industry—for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, our organic refinance consumer direct recapture rate was 61%—highlighting the efficacy of our marketing efforts and the strength of our customer relationships. This compares to an industry average refinance recapture rate of only 18% for the three months ended September 30, 2020 according to Black Knight Mortgage Monitor. In addition, we achieved an overall organic recapture rate of 47% for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Our recapture originations have lower customer acquisition costs than originations to new customers, positively impacting our profit margins.

We engage in multiple targeted direct marketing strategies among our Retail and Partner strategies enhancing our customer acquisition effectiveness. We utilize online lead aggregators to acquire quality customer leads in bulk at attractive prices. Our organic digital marketing approach employ various digital strategies such as SEO, pay-per-click, banner advertising and organic content to generate organic online leads. We employ targeted direct marketing strategies including direct mailing to broaden our reach of consumers. In situations where we have an existing customer relationship, we use data-driven marketing campaigns to generate new business from customers in our servicing portfolio. We are also able to leverage our mortgage professionals’ and partners’ existing and newly-developed relationships with customers and referral partners to generate origination volume.

Servicing

Prior to 2012, we sold substantially all the MSRs associated with our residential mortgage loan products. In 2012, we began to retain a portion of this servicing in order to complement our origination business. Servicing consists of collecting loan payments, remitting principal and interest payments to investors, managing escrow funds for the payment of mortgage-related expenses, such as taxes and insurance, performing loss mitigation activities on behalf of investors and otherwise administering our mortgage loan servicing portfolio in compliance with state and federal regulations.

Since beginning to retain substantial balances of MSRs in 2012, our retention strategy has changed based on market conditions and internal financial policy. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we retained servicing rights on 47% and 73% of mortgages sold, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 we have retained servicing rights on 86% of loans sold. We service loans on behalf of investors or owners of the underlying mortgages, and because we do not generally hold loans for investment purposes, our loss exposure is limited to investor guidelines regarding the servicing of delinquent loans.

As of September 30, 2020, we serviced $77.2 billion in UPB of residential mortgage loans for more than 272,000 of our customers. As of September 30, 2020, our $77.2 billion in servicing UPB was comprised of 36% government, 63% agency and 1% other 81% of our owned MSR portfolio was associated with FICO scores above 680.

We currently engage third parties as sub-servicers, which allows us to generate revenue in an operationally efficient manner while fulfilling our primary objective of maintaining ongoing relationships with our customers, and was advantageous in terms of managing start-up costs associated with the segment. We are currently developing a proprietary mortgage servicing platform and we intend to transition all of our servicing to our own proprietary platform.

In addition to fees we earn from servicing the loans, we also derive value from the ability to “recapture” the subsequent refinance or purchase mortgage business of borrowers in the servicing portfolio. The value of the recapture business is comprised of both the gain on sale revenue from the new origination, which is also achieved with significantly reduced marketing expenses compared to a non-recapture unit, as well as the avoidance of the reduction in the balance of the servicing portfolio that would otherwise occur.

 

148


Table of Contents

Risk Management

Our experienced, cycle-proven management team understands the importance of risk management to ensure business continuity over time, employing a rigid and technically-derived set of principles and policies to guide their decision making and strategy with respect to the company’s financial affairs. Our risk management objectives include maintaining adequate capital to satisfy regulatory and agency requirements, holding adequate liquidity to fund our business through both normal and stressed environments, mitigating credit risk exposure, and managing towards attractive long-term risk-adjusted returns on capital.

As part of our risk management practices, we proactively hedge the interest rate risk on our MSR portfolio and have averaged greater than 91% effectiveness since 2018. Derivatives instruments utilized by the Company primarily include AOT, TBA MBS, and out-of-the-money put options on 10-year treasury futures to hedge interest rate risk.

MSR Valuation Changes and Offsetting Hedge

 

 

LOGO

Our dedicated capital markets team has significant experience with residential mortgage loan products. Consisting of over 200 team members as of September 30, 2020, the team actively manages the pooling and sale of loans into the secondary market as well as hedging of the company’s whole-loans, origination pipeline and MSRs. Since our inception, we have experienced a very low repurchase rate and have maintained a strong reputation with the agencies and other loan investors. We have generated a consistently strong gain on sale on originated loans, which we believe is attributable to the high-quality loans generated from our loan origination process and business model, combined with our experienced management and capital markets teams. Our comprehensive pipeline hedging strategy, combined with our secondary marketing expertise, facilitates these consistently strong gain on sale margins over a wide range of interest rate environments.

Liquidity is very important to the overall success of our business and is primarily managed by our treasury and capital markets teams. We have historically maintained liquidity levels that are designed to allow us to fund our loan origination business, manage our day-to-day operations and protect us against foreseeable market risks. Our sources of liquidity include loan funding warehouse facilities, MSR facilities, off-balance sheet gestation facilities, as well as cash on hand. As of September 30, 2020, we had $637.5 million of cash and cash

 

149


Table of Contents

equivalents, along with $5.5 billion of loan funding capacity across 13 credit facilities, of which $4.6 billion was outstanding. Of our $5.5 billion loan funding capacity, 15% of our facilities have original maturity dates of two years or longer, which reduces the risk of refinancing. As of September 30, 2020, our warehouse line available balance was $879 million, providing for significant liquidity.

Opportunities for Growth and Our Financial Advantage

We have significantly increased our originations market share from 1.0% in 2014 to 2.6% for the first nine months of 2020, and our strong consumer brand and proprietary technology platform have positioned us to continue gaining additional share. Our Retail and Partner strategies have led to a balanced mix of purchase and refinance mortgages, with purchase originations representing 41% of total originations in 2019. We have a well-defined plan to accelerate this growth by expanding upon our technological and brand advantages, growing our market share in both purchase and refinance markets, and further increasing customer retention and lifetime value. Secular demographic and housing market tailwinds provide further support for our competitive advantages.

Our platform and technology create a significant financial advantage. Our brand effectiveness and marketing capabilities optimize our customer acquisition costs, and our automation reduces unnecessary expenses throughout the origination process. We are able to scale quickly and efficiently which allows us to grow both transaction volume and profitability. During the COVID-19 pandemic, our technology platform and culture enabled us to hire, train and onboard over 3,500 new team members remotely. Our growth and profitability during the last nine months is further evidence of the scalability of our platform and validates the investments we have made in our brand and our technology. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated $63.4 billion in originations (116% year-over-year growth), $3.0 billion in revenue (227% year-over-year growth), $1,465.9 million in net income and $1,085.9 million in adjusted net income, making us one of the fastest-growing and most profitable companies in our industry.

Market Opportunity

Largest consumer asset class in the United States

According to the Federal Reserve, residential mortgages represent the largest segment of the broader U.S. consumer finance market. One-to-four family residential mortgage origination volume is expected to be $2.7 trillion in 2021 according to Fannie Mae. According to the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”), there was approximately $11.0 trillion of residential mortgage debt outstanding in the U.S. as of September 30, 2020, which is forecasted to increase to $12.2 trillion by the end of 2022 according to the MBA. The chart below presents the total U.S. one-to-four family residential mortgage originations and forecasts for the periods indicated.

One-to-Four Family Mortgage Originations

($ in trillions)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Historicals per MBA. Mortgage Forecast per Fannie Mae as of November 2020.

 

150


Table of Contents

Technology-enabled disruptors continue to capture market share in an industry that remains highly fragmented

Technology-enabled disruptors continue to gain share in the highly fragmented residential mortgage origination market. We more than doubled our market share since 2014 while other technology-enabled non-banks have also grown share as consumers increasingly prefer technology-driven mortgage solutions. Independent technology-enabled disruptors, by better serving the needs of consumers as compared with legacy providers, are well positioned to capitalize on the broader shift in the mortgage market from banks to non-banks—from 2008 through the nine months ended September 30, 2020, non-banks increased their share of the top 50 mortgage originators from 22% to 69% according to Inside Mortgage Finance. The mortgage origination market remains highly fragmented with the top five originators representing only 26% of total originators in the nine months ended September 30, 2020 according to Inside Mortgage Finance. This fragmentation leaves a significant opportunity for market participants with scaled consumer brands and disruptive technology to continue to consolidate share.

High barriers of entry for building a scaled and innovative contemporary mortgage company

The barriers to building a technology-driven, contemporary mortgage company with a nationally-recognized brand are significant. In order to reach a 2.6% market share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we have invested over $1.2 billion over the course of more than 10 years in marketing and promotion of our brand. Our significant focus on brand has let to the strong growth in our cumulative marketing and promotion investment, which was $24 million by 2011. We have accumulated more than 10 years of proprietary data on consumer behavior that we use to optimize our marketing efforts and the customer experience. We have assembled a management team with a unique combination of skillsets that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. These skillsets include a deep understanding of the mortgage industry, technology development, digital marketing, and data capture and analytics. Our scale and widely recognized brand leads to a virtuous cycle of growth, increased data, and further investments in our brand and technology platform.

The challenging nature of building a technology-enabled residential mortgage platform that provides exceptional customer experiences is evidenced by the large differential between the NPS scores of technology-focused disruptors compared to the rest of our industry. We believe we are one of only two contemporary, non-bank retail mortgage originators operating at scale in the United States. Both we and our largest competitor have net promoter scores that exceed 70. Increasing consumer demands for higher quality experiences creates a significant opportunity for contemporary mortgage brands to continue gaining market share.

Numerous secular tailwinds supporting continued market growth

Historically low 30-year fixed mortgage rates are continuing to drive strong demand for both purchase and refinance mortgages. The Federal Reserve forecasts that the federal funds rate will remain below 0.25% through 2022. At current market rates, over 95% of existing mortgages are “in-the-money” (meaning borrowers are able to benefit from refinancing their mortgage), representing total industry refinance opportunity of over $10 trillion based on management estimates. These factors have led Fannie Mae to forecast $1.1 trillion in mortgage refinance origination volume in 2021.

Additionally, housing market growth has been supported by the growth of the millennial demographic. Millennials now represent 73% of first time home buyers according to the National Association of Realtors. This demographic shift has helped drive a steady growth in purchase originations over time, increasing every year since 2011.

 

151


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

Innovative Workplace and Customer-Centric Culture

Since our founding in 2010, we have fostered a culture focused on continuous innovation and customer-centricity. Our innovation-oriented culture has driven us to transform and simplify the mortgage process, while leveraging our vast data capabilities to provide a superior customer experience. Our approach has resulted in our industry-leading platform that is disrupting the mortgage industry by combining cutting-edge proprietary technology, mortgage industry expertise, marketing capabilities, and data analytics in a way that is fundamentally different from legacy mortgage providers.

Our commitment to customer service permeates our entire organization and is a central component in team member training and mentorship across the company. We utilize an innovative approach to provide daily customer feedback to our team members. We provide our team members dashboards that push daily customer feedback to ensure continued improvement in the experience for our consumers. Our founder, Chairman, and CEO, Anthony Hsieh, also fosters an open door environment and hosts intimate CEO Connect forums, during which team members have a dialogue around innovation and customer experiences. We treat recruiting, onboarding, training and retaining team members as one of our “primary business lines,” to identify, mentor, and promote the best talent.

Our relentless focus on and success in delivering exceptional customer experiences is evidenced by our NPS score of 74 for the period between September 2017 and November 2020. As further evidence of this commitment, our initial inbound customer contact answer time is generally answered in as little as one second. These metrics demonstrate our commitment to putting our customers’ needs first.

Well-recognized Brand and Data-Driven Marketing Capabilities

Since our founding in 2010, we have invested over $1.2 billion in marketing and the promotion of a leading, contemporary consumer brand—we believe we have the second most recognized consumer brand among non-bank mortgage originators, with more brand momentum than any other company. We have a multi-faceted marketing strategy, which includes both lead aggregation and a vast media presence. Our media strategy includes traditional elements including television, display advertisement, and published media as well as a significant social media presence and other contemporary approaches. We have proven our ability to build a strong brand based on the quality of our business and our commitment to excellent customer service. We believe that this approach to brand-building allows us to amplify our brand through both traditional elements in addition to our wide following on social media, published media coverage, and earned media mentions.

Recently, we introduced national television campaigns that feature our passionate team members and showcase our customer-centric culture. Our “Home Means Everything” television campaign was launched on May 4, 2020 and generated more than 3.5 billion impressions through October 31, 2020. This has helped drive our continued growth in national brand awareness among consumers. We also had approximately 1.5 million visits to loandepot.com in the month of October 2020. Our nationally recognized loanDepot brand has increased our ability to generate customer leads and has helped us become the second largest retail-focused non-bank mortgage originator with a 2.6% market share for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. We believe that our focus on providing a superior consumer experience is the best way for us to continue building our brand and extend the lifetime value for our customers.

The loanDepot brand is supported by our innovative, data science-based approach to marketing and customer acquisition, powered by our proprietary technology. We analyzed, enriched, and optimized more than 9 million new customer leads during the last twelve months ended September 30, 2020, and have compiled a database of more than 38 million customer leads since our inception. Our innovative platform is highly scalable and we leverage our machine learning and predictive analytics capabilities to match the customer with the right

 

152


Table of Contents

loan officer, the right product, at the right time. We efficiently route leads to in-house and in-market loan officers based on a variety of factors, including readiness to purchase, geographic and behavioral data, as well as product fit. We are highly effective in engaging customers by phone, email, and text messaging. We interact and build relationships with our customers through our multi-channel social media presence. Our marketing approach leads to higher customer satisfaction, while lowering customer acquisition costs, which averaged $767 per loan for the three months ended September 30, 2020, representing a 52% decrease from $1,585 in 2017. Additionally, our customer acquisition cost declined by 33% to $890 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from $1,323 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Our focus on brand loyalty, extensive data resources and analytics, and proactive marketing capabilities allow us to continue enhancing the customer experience beyond the initial loan origination. Our organic refinance consumer direct recapture rate of 61% for the first nine months of 2020, which measures our ability to “recapture” subsequent refinance mortgage business of borrowers from our servicing portfolio, is more than three times the industry average of 18% and highlights the efficacy of our marketing and data analytics efforts and the strength of our customer relationships. Additionally, our brand and marketing efforts represent significant value for our in-market loan officers, who also receive centrally-sourced leads from our servicing portfolio and direct marketing efforts, and thus do not have to rely solely on personal relationships, as is the case with legacy originators who are exclusively in-market focused.

End-to-End Proprietary Technology Drives Growth, Efficiencies and a Differentiated Customer Experience

Our fully-integrated, proprietary mello® technology platform has been developed over the last 10-plus years as a purpose-built, next-generation platform to streamline the entire mortgage lifecycle by providing a seamless and efficient experience for our customers, team members and partners. We have spent over $400.0 million on our technology since inception and currently have a dedicated team of over 300 technology professionals focused on continuously improving our platform. mello® enables us to deliver superior results through optimized lead generation and analytics, our best-in-class front-end interface, efficient loan fulfillment and enhanced customer lifecycle engagement.

Analyze, Enrich and Optimize Leads: Our machine-learning-based models and analytics drive lead generation and optimization. We have generated 43 million enriched leads with data from at least one enrichment vendor. We have a massively scalable lead generation and ingestion engine with billions of data enrichment points. Our platform is able to utilize 9.9 billion data enrichment points in a matter of milliseconds. Our machine learning programs utilize sophisticated algorithms to drive dynamic marketing campaigns and optimize our ability to reach prospective high value consumers, resulting in an average cost per loan associated with our mortgage variable expenses of $3,582, representing a 8% decrease from $3,909 in 2017 to the three months ended September 30, 2020. We are able to route our approximately 23,000 leads per day to the ideal loan officers holding the applicable license who can respond within seconds. Our ability to use analytically-driven routing to match customers and loan officers is unparalleled in the industry and has led to our consumer direct conversion rates nearly doubling year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Our average monthly closings per licensed loan officer increased 89% to 10.7 for the three months ended September 30, 2020 from 5.7 for the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, average monthly closings per licensed loan officer increased 66% to 8.8 for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 from 5.3 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Front-end Consumer Experience: We have created a customized front-end experience to offer an efficient and user-friendly interface across mobile, web, and person-to-person interactions, enabling us to deliver industry-leading customer service to every borrower, regardless of channel and customer preferences and needs. No matter the level of our consumer’s technological background, we are able to deliver a best-in-class customer experience through the breadth of our user interface platform. Our loan officers are constantly engaging with customers. We have made more than 1 billion total customer calls since inception, and average more than 375,000 unique calls per day.

 

153


Table of Contents

Loan Fulfillment and Execution: Our end-to-end loan execution solutions are designed to deliver efficiencies across our organization, reducing the time to close a loan, lowering fulfillment costs, and driving a superior customer experience. With mello®, completing a mortgage process has never been simpler. Our data-first approach is focused on automatically collecting key inputs and data in lieu of requiring additional documents. We have automated condition population and condition clearance approaches that drive increased efficiency. Our nearly fully paperless underwriting process and data-first integration with third-party data providers has increased our data integrity for every loan. Paired with our proprietary artificial intelligence software, we are able to engage in over 5,000 discrete intelligent actions on every loan file. We have automated task-triggers based on the consumer data provided delivering increased visibility to our consumers.

Customer Lifecycle Engagement: Our proprietary marketing technology, along with our differentiated strategy, maximizes consumer engagement throughout the customer life cycle. Our predictive models route leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Through automated notifications, streamlined processes, and numerous communication mediums, our customers experience a revolutionary mortgage experience that saves time, is transparent, and is optimized to exceed their rising expectations. Our technology triggers real-time prompts for specific client interactions and engagement based on individual user behavior. We utilize machine learning-based predictive modeling to target borrowers who qualify for loan modifications and refinancing transactions, offer complementary home services to customers, improve our product fit and pricing engine, and expedite loan processing.

Retail and Partner Strategies Powered by Single Proprietary Technology Platform Leading to Best-in-Class Efficiency

Our digital-first approach across our Retail and Partner strategies is powered by our single proprietary technology platform, mello®. In our Retail strategy, mello® routes leads to the right loan officer at the right time to optimize the consumer’s experience and best serve their needs. Based on each consumer’s needs and preferences, leads are directed to in-market loan officers or team members at our centralized operations. For our Partner strategy, mello® provides seamless technology experience and fulfillment services to brokers and joint venture partners. Our single proprietary technology has led to superior user experiences and higher efficiencies for our platform.

We believe our ability to leverage our mello® technology platform will allow us to grow share through our Retail and Partner strategies that will continue to generate enhanced returns and allow us to further invest in our brand, marketing and technology, creating a virtuous cycle that will allow us to consistently deliver above market growth and attractive returns to our shareholders.

Experienced, Founder-Led Management Team with Industry-Leading Skillsets

Anthony Hsieh, our founder, Chairman and CEO, is recognized as continuously disrupting the existing mortgage and lending model and driving the evolution of the industry as a whole. A self-made entrepreneur, Hsieh founded loanDepot in 2010 with a commitment to responsible lending and a goal of exceeding customer expectations. This timing was courageous, as many lenders left the industry following the 2008 economic crisis.

Prior to founding loanDepot, Hsieh successfully established two other innovative mortgage companies. In 2002, he established HomeLoanCenter.com, the first online lender to offer a full spectrum of home loan products in all 50 states. HomeLoanCenter.com featured live interest rate quotes and loan offerings that were tailored to borrower needs and credit profiles. Hsieh continued to lead the business for three years after merging with IAC/Interactive subsidiary LendingTree in 2004. In 1989, Hsieh acquired a mortgage brokerage company which he transformed into LoansDirect.com, taking advantage of the upswell of activity surrounding the debut of internet-based commerce. The company remained one of the most profitable and successful mortgage lenders through the 1990s, and was acquired by E*TRADE Financial in 2001.

Hsieh’s vision and leadership is well-recognized. He was named Asian Real Estate Association of America Person of the Year in 2017 and the 2018 Executive of the Year by LendIt Fintech. In addition, Hsieh has been an

 

154


Table of Contents

important national voice for the lending industry, having appeared on Fox News, CNBC and Bloomberg TV, among other national outlets.

At loanDepot, we have assembled a senior management team with an outstanding vision, passion for innovation, focus on the customer, and mortgage industry expertise. The loanDepot executive team has on average more than 25 years of industry experience; many of these individuals, as well as other members of the broader team, have worked with Hsieh for years, and notably, were side by side with him at the advent of the digital mortgage, giving the overall team a unique and decisive advantage in today’s marketplace.

The loanDepot team is deep and diverse, with unparalleled experience in building and running successful technology-empowered consumer-driven businesses. They also possess exceptional expertise across a variety of disciplines, including technology platform development, customer acquisition and marketing, data analytics, brand building, mortgage originations, and capital markets. This team, led by Hsieh, has a proven track record of building and managing best-in-class businesses.

High-Growth, Profitable Financial Profile

We believe our brand, platform and technology create a significant financial advantage. Our brand effectiveness and marketing capabilities optimize our customer acquisition investments and our automation reduces unnecessary costs across the origination process. We can scale quickly and efficiently which allows us to grow both transaction volume and profitability.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we generated $3.0 billion in adjusted revenue and $1,085.9 million in adjusted net income. We have grown originations from $29.3 billion in the first nine months of 2019 to $63.4 billion in the first nine months of 2020, representing 116% growth—the fourth highest growth rate over this period among the top 15 mortgage lenders, according to Inside Mortgage Finance. We have organically grown our high-quality servicing portfolio from $30.6 billion at September 30, 2019 to $77.2 billion at September 30, 2020, representing 153% growth—the third highest growth rate over the period among the top 50 mortgage servicers, according to Inside Mortgage Finance.

Our Strategies for Growth

We have demonstrated our ability to grow our business and market share, having grown from a de novo start-up in 2010 to the second largest non-bank retail originator in the U.S. with a 2.6% share of a $11.0 trillion mortgage market as of September 30, 2020. We believe that we are well positioned to continue our market share growth through both our Retail strategy, where we have invested in our team members and technology to enable rapid scaling, and our Partner strategy, where independent brokers, in addition to joint venture and integrated referral partners, increasingly choose to work with us based on our reputation for excellent customer service and seamless user experiences. Our growth has accelerated in recent quarters as our long-term investments in brand marketing and innovative technology have helped us achieve industry-leading growth and profitability.

 

155


Table of Contents

One-to-Four Family Mortgage Originations

($ in trillions)

 

 

LOGO

Source: Market share per MBA volumes.

We believe that continuing to make these investments will allow us to grow market share, increase customer retention and deliver enhanced returns that will ultimately enable a virtuous cycle of further investment and returns. We intend to grow by executing on the following key strategies:

Expand Upon Our Already Significant Top-of-Funnel Reach

Our continued investments in building a significant top-of-funnel reach supported by advanced data analytics will allow us to grow market share in any economic environment. Our platform attracts customers through a variety of means including: digital leads, affiliate relationships, brand recognition, social media engagement, local in-market relationships, and existing customer retention.

Our technology and data analytics have allowed us to cultivate an increasing number of leads with higher lead conversion over time. We have analyzed, enriched and optimized more than nine million leads during the last twelve months ended September 30, 2020, a 14% increase since 2017. Our mello® technology takes in these leads and ingests billions of data enrichment points resulting in better data segmentation and lead routing becoming a more efficient customer acquisition tool. Our conversion rates in consumer direct have nearly doubled year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

We are able to increase our reach through joint venture and integrated referral partners, including one of the ten largest U.S. retail banks, that provide exclusive leads to our origination platform. Our partners are valuable sources of high-quality customers and our technology enables us to source customers directly from within a partner’s customer portal, amongst other highly integrated functionality. We are able to effectively leverage the traffic provided from these relationships to broaden our reach and expand upon our brand.

 

156


Table of Contents

Client Leads by Year (in millions)

 

 

LOGO

Continue to Grow our Brand Leveraging Our Marketing Capabilities

We believe the loanDepot brand is one of only two nationally-scaled non-bank mortgage brands in the U.S., representing a distinguished and long-lasting advantage over other market participants.

We plan to continue to enhance our brand through investments in digital marketing, our social media presence and traditional media advertising, as well as continued development of our data science capabilities. Our “Home Means Everything” television marketing campaign represents a significant opportunity to build upon our strong momentum, reach a large potential customer base, and continue to increase our brand awareness. The campaign continues to run nationwide and we believe we will generate more than 5 billion impressions in the fourth quarter.

We intend to continue to actively manage our social media presence and loanDepot.com website traffic, which have historically generated high levels of consumer engagement. From May to October of 2020, we increased our daily number of website users by 41% with approximately 1.5 million website visits in October 2020. We believe our social media engagement is industry-leading. The number of loanDepot.com average daily sessions have increased 69% year-over-year for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and from March 20 to September 20 of 2020 our average social media follower growth was 11.7% across platforms.

Expand Upon our Data Analytics Advantage

We have invested in building out a leading technology platform that leverages data science, artificial intelligence and machine learning. We will continue to invest significantly in these capabilities to further enhance the customer experience throughout the lifecycle of a loan, reduce the costs of acquiring customers and processing new loans and increase customer retention.

Machine learning and AI processes work best with large amounts of data, and large amounts of data are incomprehensible without the power harvested through machine learning and AI. Our proprietary data warehouse, mello DataMart, presents a unique and growing advantage boosted by our over 38 million unique individuals and nearly 100 million consumer interactions captured. Through these data points, we are able to refine our lead generation capabilities, which allow us to route approximately 90% of our leads within 5 seconds to optimize execution.

melloMarket360 is a market intelligence platform that we have developed to provide loan officers with up-to-date information on real estate activity in their area and market intelligence on competing loan officer productivity. melloMarket360 leverages real estate mortgage data and analytics across realtors, builders and originators in local communities, allowing loan officers to research every aspect of their market and tailor their

 

157


Table of Contents

sales and marketing approach to match consumer demand. Our melloMarket360 technology helps loan officers prepare for meetings with realtors, add value to existing realtor relationships, and develop new relationships with builders. In addition to enhancing productivity of our existing loan officers, melloMarket360 has become a powerful recruitment tool for loanDepot to attract talented new loan officers who can leverage our resources to significantly increase their productivity. Over time, loanDepot’s reservoir of data will continue to expand, and the melloMarket360 platform will become even more powerful and easier to use.

melloClear, our proprietary underwriting engine, helps decrease our labor capacity utilization by approximately 55%. We believe that our underwriting capabilities will continuously improve as we increase data integrations with technology partners and agencies to automate inputs, such as income, employment, and asset verification, and enhance processing speeds. Through continued investment and innovation, we are well positioned to attract new customers, recruit top loan officers to our platform, and increase the efficiency in which we meet all users’ needs.

Leverage our Local Presence to Profitably Take Share in Varying Market Environments

We offer our customers the opportunity to interact with both our digital-first online resources and our in-market, relationship-based loan officers. Our network of in-market loan officers has helped us build a strong presence in the purchase market, which accounted for 41% of our total originations in 2019. Homebuyers—even younger generations—overwhelmingly prefer the high-touch, personalized service provided by local mortgage professionals. According to a 2019 Ellie Mae study, 79% of millennial and 78% of generation X consumers reported meeting with their lender in person “often” or “sometimes”. Our partnerships with builders, realtors and other companies close to the home-buying decision also serve as a consistent source of purchase volume.

 

 

Steady Purchase Volume Growth

 

LOGO

Increase Customer Retention and Lifetime Value

We expect to drive higher customer retention and lifetime value by leveraging our technology-driven marketing capabilities, data and customer service to attract repeat customers for refinance transactions and loanDepot’s ancillary homeowner services, which include settlement services, real estate broker services, and insurance services.

Our expertise in marketing, predictive analytics, and continuous customer engagement enable us to proactively identify our customers who may benefit from a refinance transaction. Our ability to market effectively to our existing customers is further supported by our growing servicing portfolio. In 2012, we made the strategic decision to begin retaining the servicing on a portion of our loan originations, and our servicing portfolio reached $77.2 billion in unpaid principal balance (“UPB”), representing over 272,000 customers, as of September 30, 2020. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we retained servicing on 86% of loans sold.

 

158


Table of Contents

Industry-Leading Recapture Rates

 

LOGO

Owning the customer relationship across the mortgage lifecycle, including originations, servicing, and ancillary products, strengthens our customer relationships and provides us with better data to market new products and services to our existing customers. We have one of the highest organic refinance consumer direct recapture rates in our industry at 61% in our consumer direct for the nine months ended September 30, 2020, as compared to the industry-average of 18% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. As a natural evolution of our strategy, we intend to move our servicing operations from a sub-servicer relationship to our in-house servicing platform, further strengthening customer relationships and further increasing recapture rates. We believe that we will continue to deliver strong customer retention and generate attractive lifetime values by providing services across the homeowner ecosystem and throughout the lifecycle of a mortgage loan.

 

LOGO

Our Infrastructure

Compliance

We operate within a complex area of the financial services industry, and our business requires a significant compliance and regulatory infrastructure. Since launching our business in 2010, we have developed an operating platform designed to meet the needs of today’s compliance and regulatory environment. We leverage our proprietary technology and automated systems which are designed to ensure that all processes operate in a compliant manner. We believe our use of innovative, purpose-built technology helps reduce errors and ensures standardized compliant processes.

We employ an in-house team of lawyers and other professionals dedicated to legal, regulatory and compliance related matters. Our compliance functions sit independently of our production operations from a reporting perspective, which allows for autonomy. However, our compliance department also works alongside the production areas of our organization on a day-to-day basis, which enables our compliance function and

 

159


Table of Contents

business units to collaborate and work more efficiently. We regularly and proactively engage with our regulators to stay ahead of regulatory trends. In addition, we utilize third-party verification and internal audit procedures to ensure compliance on fundamental issues. We view our infrastructure and culture of compliance to be a competitive advantage, as it enables us to leverage our platform and rapidly scale our business while minimizing, as much as possible, compliance risk.

Joint Ventures

In conjunction with our various joint ventures, we entered into various agreements to provide services to the joint ventures for which they receive and pay fees. Services for which we earn fees comprise loan processing and administrative services (legal, accounting, human resources, data processing and management information, assignment processing, post-closing, underwriting, facilities management, quality control, management consulting, risk management, promotions, public relations, advertising and compliance with credit agreements). We also originate eligible mortgage loans referred to us by the joint ventures for which LDLLC pays the joint ventures a broker fee.

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
     Year ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)    2020      2019      2018      2017  

Loan processing and administrative services fee income

   $ 10,017      $ 9,909      $ 7,464      $ 6,350  

Loan origination broker fees expense

     55,323        75,420        75,060        66,466  

Receivables from joint ventures

   $ 1,571      $ 3,582      $ 1,439      $ 1,243  

Competition

As a technology-enabled platform that provides multiple mortgage loan and real estate services products, we compete with other lenders and market participants across a variety of industry segments, including banks and other “originate-to-hold” lenders, non-bank lenders, and other financial institutions, as well as traditional and technology-oriented platforms across the broader real estate and mortgage industry.

We believe that the principal factors that generally determine competitive advantage within our market include:

 

   

ease and quickness of the loan application, underwriting and approval processes;

 

   

overall customer experience, including transparency throughout each step of the transaction;

 

   

brand recognition and trust;

 

   

product selection; and

 

   

effectiveness of customer acquisition.

We believe we compete favorably on the basis of our proprietary technology, diversified customer acquisition model and origination channels, scale, brand and broad suite of products.

Supervision and Regulation

We describe below the material elements of the regulatory and supervisory framework applicable to us. Statutes, regulations and policies that affect mortgage lending and servicing are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies, and a change in them, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material effect on our business. The regulatory and supervisory framework applicable to originators, lenders and facilitators in the mortgage loan markets is generally intended to protect consumers and not investors in such companies.

 

160


Table of Contents

Supervision and Enforcement

Because we are not a depository institution, we generally do not benefit from federal preemption of state mortgage lending, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. Accordingly, we must comply with state licensing requirements in all of the states in which we conduct business. We are licensed as a loan originator in all 50 states and the District of Columbia and also are licensed as a loan servicer and loan broker in a number of states and jurisdictions in which such licenses are required. We are also subject to an extensive framework of state laws in the jurisdictions in which we do business, and to periodic audits and examinations conducted by the state regulators to ensure compliance with those laws. From time to time, we receive requests from state regulators and other agencies for records, documents and information regarding our policies, procedures and practices related to our loan origination, loan facilitation, loan servicing and debt collection operations. State attorneys general, state licensing regulators, and state and local consumer protection offices have authority to investigate consumer complaints and to commence investigations and other formal and informal proceedings regarding our operations and activities.

We are also subject to supervision and enforcement activity by federal government entities. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB was established in 2011 to ensure, among other things, that consumers receive clear and accurate disclosures regarding financial products and to protect consumers from hidden fees and unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices. The CFPB has broad supervisory and enforcement powers with regard to nonbanking companies, such as us, that engage in the origination and servicing of mortgage loans. As an approved originator and servicer of loans that are guaranteed by FHA and VA and loans that are sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, our operations also may be reviewed by these, and other, entities with whom we do business. We are also subject to oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, HUD and FHFA.

Federal, State and Local Regulation

Our business is highly regulated. Regulatory and legal requirements are subject to change and may become more restrictive, making our compliance more complex or expensive or otherwise restricting our ability to conduct our business as it is now conducted. Changes in these regulatory and legal requirements, including changes in their enforcement, could materially and adversely affect our business and our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. We are subject to extensive federal laws and regulations as well as to numerous state-specific laws and regulations. We are also subject to judicial and administrative decisions that impose requirements and restrictions on our business.

The U.S. federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations to which we are subject, among other things:

 

   

limit certain practices related to loan officer compensation;

 

   

impose licensing obligations and financial requirements on us;

 

   

limit the interest rates, finance charges and other fees that we may charge or pay;

 

   

regulate the use of credit reports and the reporting of credit information;

 

   

impose underwriting requirements;

 

   

mandate disclosures and notices to consumers;

 

   

mandate maintenance and retention of loan records;

 

   

mandate the collection and reporting of statistical data regarding applications for, originations of and purchases of mortgage loans;

 

   

regulate any direct consumer marketing techniques and practices;

 

   

require us to safeguard public and non-public information about our customers and regulate the sharing of such non-public personal information with third parties and affiliates;

 

   

regulate our privacy and cybersecurity obligations;

 

161


Table of Contents
   

regulate our servicing practices, including but not limited to collection and foreclosure practices, the manner and timing for responding to consumer complaints, and the administration of escrow accounts;

 

   

require us to take precautions against money-laundering and doing business with certain government-designated parties, such as suspected terrorists and parties engaged in narcotics trafficking;

 

   

regulate the method by which appraisals are ordered and reviewed and our interaction with appraisers; and

 

   

mandate the terms and conditions under which we must offer and approve loan modification programs for our servicing customers.

 

   

In particular, we are required to comply with:

 

   

Title V of the GLBA and Regulation P, which requires initial and periodic communication with consumers on privacy matters and the maintenance of privacy regarding certain consumer data in our possession;

 

   

the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (“FDCPA”), which regulates the timing and content of communications on debt collections;

 

   

the TILA and Regulation Z, which, in conjunction with the RESPA under the TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule, require certain disclosures be made to mortgagors regarding terms of mortgage financing, including but not limited to information designed to promote consumer understanding of the cost of a loan, expressed in terms of an annual percentage rate, and other credit terms including the disclosure of the number, amount and due dates or periods of scheduled repayments; TILA and Regulation Z also include the rules on loan officer compensation, require special disclosures and treatment for certain high-cost loans, require certain disclosures in connection with the servicing, assumption or refinancing of mortgage loans, provide for consumers’ right to rescind loans under certain circumstances, contain rules with respect to the ordering and review of appraisals and interaction with appraisers, and provide rules requiring a determination of the consumer’s ability to repay certain mortgage loans and providing either a safe harbor or rebuttable presumption of compliance for certain qualified mortgage loans;

 

   

the FCRA and Regulation V, which collectively regulate the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers and provides a national legal standard for lenders in sharing information with affiliates and certain third parties and in providing firm offers of credit to consumers;

 

   

the ECOA and Regulation B, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics in the extension of credit and requires that in certain circumstances, creditors provide appraisal-related disclosures and copies of appraisals to borrowers;

 

   

the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires the cancellation of mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached;

 

   

the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which require public reporting of certain loan data;

 

   

the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics;

 

   

the SCRA, which provides certain legal protections and relief to members of the military;

 

   

RESPA and Regulation X, which governs the actions of servicers related to escrow accounts, transfers, and other customer communications, and prohibits certain practices, such as giving or accepting a fee, kickback, or anything of value in exchange for referrals of settlement service business;

 

   

Regulation AB under the Securities Act, which requires registration, reporting and disclosure for MBS;

 

162


Table of Contents
   

the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, commonly known as the SAFE Act, which is designed to enhance consumer protection and reduce fraud by requiring states to establish minimum standards for the licensing and registration of state licensed mortgage loan originators;

 

   

the CCPA, which provides California consumers with new privacy rights and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information of such consumers;

 

   

the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, which prohibits telemarketers, banks, debt collectors, and other companies from using an automatic dialer or robocalls to call people either at home or on their cell phones without their consent;

 

   

Dodd-Frank Act provisions prohibiting unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices; and

 

   

certain other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which, as discussed elsewhere, is extensive in scope and authorizes the CFPB to engage in rulemaking activity and to enforce compliance with federal consumer financial laws, including TILA, RESPA, and the FDCPA.

In addition, various federal, state and local laws have been enacted that are designed to discourage predatory lending and servicing practices. HOEPA, which amended TILA, in particular prohibits inclusion of certain provisions in residential loans that have mortgage rates or origination costs in excess of prescribed levels and requires that borrowers be given certain disclosures prior to origination. The Dodd-Frank Act amended HOEPA to enhance its protections. Some states have enacted, or may enact, similar laws or regulations, which in some cases impose restrictions and requirements greater than those in HOEPA. Also, under the anti-predatory lending laws of some states, the origination of certain residential loans, including loans that are not classified as “high cost” loans under applicable law, must satisfy a net tangible benefits test with respect to the related borrower. This test may be highly subjective and open to interpretation. As a result, a court may determine that a residential loan, for example, does not meet the test even if the related originator reasonably believed that the test was satisfied. Failure of residential loan originators or servicers to comply with these laws, to the extent any of their residential loans are or become part of our mortgaged-related assets, could subject us, as a servicer or as an assignee or purchaser, in the case of acquired loans, to monetary penalties and could result in the borrowers rescinding the affected residential loans. Lawsuits have been brought in various states making claims against originators, servicers, assignees and purchasers of high cost loans for violations of state law. Named defendants in these cases have included numerous participants within the secondary mortgage market. If our loans are found to have been originated in violation of predatory or abusive lending laws, we could incur losses, which could materially and adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

We are subject to compliance with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (commonly known as the PATRIOT Act), which is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work together to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts, and are required to establish anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity reports under the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970.

Some states have special rules that govern mortgage loan servicing practices, such as California’s Homeowner’s Bill or Rights. Failure to comply with these rules can result in delays or rescission of foreclosure, and subject the servicer to penalties and damages.

Other Laws

We are subject to various other laws, including employment laws related to hiring practices and termination of employees, health and safety laws, environmental laws and other federal, state and local laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

 

163


Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 30, 2020, we had 8,614 employees, all of whom are based in the United States. As of September 30, 2020, we also employed 1,398 full-time contractors and no part-time contractors. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Facilities and Real Estate

Our corporate headquarters are located at Towne Centre Plaza, 26632, 26642 and 26672 Towne Centre Drive, Foothill Ranch, California 92610, in a three building development totaling 144,398 square feet of leased office space. This location houses our corporate office, our largest sales and processing team, our support services, and operations, as well as our administrative offices.

We lease eleven additional facilities: one in Lake Forest, California; two in Irvine, California one in Franklin, Tennessee; two in Scottsdale, Arizona one in Chandler, Arizona; one in Walpole, Massachusetts; one in Southfield, Michigan; and two in Plano, Texas. Our Lake Forest location is primarily operations, support services, and settlement services, our Irvine locations are primarily sales and operations, and technology, our Franklin and Southfield locations are primarily sales offices, our Arizona locations and our Walpole location houses some of our sales, processing and operations employees, and our Plano locations include employees from nearly all aspects of our business, including our servicing department. In addition, we lease over 240 licensed sales office locations, in most states across the United States.

None of our leases extend beyond 10 years and the financial commitments are immaterial to the scope of our operations.

Intellectual Property

As of September 30, 2020, we hold 27 registered United States trademarks and 34 United States trademark applications, including with respect to the name “loanDepot,” “mello” and other logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the “loanDepot” name, as well as seven United States patent applications. We do not otherwise rely on any registered copyrights or other forms of registered intellectual property. Our other intellectual property rights consist of unregistered copyrights, trade secrets, proprietary know-how and technological innovations that we have developed to maintain our competitive position.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits in state or federal courts regarding violations of state or federal statutes, regulations or common law related to matters arising out of the ordinary course of business. We are not currently subject to any other material legal proceedings. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our business—We face litigation and legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.”

 

164


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information as to persons who serve as loanDepot, Inc.’s executive officers and directors. Biographical information for each of the executive officers and directors can be found below. The positions referenced in the biographies represent the final positions held. The number of directors which shall constitute the board of directors of loanDepot, Inc. will initially be fixed at seven directors, of whom five will be serving upon completion of the offering. We are in the process of identifying additional directors to join our board of directors.

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Anthony Hsieh

     55     

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Patrick Flanagan

     56     

Chief Financial Officer

Jeff Walsh

     57     

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer

Jeff DerGurahian

     44     

Executive Vice President, Capital Markets

John C. Dorman

     69     

Director

Dawn Lepore

     65     

Director

Brian P. Golson

     50     

Director

Andrew C. Dodson

     43     

Director

Background of Our Executive Officers and Directors

Anthony Hsieh. Mr. Hsieh founded LDLLC and has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since its formation in December 2009. He has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of loanDepot, Inc. since its formation in November 2020. Mr. Hsieh has more than 30 years of experience in the lending industry. Prior to starting LDLLC, he was instrumental in the development and success of many mortgage lending firms. In 2002, Mr. Hsieh founded HomeLoanCenter.com, the first national online lender to offer a full spectrum of mortgage loan products featuring live interest-rate quotes and loan offerings tailored to borrowers’ needs and credit profiles. He continued to lead the business for three years after it merged with IAC/Interactive subsidiary, LendingTree in 2004. In 1989, he acquired a mortgage brokerage company and transformed it into LoansDirect.com just as the internet sector was taking off. It became one of the most profitable and successful mortgage lenders throughout the 1990’s before it was acquired by E*TRADE Financial in 2001. Mr. Hsieh’s executive leadership experience and extensive knowledge of our business qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Patrick Flanagan. Mr. Flanagan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of LDLLC in December 2019, and joined the company in June 2017. Mr. Flanagan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of loanDepot, Inc. in January 2021. He has more than three decades of experience in the investment management, mortgage banking and fintech spaces, throughout which he has managed the origination, acquisition and servicing of more than $300 billion in residential mortgage and residential real estate assets. Prior to joining LD Holdings, he served as Executive Vice President at Carrington Mortgage Services from May 2016 to May 2017. From February 2015 until April 2016, he was a consultant at Waterfall Asset Management (“Waterfall Asset”). Prior to joining Waterfall Asset, he served as Chief Executive Officer and founder of Cove Financial from August 2009 until December 2014. Mr. Flanagan earned his undergraduate degree from Monmouth College.

Jeff Walsh. Mr. Walsh was appointed Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer of loanDepot, Inc. on the date of this prospectus and has served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Revenue Officer of LDLLC since December 2019. He joined LDLLC in 2012 as Executive Vice president of Operations, where he oversaw the growth and production of various departments including Processing, Human Resources, Vendor Management and Escrow. Mr. Walsh has more than 20 years of industry experience as well as an extensive background in both sales and operations for Wholesale and Retail Lending. Prior to coming to LDLLC, he served as chief operating officer of Ameriquest Mortgage Company (“Ameriquest”) where he led operations to increase sales production, developed proprietary modeling systems for collections and loss mitigation and transformed the company’s technology platforms. During his tenure at Ameriquest, he also commanded strategic operations and supervised loan operations including Human Resources, Accounting, and

 

165


Table of Contents

IT. Mr. Walsh also served as president of Town and Country Credit. He has completed extensive leadership and management training, including executive-development programs at Kenan-Flagler Business School at the University of North Carolina and the Center for Creative Leadership in Colorado Springs, Colorado. He attended West Valley College in Saratoga, California and San Jose College for his undergraduate studies.

Jeff DerGurahian. Mr. DerGurahian was appointed Executive Vice President, Capital Markets of loanDepot, Inc. at its formation in November 2020 and has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Capital Markets Officer of LDLLC since joining us in May 2012. He oversees our secondary marketing and capital markets efforts including investor relations, loan trading, hedging, pricing strategies, servicing, post-closing operations and product development. Prior to joining LDLLC, Mr. DerGurahian served for nine years as Executive Vice President of Capital Markets for Prospect Mortgage, LLC (formerly MetroCities Mortgage), and was a Hedge Manager for Tuttle Risk Management Services before joining Prospect Mortgage. Mr. DerGurahian holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance from the University of Virginia.

John C. Dorman. Mr. Dorman was appointed as a director of LDLLC in July 2015 and as a director of loanDepot, Inc. as of the date of this prospectus. Mr. Dorman served as a director of Online Resources Corporation, a developer and supplier of electronic payment services, from May 2009 until it was sold to ACI Worldwide, Inc. in March 2013, and as its Chairman from June 2010 until the sale. Mr. Dorman previously served as Co-Chairman of Online Resources Corporation from January 2010 to June 2010, and as Interim Chief Executive Officer from April 2010 to June 2010. From October 1998 to August 2003, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Digital Insight Corporation, a provider of software-as-a-service for online banking and bill payment for financial institutions, and served on the board of directors of Digital Insight until the company was acquired in 2007 by Intuit, Inc. Mr. Dorman served as Senior Vice President of the Global Financial Services Division of Oracle Corporation from August 1997 to October 1998; and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Treasury Services Corporation, a provider of modeling and analysis software for financial institutions, from 1983 to 1997. Mr. Dorman also serves on the boards of directors of CoreLogic, Inc. (NYSE: CLGX) and DeepDyve, Inc. Mr. Dorman earned a B.A. in Business Administration and Philosophy from Occidental College and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Southern California. Mr. Dorman’s extensive business and financial management experience qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Dawn Lepore. Ms. Lepore was appointed as a director of LDLLC in July 2015 and as a director of loanDepot, Inc. as of the date of this prospectus. Ms. Lepore served as Interim Chief Executive Officer of Prosper Marketplace, Inc., an online peer-to-peer lending platform, from March 2012 to January 2013, and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of drugstore.com, inc., an online retailer of health and beauty care products, from October 2004 until its sale to Walgreen Co. in June 2011. Prior to joining drugstore.com, Ms. Lepore held various leadership positions during her 21 years with The Charles Schwab Company, an investment services firm that provides brokerage, banking and investment-related services to consumers and businesses. Ms. Lepore also serves on the boards of directors of Accolade, Inc. (NASDAQ: ACCD) and RealNetworks, Inc. (NASDAQ: RNWK). Ms. Lepore previously served on the boards of directors of Coupons.com from February 2012 to November 2017, AOL Inc. from November 2012 to June 2015, The TJX Companies, Inc. from June 2013 to June 2014, eBay Inc. from December 1999 to January 2013, The New York Times Company from 2008 to 2011, drugstore.com, inc. from 2004 to 2011 and Wal-Mart Stores Inc. from 2001 to 2004. Ms. Lepore earned a B.A. from Smith College. Ms. Lepore’s extensive operational background and experience as an executive and director at a diverse range of online consumer, internet technology and retail companies qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Brian P. Golson. Mr. Golson was appointed as a director of LDLLC in December 2009 and as a director of loanDepot, Inc. as of the date of this prospectus. Mr. Golson is the Co-CEO and Managing Partner at Parthenon Capital and has been with Parthenon Capital since 2002. Prior to joining Parthenon Capital, Mr. Golson was the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Operations for Everdream, a software company sold to Dell providing outsourced IT infrastructure management. Mr. Golson also held leadership positions with Prometheus Partners, a middle-market private equity fund focused on recurring revenue service businesses, and GE Capital

 

166


Table of Contents

where he focused on acquisitions and divestitures of financial services and insurance businesses. Mr. Golson also serves on the boards of directors of Bluesnap, eTix, BillingTree, PayRoc, Edge, eSec Lending, ICD, Periscope Holdings and DaySmart. Mr. Golson earned a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill and a Master of Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Andrew C. Dodson. Mr. Dodson was appointed as a director of LDLLC in December 2009 and as a director of loanDepot, Inc. as of the date of this prospectus. Mr. Dodson is a Managing Partner at Parthenon Capital and has been with Parthenon Capital since 2005. Prior to joining Parthenon Capital, Mr. Dodson was a consultant with Bain & Co from 2004 to 2005. where he focused on mergers and acquisitions, cost control and corporate strategy for middle market technology companies. Mr. Dodson was also a financial analyst for Enron Corporation in the company’s retail group and worked for Trilogy, Inc., an enterprise software company, where he focused primarily in business development. Mr. Dodson also serves on the boards of directors of EdgeCo Holdings, Envysion, ICD, Millennium Trust and Venbrook. Mr. Dodson earned a Bachelor of Arts from Duke University and a Master of Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Board Composition

The number of directors which shall constitute the board of directors of loanDepot, Inc. will initially be fixed at seven directors, of whom five will be serving upon completion of the offering. Vacancies on our board of directors shall be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Upon the completion of the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered, three-year terms:

 

   

our Class I directors will be Dawn Lepore and an independent director to be named following the offering, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of the offering;

 

   

our Class II directors will be Andrew Dodson and a director to be named by Anthony Hsieh following the offering pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

our Class III directors will be Anthony Hsieh, Brian Golson and John Dorman and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering.

As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective terms.

Effective upon the completion of the offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders (and their respective permitted transferees thereunder party thereto from time to time). Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Parthenon Stockholders will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) otherwise one nominee for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders, will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) upon the Parthenon Stockholders’ ceasing to own more than 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, the Hsieh Stockholders shall have the right to designate an additional nominee to the our board of directors so long as (a) such nominee is independent under the NYSE listing standards and (b) the Hsieh Stockholders own greater than 25% of the total voting power of our common stock. We will agree to take certain actions to support those nominees for election and include the nominees in the relevant proxy statements. Brian P. Golson and Andrew C. Dodson are the initial designated nominees of the Parthenon Stockholders. Anthony Hsieh is the sole initial designated nominee of the Hsieh Stockholders. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders will be entitled to recommend the Class I board seat that will remain vacant upon consummation of this offering until such seat is filled. The Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders will each additionally agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the directors nominated by such other group in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, and will each be entitled to

 

167


Table of Contents

propose the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service ceases for any reason. The stockholders agreement also provides for certain restrictions and rights with respect to transfer and sale of our Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock received following an exchange of Holdco Units and shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement) by the parties to the stockholders agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.”

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that John C. Dorman and Dawn Lepore do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our Company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the NYSE’s corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards will free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

   

that a majority of our board of directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the NYSE listing standards;

 

   

that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

Because we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under NYSE rules, we may choose to rely upon these exemptions. These exemptions, however, do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, and the rules of the NYSE within the applicable time frame. These rules require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom must be independent within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and all of whom must be independent within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Board Committees

In connection with the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a governance and nominating committee. Each of the committees will report to the board of directors as they deem appropriate, and as the board of directors may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The audit committee will provide assistance to the board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by approving the services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm

 

168


Table of Contents

and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal accounting controls. The audit committee will also oversee the audit efforts of our independent registered public accounting firm and takes those actions as it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the independent registered public accounting firm is independent of management. Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of John Dorman (Chair), Dawn Lepore and Andrew Dodson. The SEC rules and the NYSE rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A Common Stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors on the audit committee within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and all independent audit committee members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that John Dorman and Dawn Lepore meet the definition of “independent directors” for purposes of serving on an audit committee under applicable SEC and NYSE rules, and, to the extent applicable, we intend to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, John Dorman will qualify as our “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.loandepot.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

After completion of the offering, the compensation committee will determine our general compensation policies and the compensation provided to our directors and officers. The compensation committee will also review and determine bonuses for our officers and other employees. In addition, the compensation committee will review and determine or recommend to the board of directors equity-based compensation for our directors, officers, employees and consultants and will administer our equity incentive plans. Our compensation committee will also oversee our corporate compensation programs. As a controlled company, we may rely upon the exemption from the NYSE requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Dawn Lepore (Chair), John Dorman and an individual selected by Anthony Hsieh pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. Our board of directors will adopt a new written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.loandepot.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Governance and Nominating Committee

After completion of the offering, the governance and nominating committee will be responsible for making recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board. In addition, the governance and nominating committee will be responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to the board of directors concerning corporate governance matters. As a controlled company, we will rely upon the exemption from the NYSE requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. Upon completion of the offerings, our governance and nominating committee will consist of John Dorman (Chair), Dawn Lepore and an individual selected by Anthony Hsieh pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the governance and nominating committee, which will be available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.loandepot.com upon the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Role of Our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors will administer this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that will address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, and our audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our major

 

169


Table of Contents

financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee will also have the responsibility to review with management the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken, monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and review with our independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our governance and nominating committee will be responsible for periodically evaluating the Company’s corporate governance policies and system in light of the governance risks that the Company faces and the adequacy of the Company’s policies and procedures designed to address such risks. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past.

Codes of Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt a general code of ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors effective upon the completion of the offering. In addition, our board of directors will adopt a code of ethics for executive officers and principal accounting personnel that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer and other designated members of our management effective upon the completion of the offering. At that time, the full text of our codes of ethics will be available on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.loandepot.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of ethics, or waivers of certain provisions as they relate to our directors and executive officers, at the same location on our website or otherwise as required by applicable law. The information on our website is not intended to form a part of or be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, meeting of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.

 

170


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the two other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2020, our named executive officers were:

 

   

Anthony Hsieh, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Patrick Flanagan, Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

Jeff Walsh, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Revenue Officer; and

 

   

Jeff DerGurahian, Executive Vice President, Capital Markets.

Historical Compensation Decisions    

Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we have not been subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including audit, compensation and nominating committees. Most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for fiscal year 2020, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will review and recommend to our board of directors that the compensation of our named executive officers be approved and our compensation committee will oversee and administer our executive compensation programs and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. For example, over time we may reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations made by our Chief Executive Officer and/or compensation committee in favor of a more empirically-based approach that involves benchmarking against peer companies. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers after this offering.

We have strived to create an executive compensation program that balances short-term versus long-term payments and awards, cash payments versus equity awards and fixed versus contingent payments and awards in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

 

   

attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

 

   

reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

   

align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;

 

   

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the contributions each executive makes to our success;

 

   

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our company; and

 

   

compensate our executives in a manner that incentivizes them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

 

171


Table of Contents

Historically, compensation amounts have been highly individualized, resulting from arm’s length negotiations and have been based on a variety of informal factors including, in addition to the factors listed above, our financial condition and available resources, our need for that particular position to be filled and the compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable compensation decision. In addition, we informally considered the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry.

This informal consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors regarding the compensation given to some of the executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms, research and informal benchmarking against their personal knowledge of the competitive market. As a result, historically our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors have applied their subjective discretion to make compensation decisions and did not formally benchmark executive compensation against a particular set of comparable companies or use a formula to set the compensation for our executives in relation to survey data.

Our board of directors, and in certain cases, in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, previously made compensation decisions for our executive officers and after thorough discussion of various factors, including any informal knowledge or data they may have had, would set the compensation for each executive officer on an individual basis. We anticipate that the compensation committee will more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies in the future. We also anticipate that the compensation committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process.

To achieve our compensation objectives moving forward, upon the completion of the offering, the compensation committee expects to work with Korn Ferry, an independent compensation consultant, to implement new compensation strategies that are appropriate to align a substantial portion of our executive’s overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals that are appropriate for a public company in our industry.

Compensation Committee Procedures

The compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the compensation committee will meet outside the presence of all executive officers except our Chief Executive Officer. Going forward, our Chief Executive Officer will review annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the compensation committee and recommend appropriate base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the principles described below, the compensation committee will approve the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer. The compensation committee also will annually analyze our Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine his base salary, cash performance awards and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any consultants engaged by the compensation committee.

In order to ensure that we continue to remunerate our executives appropriately, the compensation committee has retained Korn Ferry as its independent compensation consultant to review its policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation in connection with this offering. Korn Ferry will assist the compensation committee by providing comparative market data on compensation practices and programs based on an analysis of peer competitors and by providing guidance on industry best practices. The compensation committee retains the right to modify or terminate its relationship with Korn Ferry or select other outside advisors to assist the compensation committee in carrying out its responsibilities.

 

172


Table of Contents

Mitigation of Risk

The Company has determined that any risks arising from its compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company’s compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to stockholders. The combination of performance measures for annual bonuses and the equity compensation programs, as well as the multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards encourage employees to maintain both a short and a long-term view with respect to Company performance.

Elements of Compensation

Our current executive compensation program, which was set by our board of directors, consists of the following components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual cash incentive awards linked to our overall performance;

 

   

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation;

 

   

other executive benefits and perquisites; and

 

   

employment agreements and offer letters, which contain termination benefits.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Base Salary

The primary component of compensation of our executive officers has historically been base salary. The base salary established for each of our executive officers is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors. Base salary is also designed to provide our executive officers with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance. Our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors determine market level compensation for base salaries based on our executives’ experience in the industry with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This determination is informal and based primarily on the general knowledge of our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors practices within our industry and such base salaries have been periodically reviewed and adjusted by our Chief Executive Officer and board of directors. The base salaries paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2020 are set forth in the section “Summary Compensation Table” below.

On April 22, 2018, Mr. Hsieh voluntarily reduced his base salary for an indefinite period due to the Company’s performance. On March 28, 2020, Mr. Hsieh’s base salary reduction was reversed and his base salary was increased to $500,000.

Annual Cash Bonus

Historically, we have incentivized our executive officers, including our named executive officers, with annual cash bonuses that are intended to reward the achievement of corporate and individual performance objectives. Our board of directors has determined the target bonus opportunity for each named executive officer in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer.

In fiscal year 2020, our board of directors established the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers. For fiscal year 2020, Messrs. Hsieh, Flanagan, Walsh, and DerGurahian

 

173


Table of Contents

were eligible to receive annual target cash bonuses of 100%, 200%, 400% and 100%, respectively, of their fiscal year 2020 base salaries, which resulted in bonuses of $7,500,000 for Mr. Hsieh, $2,400,000 for Mr. Flanagan, $6,000,000 for Mr. Walsh, and $2,400,000 for Mr. DerGurahian. These bonuses will be paid in the first quarter of 2021.

We also provided a special one-time discretionary bonus to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2020. For additional information, please see footnote (1) of the section captioned “Summary Compensation Table” below.

Historical Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

Prior to the offering, we have historically awarded equity-based compensation in the form of Class Z Common Units of LDLLC (such units “Class Z Units”), Class Y Common Units of LDLLC (“Class Y Units”), Class X Common Units of LDLLC (“Class X Units”), Class W Common Units of LDLLC (“Class W Units”), and/or Class V Common Units of LDLLC (“Class V Units”), in each case, that are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of the company that exceeds a specified threshold (collectively, the “Incentive Units”). Following the 2018 restructuring of the Company pursuant to which LD Holdings became the principal owner of LDLLC, all of the Incentive Units of LDLLC were exchanged for substantially similar equity of LD Holdings, and Incentive Units granted after January 1, 2019 were Incentive Units of LD Holdings. The Incentive Units generally time-vest over a four or five year period, subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company on the applicable vesting date. Any unvested Incentive Units will generally be forfeited upon an Incentive Unit holder terminating their employment with the Company for any reason or no reason at all. A more detailed description of the vesting terms with regards to the Class X Units and Class V Units granted to our named executive officers can be found in “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Current Offer Letters and Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers” below.

In general, our board of directors previously considered an executive officer’s current position with our Company, the size of the executive officer’s total compensation package and the amount of existing vested and unvested equity awards, if any, then held by the executive officer. As a private company, no formal benchmarking efforts were made by our board of directors with respect to the size of equity grants made to executive officers and, in general, the determination process was very informal. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer and our board of directors have made all equity grant decisions with respect to our executive officers, and we anticipate that, upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee will, subject to approval by the board of directors as deemed necessary by the compensation committee, determine the size and terms and conditions of equity grants to our executive officers in accordance with the terms of the applicable incentive equity program and will approve them on an individual basis.

We granted 213,137,186 Class X Units in exchange for 61,715,807 Class V Units (collectively, the “Exchanged Units”) and an additional 114,415,949 Class X Units to our named executive officers during 2020. Such Class V Units were then subsequently cancelled for no further consideration. The exchange for new grants and the additional grants were made to ensure that our equity-based compensation continues to align the interests of our named executive officers with the success of the Company. For a discussion of the vesting and other material terms of the Incentive Units, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Incentive Unit Awards” below.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will implement the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan will allow for the grant of equity incentives, such as grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. For more information relating to our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, see “2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan” below. In connection with this offering,

 

174


Table of Contents

we will be making an equity incentive grant of under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan to Messrs. Hsieh, Walsh, and DerGurahian. For more information relating to our grant under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan to Messrs. Hsieh, Walsh, and DerGurahian, see “Recent Changes to Executive Compensation” below.

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees:

 

   

health, dental and vision insurance;

 

   

vacation, paid holidays and sick days;

 

   

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

 

   

short-term and long-term disability; and

 

   

a 401(k) plan with matching contributions.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees.

In 2020, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, commencing in August 2020, we also made monthly rental payments for an apartment that our Chief Executive Officer generally used as temporary office space. We will continue making these rent payments through the expiration of the lease on February 28, 2021 but do not anticipate renewing such lease. For additional information, please see footnote (4) of the section captioned “Summary Compensation Table” below.

Employment Agreements and Severance Benefits

We previously entered into an employment agreement and offer letters (as applicable) with our named executive officers, which were in effect in 2020 and provide for certain severance entitlements in connection with a qualifying termination. The terms of the existing employment agreement and offer letters with our named executive officers are described in the section captioned “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan Based Award Tables – Current Offer Letters and Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers.

In connection with this offering, we will be entering into new employment agreements with our named executive officers, the terms of which are described in the section captioned “Recent Changes to Executive Compensation.”

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to “excess parachute payments” to certain executive officers of companies that undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Code imposes a 20% excise tax penalty on the individual receiving the “excess parachute payment.” Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans or programs and other equity-based compensation. “Excess parachute payments” are parachute payments that excess a threshold determined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code based on an executive officer’s prior compensation. In approving compensation arrangements for our named executive officers in the future, we expect that the board of directors will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G of the Code. However, the board of directors may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility

 

175


Table of Contents

of Section 280G of the Code and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent. We do not provide for excise tax gross-ups to our executive officers and do not expect to do so in the future.

Section 409A Considerations

Another section of the Code, Section 409A, affects the manner by which deferred compensation opportunities are offered to our employees because Section 409A requires, among other things, that “non-qualified deferred compensation” be structured in a manner that limits employees’ abilities to accelerate or further defer certain kinds of deferred compensation. We intend to operate our existing compensation arrangements that are covered by Section 409A in accordance with the applicable rules thereunder, and we will continue to review and amend our compensation arrangements where necessary to comply with Section 409A.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718, for our equity-based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their equity-based awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their equity-based awards in their income statements over the period that an associate is required to render service in exchange for the award. Future grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC 718. We anticipate that the compensation committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Stockholder Say-on-Pay and Say-on Frequency Vote

Our stockholders will have their first opportunity to cast an advisory vote to approve our named executive officers’ compensation at our next annual meeting of stockholders and to determine the frequency of these advisory votes. In the future, we intend to consider the outcome of the say-on-pay and say-on-frequency votes when making compensation decisions regarding our named executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2018.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
     Stock
Awards
($)(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
     Total
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh (5) 
Chief Executive Officer

     2020        408,994 (6)      42,500,000        —          7,500,000        27,975        50,436,969  
     2019        5,148          —          1,250,000        —          1,255,148  
     2018        138,573          —          —          —          138,573  

Patrick Flanagan
Chief Financial Officer

     2020        439,231 (6)      12,600,000        1,687,785        2,400,000        9,025        17,136,041  
     2019        400,000          —          714,950        8,400        1,123,350  
     2018        400,000          177,146        250,171        6,859        834,176  

Jeff Walsh
SVP, Chief Revenue Officer

     2020        601,437 (6)      9,000,000        2,843,699        6,000,000        9,025        18,454,161  
     2019        423,077          —          1,890,000        8,400        2,321,477  
     2018        400,000          —          750,000        8,250        1,158,250  

Jeff DerGurahian
EVP, Capital Markets

     2020        450,001 (6)      12,600,000        797,806        2,400,000        2,639        16,250,446  
     2019        361,298          —          318,750        2,055        682,103  
     2018        351,192          —          131,250        1,865        484,307  

 

176


Table of Contents

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column reflect special one-time discretionary bonuses. Our board of directors and our CEO participated in the determination of the special bonus allocations.

 

(2)

The amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for Incentive Units for financial statement reporting purposes for each respective fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC 718. See note 20 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts included in that column include the following:

 

Name

   Year      Class V Unit
(#)
     Class V Unit
($)
     Class X Unit
(#)
     Class X Unit
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh

     2020        —          —          —          —    
     2019        —          —          —          —    
     2018        —          —          —          —    

Patrick Flanagan

     2020        —          —          103,736,000        1,687,785  
     2019        —          —          —          —    
     2018        18,925,879        177,146        —          —    

Jeff Walsh

     2020        —          —          174,781,728        2,843,699  
     2019        —          —          —          —    
     2018        —          —          —          —    

Jeff DerGurahian

     2020        —          —          49,035,407        797,806  
     2019        —          —          —          —    
     2018        —          —          —          —    

 

(3)

The amounts reported in this column represent annual cash bonuses to our named executive officers earned during each respective fiscal year, as further described below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Current Offer Letters and Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”

 

(4)

This column includes 401(k) Plan contributions for eligible employees and other personal benefits. The amounts included in that column include the following:

 

Name

   Year      401(k)
Match(a)
     Other
Personal
Benefits
 

Anthony Hsieh

     2020        —          27,975 (b) 
     2019        —          —    
     2018        —          —    

Patrick Flanagan

     2020        8,550        475 (c) 
     2019        8,400        —    
     2018        6,859        —    

Jeff Walsh

     2020        8,550        475 (c) 
     2019        8,400        —    
     2018        8250        —    

Jeff DerGurahian

     2020        2,164        475 (c) 
     2019        2,055        —    
     2018        1,865        —    

 

  (a)

Reflects amounts of contributions to the 401(k) Plan for eligible employees.

 

  (b)

Reflects a onetime $475 work from home stipend and $27,500 in rental payments for an apartment located in Newport Beach, CA generally used as temporary office space for Mr. Hsieh. The Company made monthly rental payments of $5,500 from August, 2020 through the end of the year. The lease on

 

177


Table of Contents
  the apartment expires on February 28, 2021, and the Company does not anticipate renewing the lease. The Company did not pay for any other fees or expenses related to the apartment other than the monthly rental payments.

 

  (c)

Reflects a onetime $475 work from home stipend.

 

(5)

Mr. Hsieh also serves as the Chairman of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director.

 

(6)

Represents the aggregate total of base salary along with payout of unused floating holidays and/or accrued but unused vacation during 2020 (“Accrued Holidays”). The total base salary and Accrued Holidays for each executive in 2020 were as follows:

 

Name

   Base
Salary
($)
     Accrued
Holidays
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh

     397,455        11,539  

Patrick Flanagan

     403,077        36,154  

Jeff Walsh

     503,846        97,591  

Jeff DerGurahian

     377,885        72,116  

2020 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2020 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

Name

   Grant
Date
     Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)
     All Other
Stock

Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)(2)
    Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards

($)(3)
 
   Threshold
($)
     Target
($)
     Maximum
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh

                

Bonus

     1/10/20        —          7,500,000        —         

Class X Units

     —                   —         —    

Patrick Flanagan

                

Bonus

     1/10/20        —          2,400,000        —         

Class X Units

     6/5/20                 103,736,000 (3)      1,687,785 (5) 

Jeff Walsh

                

Bonus

     1/10/20        —          6,000,000        —         

Class X Units

     6/5/20                 174,781,728 (4)      2,843,699 (6) 

Jeff DerGurahian

                

Bonus

     1/10/20        —          2,400,000        —         

Class X Units

     6/5/20                 49,035,407       797,806  

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column reflect the target bonus award opportunities to our named executive officers in 2020. We do not have a threshold or maximum payout with respect to our cash incentive award opportunities. The actual amounts earned by each of our executive officer in 2020 are set forth in the section titled “Summary Compensation Table” under the column “Bonus.”

 

(2)

Represents the number of Class X Units granted in 2020 that are subject to the vesting conditions set forth below in the section titled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-

 

178


Table of Contents
  Based Awards Table — Incentive Unit Awards — Class X Units” and “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Incentive Unit Awards — Class V Units.

 

(3)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair values, respectively, of Class X Units granted in 2020. The methodology to determine their value is described in further detail in the section titled “Summary Compensation Table” under footnote (2).

 

(4)

Represents a grant of 71,045,729 Exchanged Units, and a grant of an additional 32,690,271 Class X Units.

 

(5)

Represents a grant of 142,091,457 Exchanged Units, and a grant of an additional 32,690,271 Class X Units.

 

(6)

Represents the aggregate value of $1,155,914 of Exchanged Units and $531,871 of Class X Units.

 

(7)

Represents the aggregate value of $2,311,828 of Exchanged Units and $531,871 of Class X Units.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Current Offer Letters and Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hsieh and an offer letter with each of Messrs. Flanagan, Walsh, and DerGurahian. The material terms of the employment agreement and the offer letters are summarized below. These summaries are qualified by reference to the actual text of the agreements, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Mr. Hsieh

Mr. Hsieh previously entered into an employment agreement with the Company, dated December 30, 2009, (the “Hsieh Agreement”). The Hsieh Agreement provides for an initial two-year term and automatically renews for a successive one-year period unless either party provides written notice of at least 30 days prior to the end of the applicable renewable period. Mr. Hsieh is entitled to receive a minimum annual base salary of $350,000, subject to annual review by the Company’s board of directors, and is eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive programs. Mr. Hsieh is also eligible to participate in any bonus pool established by the board of directors and in the manner determined by the board of directors as can participate in the Company’s employee and fringe benefit plans as may be in effect from time to time on the same basis as other similarly situated executives of the Company generally.

On April 22, 2018, Mr. Hsieh voluntarily reduced his base salary for an indefinite period due to the Company’s performance. This reduction in salary amounted to Mr. Hsieh having a new annualized salary of $4,779 in 2018 and $5,148 in 2019. On March 28, 2020, Mr. Hsieh’s base salary reduction was reversed and his base salary was increased to $500,000.

For a description of the payments and benefits Mr. Hsieh would be entitled to receive under the Hsieh Agreement in connection with a qualifying termination, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Flanagan

Mr. Flanagan previously entered into an offer letter with the Company, dated May 17, 2017 (the “Flanagan Letter”). The Flanagan Letter provides for at-will employment without a specified term. Mr. Flanagan is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000 and is eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive programs and the Company’s other employee and fringe benefits plans, as may be in effect from time to time. Mr. Flanagan is also eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus with a minimum annual bonus amount of $250,000 and a target bonus equal to $800,000.

For a description of the payments and benefits Mr. Flanagan would be entitled to receive under the Flanagan Letter in connection with a qualifying termination, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

 

179


Table of Contents

Mr. Walsh

Mr. Walsh previously entered into an offer letter with the Company, dated October 22, 2012 (the “Walsh Letter”). The Walsh Letter provides for at-will employment without a specified term. Mr. Walsh is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $300,000 and is eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive programs and the Company’s other employee and fringe benefits plans, as may be in effect from time to time. Mr. Walsh is also eligible to receive eligible to receive an annual discretionary bonus based on individual and Company performance with a target bonus equal to $600,000. On September 27, 2019, Mr. Walsh entered into a letter of understanding to the Company pursuant to which Mr. Walsh’s base salary was increased to $500,000 and increased his annual target bonus amount to $2,100,000, of which $1,000,000 was guaranteed to be paid in 2019.

Mr. DerGurahian

Mr. DerGurahian previously entered into an offer letter with the Company, dated April 25, 2012 (the “DerGurahian Letter”). The DerGurahian Letter provides for at-will employment without a specified term. Mr. DerGurahian is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $320,000 and is eligible to participate in the Company’s equity incentive programs and the Company’s other employee and fringe benefits plans, as may be in effect from time to time. Mr. DerGurahian is also entitled to an annual bonus based on individual and Company performance with a target bonus equal to $320,000. The DerGurahian Letter also provided for a reimbursement of up to $80,000 in relocation expenses. On March 8, 2018, Mr. DerGurahian’s annual base salary was increased to $375,000.

For a description of the payments and benefits Mr. DerGuriahian would be entitled to receive under the DerGurahian Letter in connection with a qualifying termination, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

Incentive Unit Awards

We have granted Incentive Units pursuant to unit grant agreements for the Incentive Units with PCP Managers, L.P. Class Z Units were granted under the LDLLC 2009 Incentive Equity Plan (the “2009 Equity Plan”), Class Y Units were granted under the LDLLC 2012 Incentive Equity Plan (the “2012 Equity Plan”), Class W Units and Class X Units were granted pursuant to the LDLLC 7th Amended and Restated LLC Agreement, dated December 31, 2015 (the “LLC Agreement”), and the Class V Units were granted under the LDLLC 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (the “2015 Equity Plan”). Following the 2018 restructuring of the Company pursuant to which LD Holdings became the principal owner of LDLLC, all of the Incentive Units of LDLLC were exchanged for substantially similar equity of LD Holdings, and Incentive Units granted after January 1, 2019 were Incentive Units of LD Holdings.

As profits interests, the Incentive Units have no value for tax purposes on the date of grant, but instead are designed to gain value only after LDLLC has realized a certain level of returns for the holders of LDLLC’s common units. Holders of Incentive Units are generally entitled to participate in any pro rata distributions together with the holders of the common units in the proportions set forth in the LLC Agreement based on their respective sharing percentages, provided that no Incentive Unit is entitled to any portion of a distribution until the “return threshold” (as defined in the LLC Agreement) with respect to such unit has been realized and such Incentive Unit has vested. The threshold value of each Incentive Unit is set forth in the LLC Agreement, and is subject to the terms provided in the 2009 Equity Plan, 2012 Equity Plan, LLC Agreement, and 2015 Equity Plan, respectively.

 

180


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the material terms of the Incentive Units granted to each of our named executive officers that were outstanding during the 2020 fiscal year:

Class X Units

Class X Units were granted to Messrs. Hsieh and DerGurahian on May 20, 2015, to Mr. Walsh on May 21, 2015 (collectively, the “2015 Class X Units”), to Messrs. DerGurahian, Walsh, and Flanagan on June 5, 2020 (the “2020 Class X Units”), and are generally subject to specific return thresholds pursuant to their respective agreements and the LD Holdings LLC Agreement. The 2015 Class X Units held by Mr. Hsieh are split into two groups, the “first grant units” and the “new grant units” (each as defined in Mr. Hsieh’s 2015 Class X Unit Grant Agreement), and are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i) 100% of the first grant units vest on May 20, 2015 (the “2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date”) and (ii)(A) 50.74368% of the new grant units vest on the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date (B) 1.48225% of the new grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date (C) 0.79813% of the new grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the second anniversary of the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date (D) 0.34206% of the new grant units vest on the last day of each of the next 11 calendar months commencing on the first full calendar month following the third anniversary of the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date (E) 0.3428% of the new grant units vest on May 31, 2019 such that 100% of the new grant units became vested on May 31, 2019.

The 2015 Class X Units held by Mr. DerGurahian are split into three groups, the “first grant units” the “second grant units” and the “new grant units” (each as defined in Mr. DerGurahian’s 2015 Class X Unit Grant Agreement), and are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i)(A) 60.008% of the first grant units vest on 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date and (B) 1.667% of the first grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date such that 100% of the first grant units became vested on May 31, 2017, and (ii)(A) 48.339% of the second grant units vest on the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date, (B) 1.667% of the second grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date, and (C) 1.667% of the new grant units vest on December 24, 2017, such that 100% of the second grant units became vested on December 24, 2017, and (iii)(A) 20% of new grant units vest on the first anniversary of the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date and (B) 1.667% of the new grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the first anniversary of the 2015 Class X Vesting Commencement Date such that 100% of the new grant units became fully vested on May 31, 2020.

The 2015 Class X Units held by Mr. Walsh are split into two groups, the “first grant units” the “new grant units” (each as defined in Mr. Walsh’s Class X Unit Grant Agreement), and are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i)(A) 48.339% of the first grant units vest on May 21, 2015 (the “Walsh Vesting Commencement Date”), (B) 1.667% of the first grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the Walsh Vesting Commencement Date, and (C) 1.667% of the new grant units vest on December 24, 2017, such that 100% of the first grant units became vested on December 24, 2017, and (iii)(A) 20% of new grant units vest on the first anniversary of the Walsh Vesting Commencement Date and (B) 1.667% of the new grant units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following the first anniversary of the Walsh Vesting Commencement Date such that 100% of the new grant units became vested on May 31, 2020.

The 2020 Class X Units held by Messrs. DerGurahian, Walsh, and Flanagan are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i) 20% of the 2020 Class X Units will vest on May 1, 2021, and (ii) 1.667% of the 2020 Class X Units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following May 1, 2021 such that 100% of the Class X Units will be vested on May 1, 2025.

 

181


Table of Contents

In order for the Class X Units to vest on any applicable vesting date, the named executive officer must have been continuously employed with the Company from the date of grant through such applicable vesting date. If a named executive officer’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than in connection with a “sale of the Company” (as defined in the LLC Agreement), such that the named executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring or successor entity to the Company, all unvested Class X Units will be forfeited. If the named executive officer is terminated for “cause” (as defined in each respective Class X Unit Grant Agreement), both vested and unvested Class X Units will be forfeited. In the event of the named executive officer’s termination of employment, we will have the option to purchase some or all of the named executive officers vested Class X Units for the fair market value of such Class X Units on the date of repurchase.

For a description of the acceleration of the Class X Units in connection with a sale of the Company, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

Class V Units

Class V Units were granted to Mr. Flanagan on October 1, 2018 and to Mr. Walsh on June 1, 2017, and are generally subject to specific return thresholds pursuant to their respective agreements and the Holdings LLC Agreement. The Class V Units held by Mr. Flanagan are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i) 23.334% of the Class V Units will vest on October 1, 2018, and (ii) 1.667% of the Class V Units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following October 1, 2018 such that 100% of the Class V Units will be vested on July 31, 2022.

The Class V Units held by Mr. Walsh are subject to the following vesting schedule: (i) 48.335% of the Class V Units will vest on June 1, 2017, and (ii) 1.667% of the Class V Units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing with June 2017 such that 100% of the Class V Units became vested on December 31, 2019.

In order for the Class V Units to vest on any applicable vesting date, the named executive officer must have been continuously employed with the Company from the date of grant through such applicable vesting date. If a named executive officer’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than in connection with a sale of the Company, such that the named executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring or successor entity to the Company, all unvested Class V Units will be forfeited. If the named executive officer is terminated for “cause” (as defined in each respective Class V Unit Grant Agreement), both vested and unvested Class V Units will be forfeited. In the event of the named executive officer’s termination of employment, we will have the option to purchase some or all of the named executive officers vested Class V Units for the fair market value of such Class V Units on the repurchase date.

All outstanding Class V Units were exchanged for 2020 Class X Units (the “Exchanged Units”) on June 5, 2020, and the outstanding Class V Units were subsequently cancelled for no additional consideration. The Exchanged Units are subject to the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the vesting provisions and repurchase provisions) of the Class V Units.

For a description of the acceleration of the Class V Units in connection with a sale of the Company, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

As part of the Reorganization Transactions and in connection with the completion of this offering, any outstanding Incentive Units will be equitably adjusted and replaced with a single new class of LLC Units. Immediately after such conversion is effected, each holder of LLC Units will exchange such LLC Units on a one-for-one basis for Holdco Units as described under “Organizational Structure.” Following the completion of this offering and the replacement of the Incentive Units, no further awards will be granted under the 2009 Equity Plan, the 2012 Equity Plan, the LLC Agreement, or the 2015 Equity Plan and each of these plans will be terminated.

 

182


Table of Contents

Recent Changes to Executive Compensation

New Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

In connection with and prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into new employment agreements with our named executives officers that will be effective upon the closing of this offering. The material terms of these employment agreements are summarized below and are qualified by reference to the actual text of the agreements, which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The new employment agreements with our named executive officers provide for initial three-year terms and automatically renew for successive one-year periods unless either party provides written notice of at least 60 days prior to the end of the applicable renewable period. The employment agreements provide for at-will employment, meaning that either party may terminate the employment agreements and their employment thereunder at any time, for any reason or no reason. The employment agreements provide for base salary, an annual performance bonus with a target bonus based on a percentage of the named executive officer’s base salary, standard benefits, and eligibility to participate in our equity incentive plans. Amounts paid under the performance bonus are to be determined by our board of directors (or a committee thereof) in its sole discretion, and payment is contingent on our named executive’s officer’s continued employee through the bonus payment date. The employment agreements subject each named executive officer to customary confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement covenants.

Under the terms of the new employment agreements, our named executive officers will receive the following base salaries and target annual bonuses: a base salary of $850,000 and bonus target of 250% for Mr. Hsieh; a base salary of $600,000 and bonus target of 150% for Mr. Flannagan; a base salary of $750,000 and bonus target of 200% for Mr. Walsh; and a base salary of $600,000 and bonus target of 150% of for Mr. DerGurahian.

For a description of the payments and benefits our named executive officers would be entitled to receive under these new employment agreements in connection with a qualifying termination, see the section “Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control” below.

New Equity Incentive Grants

In connection with this offering and a previous bonus discussions with Messrs. Hsieh, Walsh, and DerGurahian, we will be granting equity awards in the form of fully vested restricted stock units to Messrs. Hsieh, Walsh, and DerGurahian under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which will be settled on the first business day following the six-month anniversary of this offering. The grants to Messrs. Hsieh, Walsh, and DerGurahian will be as follows: 1,059,500 restricted stock units to Mr. Hsieh, 185,250 restricted stock units to Mr. Walsh, and 165,750 restricted stock units to Mr. DerGurahian.

 

183


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2020 Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding Incentive Units of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020 with respect to the named executive officer. The market value of the Incentive Units in the following table is the fair value of such Incentive Unit at December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Number of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)(1)
    Market Value of
Shares or Units
of Stock That
Have Not Vested
($)(2)
 

Anthony Hsieh

    

Class X Units

     —         —    

Class V Units

     —         —    

Patrick Flanagan

    

Class X Units

     56,363,418 (3)      917,033 (5) 

Class V Units

     —         —    

Jeff Walsh

    

Class X Units

     32,690,271 (4)      531,871  

Class V Units

     —         —    

Jeff DerGurahian

    

Class X Units

     49,035,407 (4)      797,806  

Class V Units

     —         —    

 

(1)

Represents the number of unvested Incentive Units that are subject to the vesting conditions set forth above in the section titled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table — Incentive Unit Awards.

 

(2)

The market value of our Incentive Units as of that date is not determinable. Accordingly, we cannot calculate the market value of the unvested Incentive Units as of that date. The values reflect the grant date fair values calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity-based awards are discussed in Note 20, to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3)

Represents the aggregate of 23,673,147 Exchanged Units and 32,690,271 2020 Class X Units. 1.667% of the outstanding Exchanged Units vest on the last day of each calendar month with 100% of the Exchanged Units vesting on July 31, 2022. 20% of the 2020 Class X Units will vest on May 1, 2021, and 1.667% of the 2020 Class X Units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following May 1, 2021 such that 100% of the Class X Units will be vested on May 1, 2025.

 

(4)

Represents 2020 Class X Units. 20% of the 2020 Class X Units will vest on May 1, 2021, and 1.667% of the 2020 Class X Units vest on the last day of each calendar month commencing on the first full calendar month following May 1, 2021 such that 100% of the Class X Units will be vested on May 1, 2025.

 

(5)

Represents the aggregate sum of $385,162 of Exchanged Units and $531,871 of 2020 Class X Units.

 

184


Table of Contents

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The Company does not issue stock options to any of its employees. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the vesting of Incentive Units during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 with respect to our named executive officers.

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
    Value Realized
on Vesting
($)(1)
 

Anthony Hsieh

    

Class X Units

     —         —    

Class V Units

     —         —    

Patrick Flanagan

    

Class X Units

     47,372,582 (2)      1,687,785  

Class V Units

     1,577,472 (3)      14,765  

Jeff Walsh

    

Class X Units

     143,421,038 (4)      2,311,828  

Class V Units

     —         —    

Jeff DerGurahian

    

Class X Units

     5,023,884       0  

Class V Units

     —         —    

 

(1)

The market value of our Incentive Units as of that date is not determinable. Accordingly, we cannot calculate the market value of the unvested Incentive Units as of that date. The values reflect the grant date fair values calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity-based awards are discussed in Note 20, to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)

Represents 47,372,582 Exchanged Units, of which 39,082,256 immediately vested upon grant because such Exchange Units were replacing 10,411,126 previously vested Class V Units.

 

(3)

Represents Class V Units that vested prior to being exchanged for Exchange Units on June 5, 2020.

 

(4)

Represents the aggregate total of 1,329,581 2015 Class X Units and 142,091,457 Exchanged Units. The 142,091,457 Exchanged Units immediately vested upon grant because such Exchange Units were replacing 42,789,928 previously vested Class V Units.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in or have account balances in qualified or nonqualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us. Our board of directors or compensation committee may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interest.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us. Our board of directors or compensation committee may elect to provide our executive officers and other employees with nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interest.

 

185


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control

Severance Benefits Under Current Employment Agreements

Pursuant to the Hsieh Agreement, in the event of Mr. Hsieh’s termination of employment by the Company without “cause,” or by Mr. Hsieh for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Hsieh Agreement), Mr. Hsieh will be entitled to receive, subject to his timely execution of a general release of claims: (i) any unpaid base salary and benefits through the date of termination; (ii) an amount equal to his then-current annual base salary, payable in equal installments over the twelve-month period following such termination; and (iii) a lump sum payment equal to a pro-rated portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination. Mr. Hsieh is also subject to the following restrictive covenants: (i) non-solicitation of employees and consultants during employment and for one year thereafter, (ii) perpetual confidentiality, and (iii) perpetual non-disparagement.

Pursuant to the Flanagan Letter, in the event Mr. Flanagan is terminated by the Company without “cause” or Mr. Flanagan terminates his employment for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the Flanagan Letter), Mr. Flanagan will be entitled to receive, subject to his timely execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to his then-current annual base salary for twelve-month period following the date of termination.

Pursuant to the DerGurahian Letter, in the event Mr. DerGurahian is terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined in DerGurahian Letter), Mr. DerGurahian will be entitled to receive, subject to his timely execution of a general release of claims, an amount equal to his then-current annual base salary for a period of 6-months following the date of termination.

Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards

Upon a sale of the Company, any outstanding and unvested Class X Units or Exchanged Units will accelerate and vest provided that the named executive officer holding such Class X Units or Exchanged Units has maintained continuous employment with the Company from the grant date through the date of the sale of the Company.

Severance Benefits under New Employment Agreements

In the event Mr. Hsieh’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Hsieh for “good reason” not in connection with a “change in control” (each as defined in the new employment agreements), Mr. Hsieh will be entitled to, subject to their execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of base salary, (ii) a pro-rata annual bonus based on the actual achievement of the performance objectives for the fiscal year in which termination occurs, (iii) the earned, but unpaid portion of annual bonus for the prior fiscal year (if applicable) and (iv) the payment or reimbursement of healthcare premiums through the earlier of (A) 24 months following Mr. Hsieh’s date of termination and (B) the date Mr. Hsieh becomes eligible for another healthcare plan.

If Mr. Hsieh’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Mr. Hsieh for “good reason” during the period beginning 3 months prior to a change in control and ending 12 months after a change in control, then Mr. Hsieh will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 3x the sum of Mr. Hsieh base salary plus target bonus (ii) the payment or the reimbursements of healthcare premiums through the earlier of (A) 36 months following Mr. Hsieh’s date of termination and (B) the date Mr. Hsieh becomes eligible for another healthcare plan, and (iii) the full accelerated vesting of any unvested equity awards held by Mr. Hsieh, with any performance-based vesting criteria being deemed earned at the greater of target or actual performance through the date of the change in control.

In the event Messrs. Flanagan, Walsh, or DerGurahian’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the named executive officer for “good reason” not in connection with a “change in control” (each as defined in the new employment agreements), each named executive officers will be entitled to, subject to their

 

186


Table of Contents

execution and non-revocation of a release of claims, (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of the named executive officer’s base salary and (ii) the payment or reimbursement of healthcare premiums through the earlier of (A) 12 months following the named executive officer’s date of termination and (B) the date the named executive officer becomes eligible for another healthcare plan.

If Messrs. Flanagan, Walsh, or DerGurahian’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the named executive officer for “good reason” during the period beginning 3 months prior to a change in control and ending 12 months after a change in control, then the same severance benefits will apply, except that (i) the lump sum payment will instead be equal to 1.5x the named executive officer’s base salary and target bonus, (ii) the named executive officer will be entitled to a pro-rata annual bonus based on the actual achievement of the performance objectives for the fiscal year in which termination occurs, (iii) the named executive officer will be entitled to the earned, but unpaid portion of annual bonus for the prior fiscal year (if applicable) (iv) the healthcare premiums will instead be through the earlier of (A) 18 months following the named executive officer’s date of termination and (B) the date the named executive officer becomes eligible for another healthcare plan, and (v) any unvested equity awards held by the named executive officer shall immediately vest, with any performance-based vesting criteria being deemed earned at the greater of target or actual performance through the date of the change in control.

In the event any payment provided to any of our named executive officers would implicate Section 280G of the Code, the named executive officer would receive either (i) payment of the full amounts set forth in the new employment agreements or otherwise to which the named executive officer is entitled or (ii) payment of such lesser amount that does not trigger excise taxes under Section 280G of the Code, whichever results in the named executive officer receiving a higher amount after taking into account all federal, state and local income, excise and employment taxes.

The new employment agreements also subject our named executive officers to the following restrictive covenants: (i) non-solicitation of employees and customers during employment and for 24 months thereafter, (ii) employment term non-competition, (iii) perpetual confidentiality, (iv) assignment of work-product and other intellectual property, (v) perpetual and mutual non-disparagement.

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause on December 31, 2020. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the current employment agreement and offer letters for such named executive officers, and not the new arrangements that will be entered into in connection with this offering.

 

Name

   Cash Severance
Benefits(1)
($)
     Value of
Accelerated Equity
Awards
($)
     Total
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh

     500,000        —          500,000  

Patrick Flanagan

     400,000        —          400,000  

Jeff Walsh

     —          —          —    

Jeff DerGurahian

     187,500        —          187,500  

 

(1)

Represents a payment of 12 months of base salary for Messrs. Hsieh, and Flanagan and 6 months of base salary for Mr. DerGurahian.

 

187


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or for good reason upon a change in control on December 31, 2020. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the current employment agreement, offer letters, and equity awards for such named executive officers, and not the new arrangements that will be entered into in connection with this offering.

 

Name

   Cash Severance
Benefits
($)(1)
     Value of
Accelerated Equity
Awards(2)
($)
    Total
($)
 

Anthony Hsieh

     500,000        —         500,000  

Patrick Flanagan

     400,000        917,033 (3)      1,317,033  

Jeff Walsh

     —          531,871 (4)      531,871  

Jeff DerGurahian

     187,500        797,806 (5)      985,306  

 

(1)

Represents a payment of 12 months of base salary for Messrs. Hsieh, and Flanagan and 6 months of base salary for Mr. DerGurahian.

 

(2)

The market value of our Incentive Units as of that date is not determinable. Accordingly, we cannot calculate the market value of the unvested Incentive Units as of that date. The values reflect the grant date fair values calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity-based awards are discussed in Note 20, to our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3)

Represents the accelerated vesting of 23,673,147 Exchanged Units valued at $385,162 and 32,690,271 2020 Class X Units valued at $531,871.

 

(4)

Represents the accelerated vesting of 32,690,271 2020 Class X Units.

 

(5)

Represents the accelerated vesting of 49,035,407 2020 Class X Units.

Director Compensation

To date, we have not provided cash compensation to directors for their services as directors or members of committees of the board of directors. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors.

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation program for our non-employee directors, or the “Independent Director Compensation Policy.” The Independent Director Compensation Policy became effective as of the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to the Independent Director Compensation Policy, each member of our board of directors who is not our employee will receive the following cash compensation for board services, as applicable:

 

   

$250,000 per year for service as a board member, 50% of which will be paid in cash and 50% shall be issued in restricted stock units that vest in quarterly installments, subject to such director’s continued service on the board of directors through such date of vesting. The number of restricted shares granted will be equal to $125,000 on the date of grant;

 

   

$25,000 per year for service as chairperson of the audit committee; and

Each of directors will be expected to sit on up to two committees for no additional consideration. Any director who sits on more than two committees (other than any special committee) will be provided with an additional $25,000 in annual cash compensation.

 

188


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We will adopt provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Pay Ratio

As a result of the rules adopted by the SEC under the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to disclose the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the annual total compensation of our median employee, using certain permitted methodologies. To determine our CEO pay ratio and our median employee, we took the following steps:

 

   

We identified our median employee utilizing data as of December 31, 2020 (the “Determination Date”) by examining the total amount of compensation as reflected in our payroll records and as reported to the Internal Revenue Service on Form W-2 and Schedule K-1 for 2020 (“total compensation”) for all individuals, excluding our CEO, who were employed by us on the Determination Date. Total compensation was calculated using the same methodology we used for our named executive officers as set forth in “Summary Compensation Table.” We included all employees, whether employed on a full-time, part-time, seasonal or temporary basis.

 

   

We did not make any material assumptions, adjustments, or estimates with respect to total compensation. We did not annualize the compensation for any employees.

 

   

We included non-U.S. employees by converting their total compensation to U.S. Dollars from the applicable local currency.

 

   

We believe the use of total compensation for all employees is a consistently applied compensation measure because the SEC released guidance providing that compensation determined based on the Company’s tax and/or payroll records is an appropriate consistently applied compensation measure.

 

   

After identifying the median employee based on total compensation, we calculated annual total compensation for that employee using the same methodology we used for our named executive officer as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table in this proxy statement. The annual total compensation of our median employee for 2020 was $48,431.

 

   

The annual total compensation of our CEO for 2020 was $50,436,969.

Our pay ratio may not be comparable to the CEO pay ratios presented by other companies. We believe our methodology most accurately reflects the incentives provided to our executives and employees in their roles at the Company. Based on the methodology described above, for 2020, the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the annual total compensation of the median employee (other than our CEO) is 1,041:1.

 

189


Table of Contents

2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with the offering, we will adopt the loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan”). The 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards, other stock-based awards, including LTIP Units, as described below, and other cash-based awards. Directors, officers and other employees of us and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The purpose of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide incentives that will attract, retain and motivate high performing officers, directors, employees and consultants by providing them with appropriate incentives and rewards either through a proprietary interest in our long-term success or compensation based on their performance in fulfilling their personal responsibilities. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. For further information about the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, we refer you to the complete copy of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

The 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Among the compensation committee’s powers is to determine the form, amount and other terms and conditions of awards; clarify, construe or resolve any ambiguity in any provision of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award agreement; amend the terms of outstanding awards; and adopt such rules, forms, instruments and guidelines for administering the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan as it deems necessary or proper. The compensation committee has authority to administer and interpret the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, to grant discretionary awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, to determine the persons to whom awards will be granted, to determine the types of awards to be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award, to determine the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, to make all other determinations in connection with the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the awards thereunder as the compensation committee deems necessary or desirable and to delegate authority under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan to our executive officers.

Available Shares

The aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be granted may not exceed 14,123,387 shares (including any LTIP Units, which may be granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan not including 2,207,649 vested restricted stock units of Class A common stock to be granted to employees in connection with the offering), which amount shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan commencing with the 2022 fiscal year by 2% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or a lesser amount determined by our board of directors. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, stock split, merger or similar change in the corporate structure or the outstanding shares of Class A common stock. In the event of any of these occurrences, we may make any adjustments we consider appropriate to, among other things, the number and kind of shares, options or other property available for issuance under the plan or covered by grants previously made under the plan. The shares available for issuance under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be, in whole or in part, either authorized and unissued shares of our Class A common stock or shares of Class A common stock held in or acquired for our treasury. In general, if awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan are for any reason cancelled, or expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards may again be available for the grant of awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights and options settled in Class A common stock, upon settlement, only the number of shares of Class A common stock delivered to a participant will count against the aggregate and individual share limitations. If any shares of

Class A common stock are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations on an award issued under the 2021

 

190


Table of Contents

Omnibus Incentive Plan, the number of shares of Class A common stock withheld shall again be available for purposes of awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any award under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

The aggregate grant date fair value (computed as of the date of grant in accordance with applicable financial accounting rules) of all types of awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan to any individual non-employee director in any fiscal year (excluding any stock dividends payable in respect of outstanding awards), when combined with other compensation received for such year fiscal year in connection with service as a director, may not exceed $600,000 increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a Non-Employee Director.

Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any subsidiary or with which the Company or any subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan and shall not reduce the shares of Class A common stock authorized for grant under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided that awards using such available shares of Class A common stock shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

Eligibility for Participation

Members of our board of directors, as well as employees of, and consultants to, us or any of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Award Agreement

Awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan are evidenced by award agreements that provide the terms, conditions and limitations for such awards as determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion.

Stock Options

The compensation committee may grant nonqualified stock options to eligible individuals and incentive stock options only to eligible employees. The compensation committee will determine the number of shares of our Class A common stock subject to each option, the term of each option, which may not exceed ten years, or five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, if any, and the other material terms of each option. No incentive stock option or nonqualified stock option may have an exercise price less than the fair market value of a share of our Class A common stock at the time of grant or, in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder, 110% of such share’s fair market value. Options will be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the compensation committee at grant and the exercisability of such options may be accelerated by the compensation committee.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The compensation committee may grant stock appreciation rights, which we refer to as SARs, either with a stock option, which may be exercised only at such times and to the extent the related option is exercisable, which

 

191


Table of Contents

we refer to as a Tandem SAR, or independent of a stock option, which we refer to as a Non-Tandem SAR. A SAR is a right to receive a payment in shares of our Class A common stock or cash, as determined by the compensation committee, equal in value to the excess of the fair market value of one share of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price per share established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The term of each SAR may not exceed ten years. The exercise price per share covered by a SAR will be the exercise price per share of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will be the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant in the case of a Non-Tandem SAR. The compensation committee may also grant limited SARs, either as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs, which may become exercisable only upon the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or such other event as the compensation committee may designate at the time of grant or thereafter.

Restricted Stock

The compensation committee may award shares of restricted stock. Except as otherwise provided by the compensation committee upon the award of restricted stock, the recipient generally has the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote the shares of restricted stock and, conditioned upon full vesting of shares of restricted stock, the right to tender such shares, subject to the conditions and restrictions generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth in the recipient’s restricted stock agreement. The payment of dividends, if any, will be deferred until the expiration of the applicable restriction period unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of the award.

Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock agreement with us that states the restrictions to which the shares are subject, which may include satisfaction of pre-established performance goals, and the criteria or date or dates on which such restrictions will lapse.

If the grant of restricted stock or the lapse of the relevant restrictions is based on the attainment of performance goals, the compensation committee will establish for each recipient the applicable performance goals, formulae or standards and the applicable vesting percentages with reference to the attainment of such goals or satisfaction of such formulae or standards while the outcome of the performance goals are substantially uncertain. Such performance goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding, or adjusting for, changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions, and other similar events or circumstances.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The compensation committee may, subject to limitations under applicable law, make a grant of such other stock-based awards, including, without limitation, performance units, dividend equivalent units, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units and deferred stock units under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are payable in cash or denominated or payable in or valued by shares of our Class A common stock or factors that influence the value of such shares. The compensation committee may determine the terms and conditions of any such other awards, which may include the achievement of certain minimum performance goals and/or a minimum vesting period.

LTIP Units

The compensation committee may, subject to the provisions of the Holdings LLC Agreement, grant awards of equity-based awards, valued by reference to shares of publicly traded common stock of loanDepot, Inc., consisting of Holdco Units in LD Holdings and an equal number of shares of Class B common stock of loanDepot, Inc., which will be referred to as “LTIP Units.” LTIP Units may be subject to any vesting conditions as the compensation committee may decide, similar to any other more typical equity incentive program, such as restricted stock. Holders of LTIP Units will have the right to exchange such units for shares of Class A common

 

192


Table of Contents

stock of loanDepot, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Any Holdco Units exchanged under the exchange provisions described above will thereafter be owned by loanDepot, Inc. Any shares of Class B common stock exchanged will be cancelled. See “Organizational Structure.” Each LTIP Unit awarded will be equivalent to an award of one share of Class A common stock of loanDepot, Inc. for purposes of reducing the number of shares of Class A common stock available under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan on a one-for-one basis.

Other Cash-Based Awards

The compensation committee may grant awards payable in cash. Cash-based awards will be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the compensation committee will determine, including, without limitation, being subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions. If a cash-based award is subject to vesting conditions, the compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of such award in its discretion.

Performance Awards

The compensation committee may grant a performance award to a participant payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals established by the compensation committee in its sole discretion. If the performance award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant performance goals either in cash or in shares of restricted stock, based on the then current fair market value of such shares, as determined by the compensation committee. Based on service, performance and/or other factors or criteria, the compensation committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any performance award.

Change in Control

In connection with a change in control, as defined in the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the compensation committee may accelerate vesting of outstanding awards under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. In addition, such awards may be, in the discretion of the committee, (1) assumed and continued or substituted in accordance with applicable law, (2) purchased by us for an amount equal to the excess of the price of a share of our Class A common stock paid in a change in control over the exercise price of the awards, or (3) cancelled if the price of a share of our Class A common stock paid in a change in control is less than the exercise price of the award. The compensation committee may also provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of an award at any time.

Stockholder Rights

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, and with respect to an award of restricted stock, a participant has no rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of our Class A common stock covered by any award until the participant becomes the record holder of such shares.

Amendment and Termination

Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, our board of directors may at any time amend any or all of the provisions of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise, subject to stockholder approval in certain instances; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided in the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the rights of a participant with respect to awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination may not be adversely affected without the consent of such participant.

 

193


Table of Contents

Transferability

Awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan generally are nontransferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the committee may provide for the transferability of nonqualified stock options at the time of grant or thereafter to certain family members.

Recoupment of Awards

The 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that awards granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan are subject to any recoupment policy that we may have in place or any obligation that we may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under the Exchange Act, or under any applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC.

Effective Date and Term

The 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be effective on the date specified in the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. No award will be granted under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan on or after the 10-year anniversary of the earlier of the date on which the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is adopted by the board of directors or the date of stockholder approval. Any award outstanding under the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan at the time of termination will remain in effect until such award is exercised or has expired in accordance with its terms.

 

194


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Shareholder Notes

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain unitholders entered into promissory note agreements (“Shareholder Notes”) secured by Common Units and Incentive Units, as applicable, owned by their respective unitholders. The Shareholder Notes, with a balance of $53.4 million, $52.7 million, $51.4 million and 50.5 million as of June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, accrue interest at a rate of 2.50% per annum compounded annually or, in the event of default, accrue interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum and are included in accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet. The Shareholder Notes are due in full on the earliest to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of the Shareholder Notes, and, generally, (b) a Public Offering or a Sale of LD Holdings as such terms were defined in the LLC Agreement of LD Holdings that was in effect at the date of the Shareholder Notes. As of June 30, 2020, December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, $46.0 million of the outstanding Shareholder Notes were secured by Common Units and Incentive Units, as applicable,. The Shareholder Notes were fully satisfied in November of 2020.

Other Related Party Transactions

LD Holdings paid travel and promotional fees of $0 million, $0 million, $0.2 million and $0.6 million to an entity controlled by a Unitholder of LD Holdings during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. LD Holdings paid management fees of $0.8 million, $0.7 million $0.7 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million to a Unitholder of LD Holdings during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. LD Holdings employed certain employees that provided services to a Unitholder whose salaries totaled $0.2 million the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Procedures with Respect to Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions

From time to time, we may do business with certain companies affiliated with Parthenon Capital. The board of directors has not adopted a formal written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related parties. However, as a matter of practice, the board of directors reviews and approves transactions with related parties as appropriate.

Reorganization Transactions

Prior to and in connection with the consummation of this offering, we will consummate the Reorganization Transactions described under “Organizational Structure” pursuant to the agreements filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Registration Rights Agreement

Effective upon consummation of the offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we may be required to register the sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock held by the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders. The registration rights agreement will also require us to make available and keep effective shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, the Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders will have the ability to exercise certain demand registration rights and/or piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings requested by any of such holders or initiated by us.

Effective upon the completion of the offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders (and their respective permitted transferees thereunder party

 

195


Table of Contents

thereto from time to time). Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Parthenon Stockholders will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) otherwise one nominee for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders, will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) upon the Parthenon Stockholders’ ceasing to own more than 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, the Hsieh Stockholders shall have the right to designate an additional nominee to the our board of directors so long as (a) such nominee is independent under the NYSE listing standards and (b) the Hsieh Stockholders own greater than 25% of the total voting power of our common stock. We will agree to take certain actions to support those nominees for election and include the nominees in the relevant proxy statements. Brian P. Golson and Andrew C. Dodson are the initial designated nominees of the Parthenon Stockholders. Anthony Hsieh is the sole initial designated nominee of the Hsieh Stockholders. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders will be entitled to recommend the Class I board seat that will remain vacant upon consummation of this offering until such seat is filled. The Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders will each additionally agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the directors nominated by such other group in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, and will each be entitled to propose the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service ceases for any reason.

Tax Receivable Agreement

The Continuing LLC Members may from time to time (subject to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement regarding exchange rights) exchange an equal number of Holdco Units and shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock for cash or for shares of Class A Common Stock of loanDepot, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, at our election. LD Holdings (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes) intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for the taxable year in which this offering is completed and each subsequent taxable year in which an exchange of Holdco Units and shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock occurs. Our purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members in connection with this offering and the exchanges of Holdco Units and shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock are expected to result, with respect to loanDepot, Inc., in increases in the tax basis of the assets of LD Holdings that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that loanDepot, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and, following the completion of the offering, certain of the Continuing LLC Members, as part of the consideration received by such Continuing LLC Members in exchange for the sale of Holdco Units to loanDepot, Inc., that will provide for the payment from time to time by loanDepot, Inc. to such parties or their permitted assignees of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that loanDepot, Inc. realizes or under certain circumstances (such as a change of control) is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the aforementioned increases in tax basis, (ii) any incremental tax basis adjustments attributable to payments made pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and (iii) any deemed interest deductions arising from payments made by us under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of loanDepot, Inc. and not of LD Holdings. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, subject to certain exceptions noted below, the benefit deemed realized by loanDepot, Inc. generally will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of loanDepot, Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that loanDepot, Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of LD Holdings as a result of our purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members in connection with this offering and the exchanges of Holdco Units and had loanDepot, Inc. not derived any tax benefits in respect of payments made under the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or deemed utilized or expired, unless we materially breach any of our material obligations under the agreement,

 

196


Table of Contents

elect an early termination of the agreement or undergo a change of control. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of any subsequent exchanges of Holdco Units—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of LD Holdings at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at or around the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of LD Holdings is affected by the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of the exchange;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available;

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—loanDepot, Inc. generally will be required to pay 85% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized; and

 

   

the allocation of basis increases among the assets of LD Holdings and certain tax elections affecting depreciation.

Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreement, we expect that the tax savings associated with the purchase of Holdco Units from the Exchanging Members in connection with future exchanges of Holdco Units and Class B Common Stock as described above would aggregate to approximately $1068.7 million over 15 years from the date of this offering based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming all future exchanges would occur one year after this offering. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay to the Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members or their permitted assignees approximately 85% of such amount, or approximately $908.4 million, over the 15 year period from the date of this offering. We note, however, that the analysis set forth above assumes no material changes in the relevant tax law. We are not able to predict the specific effect of such future tax legislation on this analysis.

If LD Holdings does not have taxable income, loanDepot, Inc. generally is not required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit actually will have been realized. Nevertheless, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year likely will generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years and the utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement. We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (a) the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or (b) distributions to loanDepot, Inc. by LD Holdings are not sufficient to permit loanDepot, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid its taxes and other obligations. loanDepot, Inc.’s obligations pursuant to the tax receivable agreement will rank pari passu with its other general trade credit obligations. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon any recipient’s continued ownership of us or LD Holdings. The Parthenon Stockholders, Parthenon affiliates owning Holdco Units and certain of the Continuing LLC Members will receive payments under the tax receivable agreement until such time that they validly assign or otherwise transfer their rights to receive such payments.

 

197


Table of Contents

The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet upon purchase or exchange of Holdco Units are as follows:

 

   

we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by loanDepot, Inc. based on enacted federal, state and local income tax rates at the date of the exchange or purchase. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;

 

   

we will record an increase in liabilities for 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased or exchanged interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement; and

 

   

we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to the Parthenon Stockholders and certain of the Continuing LLC Members under the tax receivable agreement. The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange or purchase will be included in our net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine in accordance with the tax receivable agreement. Although we do not currently anticipate that the IRS would have a basis for a successful challenge with respect to a tax basis increase, we will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the IRS subsequently disallows part or all of the tax benefits that gave rise to such prior payments, although future payments under the tax receivable agreement will be reduced on account of such disallowances. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement that are significantly in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of (a) the increases in tax basis resulting from our purchases or exchanges of Holdco Units (b) any incremental tax basis adjustments attributable to payments made pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and (c) any deemed interest deductions arising from our payments under the tax receivable agreement. Decisions made by the Parthenon Stockholders and the Continuing LLC Members in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that we are required to make under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase the Parthenon Stockholders’ and the Continuing LLC Members’ tax liability without giving rise to any obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement. Payments generally are due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR (or, in the absence of LIBOR, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate) plus 500 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return.

Additionally the tax receivable agreement will provide that (1) in the event that we materially breach any of our material obligations under the agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment, failure to honor any other material obligation required thereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of the agreements in a bankruptcy or otherwise, (2) if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the agreement, or (3) upon a change of control of the Company, our (or our successor’s) obligations under the agreements (with respect to all Holdco Units, whether or not such units have been exchanged or acquired before or after such election) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions. These assumptions will include the assumptions that (i) we (or our successor) will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions

 

198


Table of Contents

arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement, (ii) we (or our successor) will utilize any loss carryovers generated by the increased tax deductions as quickly as allowable by law, and (iii) LD Holdings and its subsidiaries will sell certain nonamortizable assets (and realize certain related tax benefits) no later than a specified date. As a result of the foregoing, if we materially breach a material obligation under the agreement, experience a change of control, or if we elect to terminate the agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax savings, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of such future tax savings. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fund or finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

Additionally, the obligation to make tax receivable payments based on these assumptions upon a change of control may deter potential acquirors, which could negatively affect our stockholders’ potential returns.

If we were to elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement immediately after this offering, based on an initial public offering price of $20.00 per share of our Class A Common Stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we would be required to pay approximately $961.6 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreement.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers and employees through a directed share program. See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program” for more information.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions

Upon the closing of this offering, we intend to adopt policies and procedures whereby our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In addition, our general code of ethics will require that all of our employees and directors inform the Company of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer will complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

Aircraft and Boat Arrangements with North American Charters and JLSSAA LLC

We charter private aircraft and a boat owned by North American Charters, Inc. (“NA Charters”) and JLSSAA LLC (“JLSSAA”), companies controlled by Anthony Hsieh, which from time-to-time also leases the boat to third parties unaffiliated with us. We use the charter services mainly for the purposes of business travel for our executive officers and directors. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017, we incurred expenses to NA Charters and JLSSAA of approximately $0.0 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million and

 

199


Table of Contents

$0.6 million, respectively, for the use of the aircraft and boat. These charges included only allocated costs based on business usage. Mr. Hsieh pays for all unallocated expenses and any expenses related to his personal travel or mixed-use travel (travel in which a non-business passenger is also on the aircraft or boat). The charter services were arranged through arms-length dealings and the rates paid by us were at or below market price.

Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings

As a result of the Reorganization Transactions, loanDepot, Inc. will hold a significant equity interest in LD Holdings and will be entitled to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings. Accordingly, loanDepot, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of LD Holdings and, through LD Holdings and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

The Holdings LLC Agreement will provide for Holdco Units. Under the Holdings LLC Agreement, the board of managers of LD Holdings has the right to determine when distributions (other than tax distributions) will be made to unitholders of LD Holdings and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution with respect to Holdco Units is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of Holdco Units pro rata based on their holdings of Holdco Units. Under the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, all of the Holdco Units received by the Continuing LLC Members in the Reorganization Transactions will be subject to restrictions on disposition. Additionally, consistent with the terms of the applicable underlying unit grant agreements executed at the time of original grant, Holdco Units received by the Continuing LLC Members will be subject to vesting and forfeiture on the same basis as the units which were exchanged for the Holdco Units.

The holders of Holdco Units, including loanDepot, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of LD Holdings. Net profits and net losses of LD Holdings will generally be allocated to the holders of Holdco Units (including loanDepot, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with their respective share of the net profits and net losses of LD Holdings. The Holdings LLC Agreement will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” based on certain assumptions, to the holders of Holdco Units (including loanDepot, Inc.) pro rata based on their Holdco Units. Generally, these tax distributions to holders of Holdco Units will be an amount equal to our estimate of the taxable income of LD Holdings, net of taxable losses, allocable per Holdco Unit multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporation resident in California (based on the character and source of the taxable income actually recognized). However, because tax distributions will be determined based on the holder of Holdco Units who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per unit basis, LD Holdings may be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, may exceed the amount of taxes that LD Holdings would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the assumed rate. Any distributions will be subject to available cash and applicable law.

In addition, in certain circumstances, to the extent that tax distributions made to loanDepot, Inc. exceed the actual tax liability to which loanDepot, Inc. is subject from time to time, such “excess” tax distributions will be contributed to and used by LD Holdings and its operating entity subsidiaries for working capital, liquidity and other operating needs.

Under the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members (or certain permitted transferees thereof) will have the right, subject to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, to exchange their Holdco Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable) for cash or shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (at our election), subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions. The Holdings LLC Agreement will provide that as a general matter a Continuing LLC Member will not have the right to exchange Holdco Units if we determine that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with us to which the Continuing LLC Member may be subject. We may impose additional restrictions on exchange that we determine to be necessary or advisable so that LD Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a Continuing LLC Member exchanges Holdco Units for shares of Class A Common Stock, the number of Holdco Units held

 

200


Table of Contents

by loanDepot, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Holdco Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, are cancelled.

Blocker Tax Refund

In connection with the merger of Parthenon Blocker into the Company, the Company will agree to pay to the Parthenon Stockholders certain tax refunds payable to Parthenon Blocker, which are expected to consist of up to $3.5 million of excess federal income tax payments previously paid by Parthenon Blocker.

 

201


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock and Holdco Units as of September 30, 2020, for:

 

   

each beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our outstanding shares;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers, directors as a group; and

 

   

each selling stockholder.

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership before the offering set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Holdco Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock) to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering set forth below are based on (i) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Holdco Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock) to be issued and outstanding after the Offering Transactions, including the use of proceeds from our sale of Class A Common stock to purchase Holdco Units and shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock from the Exchanging Members, and (ii) an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The table does not reflect any shares of our Class A common stock that may be purchased in this offering by directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, through our Reserved Share Program described in “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

 

202


Table of Contents

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities or have the right to acquire such voting power or investment power within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The table set forth below reflects the inclusion of both vested and unvested Holdco Units. Except as otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o loanDepot.com, LLC, 26642 Towne Centre Drive, Foothill Ranch, California 92610.

 

    Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned after giving effect
to the Reorganization Transactions (on a fully exchanged and
converted basis) (1) (2)
    Class D Common Stock Beneficially Owned after giving effect
to the Reorganization Transactions (on a fully exchanged and
converted basis) (1) (3)
    Combined Voting Power (4)  
    Before This
Offering
    After This
Offering
    After This Offering
& Option Exercise
    Before This
Offering
    After This
Offering
    After This Offering
& Option Exercise
    Before
This
Offering
    After
This
Offering
    After This Offering
& Option Exercise
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  #     %     #     %     #     %     #     %     #     %     #     %     %     %     %  

Entities affiliated with Parthenon Capital(5)

    123,739,895       38.1     117,989,623       36.3     117,127,083       36.0     120,290,882       37.3     114,700,882       35.5     113,862,382       35.3     38.3     37.9     37.9

Executive Officers and Directors:

                             

Anthony Hsieh(6)

    131,433,210       40.4     125,374,846       38.6     124,466,092       38.3     —         —         —         —         —         —         61.6     61.1     61.0

Patrick Flanagan(7)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Jeff Walsh(7)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Jeffrey DerGurahian(7)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Brian Golson(8)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Andrew Dodson(8)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

John Dorman(7)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Dawn Lepore(7)

    —         —         —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —           *    

Executive Officers and Directors as a group (9 persons)

    131,433,210       40.4     125,374,846       38.6     124,466,092       38.3     —         —         —         —         —         —         61.6     61.1     61.0

 

 

  1.

Each holder of Class C common stock and Class D common stock is entitled to 5 votes per share and each holder of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to our stockholders for a vote. Our Class B common stock and Class C common stock do not have any of the economic rights (including rights to dividends and distributions upon liquidation) associated with our Class A common stock and Class D common stock.

 

  2.

The numbers of shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that (a) all Holdings Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class C common stock) have been exchanged for shares of Class D common stock and (b) all shares of Class D common stock have been converted into shares of Class A common stock.

 

  3.

The numbers of shares of Class D common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth in the table assume that all Holdings Units held by Parthenon Stockholders have been exchanged for shares of Class D common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

  4.

Percentage of voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock, Class B common stock, Class C common stock and Class D common stock voting together as a single class (subject to class-specific weightings) and as calculated on a fully diluted basis (includes vested and unvested units). See “Description of Capital Stock.” Mr. Hsieh’s Combined Voting Power reflects voting agreement with Management TMIs, resulting in Voting Power in excess of his share count (which includes shares held directly and indirectly in the Company).

 

  5.

Includes 123,739,895 shares of Class D common stock owned by the Parthenon Stockholders. Parthenon Investors III, L.P., Parthenon Investors IV, L.P., PCap Associates, Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., PCP Managers, L.P., and Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, LP, which are collectively referred to herein as the Parthenon Stockholders. PCP Managers

 

203


Table of Contents
  GP, LLC is the general partner of PCP Managers, L.P., which is the managing member of PCap III, LLC, which is the managing member of PCap Partners III, LLC, which is the general partner of Parthenon Investors III, L.P. and also the managing partner of PCap Associates. PCP Managers, L.P. is also the general partner of each of Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, LP, PCP Managers, L.P. and PCP Partners IV, L.P., which is the general partner of Parthenon Investors IV, L.P. Brian P. Golson is a Managing Partner of PCP Managers GP, LLC and also serves as a Co-CEO and a Managing Partner at Parthenon Capital, an affiliate of each of the Parthenon Stockholders. Andrew C. Dodson serves as a Managing Partner at Parthenon Capital. Each of the above listed persons may be deemed to beneficially own the securities owned of record by the Parthenon Stockholders. However, each expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities, except to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing persons is c/o Parthenon Capital Partners, Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

  6.

Mr. Hsieh’s holdings consists of (i) 8,307,632 shares of Class C common stock held by The JLSSAA Family Trust, (ii) 4,445,303 shares of Class C common stock held by JLSA, LLC, (iii) 50,218,161 shares of Class C common stock held by Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc. , (iv) 67,403, 782 shares of Class C common stock held by Trilogy Mortgage Investors Six, LLC, and 1,058,332 shares of Class C common stock held directly. Mr. Hsieh is deemed to have beneficial ownership and voting and investment power over the securities held by JLSA, LLC and Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc.

 

  7.

Except for affiliates of Anthony Hsieh, common stock held for the benefit of other Named Executive Officers or Directors are done so through intermediate holding entities, namely Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC (“TMI 6”), Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC (“TMI 7”), and Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC (“TMI 8”). These entities (collectively “Management TMIs” are controlled and managed by Mr. Hsieh, who holds an economic interest in TMI 6 only.

 

  8.

Mr. Golson and Mr. Dodson are each affiliated with Parthenon Capital and its affiliates. Messrs. Golson and Dodson disclaim ownership of the securities reported by Parthenon Capital and its affiliates, to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of the foregoing persons is c/o Parthenon Capital Partners, Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

204


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon consummation of the offering. We refer you to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Authorized Capitalization

Upon completion of the offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 17,207,649 shares will be issued and outstanding, 2,500,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 0 shares will be issued and outstanding, 2,500,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 193,091,469 shares will be issued and outstanding, 2,500,000,000 shares of Class D Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 114,700,882 shares will be issued and outstanding, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, none of which will be issued and outstanding.

Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

We have four classes of common stock: Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D. The Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock. Dividends may not be declared or paid in respect of Class A Common Stock unless they are declared or paid in the same amount in respect of Class D Common Stock, and vice versa. With respect to stock dividends, holders of Class A Common Stock must receive Class A Common Stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to receive, pari passu, an amount per share equal to the par value thereof and thereafter the holders of shares of our Class A and Class D Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of our Class A Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

 

205


Table of Contents

Class B Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by each holder being equivalent to the number of Holdco Units held by such holder. The holders of our Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Other than their par value, holders of our Class B Common Stock are not entitled to receive a distribution upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

All shares of our Class B Common Stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class B Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B Common Stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of our Class B Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Additional shares of Class B Common Stock will only be issued in the future to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issued to the Continuing LLC Members and the number of related Holdco Units held by the Continuing LLC Members. Shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis if we, at the election of a Continuing LLC Member, redeem the related Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Member and issue Class A Common Stock to the Continuing LLC Member in connection therewith pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. Our Class B Common Stock is non-transferable, other than in connection with a transfer of the related Holdco Units to a permitted transferee under the Holdings LLC Agreement, in which case a like number of shares of Class B Common Stock must be transferred to the permitted transferee.

Class C Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class C Common Stock are entitled to five votes for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally, with the number of shares of Class C Common Stock held by each holder being equivalent to the number of Holdco Units held by such holder. The holders of our Class C Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class C Common Stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Other than their par value, holders of our Class C Common Stock are not entitled to receive a distribution upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

The Class C common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class C common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights.

All shares of our Class C Common Stock that will be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class C Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us.

Holders of shares of our Class C Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class C Common Stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of our Class C Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

 

206


Table of Contents

Shares of Class C Common Stock will only be issued in the future to the extent necessary to maintain a one- to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class C Common Stock issued to the Continuing LLC Members and the number of related Holdco Units held by the Continuing LLC Members. Shares of Class C Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis if we, at the election of a Continuing LLC Member, redeem the related Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Member and issue Class A Common Stock or, at the election of the Continuing LLC Member pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. Our Class C common stock is non-transferable, other than in connection with a transfer of the related Holdco Units to a permitted transferee under the Holdings LLC Agreement, in which case a like number of shares of Class C common stock must be transferred to the permitted transferee.

Each share of Class C Common Stock and accompanying Holdco Unit will automatically convert into one share of Class A Common Stock immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by a Continuing LLC Member or any of its affiliates or permitted transferees to a non-permitted transferee.

Upon the completion of this offering, certain of the Continuing LLC Members will own 100% of our outstanding Class C Common Stock with the number of shares of Class C Common Stock held by any such Continuing LLC Member being equivalent to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Member, as the case may be.

Five years from the date of this offering, all shares of our Class C Common Stock will convert on a one-to-one basis into shares of our Class B Common Stock.

Class D Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class D Common Stock are entitled to five votes for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class D Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class D Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock. Dividends may not be declared or paid in respect of Class D Common Stock unless they are declared or paid in the same amount in respect of Class A Common Stock, and vice versa. With respect to stock dividends, holders of Class D Common Stock must receive Class D Common Stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class D Common Stock and Class A Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class D Common Stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class D Common Stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class D Common Stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class D Common Stock. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of our Class D Common Stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

 

207


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, the Parthenon Stockholders will own 100% of our outstanding Class D Common Stock.

Shares of Class D Common Stock may be exchanged at any time, at the option of the holder, for newly issued shares of Class A Common Stock, on a one-for-one basis (in which case their shares of Class D Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance).

Each share of Class D Common Stock will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock immediately prior to any sale or other transfer of such share by a holder or its permitted transferees to a non-permitted transferee.

Five years from the date of this offering, all shares of our Class D Common Stock will convert on a one-to-one basis into shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our company, or upon any distribution of assets of our company;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

the preferences and special rights, if any, of the series and the qualifications and restrictions, if any, of the series;

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series; and

 

   

such other rights, powers and preferences with respect to the series as our board of directors may deem advisable.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply if and for so long as our Class A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances. These additional shares may be used for a

 

208


Table of Contents

variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions. One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved capital stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Anti–Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws and Stockholders Agreement

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as our stockholders agreement, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Shares; Undesignated Preferred Stock

The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval except as required by law or by any stock exchange on which our common stock may be listed. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In addition, our board of directors may authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of undesignated preferred stock with voting rights or other rights or preferences designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock or preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will prohibit cumulative voting.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent and Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or by the chairman of our board of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting of stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.

 

209


Table of Contents

These provisions may defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed from office only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of at least 50% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in the election of directors. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on the board of directors shall be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Stockholders Agreement

Effective upon the completion of the offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders (and their respective permitted transferees thereunder party thereto from time to time). Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, the Parthenon Stockholders will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) otherwise one nominee for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders, will have (i) the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors so long as such group owns at least 5% of the total voting power of our common stock, and (ii) upon the Parthenon Stockholders’ ceasing to own more than 15% of the total voting power of our common stock, the Hsieh Stockholders shall have the right to designate an additional nominee to the our board of directors so long as (a) such nominee is independent under the NYSE listing standards and (b) the Hsieh Stockholders own greater than 25% of the total voting power of our common stock. We will agree to take certain actions to support those nominees for election and include the nominees in the relevant proxy statements. Brian P. Golson and Andrew C. Dodson are the initial designated nominees of the Parthenon Stockholders. Anthony Hsieh is the sole initial designated nominee of the Hsieh Stockholders. Additionally, the Hsieh Stockholders will be entitled to recommend the Class I board seat that will remain vacant upon consummation of this offering until such seat is filled. The Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders will each additionally agree to take all necessary action, including voting their respective shares of common stock, to cause the election of the directors nominated by such other group in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, and will each be entitled to propose the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service ceases for any reason. The stockholders agreement also provides for certain restrictions and rights with respect to transfer and sale of our Class A Common Stock (including Class A Common Stock received following an exchange of Holdco Units and shares of Class B and Class C Common Stock pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement) by the parties to the stockholders agreement. The board member designation rights will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition to any other vote otherwise required by law,

 

210


Table of Contents

any amendment, alteration, change, or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock, voting as a single class.

Additionally, the DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 662/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws and provisions relating to amendments of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the range of the size of the board, election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the provision regarding forum selection.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements makes it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts.

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business

 

211


Table of Contents

combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that Parthenon Capital and its affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, will not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Indemnification and Limitations on Directors’ Liability

Section 145 of the DGCL grants each Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of serving or having served in any such capacity, if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may similarly indemnify any such person in actions by or in the right of the corporation if he or she acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action was brought determines that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or other court shall deem proper.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation, or an amendment thereto, to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty as a director, except (i) for any breach of the director’s

 

212


Table of Contents

duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for director liability with respect to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for such limitation of liability.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will indemnify our directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the DGCL and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also allows our board of directors to indemnify other employees. This indemnification will extend to the payment of judgments in actions against officers and directors and to reimbursement of amounts paid in settlement of such claims or actions and may apply to judgments in favor of the corporation or amounts paid in settlement to the corporation. This indemnification will also extend to the payment of attorneys’ fees and expenses of officers and directors in suits against them where the officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. This right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which the officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions that are normal and customary for policies of this type.

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and insurance policies are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors and officers. However, these provisions may discourage derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required or allowed by these limitation of liability and indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents as to which indemnification is sought from us, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in an indemnification claim.

Corporate Opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to Anthony Hsieh or the Parthenon Stockholders or any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for Anthony Hsieh or Parthenon Capital, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so; provided, that, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, only to the extent that such business is not a Core Business. A “Core Business” is a business in which the Company engages in a material respect and any business in which the Company is actively contemplating, at a senior executive level, engaging in a material respect, in each case, at the time of determination. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. Neither Parthenon Capital nor any of its representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

 

213


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we select or consent in writing to the selection of another forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another state court or a federal court located within the State of Delaware) shall be the exclusive forum for any complaints asserting any “internal corporate claims,” which include claims in the right of our company (i) that are based upon a violation of a duty by a current or former director, officer, employee, or stockholder in such capacity or (ii) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction upon the Court of Chancery. Further, unless we select or consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act, and investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring an interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Although we believe these provisions will benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar exclusive forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could rule that this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Common Stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We intend to list our Class A Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “LDI”.

 

214


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability for future sales of shares, will have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Currently, 1,000 shares of our single class of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, are outstanding and owned by LD Holdings. In connection with the offering, all 1,000 shares of such common stock held by LD Holdings will be cancelled. In connection with this offering, we will issue 114,700,882 shares of Class D Common Stock to the Parthenon Stockholders. Upon consummation of the offering, we will have outstanding 17,207,649 shares of Class A Common Stock (or a maximum of 19,457,649 shares of Class A Common Stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and 193,091,469 shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock (or 191,679,969 shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). The shares of Class A Common Stock sold in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any Class A Common Stock held by our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below. All of the other outstanding 2,207,649 shares of Class A Common Stock will be restricted securities that may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144, and all are subject to the 180-day lock-up restrictions described below.

In addition, pursuant to certain provisions of the Holdings LLC Agreement, the Continuing LLC Members can from time to time exchange an equal number of Holdco Units and shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock for shares of loanDepot, Inc. Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of the offering, the Continuing LLC Members will hold 193,091,469 Holdco Units (or Holdco Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), all of which will be exchangeable together with an equal number of shares of Class B or Class C Common Stock for shares of our Class A Common Stock. The shares of Class A Common Stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances.

In addition, 14,123,387 shares of Class A Common Stock may be granted under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (including any LTIP Units, which may be granted thereunder) not including the 2,207,649 vested restricted stock units of Class A common stock to be granted to employees in connection with the offering, which amount shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan commencing with the 2022 fiscal year by 2% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or a lesser amount determined by our board of directors. See “Executive Compensation—2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register Class A Common Stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statement will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up of Our Class A Common Stock

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our outstanding stock and stock options, including all of the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions described below, not to (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase

 

215


Table of Contents

any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Common Stock, whether owned directly by such member (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which such member has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Currently, the underwriters have no current intention to release the aforementioned holders of our Class A Common Stock from the lock-up restrictions described above.

Our lock-up agreement will provide for certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

The shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon exchange of the Holdco Units and other shares of Class A Common Stock not sold in this offering will be, when issued, “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an “affiliate” of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has held restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those securities, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is under common control with LD Holdings. A non-affiliated person who has held restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those securities without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose securities are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has held restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of securities of such class or the average weekly trading volume of securities of such class during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us (which requires that we are current in our periodic reports under the Exchange Act).

 

216


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. This summary deals only with non-U.S. holders of shares of Class A Common Stock that purchase the shares in the offering and will hold such shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A Common Stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership and is not any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, rulings and other administrative pronouncements, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law, including the possibility of major tax legislation in 2021 and later years, possibly with retroactive application, will not significantly alter the tax considerations described in this summary. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not deal with non-U.S., state, local, alternative minimum, gift and estate, or other tax considerations, including the Medicare tax on certain investment income, that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate or U.S. expatriated entity or subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt entity, a broker, dealer, or trader in securities, commodities or currencies, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or risk reduction transaction).

We have not sought and do not plan to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding the statements made and the conclusions reached in this summary. There can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock that differ from those discussed in this summary.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our Class A Common Stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

 

217


Table of Contents

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our Class A Common Stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under U.S. tax laws other than the federal income tax law discussed in this summary or under the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

Dividends

Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock distributions) with respect to our Class A Common Stock will generally constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, such excess amount will be allocated ratably among each share of common stock with respect to which the distribution is paid and will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital reducing your adjusted tax basis in our Class A Common Stock, but not below zero, and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of such stock, the treatment of which is discussed under “—Gain on Disposition of Shares of Class A Common Stock.” Your adjusted tax basis in a share of our Class A Common Stock is generally your purchase price for such share, reduced by the amount of any such prior tax-free returns of capital (but not below zero).

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A Common Stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends generally will be required (a) to properly complete IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a U.S. person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if such holder’s shares of our Class A Common Stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries or foreign partnerships, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment to you of any dividends and must be updated periodically, including upon a change in circumstances that makes any information on such certificate incorrect.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by such non-U.S. holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) generally will not be subject to the aforementioned withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including providing a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8). Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on earnings and profits attributable to dividends that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to its U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A Common Stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

218


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Shares of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our Class A Common Stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or other disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock, and certain other conditions are met.

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any net gain derived from the disposition generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under graduated U.S. federal income tax rates on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Additionally, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain (or, if an income tax treaty applies, at such lower rate as may be specified by the treaty on its gains attributable to its U.S. permanent establishment), subject to adjustments. Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code. With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not and, although no assurance can be given, do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are, or become, a U.S. real property holding corporation, then, as long as our Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock so long as the non-U.S. holder has not held more than 5% (actually or constructively) of our total outstanding common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of such disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%) for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder on shares of our Class A Common Stock unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

219


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation and administrative guidance, commonly known as “FATCA,” generally imposes a withholding tax of 30% on any dividends on our Class A Common Stock paid to certain “foreign financial institutions,” as specifically defined under such rules (and including where such entity is acting as an intermediary), and generally including a non-U.S. investment vehicle, unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or another exception applies. Absent any applicable exception, FATCA will also generally impose a withholding tax of 30% on any dividends on our Class A Common Stock paid to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that such entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity, and meets certain other specified requirements. As initially enacted, beginning on January 1, 2019 a withholding tax of 30% would have also applied to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A Common Stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a non-financial foreign entity unless the reporting and certification requirements described above had been met or another exception applied. However, the United States Treasury Department has subsequently issued proposed Treasury regulations that, when finalized, will provide for the repeal of the 30% withholding tax that would have applied to all payments of gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our Class A Common Stock. In the preamble to the proposed regulations, the government provided that taxpayers may rely upon these proposed regulations until the issuance of final regulations takes place. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our Class A Common Stock may be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A Common Stock.

THE SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX AND TAX TREATY CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

 

220


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

AmeriVet Securities, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     15,000,000  

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A Common Stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriters may offer and sell shares of Class A Common Stock through certain of their affiliates or other registered broker-dealers or selling agents. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A Common Stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,250,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A Common Stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or part.

 

221


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 2,250,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  
   No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $      $      $  

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $        $        $    

Selling stockholders

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions and financial advisory services fee (further disclosed herein), are approximately $8.7 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for reasonable expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by them.

We intend to list our Class A Common Stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “LDI”.

We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of the holders of our outstanding stock and stock options, including all of the selling stockholders, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock, including Class B Common Stock , Class C Common Stock, Class D Common Stock and units of LD Holdings or otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any of the foregoing actions or activities; or

 

   

enter into any hedging, swap or other arrangement that transfers or is designed to transfer to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Class A Common Stock or such other securities whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or otherwise, publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any of the foregoing transactions or arrangements. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock.

 

222


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transactions, subject in certain cases to various conditions (such as no filing requirements and the transfer of the lock-up restrictions) by our directors, officers, selling stockholders and other holders of our outstanding stock and stock options, including, but not limited to:

 

  (a)

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Class A Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Class A Common Stock during the restricted period;

 

  (b)

transfers in connection with the Reorganization Transactions on the terms described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings” and “—Offering Transactions” in this prospectus prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  (c)

transfers pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency;

 

  (d)

the exchange of any units of LD Holdings and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as the case may be, into or for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (or separate agreement governing such exchange) described in this prospectus;

 

  (e)

any exchange of shares of Class D Common Stock for Class A Common Stock; provided that the shares of Class A Common Stock issued in exchange for shares of Class D Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein; or

 

  (f)

Class A Common Stock to be sold pursuant to this offering.

 

  (g)

transactions relating to securities acquired from the underwriters in this offering (other than any issuer-directed shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by any officer or director of us, or LD Holdings) or acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

  (h)

transfers (i) in the case of a corporation or partnership or limited liability company or other business entity, to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the transferor, (ii) in the case of a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or (iii) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;

 

  (i)

distributions to limited partners, members or stockholders of the security holder;

 

  (j)

the receipt from us or LD Holdings upon the vesting of stock awards or the exercise of options or warrants issued pursuant to our or LD Holdings’ equity incentive plans or the transfer to us or LD Holdings upon a vesting event of our or LD Holdings’ securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our or LD Holdings’ securities (including settlement of restricted stock units), in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the recipient in connection with such vesting or exercise, insofar as such stock award, option or warrant was outstanding on the date of the underwriting agreement and would, by its terms, expire during the restricted period (except that the requirement of expiration during the restricted period shall not apply to stock awards that by their terms are automatically paid or settled upon vesting);

 

  (k)

the transfer to us or LD Holdings, pursuant to agreements under which we or LD Holdings has the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal, as described in this prospectus, with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;

 

  (l)

in the case of an individual, the transfer that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

  (m)

the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, and any transfer to us or LD Holdings made on or about the closing date of this offering in consideration for cash from our proceeds from this offering, on the terms described in this prospectus;

 

  (n)

any transfer pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Class A Common Stock or such other securities involving a “change

 

223


Table of Contents
  of control” (as defined below) of us following this offering approved by the our board of directors; provided that all of the security holder’s shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the lock-up that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to the lock-up; and provided further, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Class A Common Stock or such other securities owned by the security holder shall remain subject to the terms of this agreement. For purposes of this clause, “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than us, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of the total voting power of the voting stock of ours;

 

  (o)

transfers to the security holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the security holder; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause, any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value;

 

  (p)

transfers from an executive officer to us or LD Holdings upon death, disability or termination of employment of such executive officer;

 

  (q)

transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (b), (c) and (i); or

 

  (r)

transfers (i) as a bona fide gift, including to charitable organizations, or by will or intestacy or (ii) to an immediate family member or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, formed for the benefit of the security holder or of an immediate family member of the security holder. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the Class A Common Stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In addition, the restrictions in the foregoing do not apply to certain transactions, subject in certain cases to various conditions (such as no filing requirements and the transfer of the lock-up restrictions) solely by us, including, but not limited to:

 

  (a)

issuances by us or LD Holdings upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

  (b)

issuances by us or LD Holdings of any options and other awards granted under an equity incentive plan described in this prospectus (and issuances by us or LD Holdings upon the exercise thereof under any plan described in this prospectus);

 

  (c)

the filing by us of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock granted pursuant to or reserved for issuance under an equity incentive plan or employee stock purchase plan described in this prospectus; or

 

  (d)

issuances in connection with the acquisition of the business, property or other assets of, or a majority or controlling portion of the equity of, or a business combination, a joint venture, commercial relationship or other strategic transactions with, another entity in connection with such transaction by us or any of our subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate number of securities (on an as-converted, as-exercised or as-exchanged basis) issued or issuable pursuant to this clause does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after the offering of the Class A Common Stock pursuant to this prospectus determined on a fully-diluted basis and assuming that all outstanding Holdco Units in LD Holdings that are exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock are so exchanged.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A Common Stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A Common Stock. Specifically, the underwriters

 

224


Table of Contents

may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A Common Stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the Class A Common Stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the Class A Common Stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A Common Stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, affiliates of Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Barclays Bank PLC, Jefferies and UBS Bank USA currently provide us, and together with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup and Nomura, may provide us in the future, borrowing capacity under loan funding facilities and a mortgage gestation facility. Furthermore, from time to time, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Morgan Stanley, Citigroup, UBS Bank USA, Nomura and Raymond James or their respective affiliates purchase loans from us in the secondary market.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities), currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pursuant to an engagement letter agreement, we retained FTP Securities LLC (“FT Partners”), a FINRA member, to provide certain financial advisory services in connection with this offering. We agreed to pay FT Partners, simultaneously with or prior to the consummation of this offering, a fee equal to 1% of the gross

 

225


Table of Contents

proceeds of this offering. If the proceeds of this offering are less than $200 million, in the event within 36 months of this offering we complete one or more follow-on offerings, we agreed to pay FT Partners a fee of 1% of such follow-on offering proceeds until the fees for this offering and such follow-on offerings equal $2 million in total. We also agreed to reimburse FT Partners for reasonable and documented travel and other out-of-pocket expenses up to a maximum of $100,000 and have provided indemnification of FT Partners pursuant to the engagement agreement. FT Partners is not acting as an underwriter and has no contact with any public or institutional investor on behalf of us or the underwriters. In addition, FT Partners will not underwrite or purchase any of our common shares in this offering or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to certain of our directors, officers and employees through a reserved share program, or Reserved Share Program. If these persons purchase reserved shares of Class A common stock, it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Any shares sold in the Reserved Share Program to a party who has entered into a lock-up agreement shall be subject to the provisions of such lock-up agreement.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

(A) Resale Restrictions

The distribution of shares in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

(B) Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing shares in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

   

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions,

 

   

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

 

226


Table of Contents
   

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

   

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

(C) Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105—Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

(D) Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

(E) Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

(F) Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Relevant State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified

 

227


Table of Contents

investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA.

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “U.K. Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the “Order,” and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (e) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons. Any person in the UK who is not a relevant person must not act on or rely upon this document or any of its contents.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

228


Table of Contents

Switzerland

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the shares described herein. The shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and will not be listed or admitted to trading on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance

 

229


Table of Contents

(Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

shares, debentures and shares of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and shares of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

230


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the offering, including the validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby, will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statement of loanDepot, Inc. at November 6, 2020, included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

231


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A Common Stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.loandepot.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

232


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Financial Statement of loanDepot, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheet as of November 6, 2020

     F-3  

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of LD Holdings Group LLC and subsidiaries

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2020 and December  31, 2019

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Unitholders’ Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019

     F-9  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-11  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of LD Holdings Group LLC and subsidiaries

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-51  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018

     F-52  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-54  

Consolidated Statements of Unitholders’ Equity and Noncontrolling Interests for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-55  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

     F-56  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-58  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholder of loanDepot, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of loanDepot, Inc. (the “Company”) as of November 6, 2020. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall presentation of the balance sheet. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of loanDepot, Inc. at November 6, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Los Angeles, California

November 9, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

loanDepot, Inc.

BALANCE SHEET

 

     November 6,
2020
 

Assets:

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

  

Stockholders’ equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

   $ 10
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ 10
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

loanDepot, Inc.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET

NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND BACKGROUND

loanDepot, Inc. (“we” or “our”) was incorporated in Delaware on November 6, 2020. Pursuant to a reorganization into a holding company structure, we will be a holding company and our principal asset will be a

controlling equity interest in loanDepot Holdings LLC (“LD Holdings”), which holds all of the equity interest in loanDepot.com, LLC (“LDLLC”). Through our ability to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of LD Holdings, and through LD Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business.

Basis of Presentation

The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented because we have not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with our formation.

NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and other highly liquid investments purchased with a

remaining maturity of 90 days or less at the date of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates carrying value.

Income Taxes

We are treated as a subchapter C corporation, and therefore, are subject to both federal and state income taxes. LD Holdings and LDLLC continue to be recognized as a limited liability company, a pass-through entity for income tax purposes.

NOTE 3 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On November 6, 2020, we were authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value. On November 6, 2020, we issued 1,000 shares for $10.00, all of which are owned by LD Holdings.

NOTE 4 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2020, the date on which our audited balance sheet was available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 
     (Unaudited)         

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 637,511    $ 73,301

Restricted cash

     70,387      44,195

Accounts receivable, net

     118,400      121,046

Loans held for sale, at fair value (includes $791,522 and $807,599 pledged to creditors in securitization trusts at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     4,888,364      3,681,840

Derivative assets, at fair value

     722,149      131,228

Servicing rights, at fair value (includes $286,133 and $281,255 pledged to creditors in securitization trusts at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     780,451      447,478

Property and equipment, net

     76,250      80,897

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     56,449      61,693

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     57,610      52,653

Loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015      197,812

Investments in joint ventures

     16,773      17,030

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     42,954      43,338
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 8,651,313    $ 4,952,511
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE UNITS AND UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 4,601,062    $ 3,466,567

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     375,957      196,102

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     59,432      9,977

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015      197,812

Operating lease liability

     72,590      80,257

Financing lease obligations

     18,258      33,816

Debt obligations, net

     706,478      592,095
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,017,792      4,576,626

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

     

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS – CONTINUED

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 
     (Unaudited)         

Redeemable units:

     

Class I Units (par value zero and $18.7 million; zero and 1,190,093 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

   $ —      $ 34,280

Class A Units (par value $26.9 million; 269,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     26,900      26,900

Class B Units (par value $5.0 million; 50,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     5,000      5,000

Class P Units (par value $12.5 million; 12,500 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     12,500      12,500

Class P-2 Units (par value $20.0 million; 19,800 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     19,800      19,800

Class P-3 Units (par value $40.0 million; 40,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     40,000      40,000

Class Z-1 Units (no par value; 44,502 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable units

     104,200      138,480

Unitholders’ equity:

     

Class Z-2 Units (no par value; 83,189 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Z-3 Units (no par value; 133,789 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 20200 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Z-4 Units (no par value; 268,239 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Y Units (no par value; 14,567 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class W Units (no par value; 10,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class X Units (no par value; 3,961,976,096 and 2,785,758,179 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Class V Units (no par value; 88,841,961 and 337,942,529 units authorized and issued/outstanding at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively)

     —          —    

Additional paid-in capital

     25,664      18,021

Retained earnings

     1,503,657      219,384
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unitholders’ equity

     1,529,321      237,405
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

   $ 8,651,313    $ 4,952,511
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020     2019  

REVENUES:

    

Interest income

   $ 98,149   $ 86,493

Interest expense

     (88,881     (89,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

     9,268     (3,057

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

     2,873,455     788,054

Origination income, net

     167,554     107,850

Servicing fee income

     121,520     85,022

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

     (216,132     (100,051

Other income

     58,115     44,022
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     3,013,780     921,840

EXPENSES:

    

Personnel expense

     1,022,734     525,948

Marketing and advertising expense

     173,628     133,799

Direct origination expense

     88,627     61,786

General and administrative expense

     120,565     67,708

Occupancy expense

     29,437     27,691

Depreciation and amortization

     27,122     27,285

Subservicing expense

     52,154     28,736

Other interest expense

     32,117     30,392
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,546,384     903,345
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     1,467,396     18,495

Income taxes

     1,457     288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,465,939   $ 18,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Class Z-2     Class Z-3     Class Z-4     Class Y     Class W     Class X     Class V     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Equity
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                    

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019:

                                  

Balance at December 31, 2018

     83   $ —       134   $ —       268   $ —       15   $ —       10   $ —       2,791,898   $ —       421,493   $ —     $ 17,830   $ 192,581   $ 210,411

Repurchase

     —       $ —       —       $ —       —       $ —       —       $ —       —       $ —       —       $ —       —       $ —     $ —     $ (5   $ (5

Equity-based compensation

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         238     —         238

Dividends

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (6,128     (6,128

Net income

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         18,207     18,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2019

     83   $ —       134   $ —       268   $ —       15   $ —       10   $ —       2,791,898   $ —       421,493   $ —     $ 18,068   $ 204,655   $ 222,723
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020:

                                  

Balance at December 31, 2019

     83   $ —       134   $ —       268   $ —       15   $ —       10   $ —       2,785,758   $ —       337,943   $ —     $ 18,021   $ 219,384   $ 237,405

Redemptions

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (31,028     (31,028

Repurchase

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (220     (220

Forfeitures

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (29,811     —         (30,002     —         —         —         —    

Equity-based compensation

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,206,029     —         (219,099     —         7,643     —         7,643

Dividends

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (150,418     (150,418

Net income

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1,465,939     1,465,939
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

     83   $ —       134   $ —       268   $ —       15   $ —       10   $ —       3,961,976   $ —       88,842   $ —     $ 25,664   $ 1,503,657   $ 1,529,321
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020     2019  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 1,465,939   $ 18,207

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization expense

     27,122     27,285

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     4,765     4,177

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets

     19,215     15,432

Gain on origination and sale of loans

     (2,256,438     (668,176

Loss (gain) on sale of servicing rights

     3,074     (2,767

Increase in trading securities

     —         (6,406

Fair value change in trading securities

     —         (426

Provision for loss obligation on sold loans and servicing rights

     10,446     12,670

Fair value change in derivative assets

     (587,935     (119,549

Fair value change in derivative liabilities

     49,455     (27,112

Premium (paid) received on derivatives

     (2,986     28,389

Fair value change in loans held for sale

     (114,173     (3,621

Fair value change in servicing rights

     232,598     119,585

Equity compensation

     7,643     238

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     32,650     189

Originations of loans

     (63,183,309     (29,008,960

Proceeds from sales of loans

     63,874,371     28,697,767

Proceeds from principal payments

     43,307     85,285

Payments to investors for loan repurchases

     (150,274     (109,340

Disbursements from joint ventures

     6,633     9,119

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Other changes in operating assets and liabilities

     99,754     (15,325
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (418,143     (943,339
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (19,625     (9,856

Proceeds from sale of servicing rights

     6,023     161,932

Return of capital from joint ventures

     300     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities

     (13,302     152,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED

(Dollars in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020     2019  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from borrowings on warehouse lines of credit

   $ 63,014,591   $ 28,285,806

Repayment of borrowings on warehouse lines of credit

     (61,880,096     (27,511,934

Proceeds from debt obligations

     169,100     146,200

Payments on debt obligations

     (55,000     (155,740

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (4,503     (2,088

Payments for contingent consideration

     (13,268     (961

Proceeds from financing lease transactions

     —         7,816

Payments on financing lease obligation

     (18,025     (12,044

Redemption of Class I Common Units

     (38,400     —    

Payments on repurchase of units

     (220     (5

Dividend distributions

     (152,332     (492
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,021,847     756,558
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     590,402     (34,705

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     117,496     113,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the period

   $ 707,898   $ 79,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid during the period for:

    

Interest

   $ 128,091   $ 53,488

Income taxes

     196     —    

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Purchase of equipment under financing leases

   $ 2,468   $ 10,187

Operating lease right-of-use assets received in exchange for lease
liabilities

     13,971     76,549

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

LD Holdings Group LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as “LD Holdings” or the “Company”) provides residential mortgage loans and related services associated with these activities such as servicing of loans and settlement services for real estate transactions. The Company derives income primarily from gains from the sale of loans to investors, income from loan servicing, and fees charged for settlement services related to the origination and sale of loans. The Company was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on October 16, 2015. The Company operates under the LD Holdings Group LLC Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) dated December 31, 2018. The LLC Agreement was amended and restated on October 1, 2020.

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include loanDepot.com, LLC (“loanDepot”), loanDepot’s controlled consolidated subsidiary LD Escrow, Inc. (“LD Escrow”), LD Settlement Services, LLC (“LDSS”), mello Holdings, LLC (“MH”), Artemis Management LLC (“ART”) and consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. loanDepot engages in the originating, financing, selling and servicing of residential mortgage loans, and engages in title, escrow and settlement services for mortgage loan transactions. Other entities that the Company does not consolidate, but for which it has significant influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method.

During the first six months of 2020, LD Escrow completed the transition of its operations to LDSS and LD Escrow has ceased operations as a title and escrow service provider.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A description of the Company’s significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, including determining the fair value of loans held for sale, servicing rights, derivative assets and derivative liabilities, awards granted under the incentive equity plan, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, and determining the loan loss obligation on sold loans. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

The Company’s organizational structure is currently comprised of one operating segment. This determination is based on the organizational structure, which reflects how the chief operating decision maker evaluates the performance of the business. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the performance of our divisions that comprise our one segment based on the measurement of income before income taxes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, all amounts recorded in cash and cash equivalents represent cash held in banks, with the exception of insignificant amounts of petty cash held on hand.

Restricted Cash

Cash balances that have restrictions as to the Company’s ability to withdraw funds are considered restricted cash. Restricted cash is the result of the terms of the Company’s warehouse lines of credit and debt obligations. In accordance with the terms of the warehouse lines of credit and debt obligations, the Company is required to maintain cash balances with the lender as additional collateral for the borrowings.

Fair Value

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether the inputs are observable in the market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of assets and liabilities measured at fair value within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels (with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

 

   

Level 2 - Prices determined or determinable using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and other inputs.

 

   

Level 3 - Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The fair value option provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value. The Company has elected the fair value option on loans held for sale and servicing rights. Elections were made to mitigate income statement volatility caused by differences in the measurement basis of elected instruments with derivative financial instruments that are carried at fair value.

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value

Management has elected to account for loans held for sale (“LHFS”) at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income, to more timely reflect the Company’s performance. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net. The Company classifies LHFS as “Level 2” fair value financial instruments.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Sale Recognition

The Company recognizes transfers of loans held for sale as sales when it surrenders control over the loans. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Interest Income and Expense Recognition

Interest income on loans held for sale is recognized using their contractual interest rates. Interest income recognition is suspended for loans when they become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management’s opinion, a full recovery of interest and principal becomes doubtful. Interest income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Interest income on non-accrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash is received.

Interest expense on warehouse and other lines of credit, debt obligations, and other types of borrowings is recognized using their contractual rates. Interest expense includes the amortization of expenses incurred in connection with financing activities over the term of the related borrowings.

Origination Income, net Recognition

Origination income, net, reflects the fees earned, net of lender credits paid from originating loans. Origination income includes loan origination fees, processing fees, underwriting fees and other fees collected from the borrower at the time of funding, as well as the platform licensing fee income received from personal loan products. Lender credits typically include rebates or concessions to borrowers for certain loan origination costs.

Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

The Company is involved in several types of securitization and financing transactions that utilize special-purpose entities (SPEs). A SPE is an entity that is designed to fulfill a specified limited need of the sponsor. The Company’s principal use of SPEs is to obtain liquidity by securitizing certain of its financial and non-financial assets. SPEs involved in the Company’s securitization and other financing transactions are often considered VIEs. VIEs are entities that have a total equity investment at risk that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, whose equity investors at risk lack the ability to control the entity’s activities, or is structured with non-substantive voting rights.

Securitization transactions are accounted for either as sales or secured borrowings. The Company may retain economic interests in the securitized and sold assets, which are generally retained in the form of subordinated interests, residual interests, and/or servicing rights.

In order to conclude whether or not a VIE is required to be consolidated, careful consideration and judgment must be given to the Company’s continuing involvement with the VIE. In circumstances where the Company has a variable interest along with the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s performance or meet other criteria, the Company would conclude to consolidate the entity, which would also preclude the Company from recording an accounting sale on the transaction. In the case of a consolidated VIE, the accounting reflects a secured borrowing (e.g., the securitized loans or assets and the related debt are reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In transactions where the Company does not meet the consolidation guidance (i.e. the Company is not determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE or other factors), the Company must determine whether or not it achieves a sale for accounting purposes. In order to achieve a sale for accounting purposes, the assets being transferred must be legally isolated, not be constrained by restrictions from further transfer, and be deemed to be beyond the Company’s control. If the Company were to fail any of the three criteria for sale accounting, the accounting would be consistent with the preceding paragraph (i.e., a secured borrowing). Refer to Note 8 – Variable Interest Entities for discussion on VIEs.

Whether on- or off-balance sheet, the investors in the securitization trusts have no recourse to the Company’s assets outside of protections afforded through customary market representation and warranty repurchase provisions.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. The Company accounts for derivatives as free-standing derivatives and does not designate any derivative financial instruments for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period earnings.

The Company enters into commitments to originate loans held for sale, at specified interest rates, with customers who have applied for residential mortgage loans and meet certain credit and underwriting criteria. These interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) meet the definition of a derivative financial instrument and are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. Unrealized gains and losses on the IRLCs are recorded as derivative assets and derivative liabilities, respectively, and are measured based on the value of the underlying loan, quoted MBS prices, estimates of the fair value of the servicing rights and an estimate of the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment, net of estimated costs.

The Company is exposed to price risk related to its loans held for sale, IRLCs and servicing rights. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate a loan is made to a borrower or to purchase a loan from a third-party, to the time the loan is sold. During this period, the Company is exposed to losses if mortgage interest rates rise because the value of the IRLC or the loan held for sale decreases. Reductions in the value of these assets affect income primarily through change in fair value. Servicing rights are accounted for at fair value and the Company is exposed to losses on servicing rights if mortgage interest rates decline. Reductions in the value of servicing rights affect income primarily through changes in fair value.

The Company manages the price risk created by IRLCs and loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) trades and options on Treasury futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative financial instruments. Forward sale agreements and options are included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company classifies IRLCs as “Level 3” financial statement items, and the derivative financial instruments it acquires to manage the risks created by IRLCs and loans held for sale as “Level 2” fair value financial statement items. The Company manages the risk created by servicing rights by hedging the fair value of servicing rights with interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond future contracts. The Company classifies the interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond futures contracts as “Level 1” financial statement items. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

Changes in fair value of derivatives hedging IRLCs and loans held for sale at fair value are included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net on the consolidated statements of operations. Changes in fair value of servicing rights hedging are included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The Company has master netting arrangements with certain counterparties of derivative instruments and warehouse lines. Under these master netting arrangements, the Company can offset the fair value of the derivative instrument against the fair value of the LHFS collateralizing the warehouse line, thereby netting the increase or decrease in the fair value of the derivative instruments against the increase or decrease in the fair value of the LHFS. The Company’s policy is to present such arrangements on the associated assets and liabilities on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheets.

Servicing Rights

Servicing rights arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. Servicing functions typically include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising the acquisition of real estate in settlement of loans and property disposition. The Company utilizes a sub-servicer to service its loan servicing portfolio. The Company is required to make servicing advances on behalf of borrowers and investors to cover delinquent balances for property taxes, insurance premiums and other costs. Advances are made in accordance with servicing agreements and are recoverable upon collection from the borrower or foreclosure of the underlying loans. The Company periodically reviews the receivable for collectability and amounts are written-off when deemed uncollectible. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had $28.6 million and $23.5 million, respectively, in outstanding servicing advances included in prepaid expenses and other assets.

When the Company sells a loan on a servicing-retained basis, it recognizes a servicing asset at fair value based on the present value of future cash flows generated by the servicing asset retained in the sale. The Company has made the election to carry its servicing rights at fair value.

The value of the servicing rights is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee monthly on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

The Company is exposed to fair value risk related to its servicing rights. Servicing rights generally decline in fair value when market mortgage interest rates decrease. Decreasing market mortgage interest rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the servicing rights, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect income primarily through change in fair value.

The fair value of servicing rights is difficult to determine because servicing rights are not actively traded in observable stand-alone markets. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of servicing rights. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows. The inputs used in the Company’s discounted cash flow model are based on market factors, which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar servicing rights. The key inputs used in the valuation of servicing rights include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These inputs can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of servicing rights and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company’s income. Therefore, the Company classifies its servicing rights as “Level 3” fair value financial statement items.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Servicing Fee Income

The Company receives servicing fee income from its servicing portfolio. Servicing fee income is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded to servicing fee income. The Company’s subservicing expenses are recorded to subservicing expense.

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, net

Unrealized gains (losses) resulting from changes in the fair value of servicing rights are recorded to change in fair value of servicing rights, net. Realized and unrealized hedging gains (losses) associated with interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond future contracts used to hedge interest rate risk on servicing rights are recorded in changes in fair value of servicing rights, net. Realized gains (losses) from the sale of servicing rights are also included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

Sale Recognition

The Company recognizes sales of servicing rights to a purchaser as sales when (i) the Company has received approval from the investor, if required, (ii) the purchaser is currently approved as a servicer and is not at risk of losing approval status, (iii) if the portion of the sales price has been financed, an adequate nonrefundable down payment has been received and the note receivable from the purchaser provides full recourse to the purchaser, and (iv) any temporary servicing performed by the Company for a short period of time is compensated in accordance with a subservicing contract that provides adequate compensation. Additionally, the Company recognizes sales of servicing rights as sales if title passes, if substantially all risks and rewards of ownership have irrevocably passed to the purchaser and any protection provisions retained by the Company are minor and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, if a sale is recognized and only minor protection provisions exist, a liability is accrued for the estimated obligation associated with those provisions.

Trading Securities, at Fair Value

The Company accounts for trading securities at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income in other income. Other income includes net realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities. Trading securities may be pledged as collateral to secure debt obligations and are held for liquidity purposes.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are stated amounts due from customers or from investors for loans sold, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable that are outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company establishes a reserve for all amounts due from borrowers and investors that are over 150 days old. There was $0.4 million and $1.3 million in allowance for credit losses at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company writes off accounts receivable when management deems them uncollectible. There were $0.4 million and $0.6 million of accounts receivable write-offs during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Useful lives for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

 

     Years  

Leasehold improvements

     2-15  

Furniture and equipment

     5-7  

Computer software

     3-5  

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Expenditures that materially increase the asset life are capitalized, while ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in earnings.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at contract inception and recognizes operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding operating lease liability based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term, except leases with initial terms less than or equal to 12 months. While the operating leases may include options to extend the term, these options are not included when calculating the operating lease right-of-use asset and lease liability unless the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise such options. Most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate and, therefore, the Company determines the present value of lease payments by using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s lease agreements include both lease and non-lease components (such as common area maintenance), which are generally included in the lease and are accounted for together with the lease as a single lease component. Certain of the Company’s lease agreements permit it to sublease leased assets. Sublease income is included as a component of lease expense.

Operating lease ROU assets are regularly reviewed for impairment under the long-lived asset impairment guidance in ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment - Overall.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Acquired intangible assets are recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess cost of acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated lives using the straight-line method. On an annual basis, during the fourth quarter, the Company evaluates whether there has been a change in the estimated useful life or if certain impairment indicators exist.

Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually, during the fourth quarter, and more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level.

In testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In making this assessment, the Company considers all relevant events and circumstances. These include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations and the reporting unit’s overall financial performance. If the Company concludes, based on its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is at least equal to its carrying amount, then the Company concludes that the goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and no further testing is performed. However, if the Company determines, based on its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company will perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. At the Company’s option, it may, in any given period, bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative approach.

The quantitative assessment begins with a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to the difference, limited to the total amount of goodwill for the reporting unit. No impairment was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically assesses long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

Loan Loss Obligation on Loans Sold

When the Company sells loans to investors, the risk of loss or default by the borrower is generally transferred to the investor. However, the Company is required by these investors to make certain representations relating to credit information, loan documentation and collateral. These representations and warranties may extend through the contractual life of the mortgage loan. Subsequent to the sale, if underwriting deficiencies, borrower fraud or documentation defects are discovered in individual mortgage loans, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the respective mortgage loan or indemnify the investors for any losses from borrower defaults if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured within the specified period following discovery.

In the case of early loan payoffs and early defaults on certain loans, the Company may be required to repay all or a portion of the premium initially paid by the investor on loans. The estimated obligation associated with early loan payoffs and early defaults is calculated based on historical loss experience.

The obligation for losses related to the representations and warranties and other provisions discussed above is recorded based upon an estimate of losses. Because the Company does not service all of the loans it sells, it does not maintain nor have access to the current balances and loan performance data with respect to all of the individual loans previously sold to investors. However, the Company uses industry-available prepayment data and historical and projected loss frequency and loss severity ratios to estimate its exposure to losses on loans previously sold. Given current general industry trends in mortgage loans as well as housing prices, market expectations around losses related to the Company’s obligations could vary significantly from the obligation recorded as of the balance sheet date. The Company records a provision for loan losses, included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations, to establish the loan repurchase reserve for sold loans which is reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company (“LLC”). Under federal and applicable state laws, taxes based on income of an LLC treated as a partnership are payable by the LLC’s members individually and not at the entity level. Additionally, the Company is subject to annual state LLC franchise taxes and state LLC fees. These taxes and fees are included in general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s provision for income taxes at the consolidated level include federal, state and local taxes for LD Escrow and American Coast Title Company, Inc. (“ACT”), two wholly-owned subsidiaries that are both C corporations, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the change.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions deemed to meet the more-likely than-not threshold of being sustained would be recorded as a tax benefit in the current period. The Company has reviewed all open tax years (2015—2020) in each respective jurisdiction and concluded that it has a tax liability resulting from unrecognized tax benefits relating to uncertain income tax positions.

Redeemable Units

In accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, outstanding Class I, A, B, P, P-2, P-3 and Z-1 Redeemable Units were classified outside of permanent equity and within temporary equity due to their associated redemption features and liquidation preferences. In a liquidation event, the Redeemable Units have preference over the Units classified as permanent equity to any proceeds from a liquidation event at amounts described for each Unit Class. Proceeds include cash or the issuance of stock to Unitholders in a qualified public offering. A liquidation event includes (i) the sale or disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the stockholders of the Company prior to the transaction no longer hold at least 50 percent of the voting power of the merged or consolidated entity, (iii) a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or (iv) a qualified public offering. Upon a qualified public offering each Unit would receive proceeds (cash or shares of stock) at the applicable liquidation preference proportional to its value in the overall Company.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company’s 2009 Incentive Equity Plan, 2012 Incentive Equity Plan, and 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) provide for awards of various classes of Common Units, as described in the Plans. The Company uses the grant-date fair value of equity awards to determine the compensation cost associated with each award. Grant-date fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model adjusted for unique characteristics of the specific awards. Compensation cost for service-based equity awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award such that compensation cost recognized at any date is at least equal to the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. Expense is reduced for actual forfeitures as they occur. The cost of equity-based compensation is recorded to personnel expense.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred and principally represent online advertising costs, including fees paid to search engines, distribution partners, master service agreements with brokers, and desk rental agreements with realtors. Advertising expense amounted to $173.6 million and $133.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Prepaid advertising expenses are capitalized and recognized during the period the expenses are incurred. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, capitalized advertising expense totaled $13 thousand and $0.9 million, respectively, recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets.

Concentration of Risk

The Company has concentrated its credit risk for cash by maintaining deposits in several financial institutions, which may at times exceed amounts covered by insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash.

Due to the nature of the mortgage lending industry, changes in interest rates may significantly impact revenue from originating mortgages and subsequent sales of loans to investors, which are the primary source of

 

F-19


Table of Contents

income for the Company. The Company originates mortgage loans on property located throughout the United States, with loans originated for property located in California totaling approximately 30% of total loan originations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The Company sells mortgage loans to various third-party investors. Three investors accounted for 36%, 30%, and 20% of the Company’s loan sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. No other investors accounted for more than 5% of the loan sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The Company funds loans through warehouse lines of credit. As of September 30, 2020, 25% and 11% of the Company’s warehouse lines were payable to two separate lenders.

NOTE 2 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing measurement of the allowance for credit losses that is based on an incurred loss accounting model with an expected loss model, which requires the Company to use a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivable, loans and other financial instruments that are measured on the amortized cost basis. The majority of the Company’s financial assets are measured at fair value and therefore, not subject to the requirements of ASU 2016-13. The adoption of the amendments in ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s allowance for credit losses on its assets subject to ASU 2016-13 due to the assets’ relatively short-term lives.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13,Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU was issued to improve the effectiveness of disclosure requirements on a narrow set of concepts relating to fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted for any eliminated or modified disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020, and the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the changes were limited to existing disclosure which were already aligned with the updates.

In September 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15,Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.” ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The ASU was effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2020 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements given that (1) the changes under the ASU generally align with our existing accounting treatment of implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract and (2) the Company has not incurred a material amount of implementation costs in a hosting arrangement.

In December 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-12,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.” The amendments in ASU 2019-12 simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04,Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting,” which provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the benefits of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are elective and apply to all entities, subject to meeting certain criteria, that have contract, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This guidance is effective upon issuance and allows application to contract changes as early as January 1, 2020. The Company is in the process of reviewing its warehouse and other lines of credit and debt obligations that use LIBOR as the reference rate and is currently evaluating the potential impact that the adoption of this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 – FAIR VALUE

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) with prospective borrowers, which are commitments to originate loans at a specified interest rate. The IRLCs are recorded as a component of derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value being recorded in current earnings as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

IRLCs for loans to be sold to investors are economically hedged using mandatory or assignment of trades (“AOT”), best efforts sale commitments or options on U.S. treasury futures. The Company estimates the fair value of the IRLCs based on quoted agency to be announced mortgage-backed securities (“TBA MBS”) prices, its estimate of the fair value of the servicing rights it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased (the “pull-through rate”) and estimated transformative costs. The pull-through rate is based on the Company’s own experience and is a significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of these instruments and results in the classification of these instruments as Level 3. Significant changes in the pull-through rate of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in significant changes in fair value measurement. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there was $30.4 billion and $8.9 billion, respectively, of IRLCs notional value outstanding.

LHFS to be sold to investors are also hedged using mandatory trades or AOTs, best efforts sale commitments or put options. The LHFS are valued at the best execution value based on the underlying characteristics of the loan, which is either based off of the TBA MBS market, or investor pricing, based on product, note rate and term. The most significant data inputs used in this valuation include, but are not limited to, loan type, underlying loan amount, note rate, loan program, and expected sale date of the loan. The valuations for LHFS are adjusted at the loan level to consider the servicing release premium and loan level pricing adjustments specific to each loan. LHFS, excluding impaired loans, are classified as Level 2. LHFS measured at fair value that become impaired are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3. Changes in the fair value of the LHFS are recorded in current earnings as a component of Gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

As described above, the Company economically hedges the changes in fair value of IRLCs and LHFS caused by changes in interest rates by using mandatory trades or AOTs, best efforts forward delivery commitments, and put options. These instruments are considered derivative instruments and are recorded at fair value as a component of derivative assets, at fair value or derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The changes in fair value for these hedging instruments are recorded in current earnings as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Mandatory trades are valued using inputs related to characteristics of the TBA MBS stratified by product, coupon, and settlement date. These derivatives are classified as Level 2. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there was $40.7 billion and $13.7 billion, respectively, of unsettled mandatory trade notional value outstanding.

Best efforts forward delivery commitments are valued using investor pricing considering the current base loan price. An anticipated loan funding probability is applied to value best efforts commitments hedging IRLCs, which results in the classification of these contracts as Level 3. The current base loan price and the anticipated loan funding probability are the most significant assumptions affecting the value of the best efforts commitments. The best efforts forward delivery commitments hedging LHFS are classified as Level 2; such contracts are transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 at the time the underlying loan is originated. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balance of best effort forward delivery commitments was not material.

The Company also purchases out-of-the-money put options on 10-year treasury futures to economically hedge interest rate risk. Risk of loss associated with the put options is limited to the premium paid for the option. These put options are actively traded in a liquid market and thus, these instruments are considered to be valued with Level 1 inputs.

The fair value of the servicing rights is based on applying the inputs to calculate the net present value of estimated servicing rights income. Significant inputs in the valuation of the servicing rights include discount rates, prepayment speeds and the cost of servicing. These inputs are predominantly Level 3 in nature as they utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, default rate and discount rate assumptions. Changes in the fair value of servicing rights occur primarily due to realization of expected cash flows as well as the changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. If prepayments occur at a rate greater than the Company’s estimate, the fair value of the servicing rights will decrease accordingly.

The fair value estimate for contingent consideration was determined by the Company using the annual earnout computation according to the asset purchase agreement including current pretax earnings less prior period pretax losses and estimated earnout in the likelihood and timing of a liquidity event. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the fair value of contingent consideration was $21.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments included in the consolidated financial statements:

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 637,511    $ 637,511    $ —        $ —    

Restricted cash

     70,387      70,387      —          —    

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     4,888,364      —          4,888,364      —    

Derivative assets, at fair value (1)

     722,149      —          75      722,074

Servicing rights, at fair value

     780,451      —          —          780,451

Loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015      —          1,184,015      —    

Liabilities

           

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 4,601,062    $ —        $ 4,601,062    $ —    

Derivative liabilities, at fair value (2)

     59,432      1,459      57,557      416

Servicing rights, at fair value (3)

     3,458      —          —          3,458

Contingent consideration (3)

     21,756      —          —          21,756

Debt obligations:

           

Secured credit facilities

     382,867      —          385,000      —    

Unsecured term loan

     248,786      —          —          250,000

Convertible note

     74,825      —          —          75,000

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     1,184,015      —          1,184,015      —    

 

F-22


Table of Contents
(1)

Amounts include interest rate lock commitments, forward sales contracts, put options and interest rate swap futures.

(2)

Amounts include forward sales contracts and interest rate lock commitments.

(3)

Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 73,301    $ 73,301    $ —        $ —    

Restricted cash

     44,195      44,195      —          —    

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     3,681,840      —          3,681,840      —    

Derivative assets, at fair value (1)

     131,228      —          1,345      129,883

Servicing rights, at fair value

     447,478      —          —          447,478

Loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      —          197,812      —    

Liabilities

           

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 3,466,567    $ —        $ 3,466,567    $ —    

Derivative liabilities, at fair value (2)

     9,977      1,316      6,987      1,674

Servicing rights, at fair value (3)

     3,035      —          —          3,035

Contingent consideration (3)

     2,374      —          —          2,374

Debt obligations:

           

Secured credit facilities

     294,049      —          295,900      —    

Unsecured term loan

     248,289      —          —          250,000

Convertible note

     49,757      —          —          50,000

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      —          197,812      —    

 

(1)

Amounts include interest rate lock commitments, forward sales contracts, put options and interest rate swap futures.

(2)

Amounts include forward sales contracts and interest rate lock commitments.

(3)

Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     September 30, 2020  
     Recurring Fair Value Measurements of Assets (Liabilities) Using:  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total Fair
Value
Measurements
 

Loans held for sale

   $ —       $ 4,888,364   $ —       $ 4,888,364

Interest rate lock commitments, net (1)

     —         —         721,658     721,658

Servicing rights—assets

     —         —         780,451     780,451

Forward sales contracts—assets (2)

     —         75     —         75

Servicing rights—liabilities

     —         —         (3,458     (3,458

Interest rate swap futures—liabilities (2)

     (531     —         —         (531

Forward sales contracts—liabilities (3)

     —         (57,557     —         (57,557

Put options on treasuries—liabilities (2)

     (928     —         —         (928

Contingent consideration (4)

     —         —         (21,756     (21,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ (1,459   $ 4,830,882   $ 1,476,895   $ 6,306,318
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
(1)

Includes $0.4 million of IRLC liabilities. Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)

Amounts included in derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(4)

In September 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to pay off the contingent consideration liability for $32.4 million comprised of payments of $10.8 million in September 2020 and $21.6 million in October 2020.

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Recurring Fair Value Measurements of Assets (Liabilities) Using:  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total Fair Value
Measurements
 

Loans held for sale

   $ —       $ 3,681,840   $ —       $ 3,681,840

Interest rate lock commitments, net (1)

     —         —         128,208     128,208

Servicing rights—assets

     —         —         447,478     447,478

Forward sales contracts—assets (2)

     —         1,345     —         1,345

Servicing rights—liabilities

     —         —         (3,035     (3,035

Interest rate swap futures (2)

     (1,316     —         —         (1,316

Forward sales contracts—liabilities (3)

     —         (6,987     —         (6,987

Contingent consideration (4)

     —         —         (2,374     (2,374
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ (1,316   $ 3,676,198   $ 570,277   $ 4,245,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $1.7 million of IRLC liabilities. Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)

Amounts included in derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(4)

In September 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to pay off the contingent consideration liability for $32.4 million comprised of payments of $10.8 million in September 2020 and $21.6 million in October 2020.

The following presents the changes in the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments(1)
    Servicing
Rights,
net(2)
    Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 128,208   $ 444,443   $ (2,374

Total net gains or losses included in earnings (realized and unrealized)

     2,635,861     342,170     (32,650

Sales and settlements

      

Purchases

     —         —         —    

Sales

     —         (9,620     —    

Settlements

     (1,580,842     —         13,268

Transfers of IRLCs to closed loans

     (461,569     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 721,658   $ 776,993   $ (21,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest rate lock commitments include both assets and liabilities and are shown net.

(2)

Balance is net of $3.5 million servicing liability at September 30, 2020

 

F-24


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
    Servicing
Rights, net (2)
    Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 60,466   $ 408,989   $ (961

Total net gains or losses included in earnings (realized and unrealized)

     709,507     86,160     (189

Sales and settlements

      

Purchases

     —         —         —    

Sales

     —         (148,234     —    

Settlements

     (448,788     —         961

Transfers of IRLCs to closed loans

     (167,915     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 153,270   $ 346,915   $ (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest rate lock commitments include both assets and liabilities and are shown net.

(2)

Balance is net of $2.6 million servicing rights liability at September 30, 2019.

The following presents the gains and losses included in earnings for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 relating to the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
     Servicing
Rights, net (2)
     Contingent
Consideration (3)
 

Total net gains (losses) included in earnings

   $ 593,450    $ 342,170    $ (32,650
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at period end

   $ 721,658    $ 457,478    $ (32,650
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Gains (losses) included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

(2)

Includes $574.8 million in gains included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net and $232.6 million in losses included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

(3)

Gains (losses) included in general and administrative expense.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
     Servicing
Rights, net (2)
     Contingent
Consideration (3)
 

Total net (losses) gains included in earnings

   $ 92,804    $ 86,160    $ (189
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains relating to assets and liabilities still held at period end

   $ 153,270    $ 106,334    $ (189
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Gains (losses) included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

(2)

Includes $205.7 million in gains included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net and $119.6 million in losses included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net, for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

(3)

Gains (losses) included in general and administrative expense.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The following table presents quantitative information about the valuation techniques and unobservable inputs applied to Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Unobservable Input

   Range of
inputs
     Weighted
Average
     Range of inputs      Weighted
Average
 

IRLCs:

           

Pull-through rate

     1.0% - 99.9%        73.3%        2.4% - 99.9%        67.6%  

Servicing rights:

           

Discount rate

     5.0% - 10.0%        6.3%        5.0% - 10.0%        7.2%  

Prepayment rate

     14.9% - 34.8%        15.6%        11.8% - 26.1%        13.3%  

Cost to service (per loan)

     $71 - $137          $96          $71 - $121          $103    

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company did not have any material assets or liabilities that were recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

Financial instruments were either recorded at fair value or the carrying value approximated fair value. For financial instruments that were not recorded at fair value, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities, their carrying values approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments.

The Company’s warehouse lines of credit bear interest at a rate that is periodically adjusted based on a market index. The carrying value of warehouse lines of credit approximates fair value.

The Company’s Secured Credit Facility stated rate of interest per annum is 30-day LIBOR plus a margin, and was the same as the market rate for this instrument as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The carrying value of this Secured Credit Facility approximates fair value as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The Company’s $75.0 million Second Secured Credit Facility to finance servicing rights accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin, and was the same as the market rate for this instrument as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The carrying value of the Second Secured Credit Facility approximates fair value as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

The Company’s $250.0 million Unsecured Term Loan accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin, and was the same as the market rate for this instrument as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The carrying value of the Second Unsecured Term Loan approximates fair value as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

NOTE 4 – BALANCE SHEET NETTING

Certain derivatives, loan warehouse and repurchase agreements are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. In certain circumstances the Company may elect to present certain financial assets, liabilities, and related collateral subject to master netting arrangements in a net position on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not meet these requirements, accordingly it does not report any of these financial assets or liabilities on a net basis, and presents them on a gross basis on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The table below represents financial assets and liabilities that are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements categorized by financial instrument, together with corresponding financial instruments and corresponding collateral received or pledged.

 

    September 30, 2020  
    Gross amounts
of recognized
assets
(liabilities)
    Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Net amounts
of assets
(liabilities)
presented in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Gross amounts not offset in
consolidated balance
sheet
    Net amount  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Financial
instruments
    Cash
collateral
(received)
pledged
 

Assets

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ 32,919   $ (32,844   $ 75   $ —       $ —       $ 75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 32,919   $ (32,844   $ 75   $ —       $ —       $ 75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ (90,401   $ 32,844   $ (57,557   $ —       $ —       $ (57,557

Put options on treasuries

    (928     —         (928     —         —         (928

Interest rate swap futures

    (531     —         (531     —         —         (531

Warehouse lines of credit

    (4,601,062     —         (4,601,062     4,805,413     6,205     210,556

Debt obligations

    (385,000     —         (385,000     777,113     12,589     404,702
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ (5,077,922   $ 32,844   $ (5,045,078   $ 5,582,526   $ 18,794   $ 556,242
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Gross amounts
of recognized
assets
(liabilities)
    Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Net amounts
of assets
(liabilities)
presented in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Gross amounts not offset in
consolidated balance
sheet
    Net amount  

(Dollars in thousands)

  Financial
instruments
    Cash
collateral
(received)
pledged
 

Assets

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ 9,881   $ (8,536   $ 1,345   $ —       $ (339   $ 1,006
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 9,881   $ (8,536   $ 1,345   $ —       $ (339   $ 1,006
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ (15,523   $ 8,536   $ (6,987   $ —       $ —       $ (6,987

Interest rate swap futures

    (1,316     —         (1,316     —         —         (1,316

Warehouse lines of credit

    (3,466,567     —         (3,466,567     3,633,066     4,352     170,851

Debt obligations

    (295,900     —         (295,900     439,063     35,330     178,493
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ (3,779,306   $ 8,536   $ (3,770,770   $ 4,072,129   $ 39,682   $ 341,041
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has entered into agreements with counterparties, which include netting arrangements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions on a net basis. In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide certain counterparties collateral against derivative financial instruments, warehouse lines of credit or debt obligations. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, counterparties held $6.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in margin accounts as collateral (which is classified as restricted cash on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets).

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – LOANS HELD FOR SALE, AT FAIR VALUE

The following table represents the unpaid principal balance of LHFS by product type of loan as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

     September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount      %     Amount      %  

Conforming - fixed

   $ 3,824,060      81   $ 2,553,986      71

Conforming - ARM

     36,407      1       35,345      1  

Government - fixed

     694,545      15       527,755      15  

Government - ARM

     59,737      1       47,900      1  

Other - residential mortgage loans

     80,274      2       436,934      12  

Consumer loans

     2,740      —         3,492      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,697,763      100     3,605,412      100

Fair value adjustment

     190,601        76,428   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,888,364      $ 3,681,840   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

A summary of the changes in the balance of loans held for sale is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 3,681,840    $ 2,295,451

Origination and purchase of loans

     63,183,309      29,008,961

Sales

     (62,192,701      (28,235,361

Repurchases

     145,049      93,990

Principal payments

     (43,306      (85,286

Fair value gain

     114,173      3,646
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 4,888,364    $ 3,081,401
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net is comprised of the following components:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Premium from loan sales

   $ 2,125,730    $ 664,327

Servicing rights

     574,768      205,745

Unrealized gains from derivative assets and liabilities

     519,465      123,302

Realized losses from derivative assets and liabilities

     (372,029      (149,354

Discount points, rebates and lender paid costs

     (72,031      (52,543

Mark to market gain on loans held for sale

     114,173      3,621

Provision for loan loss obligation for loans sold

     (16,621      (7,044
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,873,455    $ 788,054
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had $22.3 million and $21.5 million of loans held for sale on non-accrual status as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Continuing Involvement in Loans Sold through Servicing Arrangements

Loans eligible for repurchase represents certain mortgage loans sold pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) programs where the Company, as servicer, has the unilateral option to repurchase the loan if certain criteria are met, including if a loan is greater than 90 days delinquent. Regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company must recognize eligible loans and a corresponding repurchase liability in its consolidated balance sheets.

The balances of Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 or more days past due at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 totaled $1.18 billion and $197.8 million, respectively, and represent loans that the Company is eligible to repurchase from Ginnie Mae guaranteed securitizations as part of its contractual obligations as the servicer of the loans. The terms of the Ginnie Mae MBS program allow, but do not require, the Company to repurchase mortgage loans when the borrower has made no payments for three consecutive months. As a result of this right, the Company records the loans in loans eligible for repurchase and records a corresponding liability in liability for loans eligible for repurchase on its consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 6 – SERVICING RIGHTS, AT FAIR VALUE

The outstanding principal balance of the servicing portfolio was comprised of the following:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Conventional

   $ 49,747,418    $ 14,250,476

Government

     27,424,580      22,085,650
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing portfolio

   $ 77,171,998    $ 36,336,126
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the unpaid principal balance underlying servicing rights is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Current loans

   $ 74,587,742    $ 35,706,264

Loans 30 - 89 days delinquent

     891,361      328,040

Loans 90 or more days delinquent or in foreclosure

     1,692,895      301,822
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing portfolio (1)

   $ 77,171,998    $ 36,336,126
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

At September 30, 2020, 3.4% of the servicing portfolio was in forbearance as a result of payment relief efforts afforded to borrowers as a result of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act and other regulatory guidance.

A summary of the changes in the balance of servicing rights is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 444,443    $ 408,989

Additions

     574,768      205,745

Sales proceeds, net

     (9,620      (148,234

Changes in fair value:

     

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions

     (112,059      (64,602

Other changes in fair value

     (120,539      (54,983
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 776,993    $ 346,915
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
(1)

Balance is net of $3.5 million and $2.6 million servicing rights liability at September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following is a summary of the components of loan servicing fee income as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Contractual servicing fees

   $ 112,917    $ 70,446

Late, ancillary and other fees

     8,603      14,576
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 121,520    $ 85,022
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the components of changes in fair value of servicing rights, net as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Changes in fair value:

     

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions

   $ (112,059    $ (64,602

Other changes in fair value

     (120,539      (54,983

Realized gains (losses) on sales of servicing rights

     (2,549      (3,823

Net gain from derivatives hedging servicing rights

     19,015      23,357
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in fair value of servicing rights, net

   $ (216,132    $ (100,051
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below illustrates hypothetical changes in fair values of servicing rights, caused by assumed immediate changes to key assumptions that are used to determine fair value.

 

Servicing Rights Sensitivity Analysis

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Fair Value of Servicing Rights, net

   $ 776,993    $ 444,443

Change in Fair Value from adverse changes:

     

Discount Rate:

     

Increase 1%

     (30,019      (17,750

Increase 2%

     (57,457      (33,553

Cost of Servicing:

     

Increase 10%

     (8,795      (5,542

Increase 20%

     (17,345      (10,484

Prepayment Speed:

     

Increase 10%

     (48,104      (18,059

Increase 20%

     (92,130      (34,227

Sensitivities are hypothetical changes in fair value and cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of changes in assumptions to changes in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption is calculated without changing any other assumption, whereas a change in one factor may result in changes to another. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that actual results would be consistent with the results of these estimates. As a result, actual future changes in servicing rights values may differ significantly from those displayed above.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Derivatives instruments utilized by the Company primarily include IRLCs, AOT, TBA MBS, and out-of-the-money put options on 10-year treasury futures to hedge interest rate risk. See Note 3 - Fair Value for further details on derivatives.

The following summarizes the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments:

 

                 Fair Value  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Notional     

Balance Sheet Location

   Asset      Liability  
September 30, 2020:            

Interest rate lock commitments - assets

   $ 30,269,263   

Derivative asset, at fair value

   $ 722,074    $ —    

Interest rate lock commitments - liabilities

     158,873   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (416

Forward sales contracts - assets

     541,943   

Derivative asset, at fair value

     75      —    

Forward sales contracts - liabilities

     40,109,232   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (57,557

Put options on treasuries - assets

     —       

Derivative asset, at fair value

     —          —    

Put options on treasuries - liabilities

     24,403   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (928

Interest rate swap futures - assets

     —       

Derivative asset, at fair value

     —          —    

Interest rate swap futures - liabilities

     2,075   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (531
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

   $ 71,105,789       $ 722,149    $ (59,432
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                 Fair Value  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Notional     

Balance Sheet Location

   Asset      Liability  
December 31, 2019:            

Interest rate lock commitments - assets

   $ 8,476,366   

Derivative asset, at fair value

   $ 129,883    $ —    

Interest rate lock commitments - liabilities

     423,009   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (1,674

Forward sales contracts - assets

     5,829,039   

Derivative asset, at fair value

     1,345      —    

Forward sales contracts - liabilities

     7,867,153   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (6,987

Put options on treasuries - assets

     —       

Derivative asset, at fair value

     —          —    

Put options on treasuries - liabilities

     14,260   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          —    

Interest rate swap futures - assets

     —       

Derivative asset, at fair value

     —          —    

Interest rate swap futures - liabilities

     1,000   

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     —          (1,316
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

   $ 22,610,827       $ 131,228    $ (9,977
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Because many of the Company’s current derivative agreements are not exchange-traded, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the agreements. The Company controls this risk through credit monitoring procedures including financial analysis, dollar limits and other monitoring procedures. The notional amount of the contracts does not represent the Company’s exposure to credit loss.

The following summarizes the realized and unrealized net gains and (losses) on derivative financial instruments and the consolidated statements of operations line items where such gains and losses were included:

 

(Dollars in thousands)         Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

Derivative instrument

  

Statements of Operations Location

   2020     2019  

Interest rate lock commitments, net

   Gain on origination and sale of loans, net    $ 593,450   $ 92,804

Forward sales contracts (1)

   Gain on origination and sale of loans, net      (423,870     (116,221

Put options on treasuries

   Gain on origination and sale of loans, net      (16,404     (2,635

Put options on treasuries

   Change in fair value of servicing rights, net      (1,259     —    

Interest rate swap futures

   Change in fair value of servicing rights, net      20,274     23,357
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

      $ 172,191   $ (2,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include pair-off settlements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Mortgage loans are primarily sold to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or transferred into pools of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (collectively, the Government-Sponsored Entities, or “GSEs”). The Company also sells mortgage loans to non-GSE third parties. The Company has continuing involvement in mortgage loans sold through servicing arrangements and the liability for loan indemnifications and repurchases under the representations and warranties it makes to the investors and insurers of the loans it sells. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk through its continuing involvement with mortgage loans sold, including servicing rights, as the value of the asset fluctuates as changes in interest rates impact borrower prepayment.

All loans are sold on a non-recourse basis; however, certain representations and warranties have been made that are customary for loan sale transactions, including eligibility characteristics of the mortgage loans and underwriting responsibilities, in connection with the sales of these assets.

Loans held for sale are considered sold when the Company surrenders control over the financial assets and such financial assets are legally isolated from the Company in the event of bankruptcy. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on the balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability.

Securitizations

The Company originates and services mortgage loans. Mortgage loans are primarily sold to GSEs who then securitize these loans as previously discussed. The Company executes private-label securitizations to finance mortgage loans and mortgage servicing rights. The associated securitization entities are consolidated on the consolidated balance sheets.

In executing a securitization transaction, the Company sell assets (financial and non-financial) to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote SPE, which then transfers the financial assets to a separate, transaction-specific SPE for cash, and other retained interests. The securitization entity is funded through the issuance of beneficial interests in the securitized assets. The beneficial interests take the form of either notes or trust certificates, which are sold to investors and/or retained by the Company. These beneficial interests are collateralized by the transferred assets and entitle the investors to specified cash flows generated from the underlying assets. In addition to providing a source of liquidity and cost-efficient funding, securitizing these assets also reduces the Company’s credit exposure to the borrowers beyond any economic interest the Company may retain.

Each securitization is governed by various legal documents that limit and specify the activities of the securitization entity. The securitization entity is generally allowed to acquire the financial assets, to issue beneficial interests to investors to fund the acquisition of the assets, and to enter into derivatives or other yield maintenance contracts to hedge or mitigate certain risks related to the assets or beneficial interests of the entity. A servicer, who is generally the Company, is appointed pursuant to the underlying legal documents to service the assets the securitization entity holds and the beneficial interests it issues. Servicing functions include, but are not limited to, general collection activity on current and noncurrent accounts, loss mitigation efforts including repossession and sale of collateral, as well as preparing and furnishing statements summarizing the asset and beneficial interest performance. These servicing responsibilities constitute continued involvement in the transferred assets.

Cash flows from the assets transferred into the securitization entity represent the sole source for payment of distributions on the beneficial interests issued by the securitization entity and for payments to the parties that perform services for the securitization entity, such as the servicer or the trustee.

The Company holds retained beneficial interests in the securitizations including, but not limited to, subordinated securities and residuals; and other residual interests. These retained interests may represent a form

 

F-32


Table of Contents

of significant continuing economic interests. Certain of these retained interests provide credit enhancement to the trust as they may absorb credit losses or other cash shortfalls.

The Company holds certain conditional repurchase options specific to securitizations that allow it to repurchase assets from the securitization entity. The majority of the securitizations provide the Company, as servicer, with a call option that allows us to repurchase the remaining transferred financial assets or redeem outstanding beneficial interests at the Company’s discretion once the asset pool reaches a predefined level, which represents the point where servicing becomes burdensome (a clean-up call option). The repurchase price is typically the discounted securitization balance of the assets plus accrued interest when applicable. The Company generally has discretion regarding when or if it will exercise these options, but would do so only when it is in the Company’s best interest.

Other than customary representation and warranty provisions, these securitizations are nonrecourse to the Company, thereby transferring the risk of future credit losses to the extent the beneficial interests in the securitization entities are held by third parties. Representation and warranty provisions generally require the Company to repurchase assets or indemnify the investor or other party for incurred losses to the extent it is determined that the assets were ineligible or were otherwise defective at the time of sale. The Company did not provide any non-contractual financial support to these entities during nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

The determination of whether the assets and liabilities of the VIEs are consolidated in the consolidated balance sheets or not consolidated in the consolidated balance sheets depends on the terms of the related transaction and the Company’s continuing involvement (if any) with the VIE. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidates VIEs for which it has both (a) the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (b) benefits, as defined, from the VIE. The Company determines whether it holds a significant variable interest in a VIE based on a consideration of both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size, and form of its involvement with the VIE. The Company assesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis.

The Company is generally determined to be the primary beneficiary in VIEs established for its securitization activities when it has a controlling financial interest in the VIE, primarily due to its servicing activities and because it holds a beneficial interest in the VIE that could be potentially significant (in certain cases). The consolidated VIEs included in the consolidated balance sheets represent separate entities with which the Company is involved. The third-party investors in the obligations of consolidated VIEs have legal recourse only to the assets of the VIEs and do not have such recourse to the Company, except for the customary representation and warranty provisions. In addition, the cash flows from the assets are restricted only to pay such liabilities. Thus, the Company’s economic exposure to loss from outstanding third-party financing related to consolidated VIEs is limited to the carrying value of the consolidated VIE assets. Generally, all assets of consolidated VIEs, presented below based upon the legal transfer of the underlying assets in order to reflect legal ownership, are restricted for the benefit of the beneficial interest holders.

The nature, purpose, and activities of nonconsolidated VIEs currently encompass the Company’s use of joint venture entities with home builders, real estate brokers and commercial real estate companies to provide loan origination services and real estate settlement services to the customers referred to the joint ventures by the Company’s joint venture partners. The Company is generally not determined to be the primary beneficiary in its joint venture VIEs because it does not have the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE. The Company does not consolidate these entities because it does not meet the VIE guidance for consolidation, primarily because the Company does not have the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Company’s pro rata share of net earnings of joint ventures was $6.7 million and $9.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The following table presents the Company’s involvement in consolidated and nonconsolidated VIEs in which the Company holds variable interests.

 

     September 30, 2020  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Net carrying
amount of total
assets
     Carrying
amount of total
liabilities
     Maximum
exposure to
loss in non-
consolidated
VIEs
 

Consolidated variable interest entities

        

Mortgage loans & restricted cash

   $ 832,489    $ 800,000      N/A  

GNMA mortgage servicing rights

     286,133      213,517      N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,118,622    $ 1,013,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-consolidated variable interest entities

        

Joint Ventures

   $ 10,229    $ 8,254    $ 16,773

 

     December 31, 2019  

(Dollars in thousands)

   Net carrying
amount of total
assets
     Carrying
amount of total
liabilities
     Maximum
exposure to
loss in non-
consolidated
VIEs
 

Consolidated variable interest entities

        

Mortgage loans

   $ 807,599    $ 800,000      N/A  

GNMA mortgage servicing rights

     281,255      213,149      N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,088,854    $ 1,013,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-consolidated variable interest entities

        

Joint Ventures

   $ 15,113    $ 12,716    $ 17,030

NOTE 9 – WAREHOUSE AND OTHER LINES OF CREDIT

At September 30, 2020, the Company is a party to 13 lines of credit with lenders providing $5.5 billion of warehouse and revolving credit facilities. The warehouse and revolving credit facilities are used to fund, and are secured by, residential mortgage loans held for sale. Interest expense from warehouse and revolving lines of credit is recorded to interest expense.

In October 2018, the Company issued notes through a securitization facility (“2018 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2018 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs as well as non-GSE eligible jumbo mortgage loans. The 2018 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2018 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default. In October 2019, the Company repaid $100.0 million in notes and certificates of the 2018 Securitization Facility. In October 2020, the Company repaid the remaining $200.0 million in notes and certificates.

In May 2019, the Company issued notes through a new securitization facility (“2019-1 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2019-1 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate or adjustable rate, residential mortgage loans which are originated in accordance with the criteria of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac for the purchase of mortgage loans or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2019-1 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The

 

F-34


Table of Contents

2019-1 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In October 2019, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2019-2 Securitization Facility” or collectively with the 2018 Securitization Facility and the 2019-1 Securitization Facility discussed above, the “Securitization Facilities”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate or adjustable rate, residential mortgage loans which are originated in accordance with the criteria of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac for the purchase of mortgage loans or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

The warehouse and revolving lines of credit are repaid using proceeds from the sale of loans. The base interest rates on the Company’s warehouse lines bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. Some of the lines carry additional fees in the form of annual facility fees charged on the total line amount, commitment fees charged on the committed portion of the line and non-usage fees charged when monthly usage falls below a certain utilization percentage. The weighted average interest rate at September 30, 2020 totaled 2.50%. The Company’s warehouse lines are scheduled to expire in 2020 and 2021 under one year terms and all lines are subject to renewal based on an annual credit review conducted by the lender. The Company’s Securitization Facilities’ notes have two year terms and are due October 25, 2020, May 14, 2021 and October 23, 2021.

The base interest rates for all warehouse lines of credit are subject to increase based upon the characteristics of the underlying loans collateralizing the lines of credit, including, but not limited to product type and number of days held for sale. Certain of the warehouse line lenders require the Company, at all times, to maintain cash accounts with minimum required balances. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, there was $6.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively, held in these accounts which are recorded as a component of restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets.

Under the terms of these warehouse lines, the Company is required to maintain various financial and other covenants. These financial covenants include, but are not limited to, maintaining (i) minimum tangible net worth, (ii) minimum liquidity, (iii) a minimum current ratio, (iv) a maximum distribution requirement, (v) a maximum leverage ratio, (vi) pre-tax net income requirements and (vii) a maximum warehouse capacity ratio. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all warehouse lending related covenants.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information on warehouse borrowings at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

            Outstanding Balance         

(Dollars in thousands)

   Facility
Amount
     September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
     Expiration
Date
 

Facility 1 (1)

   $ 1,000,000    $ 1,138,019    $ 637,148      10/30/2020  

Facility 2 (2)

     600,000      459,655      308,890      9/27/2021  

Facility 3

     225,000      139,338      124,646      4/20/2021  

Facility 4 (3)

     400,000      334,732      166,090      7/9/2021  

Facility 5

     340,000      260,113      239,541      1/6/2021  

Facility 6 (4)

     200,000      1,396      668      N/A  

Facility 7 (5)

     600,000      500,806      458,115      10/31/2020  

Facility 8 (6)

     500,000      482,366      599,396      5/5/2021  

Facility 9 (7)

     200,000      200,000      197,874      10/25/2020  

Facility 10 (8)

     300,000      300,000      295,244      5/14/2021  

Facility 11 (8)

     300,000      300,000      295,043      10/23/2021  

Facility 12

     500,000      257,426      143,912      N/A  

Facility 13 (9)

     350,000      227,211      —          8/25/2021  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,515,000    $ 4,601,062    $ 3,466,567   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    
(1)

The total facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide liquidity under a gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021. The Company received a temporary approval to borrow in excess of the total facility amount.

(2)

In addition to the $600.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(3)

In addition to the $334.7 million outstanding balance secured by mortgage loans, the Company has $20.0 million outstanding to finance servicing rights.

(4)

In addition to the $200.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(5)

In addition to the $600.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021. In November 2020, this facility was increased to $800.0 million.

(6)

In December 2020, this facility was increased to $1.5 billion. In addition to the $482.4 million outstanding balance secured by mortgage loans, the Company has $15.0 million outstanding to finance servicing rights included within debt obligations in the consolidated balance sheets.

(7)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed rate mortgage loans. In October 2020, the Company paid off this facility.

(8)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed and adjustable rate mortgage loans.

(9)

This facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide gestation liquidity to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

The following table presents certain information on warehouse borrowings:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020     2019  

Maximum outstanding balance during the period

   $ 4,622,250   $ 3,488,324

Average balance outstanding during the period

     3,433,434     2,441,442

Collateral pledged (loans held for sale)

     4,805,413     3,056,145

Weighted average interest rate during the period

     2.65     4.17

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – DEBT OBLIGATIONS

Secured Credit Facilities

Original Secured Credit Facility. The Company entered into a $25.0 million revolving secured credit facility (the “Original Secured Credit Facility”) in October 2014 to finance servicing rights and for other working capital needs and general corporate purposes. The Company has entered into subsequent amendments with the lender both increasing and decreasing the size of the facility. At September 30, 2020, capacity under the facility was $150.0 million. The Original Secured Credit Facility is secured by servicing rights, matures in June 2021 and accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. As of September 30, 2020, the outstanding balance under the Original Secured Credit Facility was $150.0 million. The Company has pledged $274.0 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances under the Original Secured Credit Facility. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. Under the Original Secured Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and debt service coverage. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Second Secured Credit Facility. The Company amended one of its Warehouse Line facilities to provide a $50.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights and for other working capital needs and general corporate purposes (the “Second Secured Credit Facility”) in May 2015. As of September 30, 2020, total capacity under the Warehouse Line facility was $400.0 million and is available to fund a combination of loans and servicing rights, subject to a $100.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights. As of September 30, 2020, $20.0 million was outstanding under the Second Secured Credit Facility. The Company has pledged $217.0 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances related to the sub-limit. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. In July 2020, the Second Secured Credit Facility was increased to $100.0 million and the maturity date was extended to July 2021. The Second Secured Credit Facility accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. If the Second Secured Credit Facility is not renewed or extended at the expiration date, the Company has the option to convert the outstanding principal balance to a term loan that accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 5.75% and is due two years from the conversion date (“Term Loan”). The Term Loan requires monthly principal and interest payments based on a five year amortization period. Under the Second Secured Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and profitability requirements. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

GMSR Trust. The Company entered into a master repurchase agreement with one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, loanDepot GMSR Master Trust (“GMSR Trust”) in August 2017 to finance Ginnie Mae mortgage servicing rights (the “GNMA MSRs”) owned by the Company (the “GNMA MSR Facility”) pursuant to the terms of a base indenture (the “GNMA MSR Indenture”). The Company pledged participation certificates representing beneficial interests in GNMA MSRs to the GMSR Trust. The Company is party to an acknowledgment agreement with Ginnie Mae whereby we may, from time to time pursuant to the terms of any supplemental indenture, issue to institutional investors variable funding notes or one or more series of term notes, in each case secured by the participation certificates relating to the GNMA MSRs held by the GMSR Trust.

GMSR VFN. In August 2017, the Company, through the GMSR Trust, issued a variable funding note (the “GMSR VFN”) in the initial amount of $65.0 million. The maximum amount of the GMSR VFN is $150.0 million. The GMSR VFN is secured by GNMA MSRs and bears interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. The Company amended the GMSR VFN in September 2018 to amend certain terms and extend the maturity date to September 2020. The Company amended the GMSR VFN to extend the maturity date to October 2021. At September 30, 2020, there was $15.0 million in GMSR VFN outstanding. Under this facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GMSR Term Notes. In November 2017, the Company, through the GMSR Trust, issued an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million in secured term notes (the “GMSR Term Notes”). The GMSR Term Notes were secured by certain participation certificates relating to GNMA MSRs pursuant to the GNMA MSR Facility. In October 2018, the GMSR Trust was amended and restated for the purpose of issuing the Series 2018-GT1 Term Notes (“Term Notes”). The Term Notes accrue interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum and mature in October 2023 or, if extended pursuant to the terms of the related indenture supplement, October 2025 (unless earlier redeemed in accordance with their terms). The Company issued $200.0 million in Term Notes and used the proceeds to pay off $110.0 million in outstanding GMSR Term Notes. At September 30, 2020, there was $198.5 million in Term Notes outstanding, net of $1.5 million in deferred financing costs. Under this facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Advance Receivables Trust. In September 2020, the Company, through its indirect-wholly owned subsidiary loanDepot Agency Advance Receivables Trust (the “Advance Receivables Trust”), entered into a variable funding note facility for the financing of servicing advance receivables with respect to residential mortgage loans serviced by it on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Pursuant to an indenture, the Advance Receivables Trust issued up to $130.0 million in variable funding notes (the “2020-VF1 Notes”). The 2020-VF1 Notes accrue interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum and mature in September 2021 (unless earlier redeemed in accordance with their terms). The 2020-VF1 Notes are secured by loanDepot.com, LLC’s rights to reimbursement for advances made pursuant to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac requirements. There were no borrowings under the Advance Receivables Trust as of September 30, 2020. Under this facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants including minimum levels of tangible net worth and liquidity and maximum levels of consolidated leverage. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Unsecured Term Loan

In August 2017, the Company entered into an agreement which refinanced a $150.0 million unsecured term loan facility (the “Unsecured Term Loan”), increasing the balance to $250.0 million which matures in August 2022 and accrues interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. As of September 30, 2020, $248.8 million was outstanding under the Unsecured Term Loan, net of $1.2 million in deferred financing cost. The Company uses amounts borrowed under the Unsecured Term Loan for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. Under the Unsecured Term Loan, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, maximum leverage, and minimum cash balance. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. Interest expense from this credit agreement is recorded to other interest expense. The Company may prepay the loan in any amount subsequent to the second anniversary, however, a prepayment premium will apply to the principal prepaid from the second to the fourth anniversary of the loan’s closing. This prepayment premium may be waived under certain circumstances. The Unsecured Term Loan was repaid in October 2020.

Convertible Debt

In August 2019, the Company entered into an agreement for a convertible debt facility of $50.0 million (the “Convertible Debt”) secured by the Company’s LLC interests in its subsidiaries and all the assets thereof. The Convertible Debt matures in August 2022 and accrues interest at a rate of 14.00% per annum prior to the second anniversary and at a rate of 16.00% per annum thereafter. In March 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to increase the Convertible Debt to $75.0 million. The Company uses amounts borrowed under the Convertible Debt for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. The Company may prepay the Convertible Debt at any time prior to the maturity date. As of September 30, 2020, $74.8 million was outstanding under the Convertible Debt, net of $0.2 million in deferred financing costs. The Convertible Debt is convertible into the Company’s equity securities concurrently with the closing of a qualified equity financing transaction or during the 90 day period following the stated maturity date. The right to convert is forfeited if the outstanding

 

F-38


Table of Contents

balance is paid in full before the qualified equity finance transaction or the stated maturity date. Under the Convertible Debt agreement, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants including minimum levels of tangible net worth and liquidity and maximum levels of consolidated leverage on a monthly basis. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The Convertible Debt was repaid in October 2020.

Securities Financing

The Company entered into a master repurchase agreement to finance securities (“Securities Financing”) in July 2018. The Securities Financing has an advance rate between 50% and 60% based on the class of security and accrues interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR plus a margin annually. The Securities Financing was paid-off in May 2019.

Interest Expense

Interest expense on all debt obligations with variable rates is paid based on 30-day LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.80% - 6.25%.

NOTE 11 – INCOME TAXES

Income taxes for the Company at the consolidated level include federal, state and local taxes for LD Escrow and ACT. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, both LD Escrow and ACT had a federal statutory rate of 21%. The effective tax rate of ACT for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was 27.8%, and includes recurring items such as state income taxes (net of federal benefit), permanently non-deductible items, and tax benefit for net operating losses. The effective tax rate of ACT for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was 19.1%, and includes recurring items such as state income taxes (net of federal benefit), permanently non-deductible tax items, tax benefit for net operating losses, and true-up adjustments for income taxes payable. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, LD Escrow recorded no income tax expense due to experiencing losses before income taxes.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and the Company’s effective tax rate in the future. Deferred income taxes are measured using the applicable tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates that have been enacted at the reporting date. The Company measured its deferred tax assets and liabilities at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 using a federal tax rate of 21%. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of September 30, 2020, the Company does not have a valuation allowance on any deferred tax assets as the Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.

ACT fully utilized the federal net operating losses in 2020 on their 2019 federal tax return.

As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, LD Escrow had a liability of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters excluding interest, penalties and related tax benefits.

The Company accounts for interest and penalties associated with income tax obligations as a component of income tax expense.

NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain unitholders entered into promissory note agreements (“Shareholder Notes”) secured by Common Units owned by their respective unitholders. The Shareholder Notes,

 

F-39


Table of Contents

with a balance of $53.7 million and $52.7 million as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively, accrue interest at a rate of 2.50% per annum compounded annually or, in the Event of Default, accrue interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum and are included in accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet. The Shareholder Notes are due in full on the earliest to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of the notes, and, generally, (b) a Public Offering or a Sale of the Company as such terms were defined in the LLC Agreement that was in effect at the date of the Shareholder Notes. At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, $46.0 million of the outstanding shareholder notes were secured by Class A Common Units.

In conjunction with its various joint ventures, the Company entered into various agreements to provide services to the joint ventures for which it receives and pays fees. Services for which the Company earns fees comprise loan processing and administrative services (legal, accounting, human resources, data processing and management information, assignment processing, post-closing, underwriting, facilities management, quality control, management consulting, risk management, promotions, public relations, advertising and compliance with credit agreements). The Company also originates eligible mortgage loans referred to it by the joint ventures for which the Company pays the joint ventures a broker fee.

Fees earned, costs incurred and receivables from joint ventures were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Loan processing and administrative services fee income

   $ 10,017    $ 6,636

Loan origination broker fees expense

     55,323      52,578

(Dollars in thousands)

   September 30,
2020
     December 31,
2019
 

Receivables from joint ventures

   $ 1,571    $ 3,582

The Company paid management fees of $0.8 million and $0.7 million to a Unitholder of the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company employed certain employees that provided services to a Unitholder whose salaries totaled $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 13 – REDEEMABLE UNITS AND UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity

Class I Common Units

The Class I Common Units have no voting rights. A total of zero and 1,190,093 Class I Common Units were authorized, issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Upon and after an initial Public Offering, the Class I Common Unitholders were entitled to receive 25% of the net primary proceeds (as defined) from an initial Public Offering multiplied by 25%; provided, however, that the result of this formula shall equal a minimum of $35 million and a maximum of $63.5 million. Prior to an initial Public Offering, the Class I Common Unitholders were entitled to receive the following. In the event an iMortgage Capital Event occurs (i.e. the sale of the iMortgage division or the financing or refinancing of the iMortgage Assets as defined in the LLC Agreement) or if a sale of the Company occurred that was greater than or equal to $200 million, then the Class I Common Unitholders were entitled to receive $83.5 million plus any outstanding amounts payable under the LLC Agreement. If a sale of the Company occurred that was less than $200 million, then the Class I Common Unitholders were entitled to receive an amount that was equal to (i) the net proceeds (as defined) from one or more Third Parties to the Company from the Sale of the Company or Public Offering, as applicable, multiplied by (ii) eighty percent, multiplied by (iii) the percentage resulting from dividing (A) the Pre-Tax iMortgage Income during the Measuring Period, by (B) the Pre-Tax Company Income during the

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Measuring Period. In the event the required distributions were not made, the Class I Common Unitholders were entitled to certain Class I Dividend Payments, as defined, until the amounts owed were satisfied.

In May 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to redeem all of its Class I Common Units for $65.3 million. The Company paid $38.4 million in May 2020 and $26.9 million in July 2020 to redeem the Class I Common Units.

Class A Common Units

Class A Common Units are voting Units and holders are entitled to one vote per Class A Common Unit, unless designated as non-voting upon grant. Class A Common Units have a liquidation preference, equal to the aggregate Capital Contribution made for the Class A Common Units, over all other common unit classes except classes I, J and K. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the liquidation preference of the Class A Common Units was $26.9 million. There were 269,000 Class A Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Class B Common Units

Class B Common Units have no voting rights. Class B Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class A Common Units. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the liquidation preference of the Class B Common Units was $5.0 million. There were 50,000 Class B Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

Class P Common Units

Class P Common Units have no voting rights. Class P Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class B Common Units and are pari pasu with the Class P-2 Common Units described below. These Class P Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $12.5 million. There were 12,500 Class P Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Class P Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions equal to the liquidation preference pari pasu with the Class P-2 Common Units once the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders have received distributions equal to 1.5 times the amount contributed by the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders. Then, subsequent to the distributions to the Class A, Class B and Class Z-1 Common Units (as described below), the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions, to the extent distributions were authorized by the board of directors, equal to the greater of (a) 225% of the amount contributed by the Class P Common Unitholders or (b) a 20% per annum return on the amount contributed by the Class P Common Unitholders. Upon the sale of the Company, the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to increase this distribution based upon a formula described in the LLC Agreement. Upon an initial public offering (“IPO”), the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to have the Company redeem the Class P Common Units at a redemption price equal to the distributions that the Class P Common Unitholder would receive from the IPO. The holders of the Class P Common Units also have the right to convert the Class P Common Units to the common shares sold in the IPO at a price equal to 87.2% of the public offering price. The Company also has the right, upon an IPO, to obligate the conversion of the Class P Common Units into common shares sold in the IPO.

Class P-2 Common Units

Class P-2 Common Units have no voting rights. Class P-2 Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class B Common Units and are pari pasu with the Class P Common Units described above. These Class P-2 Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $19.8 million. There were 19,800 Class P-2 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions equal to the liquidation preference pari pasu with the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Class P Common Units once the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders received distributions equal to 1.5 times the amount contributed by the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders. Then, subsequent to the distributions to the Class A, Class B and Class Z-1 Common Units (as described below), the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions, to the extent distributions were authorized by the board of directors, equal to the greater of (a) 125% of the amount contributed by the Class P-2 Common Unitholders if the Company successfully completed an IPO during 2015 or the Company met or exceeded the 2015 operating budget metric of $110.0 million pre-tax, net income or (b) 165% if the Company did not complete an IPO during 2015 or met or exceeded the 2015 operating budget metric of $110.0 million pre-tax, net income or (c) a 20% per annum return on the amount contributed by the Class P-2 Common Unitholders. Upon the sale of the Company, the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to increase this distribution based upon a formula described in the LLC Agreement. Upon an IPO, the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to have the Company redeem the Class P-2 Common Units at a redemption price equal to the distributions that the Class P-2 Common Unitholder would receive from the IPO. The holders of the Class P-2 Common Units also have the right to convert the Class P-2 Common Units to the common shares sold in the IPO at a price equal to 87.5% of the public offering price. The Company also has the right, upon an IPO, to obligate the conversion of the Class P-2 Common Units into common shares sold in the IPO.

Class P-3 Common Units

Class P-3 Common Units have no voting rights. Class P-3 Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units. These Class P-3 Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $96.0 million. There were 40,000 Class P-3 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. Class P-3 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions once the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units receive all distributions to which the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units were entitled. Upon the sale of the Company wherein the Pre-Money Valuation is less than or equal to $1.3 billion, then the Class P-3 Common Unitholders will receive an amount equal to their liquidation preference. Upon the sale of the Company wherein the Pre-Money Valuation is greater than $1.3 billion, then the Class P-3 Common Unitholders will receive an amount equal to their liquidation preference multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Pre-Money Valuation and the denominator of which is $1.3 billion. Upon an Offering Event, the Class P-3 Common Unitholders have the right to elect to have such Class P-3 Common Unit either (A) redeemed for an amount in cash equal to the Class P-3 Return Balance of such Class P-3 Common Unit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Pre-Money Valuation, and the denominator of which is $1.3 billion; or (B) converted or exchanged into equity securities of the Public Offering Entity, with each Class P-3 Common Unit converting or exchanging into such equity securities based on the following ratio: one to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class P-3 Return Balance of such Class P-3 Common Unit, and the denominator of which is the lower of $1.3 billion and the Pre-Money Valuation.

Class J and Class K Common Units

Holders of Class J and Class K Common Units are eligible to receive distributions, in a proportionate share with Class I Common Units, subject to certain return thresholds as defined and set forth in the corresponding grant, purchase or other agreement pursuant to which such Class J and Class K Common Units were issued. There were no Class J or Class K Common Units grants as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units

Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units have no voting rights and may be issued to existing or new employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Holders of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units are eligible to receive distributions, in a proportionate share with Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units, subject to certain return thresholds as defined and set forth in the corresponding grant, purchase or other agreement pursuant to which such Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units were issued.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The Company has granted the following Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W, and Class V Common Units:

 

   

Class Z-1 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-1 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions were made to the holders of Class P and P-2 Common Units received distributions equal to the liquidation preference of the Class P and P-2 Common Units (“Class Z-1 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-1 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-1 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 85% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 15% Class Z-1 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 2.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-1 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-1 Common Units once the Class Z-1 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 44,502 Class Z-1 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

   

Class Z-2 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-2 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until all distributions had been made to the holders of Class P and P-2 Common Units and holders of Class Z-1 Common Units have received their distributions as described above (“Class Z-2 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-2 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-2 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 75% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 25% Class Z-2 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 3.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-2 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-2 Common Units once the Class Z-2 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 83,189 Class Z-2 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

   

Class Z-3 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-3 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions have been made to the holders of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units equal to 3.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made in exchange for the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units (“Class Z-3 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-3 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-3 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 65% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 35% Class Z-3 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 4.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-3 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-3 Common Units once the Class Z-3 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 133,789 Class Z-3 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

 

   

Class Z-4, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units: Holders of Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions have been made to the holders of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units equal to 4.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made in exchange for the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units (“Class Z-4 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-4 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 50% Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units until the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 8.0 times the aggregate capital contributions made for said Common Units.

Then, the holders of Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Units and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Units and 50% Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units until the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 14.265 times the aggregate capital contributions made for said Common Units.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Then, the holders of Class W will share in distributions with Class A Common Unitholders and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Units and 50% Class W Common Units until the Class W holders had received $2 million.

Then, the holders of Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unitholders and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Units and 50% Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units.

 

   

There were 268,239 Class Z-4 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had authorized and outstanding 14,567 of Class Y Common Units and no additional Class Y Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had authorized, issued and granted 3,961,976,096 and 2,785,758,179 of Class X Common Units, respectively, and no additional Class X Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 the Company had authorized, issued and granted 10,000 of Class W Common Units and no additional Class W Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company had authorized, issued and granted 88,841,961 and 337,942,529 Class V Common Units, respectively, and no additional Class V Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. During the nine months ended September 30, 2020, 219,098,855 Class V units were exchanged for 631,851,581 Class X Units (See Note 15 - Equity-Based Compensation for information regarding the modification of these awards).

All classes of units were entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability. These distributions had priority over distributive rights granted to any class of units and do not factor into the distributions for the purposes of calculating the minimum thresholds for the Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units. The liability of Unitholders or Members of the LLC Agreement for debts, liabilities and losses of the Company is limited to their share of Company assets.

In accordance with the Company’s operating agreement, all classes of units are entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability. In September 2020, the Company distributed $147.0 million to its unitholders based on their estimated tax liability.

NOTE 14 – EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s 2009 Incentive Equity Plan, 2012 Incentive Equity Plan, and 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) provide for the granting of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units to employees, managers, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The number of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units which may be granted or sold under the Plans shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 567,370 Class Z Common Units (of which 48,882 shall be Class Z-1 Common Units and 92,333 shall be Class Z-2 Common Units, 149,154 shall be Class Z-3 Common Units and 277,000 shall be Class Z-4 Common Units) and 41,391 Class Y Common Units; provided that, to the extent any Class Z and Class Y Common Units (i) expire, (ii) are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner, or (iii) are repurchased by the Company, then in each case such Common Units shall again be available for issuance and sale under the Plans.

Participants receiving grants or purchasing Class Z, Class Y, Class X, or Class W Common Units pursuant to the Plans are required to become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement. No Common Units shall be issued after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plans. In addition, the LLC Agreement also allows and provides for the issuance of Common Units.

The Company granted 1,227,342,174 Class X Common Units during the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and there were no grants of any other class of Common Units during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The unit grants typically vest 20% on the one year anniversary of the grant and 1.667% each month thereafter, and are subject to accelerated vesting upon the sale of the Company.

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020      2019  
     Shares      Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
     Shares      Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested - beginning of period

     100,679,480    $ 0.006      257,789,340    $ 0.030

Granted

     1,227,342,174      0.016      —          —    

Vested

     (533,303,418      0.016      (76,092,953      0.004

Forfeited/Cancelled

     (75,670,919      0.013      (48,506,920      0.008
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Unvested - end of period

     719,047,317      0.016      133,189,467      0.006
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020      2019  

Units Granted:

     

Class X Common Units

     1,227,342,174      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,227,342,174      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation expense associated with the Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units was $7.6 million and $0.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In connection with the modification of Class V Units for Class X Units (see Note 14 - Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity), during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 the Company recognized $6.4 million in share-based compensation expense based on the market value of the units at the modification date.

At September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested unit grants was $10.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. This cost is expected to be recognized over the next 4.8 years.

The following assumptions were used for the grants:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020     2019

Risk-free interest rate

     0.30   N/A

Expected life

     1.7 years     N/A

Expected volatility

     160 - 175%     N/A

The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant based on the expected life of the unit grants. The expected life of the units granted represents the period of time the unit grants are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a public peer group of Companies’ stock price in the most recent period that is equal to the expected term of the unit grants being valued.

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases, which are subject to rent escalation clauses, for its office facilities and equipment that expire at various times through 2025. The following

 

F-45


Table of Contents

is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year as of September 30, 2020:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

   Amount  
  

2020

   $ 7,933

2021

     27,509

2022

     20,924

2023

     12,650

2024

     9,033

Thereafter

     3,687
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease payments

     81,736

Less: Amount representing interest

     (9,146
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liability

   $     72,590
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for operating leases was $24.4 million and $22.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Rent expense is included in occupancy expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company subleases certain leased premises. Sublease income is recorded as a reduction to rent expense and totaled $1.1 million and $0.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Escrow Services

In conducting its operations, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, LD Escrow and ACT, routinely hold customers’ assets in escrow pending completion of real estate financing transactions. These amounts are maintained in segregated bank accounts and are offset with the related liabilities resulting in no amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In the fourth quarter of 2019, LD Escrow transitioned its operations to LDSS. The balances held for the Company’s customers totaled $316.9 million and $113.8 million at September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The Company earned $24.8 million and $16.5 million in fees from escrow related services for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Escrow fees are included in other income on the consolidated statements of operations.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is a defendant in or a party to a number of legal actions or proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. These matters include actions alleging improper lending practices, improper servicing, quiet title actions, improper foreclosure practices, violations of consumer protection laws, etc. and on account of consumer bankruptcies. In many of these actions, the Company may not be the real party of interest (because the Company is not the servicer of the loan or the holder of the note) but it may appear in the pleadings because it is in the chain of title to property over which there may be a dispute. Such matters are turned over to the servicer of the loan for those loans the Company does not service. In other cases, such as lien avoidance cases brought in bankruptcy, the Company is insured by title insurance and the case is turned over to the title insurer who tenders our defense. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for monetary damages are asserted against the Company. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such legal actions and proceedings, the Company generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss related to each pending matter may be, if any.

The Company seeks to resolve all litigation and regulatory matters in the manner management believes is in the best interest of the Company and contests liability, allegations of wrongdoing and, where applicable, the amount of damages or scope of any penalties or other relief sought as appropriate in each pending matter. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal and regulatory proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Any estimated loss is subject to significant

 

F-46


Table of Contents

judgment and is based upon currently available information, a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of the loss, an accrued liability is established. The actual costs of resolving these proceedings may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued.

The Company is defending two putative Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) class actions. The Company denies the allegations in these cases and is vigorously defending both matters. The Company intends to a file dispositive motions, which, if granted, would result in a finding of no liability and dismissal of the actions. In the second matter, the Company intends to file a motion to defeat class certification, which, if granted, may result in a nominal individual settlement. Given the lawsuits are at the early stages, the Company is unable to estimate a range of possible loss with any degree of reasonable certainty.

The Company has recorded reserves of $2.1 million as of September 30, 2020 related to settlements of four separate legal matters in which the Company has determined the loss is probable and estimable under GAAP. The ultimate outcome of the other legal proceedings is uncertain and the amount of any future potential loss is not considered probable or estimable. The Company will incur defense costs and other expenses in connection with these legal proceedings. If the final resolution of any legal proceedings is unfavorable, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and financial condition.

Based on the Company’s current understanding of these pending legal actions and proceedings, management does not believe that judgments or settlements arising from pending or threatened legal matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows of the Company. However, given the nature of such matters, an estimate of the amount or range of loss in excess of accrued amounts cannot be made and unfavorable resolution could affect the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the years in which they are resolved.

Compliance Matters

During the fourth quarter of 2019, an increase in mortgage originations resulted in an increase in title orders and loan settlements creating personnel and operational pressures within the Company. The Company increased staffing, adjusted schedules and enhanced processes, but still experienced constraints in order to meet settlement timelines. Specifically, there was an increase in the number of days between receipt of funds from the originating lender and the disbursement of those funds to the payoffs on the loan transaction. A review was initiated in order to refund affected consumers any overage in per diem charges due to the delay based on loan program and property state requirements. The review is in the final stages and all refunds are to be remitted to affected consumers during 2020. As a result of this event and in order to prevent recurrence, the Company has decreased the number of states in which they accept orders in order to manage pipelines and routinely review key performance indicators along with pipeline estimates from their customers.

Regulatory Requirements

The Company is subject to various capital requirements by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”); lenders of the warehouse lines of credit; and secondary markets investors. Failure to maintain minimum capital requirements could result in the inability to participate in HUD-assisted mortgage insurance programs, to borrow funds from warehouse line lenders or to sell or service mortgage loans. As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with its selling and servicing capital requirements.

Commitments to Extend Credit

The Company enters into IRLCs with customers who have applied for residential mortgage loans and meet certain credit and underwriting criteria. These commitments expose the Company to market risk if interest rates

 

F-47


Table of Contents

change and the loan is not economically hedged or committed to an investor. The Company is also exposed to credit loss if the loan is originated and not sold to an investor and the customer does not perform. The collateral upon extension of credit typically consists of a first deed of trust in the mortgagor’s residential property. Commitments to originate loans do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements as some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Total commitments to originate loans as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 approximated $30.43 billion and $8.90 billion, respectively. These loan commitments are treated as derivatives and are carried at fair value (See Note 7—Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities).

Loan Repurchase Reserve

When the Company sells mortgage loans, it makes customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan such as the origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. The Company’s whole loan sale agreements generally require it to repurchase loans if the Company breached a representation or warranty given to the loan purchaser. Additionally, the Company has repurchase obligations for personal loans facilitated through its banking relationship in the case where personal identification fraud is discovered at the inception of the loan.

The Company’s loan repurchase reserve for sold loans is reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses. There have been charge-offs associated with early payoffs, early payment defaults and losses related to representations, warranties and other provisions for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2019.

The activity related to the loan loss obligation for sold loans is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 17,677    $ 18,301

Provision for loan losses

     16,621      7,044

Payments, realized losses and other

     (6,747      (6,135
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 27,551    $ 19,210
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 16 – REGULATORY CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS

The Company, through certain subsidiaries, is required to maintain minimum net worth, liquidity and other financial requirements specified in certain of its selling and servicing agreements, including:

 

   

Ginnie Mae single-family issuers. The eligibility requirements include net worth of $2.5 million plus 0.35% of outstanding Ginnie Mae single-family obligations and a liquidity requirement equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 0.10% of outstanding Ginnie Mae single-family securities.

 

   

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The eligibility requirements for seller/servicers include tangible net worth of $2.5 million plus 0.25% of the Company’s total single-family servicing portfolio, excluding loans subserviced for others and a liquidity requirement equal to 0.35% of the aggregate UPB serviced for the agencies plus 2.0% of total nonperforming agency servicing UPB in excess of 6% basis points.

 

   

HUD. The eligibility requirements include a minimum adjusted net worth of $1,000,000 plus 1% of the total volume in excess of $25,000,000 of FHA Single Family Mortgages originated, underwritten, serviced, and/or purchased during the prior fiscal year, up to a maximum required adjusted net worth of $2,500,000

 

   

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. The Company is also required to hold a ratio of Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth to Total Assets greater than 6%.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

To the extent that these requirements are not met, the Company may be subject to a variety of regulatory actions which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. The most restrictive of the minimum net worth and capital requirements require the Company to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $94.3 million as of September 30, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the net worth, liquidity and other financial requirements of its selling and servicing requirements.

NOTE 17 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 606 by applying the modified retrospective method. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2019 are presented under ASC 606. Timing of recognition of the Company’s revenue was not impacted by the adoption of ASC 606.

Disaggregation of Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 

(Dollars in thousands)

   2020      2019  

Revenue Stream

     

Other income:

     

In scope of Topic 606:

     

Direct title insurance premiums

   $ 22,879    $ 11,579

Escrow and sub escrow fees

     24,805      16,522

Default and foreclosure services

     872      1,583

Out of scope of Topic 606:

     

Income from Joint Ventures

     6,677      9,186

Other

     2,882      5,152
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income

   $ 58,115    $ 44,022
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Direct title insurance premiums, escrow and sub escrow fees, and default and foreclosure service revenues are within the scope of ASC Topic 606.

Direct title insurance premiums are based on a percentage of the gross title premiums charged by the title insurance provider and is recognized net as revenue when the Company is legally or contractually entitled to collect the premium. Revenue is recognized at the point-in-time upon the closing of the underlying real estate transaction as the earnings process is considered complete. Cash is typically collected at the closing of the underlying real estate transaction.

Escrow and sub escrow fees are primarily associated with managing the closing of real estate transactions including the processing of funds on behalf of the transaction participants, gathering and recording the required closing documents, and providing other related activities. Escrow and sub escrow fees are recognized as revenue when the closing process is complete or when the Company is legally or contractually entitled to collect the fee. Revenue is primarily recognized at a point-in-time upon closing of the underlying real estate transaction or completion and billing of services. Cash is typically collected at the closing of the underlying real estate transaction.

Default and foreclosure service revenues are associated with foreclosure title searches, tax searches, title updates, deed recordings and other related services. Fees vary by service and are recognized as revenue when the service is complete and billed or when the Company is entitled to collect the fee.

NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In October 2020, the Company executed the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement which included the redemption in full of all of the outstanding Class P Common Units and Class P-2 Common Units.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

In October 2020, the Company declared profit distributions of $175.0 million to certain of its unitholders, as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement, and included liquidating distributions to the Class P Common Units and Class P-2 Common Units.

In October 2020, the Company issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior unsecured notes due 2025.

In October 2020, the Company paid off the $75.0 million Convertible Debt.

In October 2020, the Company paid off the $250.0 million Unsecured Term Loan.

In October 2020, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2020-1 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed-rate or adjustable-rate, residential mortgage loans which are originated in accordance with the criteria of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the purchase of mortgage loans or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility issued $600.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In October 2020, the Company paid off $200.0 million in notes and certificates of the 2018 Securitization Facility.

In November 2020, the Company declared profit distributions of $278.8 million to certain of its unitholders as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement. This distribution satisfied the $53.8 million of outstanding Shareholder Notes (see Note 12 - Related Parties) and the remaining $225.0 million was distributed in cash.

In December 2020, the Company distributed $71.1 million to its unitholders based on their estimated tax liability. In accordance with the Company’s operating agreement, all classes of units are entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability.

In December 2020, the Company issued notes through a new securitization facility (“2020-2 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility issued $500.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2020-2 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the three year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

At the time of issuance of this report, the direct and indirect impacts that the COVID-19 pandemic and recent market volatility may have on the Company’s financial statements are uncertain. The Company is unaware of any known material risk to the stability of its financial statements caused by these uncertainties and the effect they may have on the Company’s customers and counterparties.

General standards of accounting for, and disclosures of, events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued are established by Subsequent Events ASC 855. In accordance with ASC 855, the Company has evaluated subsequent events from the date of these consolidated financial statements on September 30, 2020 through the issuance of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Unitholders and the Board of Directors of LD Holdings Group, LLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, unitholders’ equity and noncontrolling interests, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

Los Angeles, California

November 9, 2020

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 73,301    $ 105,685

Restricted cash

     44,195      8,307

Accounts receivable, net

     121,046      130,473

Loans held for sale, at fair value (includes $807,599 and $609,883 pledged to creditors in securitization trusts, respectively)

     3,681,840      2,295,451

Derivative assets, at fair value

     131,228      73,439

Servicing rights, at fair value (includes $281,255 and $281,950 pledged to creditors in securitization trusts, respectively)

     447,478      412,953

Trading securities, at fair value (pledged to creditors in securitization trusts)

     —          25,086

Property and equipment, net

     80,897      90,954

Operating lease right-of-use assets

     61,693      —    

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     52,653      49,675

Loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      183,814

Investments in joint ventures

     17,030      17,001

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     43,338      43,955
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,952,511    $ 3,436,793
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE UNITS AND UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 3,466,567    $ 2,126,640

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     196,102      167,177

Derivative liabilities, at fair value

     9,977      32,575

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      183,814

Operating lease liability

     80,257      —    

Financing lease obligations

     33,816      29,803

Debt obligations, net

     592,095      547,893
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,576,626      3,087,902

Commitments and contingencies (Note 23)

     

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - CONTINUED

($ in thousands)

 

     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2018
 

Redeemable units:

     

Class I Units (par value $18.7 million; 1,190,093 units and no units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018)

   $ 34,280    $ 34,280

Class A Units (par value $26.9 million; 269,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018)

     26,900      26,900

Class B Units (par value $5.0 million; 50,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     5,000      5,000

Class P Units (par value $12.5 million; 12,500 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     12,500      12,500

Class P-2 Units (par value $20.0 million; 19,800 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     19,800      19,800

Class P-3 Units (par value $40.0 million; 40,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     40,000      40,000

Class Z-1 Units (no par value; 44,502 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total redeemable units

     138,480      138,480

Unitholders’ equity:

     

Class Z-2 Units (no par value; 83,189 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Z-3 Units (no par value; 133,789 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Z-4 Units (no par value; 268,239 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class Y Units (no par value; 14,567 units issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class W Units (no par value; 10,000 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class X Units (no par value; 2,785,758,179 and 2,791,897,853 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Class V Units (no par value; 337,942,529 and 421,491,869 units authorized and issued/outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively)

     —          —    

Additional paid-in capital

     18,021      17,830

Retained earnings

     219,384      192,581
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unitholders’ equity

     237,405      210,411
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable units and unitholders’ equity

   $ 4,952,511    $ 3,436,793
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

($ in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019     2018     2017  

REVENUES:

      

Interest income

   $ 127,569   $ 122,079   $ 90,842

Interest expense

     (130,344     (104,784     (74,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest (expense) income

     (2,775     17,295     16,749

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net

     1,125,853     799,564     1,011,791

Origination income, net

     149,500     153,036     159,184

Servicing fee income

     118,418     141,195     115,486

Change in fair value of servicing rights, net

     (119,546     (51,487     (88,701

Other income

     65,681     54,750     58,470
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     1,337,131     1,114,353     1,272,979

EXPENSES:

      

Personnel expense

     765,256     681,378     726,616

Marketing and advertising expense

     187,880     190,777     216,012

Direct origination expense

     93,531     83,033     76,232

General and administrative expense

     100,493     95,864     95,236

Occupancy expense

     37,209     38,309     31,655

Depreciation and amortization

     37,400     36,279     31,861

Subservicing expense

     41,397     50,433     36,403

Other interest expense

     41,294     41,624     29,158
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,304,460     1,217,697     1,243,173
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     32,671     (103,344     29,806

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (1,749     (475     1,436
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     34,420     (102,869     28,370

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —         7,515     7,515
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to LD Holdings Group, LLC

   $ 34,420   $ (110,384   $ 20,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

($ and shares in thousands)

 

    Class Z-2     Class Z-3     Class Z-4     Class Y     Class W     Class X     Class V     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total LD
Holdings
Group,
LLC Unit-
holders’
Equity
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Unit-
holders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount                                

Balance at December 31, 2016

    83   $  —         134   $  —         268   $  —         15   $  —         10   $  —         2,809,574   $  —         72,125   $  —       $ 13,082   $ 319,907   $ 332,989   $ 34,280   $ 367,269

Issuance

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         241,745     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Repurchase

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (56     —         —         (50     (50     —         (50

Forfeitures

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (5,761     —         (21,313     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Equity-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,680     —         2,680     —         2,680

Dividends

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (37,140     (37,140     —         (37,140

Distribution to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,515     (7,515

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         20,855     20,855     7,515     28,370
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    83   $  —         134   $  —         268   $  —         15   $  —         10   $  —         2,803,813   $  —         292,501   $  —       $ 15,762   $ 303,572   $ 319,334   $ 34,280   $ 353,614
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuances

    —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         204,577   $  —       $  —       $  —       $  —       $  —       $  —    

Repurchase

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (4,149     —         (5,808     —         —         (76     (76     —         (76

Forfeitures

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,766     —         (69,777     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Equity-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2,068     —         2,068     —         2,068

Dividends

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (531     (531     —         (531

Corporate reorganization

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (34,280     (34,280

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,515     (7,515

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (110,384     (110,384     7,515     (102,869
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    83   $  —         134   $  —         268   $  —         15   $  —         10   $  —         2,791,898   $  —         421,493   $  —       $ 17,830   $ 192,581   $ 210,411   $  —       $ 210,411
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase

    —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         —       $  —         (22,217   $  —       $  —       $ (5   $ (5   $  —       $ (5

Forfeitures

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (6,140     —         (61,333     —         —         —         —         —         —    

Equity-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         191     —         191     —         191

Dividends

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,612     (7,612     —         (7,612

Net income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         34,420     34,420     —         34,420
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    83   $  —         134   $ —       268   $ —       15   $  —         10   $  —         2,785,758   $  —         337,943   $  —       $ 18,021   $ 219,384   $ 237,405   $  —       $ 237,405
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019     2018     2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 34,420   $ (102,869   $ 28,370

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization expense

     37,400     36,279     31,861

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     5,572     5,259     2,978

Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets

     23,935     —         —    

Gain on origination and sale of loans

     (1,034,851     (851,276     (995,634

Gain on sale of servicing rights

     (2,718     (9,807     (1,592

Decrease (increase) in trading securities

     25,511     (24,950     —    

Fair value change in trading securities

     (426     (136     —    

Provision for loss obligation on sold loans and servicing rights

     14,746     7,604     399

Fair value change in derivative assets

     (84,058     48,466     8,608

Fair value change in derivative liabilities

     (22,598     23,536     (9,132

Premium received (paid) on derivatives

     26,269     (17,757     (712

Fair value change in loans held for sale

     (13,996     (3,481     (21,404

Fair value change in servicing rights

     136,502     36,881     95,664

Equity compensation

     191     2,068     2,680

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

     2,374     (4,881     (15,731

Originations of loans

     (44,947,450     (32,575,334     (34,754,747

Proceeds from sales of loans

     44,300,254     33,312,118     35,172,202

Proceeds from principal payments

     109,694     107,311     48,533

Payments to investors for loan repurchases

     (153,315     (214,628     (72,773

Purchase of consumer loans

     —         (110,356     —    

Disbursements from joint ventures

     12,736     14,908     15,247

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Other changes in operating assets and liabilities

     32,428     (107,743     (17,180
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,497,380     (428,788     (482,363
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (12,551     (40,772     (39,865

Proceeds from sale of servicing rights

     153,491     425,243     86,541

Purchase of servicing rights

     —         —         —    

Purchase of consumer loans

     —         —         (118,664

Proceeds from principal payments and sales of consumer loans

     —         118,664     —    

Payments made to employees for employee loans

     —         —         (50,490

Cash paid, net of cash received for acquisitions, net

     —         —         (455

Return of capital from joint ventures

     150     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities

     141,090     503,135     (122,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED

($ in thousands)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2019     2018     2017  

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from borrowings on warehouse lines of credit

   $ 44,140,738   $ 31,574,269   $ 34,020,357

Repayment of borrowings on warehouse lines of credit

     (42,800,811     (31,706,294     (33,667,094

Proceeds from debt obligations

     238,600     348,490     580,500

Payments on debt obligations

     (195,740     (269,554     (275,718

Payments of debt issuance costs

     (4,238     (6,716     (8,387

Payments for contingent consideration

     (961     (3,692     (7,827

Proceeds from financing lease transactions

     7,816     26,518     —    

Payments on financing lease obligations

     (17,993     (13,720     (9,971

Payments on repurchase of units

     (5     (76     —    

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

     —         —         (7,098

Dividend distributions

     (7,612     (6,168     (37,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     1,359,794     (56,943     587,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     3,504     17,404     (17,724
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of the year

     113,992     96,588     114,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of the year

   $ 117,496   $ 113,992   $ 96,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

      

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Interest

   $ 159,749   $ 142,696   $ 95,834

Income taxes

     4,036     699     1,262

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Operating lease right-of-use assets received in exchange for lease liabilities

   $ 85,628   $ —     $ —  

Purchase of equipment under financing leases

     14,190     —         4,935

Acquisitions:

      

Fair value of assets acquired

     —         —         1,590

Less: Fair value of liabilities assumed

     —         —         (348

Net assets acquired

     —         —         1,242

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

($ in thousands, unless otherwise indicated)

NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

LD Holdings Group, LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as “LD Holdings” or the “Company”) provides mortgage and other consumer loans and related services associated with these activities such as servicing of loans and settlement services for real estate transactions. The Company derives income primarily from gains from the sale of loans to investors, income from loan servicing, and fees charged for settlement services related to the origination and sale of loans. The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 16, 2015 and had no operations or activities until December 31, 2017 (see Reorganization, below). The Company operates under the LD Holdings Group LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) dated December 31, 2018.

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include loanDepot.com, LLC (“loanDepot”), its controlled consolidated subsidiaries LD Escrow, Inc. (“LD Escrow”), LD Settlement Services, LLC (“LDSS”), mello Holdings, LLC (“MH”), Artemis Management LLC (“ART”) and consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. loanDepot engages in the originating, financing, selling and servicing of residential mortgage and consumer loans, and engages in title, escrow and settlement services for mortgage loan transactions. Other entities that the Company does not consolidate, but for which it has significant influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method.

On March 1, 2018, loanDepot’s interest in ART was transferred to LD Holdings. On December 31, 2018, the Company exchanged and converted the Class I Units of loanDepot held by each Class I Unitholder into substantially similar equity securities of LD Holdings.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

A description of the Company’s significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, including determining the fair value of loans held for sale, servicing rights, derivative assets and derivative liabilities, awards granted under the incentive equity plan, assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations, and determining the loan loss obligation on sold loans. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Reportable Segments

The Company’s organizational structure is currently comprised of one operating segment. This determination is based on the organizational structure, which reflects how the chief operating decision maker evaluates the performance of the business. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the performance of our divisions that comprise our one segment based on the measurement of income before income taxes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, all amounts recorded in cash and cash equivalents represent cash held in banks, with the exception of insignificant amounts of petty cash held on hand.

Restricted Cash

Cash balances that have restrictions as to the Company’s ability to withdraw funds are considered restricted cash. Restricted cash is the result of the terms of the Company’s warehouse lines of credit and debt obligations. In accordance with the terms of the warehouse lines of credit and debt obligations, the Company is required to maintain cash balances with the lender as additional collateral for the borrowings.

Fair Value

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized based on whether the inputs are observable in the market and the degree that the inputs are observable. The categorization of assets and liabilities measured at fair value within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The hierarchy is prioritized into three levels (with Level 3 being the lowest) defined as follows:

 

   

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

 

   

Level 2 - Prices determined or determinable using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and other inputs.

 

   

Level 3 - Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where quoted prices or observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the factors that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The fair value option provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value. The Company has elected the fair value option on loans held for sale and servicing rights. Elections were made to mitigate income statement volatility caused by differences in the measurement basis of elected instruments with derivative financial instruments that are carried at fair value.

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value

Management has elected to account for loans held for sale (“LHFS”) at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income, to more timely reflect the Company’s performance. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of Gain on origination and sale of loans, net. The Company classifies LHFS as “Level 2” fair value financial instruments.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Sale Recognition

The Company recognizes transfers of loans held for sale as sales when it surrenders control over the loans. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Interest Income and Expense Recognition

Interest income on loans held for sale is recognized using their contractual interest rates. Interest income recognition is suspended for loans when they become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management’s opinion, a full recovery of interest and principal becomes doubtful. Interest income recognition is resumed when the loan becomes contractually current. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest income. Interest income on non-accrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash is received.

Interest expense on warehouse and other lines of credit, debt obligations, and other types of borrowings is recognized using their contractual rates. Interest expense includes the amortization of expenses incurred in connection with financing activities over the term of the related borrowings.

Origination Income, net Recognition

Origination income, net, reflects the fees earned, net of lender credits paid from originating loans. Origination income includes loan origination fees, processing fees, underwriting fees and other fees collected from the borrower at the time of funding, as well as the platform licensing fee income received from personal loan products. Lender credits typically include rebates or concessions to borrowers for certain loan origination costs.

Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

The Company is involved in several types of securitization and financing transactions that utilize special-purpose entities (SPEs). A SPE is an entity that is designed to fulfill a specified limited need of the sponsor. The Company’s principal use of SPEs is to obtain liquidity by securitizing certain of its financial and non-financial assets. SPEs involved in the Company’s securitization and other financing transactions are often considered VIEs. VIEs are entities that have a total equity investment at risk that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, whose equity investors at risk lack the ability to control the entity’s activities, or is structured with non-substantive voting rights.

Securitization transactions are accounted for either as sales or secured borrowings. The Company may retain economic interests in the securitized and sold assets, which are generally retained in the form of subordinated interests, residual interests, and/or servicing rights.

In order to conclude whether or not a VIE is required to be consolidated, careful consideration and judgment must be given to the Company’s continuing involvement with the VIE. In circumstances where the Company has a variable interest along with the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s performance or meet other criteria, the Company would conclude to consolidate the entity, which would also preclude the Company from recording an accounting sale on the transaction. In the case of a consolidated VIE, the accounting reflects a secured borrowing (e.g., the securitized loans or assets and the related debt are reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets).

In transactions where the Company does not meet the consolidation guidance (i.e. the Company is not determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE or other factors), the Company must determine whether or

 

F-60


Table of Contents

not it achieves a sale for accounting purposes. In order to achieve a sale for accounting purposes, the assets being transferred must be legally isolated, not be constrained by restrictions from further transfer, and be deemed to be beyond the Company’s control. If the Company were to fail any of the three criteria for sale accounting, the accounting would be consistent with the preceding paragraph (i.e., a secured borrowing). Refer to Note 11 – Variable Interest Entities for discussion on VIEs.

Whether on- or off-balance sheet, the investors in the securitization trusts have no recourse to the Company’s assets outside of protections afforded through customary market representation and warranty repurchase provisions.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. The Company accounts for derivatives as free-standing derivatives and does not designate any derivative financial instruments for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period earnings.

The Company enters into commitments to originate loans held for sale, at specified interest rates, with customers who have applied for residential mortgage loans and meet certain credit and underwriting criteria. These interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) meet the definition of a derivative financial instrument and are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. Unrealized gains and losses on the IRLCs are recorded as derivative assets and derivative liabilities, respectively, and are measured based on the value of the underlying loan, quoted MBS prices, estimates of the fair value of the servicing rights and an estimate of the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the interest rate lock commitment, net of estimated costs.

The Company is exposed to price risk related to its loans held for sale, IRLCs and servicing rights. The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate a loan is made to a borrower or to purchase a loan from a third-party, to the time the loan is sold. During this period, the Company is exposed to losses if mortgage interest rates rise because the value of the IRLC or the loan held for sale decreases. Reductions in the value of these assets affect income primarily through change in fair value. Servicing rights are accounted for at fair value and the Company is exposed to losses on servicing rights if mortgage interest rates decline. Reductions in the value of servicing rights affect income primarily through changes in fair value.

The Company manages the price risk created by IRLCs and loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) trades and options on Treasury futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative financial instruments. Forward sale agreements and options are included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company classifies IRLCs as “Level 3” financial statement items, and the derivative financial instruments it acquires to manage the risks created by IRLCs and loans held for sale as “Level 2” fair value financial statement items. The Company manages the risk created by servicing rights by hedging the fair value of servicing rights with interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond future contracts. The Company classifies the interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond futures contracts as “Level 1” financial statement items. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities.

Changes in fair value of derivatives hedging IRLCs and loans held for sale at fair value are included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net on the consolidated statements of operations. Changes in fair value of servicing rights hedging are included in changes in fair value of servicing rights, net on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has master netting arrangements with certain counterparties of derivative instruments and warehouse lines. Under these master netting arrangements, the Company can offset the fair value of the

 

F-61


Table of Contents

derivative instrument against the fair value of the LHFS collateralizing the warehouse line, thereby netting the increase or decrease in the fair value of the derivative instruments against the increase or decrease in the fair value of the LHFS. The Company’s policy is to present such arrangements on the associated assets and liabilities on a gross basis in the consolidated balance sheets.

Servicing Rights

Servicing rights arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. Servicing functions typically include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; supervising the acquisition of real estate in settlement of loans and property disposition. The Company utilizes a sub-servicer to service its loan servicing portfolio. The Company is required to make servicing advances on behalf of borrowers and investors to cover delinquent balances for property taxes, insurance premiums and other costs. Advances are made in accordance with servicing agreements and are recoverable upon collection from the borrower or foreclosure of the underlying loans. The Company periodically reviews the receivable for collectability and amounts are written-off when deemed uncollectible. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had $23.5 million and $24.6 million, respectively, in outstanding servicing advances included in prepaid expenses and other assets.

When the Company sells a loan on a servicing-retained basis, it recognizes a servicing asset at fair value based on the present value of future cash flows generated by the servicing asset retained in the sale. The Company has made the election to carry its servicing rights at fair value.

The value of the servicing rights is derived from the net positive cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee monthly on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor-contracted fees such as late charges, collateral reconveyance charges and loan prepayment penalties, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

The Company is exposed to fair value risk related to its servicing rights. Servicing rights generally decline in fair value when market mortgage interest rates decrease. Decreasing market mortgage interest rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the life of the loans underlying the servicing rights, thereby reducing their value. Reductions in the value of these assets affect income primarily through change in fair value.

The fair value of servicing rights is difficult to determine because servicing rights are not actively traded in observable stand-alone markets. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of servicing rights. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows. The inputs used in the Company’s discounted cash flow model are based on market factors, which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar servicing rights. The key inputs used in the valuation of servicing rights include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These inputs can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of servicing rights and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company’s income. Therefore, the Company classifies its servicing rights as “Level 3” fair value financial statement items.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Servicing Fee Income

The Company receives servicing fee income from its servicing portfolio. Servicing fee income is recognized on an accrual basis and is recorded to servicing fee income. The Company’s subservicing expenses are recorded to subservicing expense.

Change in Fair Value of Servicing Rights, net

Unrealized gains (losses) resulting from changes in the fair value of servicing rights are recorded to change in fair value of servicing rights, net. Realized and unrealized hedging gains (losses) associated with interest rate swap futures and options on Treasury bond future contracts used to hedge interest rate risk on servicing rights are recorded in changes in fair value of servicing rights, net. Realized gains (losses) from the sale of servicing rights are also included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

Sale Recognition

The Company recognizes sales of servicing rights to a purchaser as sales when (i) the Company has received approval from the investor, if required, (ii) the purchaser is currently approved as a servicer and is not at risk of losing approval status, (iii) if the portion of the sales price has been financed, an adequate nonrefundable down payment has been received and the note receivable from the purchaser provides full recourse to the purchaser, and (iv) any temporary servicing performed by the Company for a short period of time is compensated in accordance with a subservicing contract that provides adequate compensation. Additionally, the Company recognizes sales of servicing rights as sales if title passes, if substantially all risks and rewards of ownership have irrevocably passed to the purchaser and any protection provisions retained by the Company are minor and can be reasonably estimated. In addition, if a sale is recognized and only minor protection provisions exist, a liability is accrued for the estimated obligation associated with those provisions.

Trading Securities, at Fair Value

The Company accounts for trading securities at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income in other income. Other income includes net realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities. Trading securities may be pledged as collateral to secure debt obligations and are held for liquidity purposes.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are stated amounts due from customers or from investors for loans sold, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable that are outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due. The Company establishes a reserve for all amounts due from borrowers and investors that are over 150 days old. There was $1.3 million and $0.4 million in allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company writes off accounts receivable when management deems them uncollectible. There were $1.0 million, $1.0 million and $1.2 million of accounts receivable write-offs during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Useful lives for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

 

     Years

Leasehold improvements

   2-15

Furniture and equipment

   5-7

Computer software

   3-5

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Expenditures that materially increase the asset life are capitalized, while ordinary maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are included in earnings.

Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at contract inception and recognize operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and corresponding operating lease liability based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term, except leases with initial terms less than or equal to 12 months. While the operating leases may include options to extend the term, these options are not included when calculating the operating lease right-of-use asset and lease liability unless the Company is reasonably certain it will exercise such options. Most of the leases do not provide an implicit rate and, therefore, the Company determines the present value of lease payments by using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s lease agreements include both lease and non-lease components (such as common area maintenance), which are generally included in the lease and are accounted for together with the lease as a single lease component. Certain of the Company’s lease agreements permit it to sublease leased assets. Sublease income is included as a component of lease expense.

Operating lease ROU assets are regularly reviewed for impairment under the long-lived asset impairment guidance in ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment—Overall.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Acquired intangible assets are recognized and reported separately from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess cost of acquisition over the fair value of net assets acquired.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated lives using the straight-line method. On an annual basis, during the fourth quarter, the Company evaluates whether there has been a change in the estimated useful life or if certain impairment indicators exist.

Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter, and more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level.

In testing goodwill for impairment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In making this assessment, the Company considers all relevant events and circumstances. These include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations and the reporting unit’s overall financial performance. If the Company concludes, based on its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is at least equal to its carrying amount, then the Company concludes that the goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and no further testing is performed. However, if the Company determines, based on its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the Company will perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. At the Company’s option, it may, in any given period, bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative approach.

The quantitative assessment begins with a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to the difference, limited to the total amount of goodwill for the reporting unit. No impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically assesses long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

Loan Loss Obligation on Loans Sold

When the Company sells loans to investors, the risk of loss or default by the borrower is generally transferred to the investor. However, the Company is required by these investors to make certain representations relating to credit information, loan documentation and collateral. These representations and warranties may extend through the contractual life of the mortgage loan. Subsequent to the sale, if underwriting deficiencies, borrower fraud or documentation defects are discovered in individual mortgage loans, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the respective mortgage loan or indemnify the investors for any losses from borrower defaults if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured within the specified period following discovery.

In the case of early loan payoffs and early defaults on certain loans, the Company may be required to repay all or a portion of the premium initially paid by the investor on loans. The estimated obligation associated with early loan payoffs and early defaults is calculated based on historical loss experience.

The obligation for losses related to the representations and warranties and other provisions discussed above is recorded based upon an estimate of losses. Because the Company does not service all of the loans it sells, it does not maintain nor have access to the current balances and loan performance data with respect to all of the individual loans previously sold to investors. However, the Company uses industry-available prepayment data and historical and projected loss frequency and loss severity ratios to estimate its exposure to losses on loans previously sold. Given current general industry trends in mortgage loans as well as housing prices, market expectations around losses related to the Company’s obligations could vary significantly from the obligation recorded as of the balance sheet date. The Company records a provision for loan losses, included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net in the consolidated statements of operations, to establish the loan repurchase reserve for sold loans which is reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company (“LLC”). Under federal and applicable state laws, taxes based on income of an LLC treated as a partnership are payable by the LLC’s members individually and not at the entity level. Additionally, the Company is subject to annual state LLC franchise taxes and state LLC fees. These taxes and fees are included in general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s provision for income taxes at the consolidated level include federal, state and local taxes for LD Escrow and American Coast Title Company, Inc. (“ACT”), two wholly-owned subsidiaries that are both C corporations, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates for the periods in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the change.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions deemed to meet the more-likely than-not threshold of being sustained would be recorded as a tax benefit in the current period. The Company has reviewed all open tax years (2015 - 2019) in each respective jurisdiction and concluded that it has a tax liability resulting from unrecognized tax benefits relating to uncertain income tax positions.

Redeemable Units

In accordance with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, outstanding Class I, A, B, P, P-2, P-3 and Z-1 Redeemable Units were classified outside of permanent equity and within temporary equity due to their associated redemption features and liquidation preferences. In a liquidation event, the Redeemable Units have preference over the Units classified as permanent equity to any proceeds from a liquidation event at amounts described for each Unit Class. Proceeds include cash or the issuance of stock to Unitholders in a qualified public offering. A liquidation event includes (i) the sale or disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the stockholders of the Company prior to the transaction no longer hold at least 50 percent of the voting power of the merged or consolidated entity, (iii) a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or (iv) a qualified public offering. Upon a qualified public offering each Unit would receive proceeds (cash or shares of stock) at the applicable liquidation preference proportional to its value in the overall Company.

Noncontrolling Interests

Through December 31, 2018, noncontrolling interests represented Class I Common Units in loanDepot.com, LLC (the “Class I Common Units”) held by the minority owners in loanDepot.com, LLC that the Company consolidated in its financial statements. On December 31, 2018 the Company exchanged the Class I Common Units held by the minority owners in loanDepot.com LLC for Class I Common Units in the Company.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company’s 2009 Incentive Equity Plan, 2012 Incentive Equity Plan, and 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) provide for awards of various classes of Common Units, as described in the Plans. The Company uses the grant-date fair value of equity awards to determine the compensation cost associated with each award. Grant-date fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model adjusted for unique characteristics of the specific awards. Compensation cost for service-based equity awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award such that compensation cost recognized at any date is at least equal to the portion of the grant-date value of the award that is vested at that date. Expense is reduced for actual forfeitures as they occur. The cost of equity-based compensation is recorded to personnel expense.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred and principally represent online advertising costs, including fees paid to search engines, distribution partners, master service agreements with brokers, and desk rental agreements with realtors. Advertising expense amounted to $187.9 million, $190.8 million and $216.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Prepaid advertising expenses are capitalized and recognized during the period the expenses are incurred. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, capitalized advertising expense totaled $0.9 million and none, respectively, recorded in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Concentration of Risk

The Company has concentrated its credit risk for cash by maintaining deposits in several financial institutions, which may at times exceed amounts covered by insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash.

Due to the nature of the mortgage lending industry, changes in interest rates may significantly impact revenue from originating mortgages and subsequent sales of loans to investors, which are the primary source of income for the Company. The Company originates mortgage loans on property located throughout the United States, with loans originated for property located in California totaling approximately 21% of total loan originations for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company sells mortgage loans to various third-party investors. Four investors accounted for 26%, 17%, 11% and 11% of the Company’s loan sales for the year ended December 31, 2019. No other investors accounted for more than 5% of the loan sales for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The Company funds loans through warehouse lines of credit. As of December 31, 2019, 18% and 17% of the Company’s warehouse lines were payable to two separate lenders.

NOTE 2 – RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) Nos. 2014-09, 2016-08, 2016-10, 2016-12, and 2016-20, collectively implemented as FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, provides guidance for revenue recognition. ASC 606 core principle requires a company to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also clarifies the principal versus agent considerations, providing the evaluation must focus on whether the entity has control of the goods or services before they are transferred to the customer. The new standard permits the use of either the modified retrospective or full retrospective transition method. The Company’s revenue is generated from gains from the sale of loans to investors, income from loan servicing, and fees charged for settlement services related to the origination and sale of loans. Origination revenue is comprised of fee income earned at origination of a loan, interest income earned for the period the loans are held, and gain on sale on loans upon disposition of the loan. Servicing fee income is comprised of servicing fees and other ancillary fees in connection with Company’s mortgage servicing rights. Settlement service revenue is comprised of income earned from providing title, escrow and settlement services for real estate transactions. The Company performed a review of the new guidance as compared to its current accounting policies, and evaluated all services rendered to its customers as well as underlying contracts to determine the impact of this standard to its revenue recognition process. The majority of services rendered by the Company in connection with originations and servicing are not within the scope of ASC 606. However, the Company identified settlement services revenues that are within the scope of FASB ASC 606 and the impact upon adoption was not materially different from the previous revenue recognition processes. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 by applying the modified retrospective method. Timing of recognition of the Company’s revenue was not impacted by the adoption of ASC 606 and therefore there was no cumulative effect adjustment to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This update revises an entity’s accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities (except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee), changes the presentation of certain fair value changes relating to instrument specific credit risk for financial liabilities, requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, requires separate presentation of

 

F-67


Table of Contents

financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables), and eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2018, and the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, and subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20 and ASU 2019-01 (collectively, Topic 842). This update revises an entity’s accounting for operating leases by a lessee, among other changes, and requires a lessee to recognize a liability to make lease payments and an asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term in the statement of financial position. The distinction between finance and operating leases has not changed and the update does not significantly change the effect of finance and operating leases on the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows. Additionally, this update requires both qualitative and specific quantitative disclosures. This update is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods thereafter. The Company adopted the update on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and did not adjust amounts reported in the prior comparative periods. The Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients which permits entities to not reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts contain a lease; (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases; and (iii) whether initial direct costs for any existing leases qualify for capitalization under the amended guidance. The Company also elected not to include short-term leases (leases with initial terms of 12 months or less) in the consolidated balance sheets.

Upon adoption, the Company recognized operating lease right-of-use assets of $71.9 million and a corresponding operating lease liability $94.9 million, net of a reclassification of $23.1 million of deferred rent from accounts payable and accrued expenses. The Company did not adjust amounts reported in the prior comparative period. At the adoption date, ASU 2016-02 did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations, unitholders’ equity and noncontrolling interests or cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing measurement of the allowance for credit losses that is based on an incurred loss accounting model with an expected loss model, which requires the Company to use a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivable, loans and other financial instruments that are measured on the amortized cost basis. The majority of the Company’s financial assets are measured at fair value and therefore, not subject to the requirements of ASU 2016-13. The adoption of the amendments in ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2020 did not have a significant effect on the Company’s allowance for credit losses on its assets subject to ASU 2016-13 due to the assets’ relatively short-term lives.

In August and November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” and ASU 2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Restricted Cash” to address eight specific cash flow issues and is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how entities present and classify certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 addresses the following eight cash flow classification issues: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing, (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, (4) proceeds from the settlement of life insurance claims, (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, (6) distributions received from equity method investees, (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. ASU 2016-18 addresses the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. This new standard requires that the statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Entities will also be required to reconcile

 

F-68


Table of Contents

such total to amounts on the balance sheet and disclose the nature of the restrictions. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2018 with restricted cash presented with cash and cash equivalents on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities.” This ASU improves certain aspects of the hedge accounting model including making more risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting and simplifying the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 is effective for all annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted and requires a prospective adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption for existing hedging relationships. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2019, and the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement.” This ASU was issued to improve the effectiveness of disclosure requirements on a narrow set of concepts relating to fair value measurements. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein. Adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements given that the changes were limited to existing disclosure which were already aligned with the updates.

In September 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract.” ASU 2018-15 was issued to align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal use software license). The ASU was effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2020, and the adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements given that (1) the changes under the ASU generally align with our existing accounting treatment of implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract and (2) the Company has not incurred a material amount of implementation costs in a hosting arrangement.

In December 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”. The amendments in ASU 2019-12 simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. This ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company does not expect the adoption of this ASU to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04,Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting,” which provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the benefits of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are elective and apply to all entities, subject to meeting certain criteria, that have contract, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This guidance is effective upon issuance and allows application to contract changes as early as January 1, 2020. The Company is in the process of reviewing its warehouse and other lines of credit and debt obligations that use LIBOR as the reference rate and is currently evaluating the potential impact that the adoption of this ASU will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

Acquisition of American Coast Title Company, Inc.

On November 10, 2016, the Company and LDSS entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) with ACT which provides escrow, title and settlement services to properties in California. The consummation of the ACT acquisition was contingent upon California regulatory approval which was received in June 2017. The ACT acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations.

Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, the purchase price consisted of $1.3 million in cash paid at closing, purchase price adjustment of $92 thousand which was paid in September 2017, deferred and incentive consideration estimated at $749 thousand, and earn-out consideration estimated at $192 thousand (“ACT Contingent Consideration”). Deferred and incentive consideration is payable over a two year period. The ACT Contingent Consideration consists of an earn-out amount over a two year period. The earn-out amount is equal to 22.5% of ACT’s Adjusted Gross Revenue, as defined in the SPA, over a two year period commencing on July 1, 2017 and ending on June 30, 2019 (“Earn-Out”). The Earn-Out is payable 90 days after the first and second anniversary of the June 30, 2017 closing date. The Earn-Out is subject to a cap of $4.0 million (“Earn-Out Cap”) based on the total CUSA and ACT earn-out payments. The fair value of the ACT Contingent Consideration was estimated to be $192 thousand as of June 30, 2017 and was estimated using a calibrated Monte-Carlo simulation. The fair value was primarily based on (i) the Company’s estimate of ACT’s adjusted gross revenues over the relevant earn-out period, (ii) a volatility factor of 35.0% and (iii) a discount rate of 10.0%.

 

Consideration paid:

  

Cash

   $ 1,302

Working capital adjustment

     92

Deferred and incentive consideration

     749

Contingent consideration

     192
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,335
  

 

 

 

Assets acquired:

  

Cash

   $ 909

Restricted cash

     30

Accounts receivable

     140

Property and equipment

     35

Prepaids and other assets

     469

Trademarks and trade name

     1

Non-compete agreements

     6
  

 

 

 
     1,590

Liabilities assumed:

  

Accrued liabilities

     (348
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     1,242
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 1,093
  

 

 

 

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company made significant estimates and exercised significant judgment in estimating the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on information that was available as of the acquisition date. The application of the acquisition method of accounting resulted in goodwill of $1.1 million. Prior to the end of measurement period in 2018, the Company adjusted the balance of the deferred tax asset created from the acquisition which increased

 

F-70


Table of Contents

goodwill from the acquisition to $1.4 million at December 31, 2018. The expenses were comprised of legal and professional fees. The results of ACT’s operations are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the acquisition date.

NOTE 4 – FAIR VALUE

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their estimated fair values. The application of fair value estimates may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its estimated fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) with prospective borrowers, which are commitments to originate loans at a specified interest rate. The IRLCs are recorded as a component of derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value being recorded in current earnings as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

IRLCs for loans to be sold to investors are economically hedged using mandatory or assignment of trades (“AOT”), best efforts sale commitments or options on U.S. treasury futures. The Company estimates the fair value of the IRLCs based on quoted agency to be announced mortgage-backed securities (“TBA MBS”) prices, its estimate of the fair value of the servicing rights it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased (the “pull-through rate”) and estimated transformative costs. The pull-through rate is based on the Company’s own experience and is a significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of these instruments and results in the classification of these instruments as Level 3. Significant changes in the pull-through rate of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in significant changes in fair value measurement. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was $8.9 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, of IRLCs notional value outstanding.

LHFS to be sold to investors are also hedged using mandatory trades or AOTs, best efforts sale commitments or put options. The LHFS are valued at the best execution value based on the underlying characteristics of the loan, which is either based off of the TBA MBS market, or investor pricing, based on product, note rate and term. The most significant data inputs used in this valuation include, but are not limited to, loan type, underlying loan amount, note rate, loan program, and expected sale date of the loan. The valuations for LHFS are adjusted at the loan level to consider the servicing release premium and loan level pricing adjustments specific to each loan. LHFS, excluding impaired loans, are classified as Level 2. LHFS measured at fair value that become impaired are transferred from Level 2 to Level 3. Changes in the fair value of the LHFS are recorded in current earnings as a component of Gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

As described above, the Company economically hedges the changes in fair value of IRLCs and LHFS caused by changes in interest rates by using mandatory trades or AOTs, best efforts forward delivery commitments, and put options. These instruments are considered derivative instruments and are recorded at fair value as a component of derivative assets, at fair value or derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The changes in fair value for these hedging instruments are recorded in current earnings as a component of gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

Mandatory trades are valued using inputs related to characteristics of the TBA MBS stratified by product, coupon, and settlement date. These derivatives are classified as Level 2. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was $13.7 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of unsettled mandatory trade notional value outstanding.

Best efforts forward delivery commitments are valued using investor pricing considering the current base loan price. An anticipated loan funding probability is applied to value best efforts commitments hedging IRLCs,

 

F-71


Table of Contents

which results in the classification of these contracts as Level 3. The current base loan price and the anticipated loan funding probability are the most significant assumptions affecting the value of the best efforts commitments. The best efforts forward delivery commitments hedging LHFS are classified as Level 2; such contracts are transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 at the time the underlying loan is originated. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the balance of best effort forward delivery commitments was not material.

The Company also purchases out-of-the-money put options on 10-year treasury futures to economically hedge interest rate risk. Risk of loss associated with the put options is limited to the premium paid for the option. These put options are actively traded in a liquid market and thus, these instruments are considered to be valued with Level 1 inputs.

The fair value of the servicing rights is based on applying the inputs to calculate the net present value of estimated servicing rights income. Significant inputs in the valuation of the servicing rights include discount rates, prepayment speeds and the cost of servicing. These inputs are predominantly Level 3 in nature as they utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, default rate and discount rate assumptions. Changes in the fair value of servicing rights occur primarily due to realization of expected cash flows as well as the changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. If prepayments occur at a rate greater than the Company’s estimate, the fair value of the servicing rights will decrease accordingly.

The fair value of trading securities are classified as Level 2 as quoted market prices in less active markets are used to determine the fair value.

The fair value estimate for contingent consideration was determined by the Company using the annual earnout computation according to the asset purchase agreement including current pretax earnings less prior period pretax losses and estimated earnout in the likelihood and timing of a liquidity event. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of contingent consideration was $2.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments included in the consolidated financial statements:

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 73,301    $ 73,301    $ —      $ —  

Restricted cash

     44,195      44,195      —          —    

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     3,681,840      —          3,681,840      —    

Derivative assets, at fair value (1)

     131,228      —          1,345      129,883

Servicing rights, at fair value

     447,478      —          —          447,478

Loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      —          197,812      —    

Liabilities

           

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 3,466,567    $ —      $ 3,466,567    $ —  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value (2)

     9,977      1,316      6,987      1,674

Servicing rights, at fair value (3)

     3,035      —          —          3,035

Contingent consideration (3)

     2,374      —          —          2,374

Debt obligations:

           

Secured credit facilities

     294,049      —          295,900      —    

Unsecured term loan

     248,289      —          —          250,000

Convertible note

     49,757      —          —          50,000

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     197,812      —          197,812      —    

 

(1)

Amounts include interest rate lock commitments, forward sales contracts, put options and interest rate swap futures.

 

F-72


Table of Contents
(2)

Amounts include forward sales contracts and interest rate lock commitments.

(3)

Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 105,685    $ 105,685    $ —      $ —  

Restricted cash

     8,307      8,307      —          —    

Loans held for sale, at fair value

     2,295,451      —          2,295,451      —    

Derivative assets, at fair value (1)

     73,439      5,963      6,483      60,993

Servicing rights, at fair value

     412,953      —          —          412,953

Trading securities

     25,086      —          25,086      —    

Loans eligible for repurchase

     183,814      —          183,814      —    

Liabilities

           

Warehouse and other lines of credit

   $ 2,126,640    $ —      $ 2,126,640    $ —  

Derivative liabilities, at fair value (2)

     32,575      —          32,048      527

Servicing rights, at fair value (3)

     3,964      —          —          3,964

Contingent consideration (3)

     961      —          —          961

Debt obligations:

           

Secured credit facilities

     300,265      —          303,040      —    

Unsecured term loan

     247,627      —          —          250,000

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

     183,814      —          183,814      —    

 

(1)

Amounts include interest rate lock commitments, forward sales contracts and put options.

(2)

Amounts include forward sales contracts, interest rate swap futures and interest rate lock commitments.

(3)

Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following presents the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

    December 31, 2019  
  Recurring Fair Value Measurements of Assets (Liabilities) Using:  
  Quoted
Market Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total Fair
Value
Measurements
 

Loans held for sale

  $ —     $ 3,681,840   $ —     $ 3,681,840

Interest rate lock commitments, net (1)

    —         —         128,208     128,208

Servicing rights - assets

    —         —         447,478     447,478

Forward sales contracts - assets (2)

    —         1,345     —         1,345

Servicing rights - liabilities

    —         —         (3,035     (3,035

Interest rate swap futures (2)

    (1,316     —         —         (1,316

Forward sales contracts - liabilities (3)

    —         (6,987     —         (6,987

Contingent consideration

    —         —         (2,374     (2,374
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, net

  $ (1,316   $ 3,676,198   $ 570,277   $ 4,245,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $1.7 million of IRLC liabilities. Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-73


Table of Contents
(2)

Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)

Amounts included in derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

    December 31, 2018  
    Recurring Fair Value Measurements of Assets (Liabilities) Using:  
    Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total Fair Value
Measurements
 

Loans held for sale

  $ —     $ 2,295,451   $ —     $ 2,295,451

Trading securities

    —         25,086     —         25,086

Interest rate lock commitments, net (1)

    —         —         60,466     60,466

Servicing rights - assets

    —         —         412,953     412,953

Forward sales contracts - assets (2)

    —         6,483     —         6,483

Put options on treasuries - assets (2)

    67     —         —         67

Servicing rights - liabilities

    —         —         (3,964     (3,964

Interest rate swap futures (2)

    5,896     —         —         5,896

Forward sales contracts - liabilities (3)

    —         (32,048     —         (32,048

Contingent consideration

    —         —         (961     (961
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, net

  $ 5,963   $ 2,294,972   $ 468,494   $ 2,769,429
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $0.5 million of IRLC liabilities. Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value and derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(2)

Amounts included in derivative assets, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)

Amounts included in derivative liabilities, at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet.

The following presents the changes in the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments(1)
     Servicing Rights,
net
     Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 60,466    $ 408,989    $ (961

Total net gains or losses included in earnings (realized and unrealized)

     957,418      200,392      (2,374

Sales and settlements

        

Purchases

     —          —          —    

Sales

     —          (164,938      —    

Settlements

     (655,644      —          961

Transfers of IRLCs to closed loans

     (234,032      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 128,208    $ 444,443    $ (2,374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-74


Table of Contents
(1)

Interest rate lock commitments include both assets and liabilities and are shown net.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2018  
     Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
    Servicing Rights,
net
    Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 91,793   $ 528,911   $ (9,534

Total net gains or losses included in earnings (realized and unrealized)

     646,564     316,044     4,881

Sales and settlements

      

Purchases

     —         —         —    

Sales

     —         (435,966     —    

Settlements

     (485,359     —         3,692

Transfers of IRLCs to closed loans

     (192,532     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 60,466   $ 408,989   $ (961
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest rate lock commitments include both assets and liabilities and are shown net.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2017  
    Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
    Servicing Rights,
net
    Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 85,353   $ 340,070   $ (32,900

Contingent consideration attributable to Closing USA acquisition

    —         —         (192

Total net gains or losses included in earnings (realized and unrealized)

    802,498     277,674     15,731

Sales and settlements

     

Purchases

    —         5     —    

Sales

    —         (88,838     —    

Settlements

    (587,112     —         7,827

Transfers of IRLCs to closed loans

    (208,946     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $ 91,793   $ 528,911   $ (9,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest rate lock commitments include both assets and liabilities and are shown net.

The following presents the gains and losses included in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 relating to the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
     Servicing Rights,
net (2)
     Contingent
Consideration (3)
 
        

Total net gains (losses) included in earnings

   $ 67,742    $ 200,392    $ (2,374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held at period end

   $ 128,208    $ 229,979    $ (2,374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-75


Table of Contents
(1)

Gains (losses) included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

(2)

Includes $334.2 million in gains included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net and $133.8 million in losses included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

(3)

Gains (losses) included in general and administrative expense.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2018  
     Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
     Servicing Rights,
net (2)
     Contingent
Consideration (3)
 
        

Total net (losses) gains included in earnings

   $ (31,327    $ 316,044    $ 4,881
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains relating to assets and liabilities still held at period end

   $ 60,466    $ 211,677    $ 4,881
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Gains (losses) included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

(2)

Includes $343.1 million in gains included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net and $27.1 million in losses included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

(3)

Gains (losses) included in general and administrative expense.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2017  
     Interest Rate
Lock
Commitments (1)
     Servicing
Rights, net (2)
     Contingent
Consideration (3)
 
        

Total net gains included in earnings

   $ 6,440    $ 277,674    $ 15,731
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gains relating to assets and liabilities still held at period end

   $ 91,793    $ 280,969    $ 15,731
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Gains (losses) included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net.

(2)

Includes $371.8 million in gains included in gain on origination and sale of loans, net and $94.1 million in losses included in change in fair value of servicing rights, net.

(3)

Gains (losses) included in general and administrative expense.

The following table presents quantitative information about the valuation techniques and unobservable inputs applied to Level 3 fair value measurements for financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2018  
     Range of
inputs
     Weighted
Average
    Range of
inputs
     Weighted
Average
 
Unobservable Input           

IRLCs:

          

Pull-through rate

     2.4% - 99.9%        67.6%       8.4% - 99.9%        69.2%  

Servicing rights:

          

Discount rate

     5.0% - 10.0%        7.2%       5.8% - 11.7%        7.7%  

Prepayment rate

     11.8% - 26.1%        13.3%       8.1% - 25.0%        10.9%  

Cost to service (per loan)

     $71 - $121        $103       $75 - $122        $107  

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company did not have any material assets or liabilities that were recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

Financial instruments were either recorded at fair value or the carrying value approximated fair value. For financial instruments that were not recorded at fair value, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities, their carrying values approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments.

The Company’s warehouse lines of credit bear interest at a rate that is periodically adjusted based on a market index. The carrying value of warehouse lines of credit approximates fair value.

The Company’s Secured Credit Facility stated rate of interest per annum is 30-day LIBOR plus 3.25%, and is the same as the market rate for this instrument as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The carrying value of this Secured Credit Facility approximates fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The Company’s $75.0 million Second Secured Credit Facility to finance servicing rights accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.00%, and is the same as the market rate for this instrument as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The carrying value of the Second Secured Credit Facility approximates fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

The Company’s $250.0 million Unsecured Term Loan accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 6.25%, and is the same as the market rate for this instrument as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The carrying value of the Second Unsecured Term Loan approximates fair value as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

NOTE 5 – BALANCE SHEET NETTING

Certain derivatives, loan warehouse and repurchase agreements are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. In certain circumstances the Company may elect to present certain financial assets, liabilities, and related collateral subject to master netting arrangements in a net position on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not meet these requirements, accordingly does not report any of these financial assets or liabilities on a net basis, and presents them on a gross basis on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

The table below represents financial assets and liabilities that are subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements categorized by financial instrument, together with corresponding financial instruments and corresponding collateral received or pledged.

 

    December 31, 2019  
    Gross amounts
of recognized
assets
(liabilities)
   

Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance sheet

    Net amounts of
assets
(liabilities)
presented in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Gross amounts not offset in
consolidated balance sheet
    Net amount  
    Financial
instruments
    Cash collateral
(received)
pledged
 

Assets

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ 9,881   $ (8,536   $ 1,345   $ —     $ (339   $ 1,006
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 9,881   $ (8,536   $ 1,345   $ —     $ (339   $ 1,006
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ (15,523   $ 8,536   $ (6,987   $ —     $ —     $ (6,987

Interest rate swap futures

    (1,316     —         (1,316     —         —         (1,316

Warehouse lines of credit

    (3,466,567     —         (3,466,567     3,633,066     4,352     170,851

Debt obligations

    (295,900     —         (295,900     439,063     35,330     178,493
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ (3,779,306   $ 8,536   $ (3,770,770   $ 4,072,129   $ 39,682   $ 341,041
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2018  
    Gross amounts
of recognized
assets
(liabilities)
    Gross amounts
offset in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Net amounts of
assets
(liabilities)
presented in
consolidated
balance sheet
    Gross amounts not offset in
consolidated balance sheet
    Net amount  
    Financial
instruments
    Cash collateral
(received)
pledged
 

Assets

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ 6,483   $ —     $ 6,483   $ —     $ —     $ 6,483

Put options on treasuries

    67     —         67     —         —         67

Interest rate swap futures

    5,896     —         5,896     —         —         5,896
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 12,446   $ —     $ 12,446   $ —     $ —     $ 12,446
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Forward delivery contracts

  $ (32,048   $ —     $ (32,048   $ —     $ —     $ (32,048

Warehouse lines of credit

    (2,126,642     —         (2,126,642     2,271,766     5,012     150,136

Debt obligations

    (295,000     —         (295,000     427,262     —         132,262
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

  $ (2,453,690   $ —     $ (2,453,690   $ 2,699,028   $ 5,012   $ 250,350
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has entered into agreements with counterparties, which include netting arrangements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions on a net basis. In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide certain counterparties collateral against derivative financial instrument, warehouse line of credit or debt obligation. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, counterparties held $4.4 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents in margin accounts as collateral (which is classified as “Restricted cash” on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets).

 

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTE 6 – LOANS HELD FOR SALE, AT FAIR VALUE

The following table represents the unpaid principal balance of LHFS by product type of loan as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2018  
     Amount      %     Amount      %  

Conforming - fixed

   $ 2,553,986      71   $ 686,625      31

Conforming - ARM

     35,345      1     34,391      1

Government - fixed

     527,755      15     756,985      34

Government - ARM

     47,900      1     13,187      1

Other - residential mortgage loans

     436,934      12     689,445      31

Consumer loans

     3,492      —         54,585      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,605,412      100     2,235,218      100

Fair value adjustment

     76,428        60,233   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 3,681,840      $ 2,295,451   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

A summary of the changes in the balance of loans held for sale is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 2,295,451    $ 2,431,446    $ 2,062,407

Origination of loans

     44,947,450      32,685,690      34,873,411

Sales

     (43,601,131      (32,908,799      (34,548,319

Repurchases

     133,569      204,769      71,076

Principal payments

     (109,694      (121,136      (48,533

Fair value gain (loss)

     16,195      3,481      21,404
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,681,840    $ 2,295,451    $ 2,431,446
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gain on origination and sale of loans, net is comprised of the following components:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Premium from loan sales

   $ 905,257    $ 496,488    $ 878,319

Servicing rights

     334,176      343,118      371,751

Unrealized gains (losses) from derivative assets and liabilities

     85,679      (58,473      (4,015

Realized (losses) gains from derivative assets and liabilities

     (128,634      95,063      (32,239

Discount points, rebates and lender paid costs

     (75,948      (83,393      (222,197

Mark to market gain on loans held for sale

     13,996      3,481      21,404

(Provision) benefit for loan loss obligation for loans sold

     (8,673      3,280      (1,232
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,125,853    $ 799,564    $ 1,011,791
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company had $21.5 million and none of loans held for sale on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Continuing Involvement in Loans Sold through Servicing Arrangements

Loans eligible for repurchase represents certain mortgage loans sold pursuant to Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) programs where the Company, as servicer, has the unilateral option to repurchase the loan if certain criteria are met, including if a loan is greater than 90 days delinquent. Regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company must recognize eligible loans and a corresponding repurchase liability in its consolidated balance sheets.

The balances of Ginnie Mae serviced loans that were 90 or more days past due at December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $197.8 million and $183.8 million, respectively, and represent loans that the Company is eligible to repurchase from Ginnie Mae guaranteed securitizations as part of its contractual obligations as the servicer of the loans. The terms of the Ginnie Mae MBS program allow, but do not require, the Company to repurchase mortgage loans when the borrower has made no payments for three consecutive months. As a result of this right, the Company records the loans in Loans eligible for repurchase and records a corresponding liability in Liability for loans eligible for repurchase on its consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 7 – SERVICING RIGHTS, AT FAIR VALUE

The outstanding principal balance of the servicing portfolio was comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Conventional

   $ 14,250,476    $ 11,369,675

Government

     22,085,650      21,446,279
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing portfolio

   $ 36,336,126    $ 32,815,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the unpaid principal balance underlying servicing rights is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Current loans

   $ 35,706,264    $ 32,177,322

Loans 30 - 89 days delinquent

     328,040      299,261

Loans 90 or more days delinquent or in foreclosure

     301,822      339,371
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total servicing portfolio

   $ 36,336,126    $ 32,815,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A summary of the changes in the balance of servicing rights is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 408,989    $ 528,911    $ 340,070

Additions

     334,176      343,118      371,757

Sales proceeds, net

     (162,220      (426,159      (87,252

Changes in fair value:

        

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions

     (51,086      34,073      (26,720

Other changes in fair value

     (85,416      (70,954      (68,944
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (1)

   $ 444,443    $ 408,989    $ 528,911
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Balance is net of $3.0 million, $4.0 million and $1.1 million servicing rights liability at December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the components of loan servicing fee income as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Contractual servicing fees

   $ 98,325    $ 126,472    $ 108,785

Late, ancillary and other fees

     20,093      14,723      6,702
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 118,418    $ 141,195    $ 115,487
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the components of changes in fair value of servicing rights, net as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Changes in fair value:

        

Due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions

   $ (51,086    $ 34,073    $ (26,720

Other changes in fair value

     (85,416      (70,954      (68,944

Realized losses on sales of servicing rights

     (4,018      (1,077      2,424

Net gain (loss) from derivatives hedging servicing rights

     20,974      (13,529      4,539
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in fair value of servicing rights, net

   $ (119,546    $ (51,487    $ (88,701
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below illustrates hypothetical changes in fair values of servicing rights, caused by assumed immediate changes to key assumptions that are used to determine fair value.

 

     December 31,  

Servicing Rights Sensitivity Analysis

   2019      2018  

Fair Value of Servicing Rights, net

   $ 444,443    $ 408,989

Change in Fair Value from adverse changes:

     

Discount Rate:

     

Increase 1%

     (17,750      (15,594

Increase 2%

     (33,553      (29,971

Cost of Servicing:

     

Increase 10%

     (5,542      (4,983

Increase 20%

     (10,484      (9,966

Prepayment Speed:

     

Increase 10%

     (18,059      (10,500

Increase 20%

     (34,227      (21,184

Sensitivities are hypothetical changes in fair value and cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of changes in assumptions to changes in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption is calculated without changing any other assumption, whereas a change in one factor may result in changes to another. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that actual results would be consistent with the results of these estimates. As a result, actual future changes in servicing rights values may differ significantly from those displayed above.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – TRADING SECURITIES, AT FAIR VALUE

The carrying value of a trading securities equals its fair value. The following table provides trading securities by type at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

GNMA MBS securities

   $ —      $ 25,086

The Company received mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA (“GNMA MBS”) from pooling FHA and VA government loans. The GNMA MBS are designated as trading securities. The carrying values of trading securities included net unrealized fair value gains of none and $0.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company pledged trading securities at fair values of none and $25.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, to a secured MSR financing facility to meet margin requirements under the terms of the facility.

NOTE 9 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

Derivatives instruments utilized by the Company primarily include IRLCs, AOT, TBA MBS, and out-of-the-money put options on 10-year treasury futures to hedge interest rate risk. See Note 4 - Fair Value for further details on derivatives.

The following summarizes the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments:

 

                Fair Value  
    Notional     Balance Sheet Location     Asset     Liability  

December 31, 2019:

       

Interest rate lock commitments - assets

  $ 8,476,366     Derivative asset, at fair value     $ 129,883   $ —    

Interest rate lock commitments - liabilities

    423,009     Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         (1,674

Forward sales contracts - assets

    5,829,039     Derivative asset, at fair value       1,345     —    

Forward sales contracts - liabilities

    7,867,153     Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         (6,987

Put options on treasuries - assets

    —         Derivative asset, at fair value       —         —    

Put options on treasuries - liabilities

    14,260     Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         —    

Interest rate swap futures - assets

    —         Derivative asset, at fair value       —         —    

Interest rate swap futures - liabilities

    1,000     Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         (1,316
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

  $ 22,610,827     $ 131,228   $ (9,977
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                Fair Value  
    Notional     Balance Sheet Location     Asset     Liability  

December 31, 2018:

       

Interest rate lock commitments - assets

  $ 2,909,594     Derivative asset, at fair value     $ 60,993   $ —    

Interest rate lock commitments - liabilities

    104,989     Derivative liabilities, at fair value     —         (527

Forward sales contracts - assets

    1,840,455     Derivative asset, at fair value       6,483     —    

Forward sales contracts - liabilities

    4,053,030     Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         (32,048

Put options on treasuries - assets

    1,850     Derivative asset, at fair value       67     —    

Put options on treasuries - liabilities

    —         Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         —    

Interest rate swap futures - assets

    1,629     Derivative asset, at fair value       5,896     —    

Interest rate swap futures - liabilities

    —         Derivative liabilities, at fair value       —         —    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative financial instruments

  $ 8,911,547     $ 73,439   $ (32,575
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Because many of the Company’s current derivative agreements are not exchange-traded, the Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the agreements. The Company controls this risk through credit monitoring procedures including financial analysis, dollar limits and other monitoring procedures. The notional amount of the contracts does not represent the Company’s exposure to credit loss.

The following summarizes the realized and unrealized net gains and (losses) on derivative financial instruments and the consolidated statements of operations line items where such gains and losses are included:

 

            Year Ended December 31,  

Derivative instrument

   Statements of Operations Location      2019     2018     2017  

Interest rate lock commitments, net

     Gain on origination and sale of loans, net      $ 67,742   $ (28,904   $ 6,440

Forward sales contracts (1)

     Gain on origination and sale of loans, net        (108,710     67,326     (38,310

Put options on treasuries

     Gain on origination and sale of loans, net        (586     590     (4,384

Put options on treasuries

     Servicing losses, net        —         (16     —    

Interest rate swap futures

     Servicing losses, net        20,974     (13,513     4,539
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments

      $ (20,580   $ 25,483   $ (31,715
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include pair-off settlements.

NOTE 10 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the periods indicated:

 

Balance at January 1, 2017

   $ 39,319

ACT business combination

     1,093
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

   $ 40,412

Adjustment to ACT goodwill

     324
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

     40,736

Change in goodwill

     —    
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 40,736
  

 

 

 

Prior to the end of the measurement period in 2018, the Company adjusted the balance of the deferred tax asset created from the ACT acquisition which increased goodwill from the acquisition by $324 thousand.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

The Company’s other intangible assets relate to its asset acquisition of iMortgage in October 2013, asset acquisition of Mortgage Master in January 2015, stock acquisition of CUSA in November 2016, and stock acquisition of ACT in June 2017. The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets, net:

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Gross carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
     Net carrying
amount
     Weighted
average life
(years)
 

Non compete agreements

   $ 2,136    $ (2,092    $ 44      0.1  

Trademarks and tradename (1)

     4,001      (1,462      2,539      5.0  

Domain name

     30      (11      19      5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 6,167    $ (3,565    $ 2,602   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Gross carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
     Net carrying
amount
     Weighted
average life
(years)
 

Non compete agreements

   $ 2,136    $ (1,966    $ 170      0.4

Trademarks and tradename (1)

     4,001      (974      3,027      6.0

Domain name

     30      (8      22      6.0

Favorable (unfavorable) leases, net (2)

     300      (315      (15      0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 6,467    $ (3,263    $ 3,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

CUSA and ACT trademarks totaling $0.1 million have indefinite lives with no amortization.

(2)

Includes favorable leases included in prepaid expenses and other assets and unfavorable leases included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Amortization expense for amortizing intangible assets, net is $0.6 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period for these assets is 60 months as of December 31, 2019. The following is a schedule of estimated amortization expense for the next five fiscal years:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 511

2021

     511

2022

     491

2023

     491

2024

     492
  

 

 

 

Estimated amortization expense

   $ 2,496

The Company performs its annual assessment of possible impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in December or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Based on management’s analysis, the Company concluded that, as of both December 31, 2019 and 2018, the fair value of goodwill and intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying values. Thus, no impairment was recorded for goodwill or intangible assets, net.

NOTE 11 – VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Mortgage loans are primarily sold to the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or transferred into pools of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) (collectively, the Government-Sponsored Entities,

 

F-84


Table of Contents

or “GSEs”). The Company also sells mortgage loans to non-GSE third parties. The Company has continuing involvement in mortgage loans sold through servicing arrangements and the liability for loan indemnifications and repurchases under the representations and warranties it makes to the investors and insurers of the loans it sells. The Company is exposed to interest rate risk through its continuing involvement with mortgage loans sold, including servicing rights, as the value of the asset fluctuates as changes in interest rates impact borrower prepayment.

All loans are sold on a non-recourse basis; however, certain representations and warranties have been made that are customary for loan sale transactions, including eligibility characteristics of the mortgage loans and underwriting responsibilities, in connection with the sales of these assets.

Loans held for sale are considered sold when the Company surrenders control over the financial assets and such financial assets are legally isolated from the Company in the event of bankruptcy. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on the balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability.

Securitizations

The Company originates and services mortgage loans. Mortgage loans are primarily sold to GSEs who then securitize these loans as previously discussed. The Company executes private-label securitizations to finance mortgage loans and mortgage servicing rights. The associated securitization entities are consolidated in the consolidated balance sheets.

In executing a securitization transaction, the Company sell assets (financial and non-financial) to a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote SPE, which then transfers the financial assets to a separate, transaction-specific SPE for cash, and other retained interests. The securitization entity is funded through the issuance of beneficial interests in the securitized assets. The beneficial interests take the form of either notes or trust certificates, which are sold to investors and/or retained by the Company. These beneficial interests are collateralized by the transferred assets and entitle the investors to specified cash flows generated from the underlying assets. In addition to providing a source of liquidity and cost-efficient funding, securitizing these assets also reduces the Company’s credit exposure to the borrowers beyond any economic interest the Company may retain.

Each securitization is governed by various legal documents that limit and specify the activities of the securitization entity. The securitization entity is generally allowed to acquire the financial assets, to issue beneficial interests to investors to fund the acquisition of the assets, and to enter into derivatives or other yield maintenance contracts to hedge or mitigate certain risks related to the assets or beneficial interests of the entity. A servicer, who is generally the Company, is appointed pursuant to the underlying legal documents to service the assets the securitization entity holds and the beneficial interests it issues. Servicing functions include, but are not limited to, general collection activity on current and noncurrent accounts, loss mitigation efforts including repossession and sale of collateral, as well as preparing and furnishing statements summarizing the asset and beneficial interest performance. These servicing responsibilities constitute continued involvement in the transferred assets.

Cash flows from the assets transferred into the securitization entity represent the sole source for payment of distributions on the beneficial interests issued by the securitization entity and for payments to the parties that perform services for the securitization entity, such as the servicer or the trustee.

The Company holds retained beneficial interests in the securitizations including, but not limited to, subordinated securities and residuals; and other residual interests. These retained interests may represent a form of significant continuing economic interests. Certain of these retained interests provide credit enhancement to the trust as they may absorb credit losses or other cash shortfalls.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The Company holds certain conditional repurchase options specific to securitizations that allow us to repurchase assets from the securitization entity. The majority of the securitizations provide the Company, as servicer, with a call option that allows us to repurchase the remaining transferred financial assets or redeem outstanding beneficial interests at the Company’s discretion once the asset pool reaches a predefined level, which represents the point where servicing becomes burdensome (a clean-up call option). The repurchase price is typically the discounted securitization balance of the assets plus accrued interest when applicable. The Company generally has discretion regarding when or if it will exercise these options, but would do so only when it is in the Company’s best interest.

Other than customary representation and warranty provisions, these securitizations are nonrecourse to the Company, thereby transferring the risk of future credit losses to the extent the beneficial interests in the securitization entities are held by third parties. Representation and warranty provisions generally require the Company to repurchase assets or indemnify the investor or other party for incurred losses to the extent it is determined that the assets were ineligible or were otherwise defective at the time of sale. The Company did not provide any non-contractual financial support to these entities during 2019.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

The determination of whether the assets and liabilities of the VIEs are consolidated in the consolidated balance sheets or not consolidated in the consolidated balance sheets depends on the terms of the related transaction and the Company’s continuing involvement (if any) with the VIE. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary and therefore consolidate VIEs for which it has both (a) the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (b) benefits, as defined, from the VIE. The Company determines whether it holds a significant variable interest in a VIE based on a consideration of both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size, and form of its involvement with the VIE. The Company assesses whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis.

The Company is generally determined to be the primary beneficiary in VIEs established for its securitization activities when it has a controlling financial interest in the VIE, primarily due to its servicing activities and because it holds a beneficial interest in the VIE that could be potentially significant (in certain cases). The consolidated VIEs included in the consolidated balance sheets represent separate entities with which the Company is involved. The third-party investors in the obligations of consolidated VIEs have legal recourse only to the assets of the VIEs and do not have such recourse to the Company, except for the customary representation and warranty provisions. In addition, the cash flows from the assets are restricted only to pay such liabilities. Thus, the Company’s economic exposure to loss from outstanding third-party financing related to consolidated VIEs is limited to the carrying value of the consolidated VIE assets. Generally, all assets of consolidated VIEs, presented below based upon the legal transfer of the underlying assets in order to reflect legal ownership, are restricted for the benefit of the beneficial interest holders.

The nature, purpose, and activities of nonconsolidated VIEs entities currently encompass the Company’s use of joint venture entities with home builders, real estate brokers and commercial real estate companies to provide loan origination services and real estate settlement services to the customers referred to the joint ventures by the Company’s joint venture partners. The Company is generally not determined to be the primary beneficiary in its joint venture VIEs because it does not have the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the joint venture VIEs’ economic performance. The Company does not consolidate these entities because it does not meet the VIE guidance for consolidation, primarily because the Company does not have the power, through voting rights or similar rights, to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance.

The Company’s pro rata share of net earnings of joint ventures is $12.9 million, $15.1 million and $13.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The following table presents

 

F-86


Table of Contents

the Company’s involvement in consolidated and nonconsolidated VIEs in which the Company holds variable interests.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Net carrying
amount of total
assets
     Carrying
amount of total
liabilities
     Maximum
exposure to
loss in non-
consolidated
VIEs
 

Consolidated variable interest entities

        

Mortgage loans

   $ 807,599    $ 800,000      N/A  

GNMA mortgage servicing rights

     281,255      213,149      N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 1,088,854    $ 1,013,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-consolidated variable interest entities

        

Joint Ventures

   $ 15,113    $ 12,716    $ 17,030

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2018  
     Net carrying
amount of total
assets
     Carrying
amount of total
liabilities
     Maximum
exposure to
loss in non-
consolidated
VIEs
 

Consolidated variable interest entities

        

Mortgage loans

   $ 609,883    $ 585,000      N/A  

GNMA mortgage servicing rights

     281,950      212,225      N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 891,833    $ 797,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-consolidated variable interest entities

        

Joint Ventures

   $ 15,533    $ 13,411    $ 17,001

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2017  
     Net carrying
amount of
total assets
     Carrying
amount of
total liabilities
     Maximum
exposure to
loss in non-
consolidated
VIEs
 

Consolidated variable interest entities

        

Mortgage loans

   $ 307,658    $ 282,959      N/A  

GNMA mortgage servicing rights

     267,435      137,476      N/A  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    
   $ 575,093    $ 420,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-consolidated variable interest entities

        

Joint Ventures

   $ 13,461    $ 11,290    $ 16,848

 

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTE 12 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Servicing sales, net

   $ 7,469    $ 22,922

Loan sales

     14,353      18,579

Loan origination

     7,384      5,192

Loan principal and interest

     16,366      10,849

Derivatives

     1,137      7,321

Joint ventures

     5,504      4,265

Shareholder notes (1)

     52,895      51,518

Settlement services

     6,795      2,849

Servicing fee income

     1,572      1,136

Other

     7,571      5,842
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 121,046    $ 130,473
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See Note 19 - Related Party Transactions for further details on Shareholder notes.

NOTE 13 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Furniture and equipment

   $ 111,582    $ 97,201

Computer software

     17,826      17,569

Software development

     71,278      55,251

Leasehold improvements

     37,195      36,220

Work in progress

     9,618      14,726
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     247,499      220,967

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (166,602      (130,013
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 80,897    $ 90,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company charged $36.8 million, $35.3 million and $30.8 million of depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, which includes assets financed under financing leases.

Capitalized computer software development costs consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Cost

   $ 71,278    $ 55,251

Accumulated depreciation

     (53,503      (42,266
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Software development, net

   $ 17,775    $ 12,985
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company charged $11.2 million, $10.2 million and $10.2 million of depreciation expense related to software development for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Future computer software development depreciation for the remaining years:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 10,168

2021

     6,196

2022 and thereafter

     1,411
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,775
  

 

 

 

NOTE 14 – WAREHOUSE AND OTHER LINES OF CREDIT

At December 31, 2019, the Company is a party to 12 lines of credit with lenders providing $5.1 billion of warehouse and revolving credit facilities. The warehouse and revolving credit facilities are used to fund, and are secured by, residential and consumer loans held for sale. Interest expense from warehouse and revolving lines of credit is recorded to Interest expense.

In November 2017, the Company issued notes through a securitization facility (“2017 Securitization Facility”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2017 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs. The 2017 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The Company retained $15.0 million in notes and certificates. The Company has $285.0 million in outstanding notes at December 31, 2019. In May 2019, the Company issued notes through a new securitization facility (“2019-1 Securitization Facility) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2019-1 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs. The 2019-1 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The proceeds from the 2019-1 Securitization Facility were used to payoff the $285.0 million in outstanding notes from the 2017 Securitization Facility. The 2019-1 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In October 2018, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2018 Securitization Facility” or collectively with the 2017 Securitization Facility discussed above, the “Securitization Facilities”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2018 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs. The 2018 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2018 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In October 2019, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2019-2 Securitization Facility” or collectively with the 2018 Securitization Facility and the 2019-1 Securitization Facility discussed above, the “Securitization Facilities”) backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, fixed rate residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by the GSEs. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility issued $300.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The Company used $100.0 million of the proceeds to pay off $100.0 million in notes and certificates of the 2018 Securitization Facility. The 2019-2 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

The warehouse and revolving lines of credit are repaid using proceeds from the sale of loans. The base interest rates on the Company’s warehouse lines bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. Some of the lines

 

F-89


Table of Contents

carry additional fees in the form of annual facility fees charged on the total line amount, commitment fees charged on the committed portion of the line and non-usage fees charged when monthly usage falls below a certain utilization percentage. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2019 totaled 3.48%. The Company’s warehouse lines are scheduled to expire in 2020 and 2021 under one year terms and all lines are subject to renewal based on an annual credit review conducted by the lender. The Company’s Securitization Facilities’ notes have two year terms and are due October 25, 2020, May 14, 2021 and October 23, 2021.

The base interest rates for all warehouse lines of credit are subject to increase based upon the characteristics of the underlying loans collateralizing the lines of credit, including, but not limited to product type and number of days held for sale. Certain of the warehouse line lenders require the Company, at all times, to maintain cash accounts with minimum required balances. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was $4.4 million and $5.0 million, respectively, held in these accounts which are recorded as a component of restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets.

Under the terms of these warehouse lines, the Company is required to maintain various financial and other covenants. These financial covenants include, but are not limited to, maintaining (i) minimum tangible net worth, (ii) minimum liquidity, (iii) a minimum current ratio, (iv) a maximum distribution requirement, (v) a maximum leverage ratio, (vi) pre-tax net income requirements and (vii) a maximum warehouse capacity ratio. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all warehouse lending related covenants.

The following table presents certain information on warehouse borrowings at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

            Outstanding Balance         
            December 31,         
     Facility
Amount
     2019      2018      Expiration
Date
 

Facility 1 (1)

   $ 1,100,000    $ 637,148    $ 193,436      10/30/2020  

Facility 2 (2)

     400,000      308,890      165,831      1/31/2020  

Facility 3 (3)

     225,000      124,646      124,217      4/21/2020  

Facility 4 (4)

     250,000      166,090      107,285      7/10/2020  

Facility 5 (5)

     270,000      239,541      217,316      1/11/2020  

Facility 6 (6)

     —          —          200,538      12/31/2019  

Facility 7 (7)

     250,000      668      35,738      N/A  

Facility 8 (8)

     800,000      458,115      231,910      10/12/2020  

Facility 9 (9)

     700,000      599,396      231,309      4/6/2020  

Facility 10 (10)

     200,000      197,874      —          10/25/2020  

Facility 11 (11)

     300,000      295,244      —          5/14/2021  

Facility 12 (11)

     300,000      295,043      285,000      10/23/2021  

Facility 13 (12)

     300,000      143,912      300,000      N/A  

Facility 14 (13)

     —          —          34,060      11/30/2018  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 5,095,000    $ 3,466,567    $ 2,126,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

The total facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide liquidity under a gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021.

(2)

In addition to the $400.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate $25.0 million gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In January 2020, the expiration date was extended to July 2020. In July 2020, the expiration date was extended to September 2020. In September 2020, this facility was increased to $600.0 million and the expiration date was extended to September 2021.

(3)

In April 2020, the expiration date was extended to April 2021.

(4)

In addition to the $166.1 million outstanding balance secured by mortgage loans, the Company has $37.9 million outstanding to finance servicing rights. In July 2020, this facility was increased to $400.0 million and the expiration date was extended to July 2021.

 

F-90


Table of Contents
(5)

In February 2020, the facility was increased to $340.0 million and the expiration date was extended to February 2021.

(6)

In December 2019, the facility was paid-off and subsequently canceled at the Company’s request.

(7)

In addition to the $250.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

(8)

In addition to the $800.0 million Warehouse Line, the lender provides a separate gestation facility to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date. In October 2020, the expiration date was extended to October 2021.

(9)

In May 2020, the expiration date was extended to May 2021. In October 2020, this facility was increased to $1.0 billion.

(10)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed rate mortgage loans. In October 2020, the Company paid off this facility.

(11)

Securitization backed by a revolving warehouse facility to finance newly originated first-lien fixed rate mortgage loans.

(12)

In September 2020, this facility was increased to $500.0 million.

(13)

The facility was used to finance consumer loans. The facility expired and all collateral cash flows were used to pay interest and remaining principal outstanding.

The following table presents certain information on warehouse borrowings:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2018     2017  

Maximum outstanding balance during the period

   $ 4,370,205   $ 2,851,113   $ 2,618,419

Average balance outstanding during the period

     2,844,290     2,281,781     1,672,281

Collateral pledged (loans held for sale)

     3,553,504     2,211,775     2,355,434

Weighted average interest rate during the period

     3.83     3.78     3.18

NOTE 15 – DEBT OBLIGATIONS

Secured Credit Facilities

The Company entered into a $25.0 million revolving secured credit facility (“Original Secured Credit Facility”) in October 2014 for working capital purposes. The Company has entered into subsequent amendments with the lender both increasing and decreasing the size of the facility. In 2017, the Original Secured Credit Facility was increased to $90.0 million and was subsequently reduced to $50.0 million at December 31, 2018. The Original Secured Credit Facility is secured by servicing rights, matures in June 2020 and accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.25%. The Company uses amounts borrowed under the Original Secured Credit Facility to retain servicing rights and for other working capital needs and general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2019, the outstanding balance under the Original Secured Credit Facility was $43.0 million. The Company has pledged $92.9 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances under the Original Secured Credit Facility. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. Under the Original Secured Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and debt service coverage. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

The Company amended one of its Warehouse Line facilities to provide a $50.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights (“Second Secured Credit Facility”) in May 2015. As of December 31, 2019, total capacity under the Warehouse Line facility is $250.0 million and is available to fund a combination of loans and servicing

 

F-91


Table of Contents

rights, subject to a $75.0 million sub-limit to finance servicing rights. As of December 31, 2019, $37.9 million was outstanding under the Second Secured Credit Facility. The Company has pledged $64.9 million in fair value of servicing rights as collateral to secure outstanding advances related to the sub-limit. Advances for servicing rights are determined using a borrowing base formula calculated against the fair market value of the pledged servicing rights. The credit facility accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.00%. If the Second Secured Credit Facility is not renewed or extended at the expiration date, the Company has the option to convert the outstanding principal balance to a term loan that accrues interest at a base rate per annum of 30-day LIBOR plus 5.75% and is due two years from the conversion date (“Term Loan”). The Term Loan requires monthly principal and interest payments based on a five year amortization period. Under the Second Secured Credit Facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum liquidity, maximum leverage and profitability requirements. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

The Company entered into a master repurchase agreement with one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, loanDepot GMSR Master Trust (“GMSR Trust”) in August 2017 to finance GNMA MSRs (“GNMA MSR Facility”) owned by the Company. In November 2017, the Company, through the GMSR Trust, issued an aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million in secured term notes (the “GMSR Term Notes”). The GMSR Term Notes are secured by certain participation certificates relating to GNMA MSRs pursuant to the GNMA MSR Facility and bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. In October 2018, the GMSR Trust was amended and restated for the purpose of issuing the Series 2018-GT1 Term Notes (“Term Notes”). The Term Notes accrue interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum and mature in October 2023 or, if extended pursuant to the terms of the related indenture supplement, October 2025 (unless earlier redeemed in accordance with their terms). The Company issued $200.0 million in Term Notes in October 2018 and used the proceeds to payoff $110.0 million in outstanding notes from the GNMA MSR Facility. In connection with the GNMA MSR Facility, the Company pledges participation certificates representing beneficial interests in GNMA MSRs to the GMSR Trust. The Company is party to an acknowledgment agreement with Ginnie Mae whereby the Company may, from time to time pursuant to the terms of any supplemental indenture, issue to institutional investors variable funding notes or Term Notes, in each case secured on a pari passu basis by the participation certificates relating to the GNMA MSRs held by the GMSR Trust. The maximum amount of the GNMA MSR Facility is $500.0 million. At December 31, 2019, there was $198.1 million in Term Notes outstanding, net of $1.9 million in deferred financing costs. Under this facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In August 2017, the Company, through the GMSR Trust, issued a variable funding note (“GMSR VFN”) in the amount of $65.0 million. The GMSR VFN is secured by GNMA MSRs and bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin per annum. The Company amended the GMSR VFN in September 2018 to increase the facility size to $150.0 million and extend the maturity date to September 2020. In September 2019, the Company amended the GMSR VFN maturity date to October 2021. At December 31, 2019, there was $15.0 million in GMSR VFN outstanding. Under this facility, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Unsecured Term Loan

In August 2017, the Company entered into an agreement which amended the $150.0 million unsecured term loan facility (“Unsecured Term Loan”) and increased the balance to $250.0 million which matures in August 2022 and accrues interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 6.25% per annum. As of December 31, 2019, $248.3 million was outstanding under the Term Loan, net of $1.7 million in deferred financing cost. Under the Unsecured Term Loan, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, Ginnie Mae mortgage loan delinquencies, maximum leverage, and minimum cash balance. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. Interest expense from this credit agreement is recorded to other interest expense. The Company may prepay the loan in any amount subsequent to the second anniversary, however, a prepayment premium will apply to the principal prepaid from the second to

 

F-92


Table of Contents

the fourth anniversary of the loan’s closing. This prepayment premium is waived up to a prepayment aggregate of 40% of the outstanding balance of the Unsecured Term Loan under certain circumstance defined in the agreement, including an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) or a majority equity capital infusion event.

Convertible Debt

In August 2019, the Company entered into an agreement for a convertible debt facility of $50.0 million (“Convertible Debt”) secured by the Company’s LLC interests in its subsidiaries and all the assets thereof. The Convertible Debt matures in August 2022 and accrues interest at a rate of 14.00% per annum prior to the second anniversary and at a rate of 16.00% per annum thereafter. The Company uses amounts borrowed under the Convertible Debt for working capital needs and general corporate purposes. The Company may prepay the Convertible Debt at any time prior to the maturity date. A prepayment premium equal to the interest that would have been due on the principal amount outstanding until May 20, 2020 is assessed if the loan is prepaid before that date. As of December 31, 2019, $49.8 million was outstanding under the Convertible Debt, net of $0.2 million in deferred financing costs. The outstanding amount is convertible into the Company’s equity securities concurrently with the closing of a qualified equity financing transactions or during the 90 day period following the stated maturity date. The right to convert is forfeited if the outstanding balance is paid in full before the qualified equity finance transaction or the stated maturity date. Under the Convertible Debt agreement, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial covenants including minimum levels of tangible net worth and liquidity and maximum levels of consolidated leverage on a monthly basis. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

Securities Financing

The Company entered into a master repurchase agreement to finance securities (“Securities Financing”) in July 2018. The Securities Financing has an advance rate between 50% and 60% based on the class of security and accrues interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 3.50% to 4.00% annually. The Securities Financing was paid-off in May 2019.

Promissory Note

The Company entered into a $6.4 million promissory note (“Promissory Note”) in April 2016. The Promissory Note accrued interest at 3.75% annually and fully amortizes in 25 monthly installments equal to $277 thousand a month. The Promissory Note matured and was paid-off in April 2018.

Interest Expense

Interest expense on all debt obligations with variable rates is paid based on 30-day LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 2.80% - 6.25%.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTE 16 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Accounts payable

   $ 81,111    $ 60,586

Loan loss obligation for sold loans

     17,677      16,007

Accrued compensation and benefits

     82,553      50,224

Accrued pricing adjustments on sold loans

     3,826      1,724

Contingent consideration

     2,374      961

Deferred rent

     —          23,083

Other

     8,561      14,592
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 196,102    $ 167,177
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES

Income taxes for the Company at the consolidated level include federal, state and local taxes for LD Escrow and ACT. The tax status of ACT changed to a C corporation upon the acquisition of 100% of the capital stock effective June 30, 2017.

The components of income tax expense are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Current

        

Federal

   $ (1,809    $ (440    $ 1,195

State

     40      54      148
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (1,769      (386      1,343
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred

        

Federal

     18      (64      106

State

     2      (25      (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     20      (89      93
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit for income taxes

   $ (1,749    $ (475    $ 1,436
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LD Escrow and ACT had a federal statutory rate of 21% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and a federal statutory rate of 34% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The effective tax rate (benefit) of LD Escrow includes a reduction from decrease of uncertain tax position due to lapse of statute of limitations in the amount of $1.8 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The effective tax rate (benefit) of LD Escrow for the year ended December 31, 2019 is not meaningful due to the large benefit recorded for the decrease in uncertain tax position. The effective tax rate (benefit) of LD Escrow for the year ended December 31, 2018 was (30)% and includes a true-up for prior year tax accounts. The effective tax rate of LD Escrow for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes impact of recurring items such as state income taxes (net of federal benefits), permanently non-deductible items and adjustment to deferred tax assets and liabilities to the U.S. corporate statutory rate change under Public Law No. 115-97, known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted on December 22, 2017. The effective tax rate of ACT for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 30% and includes recurring items such as state income taxes (net of federal benefit) and permanently non-deductible items, and also includes a true-up for prior year tax accounts. The effective tax rate of ACT for year ended December 31, 2018 was 38% and also includes a true-up for prior year tax accounts. The

 

F-94


Table of Contents

effective tax rate of ACT for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes a one-time increase in the amount of $112 thousand from the impact of adjusting ACT’s deferred tax assets and liabilities to the U.S. corporate statutory rate change under the Tax Act.

Temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued vacation

   $ 31    $ 29

Net operating losses

     10      50

State taxes

     —          11
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     41      90
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Acquired intangible assets

     (71      (96

Depreciation

     (1      (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (31    $ (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and the Company’s effective tax rate in the future. The Tax Act reduced the U.S. corporate statutory tax rate to 21% effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. Deferred income taxes are measured using the applicable tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates that have been enacted at the reporting date. The Company measured its deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2019 and 2018 using a federal tax rate of 21%. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2019, the Company does not have a valuation allowance on any deferred tax assets as the Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.

ACT has unused federal net operation losses with no expiration that remain available for future periods.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, LD Escrow has a liability of $0.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters excluding interest, penalties and related tax benefits.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 1,655    $ 2,125    $ 2,125

Increases related to positions taken during prior years

     —          —          —    

Increases related to positions taken during the current year

     —          —          —    

Decreases related to positions settled with tax authorities

     —          —          —    

Decreases due to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (1,373      (470      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 282    $ 1,655    $ 2,125
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Due to the lapse of statute of limitations, the Company recognized a net decrease in accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of ($0.5) million and ($0.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company recognized a net increase in accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company accounts for interest and penalties associated with income tax obligations as a component of income tax expense.

The Company anticipates a decrease in the remaining uncertain tax position within the next twelve months of the reporting date due to a future lapse of statute of limitations in state tax jurisdictions.

NOTE 18 – LEASES

The Company has entered in various operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2025, related to its corporate headquarters and support, sales and processing offices. The Company’s operating lease agreements have remaining terms ranging from less than one year to ten years. Certain of these operating lease agreements include options to extend the original term. The Company’s operating lease agreements do not require the Company to make variable lease payments.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 

Lease expense:

  

Operating leases

   $ 29,560

Short-term leases

     430

Sublease income

     (1,000
  

 

 

 

Lease expense included in occupancy expense

   $ 28,990
  

 

 

 

Other information:

  

Cash paid for operating leases

   $ 33,962

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

  

Upon adoption of Topic 842

     71,895

New leases entered into during the year

     13,733

Period-end:

  

Operating leases:

  

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

     3.5  

Weighted average discount rate

     6.8

Financing leases:

  

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

     1.6  

Weighted average discount rate

     3.8

Rent expense for operating leases was $30.0 million, $31.2 million and $25.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Rent expense is included in occupancy expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments for operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2019:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2019

   $ 31,710

2020

     23,654

2021

     17,294

2022

     9,681

2023

     6,442

Thereafter

     1,941
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease payments

     90,722

Less: Imputed interest

     (10,465
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liability

   $ 80,257
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has five operating leases that have not yet commenced with aggregate undiscounted required payments of $2.3 million.

Financing Leases

The Company leases certain equipment under agreements that are classified as financing leases. The cost of equipment under financing leases, net of accumulated amortization, is included in Property and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

Minimum future lease payments under financing leases as of December 31, 2019 and for the remaining years under the financing leases are:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2020

   $ 22,736

2021

     9,968

2022

     1,976

2023

     —    

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments remaining

     34,680

Less: Amount representing interest

     (863
  

 

 

 
   $ 33,817
  

 

 

 

Financing leases have lease terms which are one to five years at an effective interest rate generally between 2.79% and 15.25%. The transactions have been accounted for as financing arrangements, wherein the property remains on the Company’s books and will continue to be depreciated.

Interest expense incurred on financing leases during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and is included in other interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The cost and accumulated depreciation of equipment held under financing leases is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Cost

   $ 74,352    $ 57,444

Accumulated depreciation

     (42,447      (27,497
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financing lease asset, net

   $ 31,905    $ 29,947
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Depreciation of assets under financing leases totaled $19.4 million, $13.2 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is included as a component of depreciation and amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 19 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain unitholders entered into promissory note agreements (“Shareholder Notes”) secured by Common Units owned by their respective unitholders. The Shareholder Notes, with a balance of $52.7 million and $51.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, accrue interest at a rate of 2.50% per annum compounded annually or, in the Event of Default, accrue interest at a rate of 4.50% per annum and are included in Accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet. The Shareholder Notes are due in full on the earliest to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of the notes, and, generally, (b) a Public Offering or a Sale of the Company as such terms were defined in the LLC Agreement that was in effect at the date of the Shareholder Notes. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $46.0 million of the outstanding shareholder notes were secured by Class A Common Units.

In conjunction with its various joint ventures, the Company entered into various agreements to provide services to the joint ventures for which it receives and pays fees. Services for which the Company earns fees comprise loan processing and administrative services (legal, accounting, human resources, data processing and management information, assignment processing, post-closing, underwriting, facilities management, quality control, management consulting, risk management, promotions, public relations, advertising and compliance with credit agreements). The Company also originates eligible mortgage loans referred to it by the joint ventures for which the Company pays the joint ventures a broker fee.

Fees earned and costs incurred from the joint ventures is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Loan processing and administrative services fee income

   $ 9,909    $ 7,464    $ 6,350

Loan origination broker fees expense

     75,420      75,060      66,466

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2018  

Receivables from joint ventures

   $ 3,582    $ 1,439

The Company paid travel and promotional fees of zero, $0.2 million and $0.6 million to an entity controlled by a Unitholder of the Company during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company paid management fees of $0.7 million, $0.9 million and $1.1 million to a Unitholder of the Company during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Company employed certain employees that provided services to a Unitholder whose salaries totaled $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

NOTE 20 – REDEEMABLE UNITS, UNITHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS

On December 31, 2017, the Company executed the Reorganization pursuant to which all outstanding common unit classes (other than the Class I Common Units) were exchanged for and converted into substantially similar equity securities of LD Holdings. All classes of units are entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability and other minimum thresholds pursuant to the LLC agreement. On December 31, 2018, the Company executed a reorganization pursuant to which the Class I Units of loanDepot held by each Class I Unitholder were exchanged for and converted into substantially similar equity securities of LD Holdings.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

Redeemable Units and Unitholders’ Equity

Class I Common Units

The Class I Common Units have no voting rights. A total of 1,190,093 Class I Common Units were authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Upon and after an initial Public Offering, the Class I Common Unitholders will receive 25% of the net primary proceeds (as defined) from an initial Public Offering multiplied by 25%; provided, however, that the result of this formula shall equal a minimum of $35 million and a maximum of $63.5 million. Prior to an initial Public Offering, the Class I Common Unitholders will be entitled to receive the following. In the event an iMortgage Capital Event occurs (i.e. the sale of the iMortgage division or the financing or refinancing of the iMortgage Assets as defined in the LLC Agreement) or if a sale of the Company occurs that is greater than or equal to $200 million, then the Class I Common Unitholders will receive $83.5 million plus any outstanding amounts payable under the LLC Agreement. If a sale of the Company occurs that is less than $200 million, then the Class I Common Unitholders will receive an amount that is equal to (i) the net proceeds (as defined) from one or more Third Parties to the Company from the Sale of the Company or Public Offering, as applicable, multiplied by (ii) eighty percent, multiplied by (iii) the percentage resulting from dividing (A) the Pre-Tax iMortgage Income during the Measuring Period, by (B) the Pre-Tax Company Income during the Measuring Period. In the event the required distributions are not made, the Class I Common Unitholders are entitled to certain Class I Dividend Payments, as defined, until the amounts owed are satisfied.

Class A Common Units

Class A Common Units are voting Units and holders are entitled to one vote per Class A Common Unit, unless designated as non-voting upon grant. Class A Common Units have a liquidation preference, equal to the aggregate Capital Contribution made for the Class A Common Units, over all other common unit classes except classes I, J and K. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the liquidation preference of the Class A Common Units was $26.9 million. There were 269,000 Class A Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Class B Common Units

Class B Common Units have no voting rights. Class B Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class A Common Units. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the liquidation preference of the Class B Common Units was $5.0 million. There were 50,000 Class B Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Class P Common Units

Class P Common Units have no voting rights. Class P Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class B Common Units and were pari pasu with the Class P-2 Common Units described below. These Class P Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $12.5 million. There were 12,500 Class P Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Class P Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions equal to the liquidation preference pari pasu with the Class P-2 Common Units once the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders have received distributions equal to 1.5 times the amount contributed by the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders. Then, subsequent to the distributions to the Class A, Class B and Class Z-1 Common Units (as described below), the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions, to the extent distributions were authorized by the board of directors, equal to the greater of (a) 225% of the amount contributed by the Class P Common Unitholders or (b) a 20% per annum return on the amount contributed by the Class P Common Unitholders. Upon the sale of the Company, the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to increase this distribution based upon a formula described in the LLC Agreement. Upon an initial public offering (“IPO”), the Class P Common Unitholders have the right to have the Company redeem the Class P Common Units at a redemption price equal to the distributions that the Class P

 

F-99


Table of Contents

Common Unitholder would receive from the IPO. The holders of the Class P Common Units also have the right to convert the Class P Common Units to the common shares sold in the IPO at a price equal to 87.2% of the public offering price. The Company also has the right, upon an IPO, to obligate the conversion of the Class P Common Units into common shares sold in the IPO.

Class P-2 Common Units

Class P-2 Common Units have no voting rights. Class P-2 Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to Class B Common Units and were pari pasu with the Class P Common Units described above. These Class P-2 Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $19.8 million. There were 19,800 Class P-2 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions equal to the liquidation preference pari pasu with the Class P Common Units once the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders received distributions equal to 1.5 times the amount contributed by the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders. Then, subsequent to the distributions to the Class A, Class B and Class Z-1 Common Units (as described below), the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions, to the extent distributions were authorized by the board of directors, equal to the greater of (a) 125% of the amount contributed by the Class P-2 Common Unitholders if the Company successfully completed an IPO during 2015 or the Company met or exceeded the 2015 operating budget metric of $110.0 million pre-tax, net income or (b) 165% if the Company did not complete an IPO during 2015 or meet or exceed the 2015 operating budget metric of $110 million pre-tax, net income or (c) a 20% per annum return on the amount contributed by the Class P-2 Common Unitholders. Upon the sale of the Company, the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to increase this distribution based upon a formula described in the LLC Agreement. Upon an IPO, the Class P-2 Common Unitholders have the right to have the Company redeem the Class P-2 Common Units at a redemption price equal to the distributions that the Class P-2 Common Unitholder would receive from the IPO. The holders of the Class P-2 Common Units also have the right to convert the Class P-2 Common Units to the common shares sold in the IPO at a price equal to 87.5% of the public offering price. The Company also has the right, upon an IPO, to obligate the conversion of the Class P-2 Common Units into common shares sold in the IPO.

Class P-3 Common Units

Class P-3 Common Units have no voting rights. Class P-3 Common Units have a liquidation preference subordinate to the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units. These Class P-3 Common Units carry a liquidation preference of $96.0 million. There were 40,000 Class P-3 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Class P-3 Common Unitholders have the right to receive distributions once the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units receive all distributions to which the Class P, P-2 and Z-1 Common Units were entitled. Upon the sale of the Company wherein the Pre-Money Valuation is less than or equal to $1.3 billion, then the Class P-3 Common Unitholders will receive an amount equal to their liquidation preference. Upon the sale of the Company wherein the Pre-Money Valuation is greater than $1.3 billion, then the Class P-3 Common Unitholders will receive an amount equal to their liquidation preference multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Pre-Money Valuation and the denominator of which is $1.3 billion. Upon an Offering Event, the Class P-3 Common Unitholders have the right to elect to have such Class P-3 Common Unit either (A) redeemed for an amount in cash equal to the Class P-3 Return Balance of such Class P-3 Common Unit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Pre-Money Valuation, and the denominator of which is $1.3 billion; or (B) converted or exchanged into equity securities of the Public Offering Entity, with each Class P-3 Common Unit converting or exchanging into such equity securities based on the following ratio: one to a fraction, the numerator of which is the Class P-3 Return Balance of such Class P-3 Common Unit, and the denominator of which is the lower of $1.3 billion and the Pre-Money Valuation.

Class J and Class K Common Units

Holders of Class J and Class K Common Units are eligible to receive distributions, in a proportionate share with Class I Common Units, subject to certain return thresholds as defined and set forth in the corresponding

 

F-100


Table of Contents

grant, purchase or other agreement pursuant to which such Class J and Class K Common Units were issued. There were no Class J or Class K Common Units grants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units

Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units have no voting rights and may be issued to existing or new employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Holders of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units are eligible to receive distributions, in a proportionate share with Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units, subject to certain return thresholds as defined and set forth in the corresponding grant, purchase or other agreement pursuant to which such Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units were issued.

The Company has granted the following Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W, and Class V Common Units:

 

   

Class Z-1 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-1 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions were made to the holders of Class P and P-2 Common Units received distributions equal to the liquidation preference of the Class P and P-2 Common Units (“Class Z-1 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-1 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-1 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 85% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 15% Class Z-1 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 2.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-1 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-1 Common Units once the Class Z-1 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 44,502 Class Z-1 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

   

Class Z-2 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-2 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until all distributions had been made to the holders of Class P and P-2 Common Units and holders of Class Z-1 Common Units have received their distributions as described above (“Class Z-2 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-2 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-2 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 75% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 25% Class Z-2 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 3.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-2 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-2 Common Units once the Class Z-2 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 83,189 Class Z-2 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

   

Class Z-3 Common Units: Holders of Class Z-3 Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions have been made to the holders of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units equal to 3.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made in exchange for the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units (“Class Z-3 Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-3 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-3 Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 65% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 35% Class Z-3 Common Units until the Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 4.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made for said Common Units (“Class Z-3 Maximum Threshold”). No further distributions will be made to the holders of Class Z-3 Common Units once the Class Z-3 Maximum Threshold is reached. There were 133,789 Class Z-3 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

   

Class Z-4, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units: Holders of Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units are not eligible to receive distributions until distributions have been made to the holders of Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units equal to 4.5 times the aggregate capital contribution made in exchange for the Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units (“Class Z-4

 

F-101


Table of Contents
 

Minimum Threshold”). Once the Class Z-4 Minimum Threshold is reached, the holders of Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 50% Class Z-4 and Class Y Common Units until the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 8.0 times the aggregate capital contributions made for said Common Units.

Then, the holders of Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Units and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Units and 50% Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units until the Class A and Class B Common Unitholders receive distributions equal to 14.265 times the aggregate capital contributions made for said Common Units.

Then, the holders of Class W will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 50% Class W Common Units until the Class W holders had received $2 million.

Then, the holders of Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units will share in distributions with Class A Common Unit and Class B Common Unitholders at a ratio of 50% Class A and Class B Common Unit and 50% Class Z-4, Class Y and Class X Common Units.

 

   

There were 268,239 Class Z-4 Common Units authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has authorized and outstanding 14,567 of Class Y Common Units and no additional Class Y Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had authorized, issued and granted 2,785,758,179 and 2,791,897,853 of Class X Common Units, respectively, and no additional Class X Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company has authorized, issued and granted 10,000 of Class W Common Units and no additional Class W Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had authorized, issued and granted 337,942,529 and 421,491,869 Class V Common Units, respectively, and no additional Class V Common Units were held in reserve for future issuance.

All classes of units were entitled to receive distributions equal to their estimated tax liability. These distributions had priority over distributive rights granted to any class of units and do not factor into the distributions for the purposes of calculating the minimum thresholds for the Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units. The liability of Unitholders or Members of the LLC Agreement for debts, liabilities and losses of the Company is limited to their share of Company assets.

NOTE 21 – EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s 2009 Incentive Equity Plan, 2012 Incentive Equity Plan, and 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (collectively, the “Plans”) provide for the granting of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units to employees, managers, consultants and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The number of Class Z, Class Y, Class X, and Class W Common Units which may be granted or sold under the Plans shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 567,370 Class Z Common Units (of which 48,882 shall be Class Z-1 Common Units and 92,333 shall be Class Z-2 Common Units, 149,154 shall be Class Z-3 Common Units and 277,000 shall be Class Z-4 Common Units) and 41,391 Class Y Common Units; provided that, to the extent any Class Z and Class Y Common Units (i) expire, (ii) are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner, or (iii) are repurchased by the Company, then in each case such Common Units shall again be available for issuance and sale under the Plans.

Participants receiving grants or purchasing Class Z, Class Y, Class X, or Class W Common Units pursuant to the Plans are required to become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement. No Common Units shall be issued after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plans. In addition, the LLC Agreement also allows and provides for the issuance of Common Units.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

The Company granted 204,577,011 and 201,768,442 Class V Common Units to employees of the Company during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. There were no grants during the year ended December 31, 2019.

The unit grants typically vest 20% on the one year anniversary of the grant and 1.667% each month thereafter, and are subject to accelerated vesting upon the sale of the Company.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested - beginning of period

    257,789,340   $ 0.030     298,748,358   $ 0.030     414,857,928   $ 0.020

Granted

    —         —         204,577,011     0.009     201,768,442     0.017

Vested

    (89,639,924     0.004     (167,992,694     0.009     (290,747,327     0.009

Forfeited/Cancelled

    (67,469,936     0.008     (77,543,335     0.007     (27,130,685     0.013
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

Unvested - end of period

    100,679,480     0.006     257,789,340     0.030     298,748,358     0.030
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Units Granted:

        

Class V Common Units

     —          204,577,011      201,768,442
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —          204,577,011      201,768,442
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The compensation expense associated with the Class Z, Class Y, Class X, Class W and Class V Common Units was $0.2 million, $2.1 million and $2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested unit grants was $1.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively. This cost is expected to be recognized over the next 3.5 years.

The following assumptions were used for the grants:

 

    Year Ended December 31,
        2019       2018   2017

Risk-free interest rate

  N/A   0.90% - 2.7%   0.90% - 1.3%

Expected life

  N/A   1.2 - 1.5 years   1.2 - 1.5 years

Expected volatility

  N/A   150.0% - 205.0%   150.0% - 175.0%

The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant based on the expected life of the unit grants. The expected life of the units granted represents the period of time the unit grants are expected to be outstanding. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a public peer group of Companies’ stock price in the most recent period that is equal to the expected term of the unit grants being valued.

NOTE 22 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company’s employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution plan (“401(k) Plan”). The Company matches 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of each participant’s total eligible gross compensation. Matching contributions totaled approximately $10.7 million, $10.2 million and $10.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTE 23 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Escrow Services

In conducting its operations, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, LD Escrow and ACT, routinely hold customers’ assets in escrow pending completion of real estate financing transactions. These amounts are maintained in segregated bank accounts and are offset with the related liabilities resulting in no amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In the fourth quarter of 2019, LD Escrow transitioned its operations to LDSS. The balances held for the Company’s customers totaled $113.8 million and $25.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company earned $25.8 million, $10.0 million and $17.4 million in fees from escrow related services for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Escrow fees are included in other income on the consolidated statements of operations.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is a defendant in or a party to a number of legal actions or proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. In some of these actions and proceedings, claims for monetary damages are asserted against the Company. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such legal actions and proceedings, the Company generally cannot predict what the eventual outcome of the pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be, or what the eventual loss related to each pending matter may be, if any.

The Company seeks to resolve all litigation and regulatory matters in the manner management believes is in the best interest of the Company and contests liability, allegations of wrongdoing and, where applicable, the amount of damages or scope of any penalties or other relief sought as appropriate in each pending matter. On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses its liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal and regulatory proceedings utilizing the latest information available. Any estimated loss is subject to significant judgment and is based upon currently available information, a variety of assumptions, and known and unknown uncertainties. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of the loss, an accrued liability is established. The actual costs of resolving these proceedings may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued.

Based on the Company’s current understanding of these pending legal actions and proceedings, management does not believe that judgments or settlements arising from pending or threatened legal matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows of the Company. However, unfavorable resolution could affect the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the years in which they are resolved.

Compliance Matters

During the fourth quarter of 2019, an increase in mortgage originations resulted in an increase in title orders and loan settlements creating personnel and operational pressures within the Company. The Company increased staffing, adjusted schedules and enhanced processes, but still experienced constraints in order to meet settlement timelines. Specifically, there was an increase in the number of days between receipt of funds from the originating lender and the disbursement of those funds to the payoffs on the loan transaction. A review was initiated in order to refund affected consumers any overage in per diem charges due to the delay based on loan program and property state requirements. The review is in the final stages and all refunds are to be remitted to affected consumers during 2020. As a result of this event and in order to prevent recurrence, the Company has decreased the number of states in which they accept orders in order to manage pipelines and routinely review key performance indicators along with pipeline estimates from their customers.

Regulatory Requirements

The Company is subject to various capital requirements by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”); lenders of the warehouse lines of credit; and secondary markets investors. Failure to

 

F-104


Table of Contents

maintain minimum capital requirements could result in the inability to participate in HUD-assisted mortgage insurance programs, to borrow funds from warehouse line lenders or to sell or service mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was in compliance with its selling and servicing capital requirements.

Commitments to Extend Credit

The Company enters into IRLCs with customers who have applied for residential mortgage loans and meet certain credit and underwriting criteria. These commitments expose the Company to market risk if interest rates change and the loan is not economically hedged or committed to an investor. The Company is also exposed to credit loss if the loan is originated and not sold to an investor and the customer does not perform. The collateral upon extension of credit typically consists of a first deed of trust in the mortgagor’s residential property. Commitments to originate loans do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements as some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Total commitments to originate loans as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 approximated $8.9 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. These loan commitments are treated as derivatives and are carried at fair value (See Note 9 - Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities).

Loan Repurchase Reserve

When the Company sells mortgage loans, it makes customary representations and warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan such as the origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law. The Company’s whole loan sale agreements generally require it to repurchase loans if the Company breached a representation or warranty given to the loan purchaser. Additionally, the Company has repurchase obligations for personal loans facilitated through its banking relationship in the case where personal identification fraud is discovered at the inception of the loan.

The Company’s loan repurchase reserve for sold loans is reflected in Accounts payable and accrued expenses. There have been charge-offs associated with early payoffs, early payment defaults and losses related to representations, warranties and other provisions for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

The activity related to the loan loss obligation for sold loans is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019      2018      2017  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 18,301    $ 23,576    $ 22,891

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses

     8,674      (3,280      1,228

Payments, realized losses and other

     (9,298      (1,995      (543
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 17,677    $ 18,301    $ 23,576
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 24 – REGULATORY CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS

The Company, through certain subsidiaries, is required to maintain minimum net worth, liquidity and other financial requirements specified in certain of its selling and servicing agreements, including:

 

   

Ginnie Mae single-family issuers. The eligibility requirements include net worth of $2.5 million plus 0.35% of outstanding Ginnie Mae single-family obligations and a liquidity requirement equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 0.10% of outstanding Ginnie Mae single-family securities.

 

   

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The eligibility requirements for seller/servicers include tangible net worth of $2.5 million plus 0.25% of the Company’s total single-family servicing portfolio, excluding loans subserviced for others and a liquidity requirement equal to 0.35% of the aggregate UPB serviced for the agencies plus 2.0% of total nonperforming agency servicing UPB in excess of 6% basis points.

 

F-105


Table of Contents
   

HUD. The eligibility requirements include a minimum adjusted net worth of $1,000,000 plus 1% of the total volume in excess of $25,000,000 of FHA Single Family Mortgages originated, underwritten, serviced, and/or purchased during the prior fiscal year, up to a maximum required adjusted net worth of $2,500,000

 

   

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. The Company is also required to hold a ratio of Adjusted/Tangible Net Worth to Total Assets greater than 6%.

To the extent that these requirements are not met, the Company may be subject to a variety of regulatory actions which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. The most restrictive of the minimum net worth and capital requirements require the Company to maintain a minimum adjusted net worth balance of $76.7 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with the net worth, liquidity and other financial requirements of its selling and servicing requirements.

NOTE 25 – REVENUE RECOGNITION

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 by applying the modified retrospective method. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under ASC 606. Timing of recognition of the Company’s revenue was not impacted by the adoption of ASC 606.

Disaggregation of Revenue

 

            Year Ended December 31,  

Revenue Stream

   Income Statement Classification      2019      2018  

Other income:

        

In scope of Topic 606:

        

Direct title insurance premiums

     Other income      $ 18,907    $ 12,585

Escrow and sub escrow fees

     Other income        25,811      22,838

Default and foreclosure services

     Other income        1,904      832

Out of scope of Topic 606:

        

Income from Joint Ventures

     Other income        12,915      15,061

Other

     Other income        6,144      3,434
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other income

      $ 65,681    $ 54,750
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Direct title insurance premiums, escrow and sub escrow fees, and default and foreclosure service revenues are within the scope of ASC Topic 606.

Direct title insurance premiums are based on a percentage of the gross title premiums charged by the title insurance provider and is recognized net as revenue when the Company is legally or contractually entitled to collect the premium. Revenue is recognized at the point-in-time upon the closing of the underlying real estate transaction as the earnings process is considered complete. Cash is typically collected at the closing of the underlying real estate transaction.

Escrow and sub escrow fees are primarily associated with managing the closing of real estate transactions including the processing of funds on behalf of the transaction participants, gathering and recording the required closing documents, and providing other related activities. Escrow and sub escrow fees are recognized as revenue when the closing process is complete or when the Company is legally or contractually entitled to collect the fee. Revenue is primarily recognized at a point-in-time upon closing of the underlying real estate transaction or completion and billing of services. Cash is typically collected at the closing of the underlying real estate transaction.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Default and foreclosure service revenues are associated with foreclosure title searches, tax searches, title updates, deed recordings and other related services. Fees vary by service and are recognized as revenue when the service is complete and billed or when the Company is entitled to collect the fee.

NOTE 26 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In March 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to increase the Original Secured Credit Facility to $75.0 million.

In March 2020, the Company entered into an amendment to increase the Convertible Debt to $75.0 million. In October 2020, the Company repaid its $75.0 million Convertible Debt facility.

In May 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to redeem all of its Class I Common Units for $65.3 million. The Company paid $38.4 million in May 2020 and $26.9 million in July 2020 to redeem the Class I Common Units.

In July 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to increase the Second Secured Credit Facility to $100.0 million and extend the maturity to July 2021.

In August 2020, the Company entered into a $350.0 million uncommitted repurchase facility. This facility is available both to fund loan originations and also provide gestation liquidity to finance recently sold MBS up to the MBS settlement date.

The facility bears interest at 30-day LIBOR plus interest spreads based upon the characteristics of the underlying loans collateralizing the lines of credit, including, but not limited to product type and number of days held for sale. Under the terms of the facility, the Company is required to maintain various financial and other covenants. The facility matures in August 2021.

In September 2020, the Company entered into a $130.0 million servicing advance facility. This facility is available to fund servicing advances on behalf of borrowers and investors to cover delinquent principal and interest payments, property taxes, insurance premiums and other costs. The facility bears interest at 30-day LIBOR plus an interest spread. Under the terms of the facility, the Company is required to maintain various financial and other covenants. The facility matures in September 2021.

In September 2020, the Company made $147.0 million of tax distributions to certain unitholders as required under the Company’s operating agreement, which reduced our tangible net worth.

In September 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to pay off the earnout liability associated with the Mortgage Master acquisition for $32.4 million.

In September 2020, the Company entered into an agreement to increase the Original Secured Credit Facility to $150.0 million.

In October 2020, the Company declared profit distributions of $175.0 million to certain of its unitholders as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement.

In October 2020, the Company issued $500 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.50% senior unsecured notes due 2025.

In October 2020, the Company paid off the $75.0 million Convertible Debt.

In October 2020, the Company paid off the $250.0 million Unsecured Term Loan.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

In October 2020, the Company issued notes through an additional securitization facility (“2020-1 Securitization Facility” backed by a revolving warehouse line of credit. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility is secured by newly originated, first-lien, residential mortgage loans eligible for purchase by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac for the purchase of mortgage loans or in accordance with the criteria of Ginnie Mae for the guarantee of securities backed by mortgage loans. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility issued $600.0 million in notes and certificates that bear interest at 30-day LIBOR plus a margin. The 2020-1 Securitization Facility will terminate on the earlier of (i) the two-year anniversary of the initial purchase date, (ii) upon the Company exercising its right to optional prepayment in full and (iii) the date of the occurrence and continuance of an event of default.

In October 2020, the Company paid off $200.0 million in notes and certificates of the 2018 Securitization Facility.

In November 2020, the Company declared profit distributions of $278.8 million to certain of its unitholders as allowed under the Company’s operating agreement. This distribution satisfied the $53.8 million of outstanding Shareholder Notes (see Note 19 - Related Parties) and the remaining $225.0 million was distributed in cash.

At the time of issuance of this report, the direct and indirect impacts that the COVID-19 pandemic and recent market volatility may have on the Company’s financial statements are uncertain. The Company is unaware of any known material risk to the stability of its financial statements caused by these uncertainties and the effect they may have on the Company’s customers and counterparties.

General standards of accounting for, and disclosures of, events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued or available to be issued are established by Subsequent Events ASC 855. In accordance with ASC 855, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2020, which is the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

 

 

15,000,000 Shares

loanDepot, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

LOGO

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

            , 2021

Through and including                 , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 47,020  

FINRA filing fee

     54,838  

Listing fees and expenses

     150,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     15,000  

Printing fees and expenses

     250,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     4,089,437  

Accounting expenses

     1,028,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

     3,030,163  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,664,457  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the DGCL, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that we may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding—other than an action by or in the right of the registrant—by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the registrant, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, agent or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (a) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such person acting in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the registrant, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the registrant as well but only to the extent of defense expenses, including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of liability to the registrant, unless the court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

The registrant’s amended and restated bylaws, to be filed as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, provide that the registrant shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law. In addition, the registrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements, to be filed as


Table of Contents

Exhibit 10.3 hereto, with its directors and officers which would require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. The registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

The form of Underwriting Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Senior Notes

We issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.500% Senior Notes due 2025 on October 22, 2020 (the “Senior Notes”) to qualified institutional buyers under Rule 144A, and to persons outside of the United States under Regulation S of the Securities Act. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, by Artemis Management LLC, loanDepot.com, LLC, LD Settlement, Services, LLC and mello Holdings, LLC. The Senior Notes will mature on November 1, 2025. Interest on the Senior Notes will accrue at a rate of 6.500% per annum and will be payable in cash, semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. At any time prior to November 1, 2022, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption plus a make-whole premium. We may also redeem the Senior Notes at our option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2022, upon at least 10 days but not more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices set forth below, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption:

 

Year

   Percentage  

2022

     103.250

2023

     101.625

2024 and thereafter

     100.000

In addition, subject to certain conditions at any time prior to November 1, 2022, we may redeem up to 40% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of redemption.

The indenture that governs the Senior Notes contains covenants that will, among other things, limit the our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions to incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or certain preferred stock; pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; make certain investments; incur certain liens; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; merge or consolidate; enter into agreements that restrict the ability of certain restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the issuer; designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and transfer or sell certain assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if we sell assets or experience certain changes of control, we must offer to purchase the Senior Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a premium.

Item 16. Exhibits

(1) Exhibits:

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.


Table of Contents

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the financial statements or notes to those statements.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of loanDepot, Inc.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of loanDepot, Inc.
  4.1    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1    Form of Stockholders Agreement
10.2    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.3+    Form of Directors and Officers Indemnification Agreement
10.4+    2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.5+†    2009 Incentive Equity Plan
10.6+†    2012 Incentive Equity Plan
10.7+†    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2009, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Anthony Hsieh
10.8+†    Offer Letter, dated as of April 25, 2012, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jeff DerGurahian
10.9+    2015 Incentive Equity Plan
10.10+    Superseding Offer Letter, dated as of June 1, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and John C. Dorman
10.11+    Offer Letter, dated as of April 8, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Dawn Lepore
10.12+†    Letter of Understanding, dated September 27, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jeff Walsh
10.13+†    Offer Letter, dated as of October 22, 2012, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jeff Walsh
10.14+†    Offer Letter, dated as of May 17, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Patrick Flanagan
10.15    Form of 5th Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings, LLC
10.16+†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
10.17#¥†    Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and NexBank SSB
10.17.1†    First Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated May 29, 2015, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NexBank SSB
10.17.2†    Second Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated June 26, 2015, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NexBank SSB.
10.17.3†    Consent and Amendment No. 3 to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October  30, 2015, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.4†    Fourth Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2015, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.5#†    Fifth Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2017, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.17.6†    Sixth Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2017, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.7¥†    Seventh Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2018, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB
10.17.8†    Eighth Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2018, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.9†    Ninth Amendment and Waiver to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.10†    Tenth Amendment and Waiver to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2020, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.17.11†    Eleventh Amendment to Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2020, between loanDepot.com, LLC and NEXBANK SSB.
10.18†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated March 20, 2014, between EverBank, and loanDepot.com, LLC.
10.19¥†    Amended and Restated Subservicing Agreement dated December 1, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Cenlar FSB
10.20¥†    Standard Office Lease, dated March 10, 2011, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.1†    First Amendment to Lease, dated September 7, 2012, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.2¥†    Second Amendment to Lease, dated January 24, 2013, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.3¥†    Third Amendment to Lease, dated March 27, 2014, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.4¥†    Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated June 10, 2014, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.5¥†    Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated October 14, 2014, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.6¥†    Sixth Amendment to Lease, dated May 1, 2015, between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.20.7†    Seventh Amendment to Lease, dated May 23, 2017, by and between Pinnacle Asset Management Group, LLC and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.21¥†    Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of February  28, 2013, between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Mortgage Funding, LLC
10.21.1#†    Amendment Number One to the Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 21, 2013
10.21.2#¥†    Amendment Number Two to the Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 25, 2019
10.21.3†    Amendment Number Three to the Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 25, 2019
10.21.4†    Amendment Number Four to the Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 18, 2020
10.22†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated June 1, 2015, between UBS Bank USA and loanDepot.com, LLC


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.22.1†    Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September 4, 2015, between UBS Bank USA and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.22.2†    Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2015, by and between UBS Bank USA and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.3†    Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 26, 2016, by and between UBS Bank USA and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.4†    Assignment and Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July  26, 2016, by and between UBS Bank USA and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.5#†    Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated March 21, 2017, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.6†    Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 25, 2017, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.7†    Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated December 15, 2017, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.8†    Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 24, 2018, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.9†    Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated May 23, 2018, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.10†    Amendment No. 10 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 16, 2018, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.11†    Amendment No. 11 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 23, 2019, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.12†    Amendment No. 12 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.22.13†    Amendment No. 13 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2020, by and between UBS AG and loanDepot, LLC
10.23†    Indenture, dated as of October  27, 2020, by and among LD Holdings LLC, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. (Originally filed as exhibit 10.55.)
10.24#†    The Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2018 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.
10.24.1†    First Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2019 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.
10.24.2†    Second Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2019 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.
10.24.3†    Third Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.
10.24.4†    Fourth Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 18, 2019 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB
10.24.5†    Fifth Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2020 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.
10.24.6†    Sixth Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2020 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.24.7#†    Seventh Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2020 between loanDepot.com, LLC and TIAA, FSB
10.25#¥†    Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2018, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent and Pentalpha Surveillance LLC, as Credit Manager.
10.25.1#†    Series 2017-MBSADVI Indenture Supplement, dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent and Pentalpha Surveillance LLC, as Credit Manager.
10.26#†    Series 2018-GT1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of October 31, 2018, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent and Pentalpha Surveillance LLC, as Credit Manager.
10.26.1#†    Amendment No.  1 to the Amended and Restated Base Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2019, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent and Pentalpha Surveillance LLC, as Credit Manager.
10.27#†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2017, by and between Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.27.1†    Omnibus Amendment No. 1 to VFN Repurchase Agreement, dated August  31, 2017, by and between loanDepot MNSR Master Trust, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.28#†    Series 2017-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of August 11, 2017, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent and Pentalpha Surveillance LLC, as Credit Manager.
10.28.1#†    Amendment No. 1 to the Series 2017-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 17, 2018, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent.
10.28.2†    Amendment No. 2 to the Series 2017-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of September 16, 2019, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent.
10.28.3#†    Amendment No. 3 to the Series 2017-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of October 16, 2019, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent.
10.28.4#†    Amendment No. 4 to the Series 2017-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of October 15, 2020, by and among loanDepot GMSR Master Trust, Citibank, N.A., as trustee, loanDepot.com, LLC, as servicer and administrator, Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as administrative agent.
10.29†    Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July 17, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.29.1†    Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  29, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.2†    Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  4, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.3†    Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July  15, 2016, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.4†    Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July  14, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.5†    Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated January  26, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.6†    Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated March  12, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.7†    Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  11, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.8†    Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  25, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.9†    Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  22, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.10†    Amendment No. 10 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August  27, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.11†    Amendment No. 11 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  15, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.12†    Amendment No. 12 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  31, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.13†    Amendment No. 13 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated January  31, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.14†    Amendment No. 14 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August  3, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.29.15†    Amendment No. 15 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  28, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.
10.30¥†    Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July  17, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.1#†    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November  4, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.2#†    Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated February  9, 2016, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A. , by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.3#†    Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July  15, 2016, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.30.4#†    Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July  14, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.5†    Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March  12, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.6#†    Amendment No. 6 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July  12, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.7#†    Amendment No. 7 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September  11, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.8†    Amendment No. 8 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated December  20, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.9†    Amendment No. 9 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated March  20, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.10†    Amendment No. 10 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May  20, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.11†    Amendment No. 11 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August  27, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.12†    Amendment No. 12 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September  26, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.13†    Amendment No. 13 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated January  31, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.14†    Amendment No. 14 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated July  10, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America, N. A.
10.30.15†    Amendment No. 15 to Amended and Restated Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated September  28, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Bank of America Merrill Lynch
10.31¥†    Second Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated January  2, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Funding LLC
10.31.1†    Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  2, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Funding LLC
10.31.2†    Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  1, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Funding LLC
10.31.3†    Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  28, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Funding LLC
10.31.4#¥†    Amendment No.  4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November 2, 2015, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Jefferies Funding LLC


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.32†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated March 10, 2017, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.32.1†    Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August 11, 2017, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.32.2†    Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated January 31, 2018, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.32.3†    Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 8, 2019, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.32.4†    Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated February  26, 2020, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.32.5†    Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September  25, 2020, by and between Credit Suisse AG and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.33#†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August 25, 2020, by and between Barclays Bank PLC and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.34#†    Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated August  25, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Barclay Bank PLC
10.35¥†    Master Repurchase Agreement, dated June 3, 2016, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.1†    First Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  17, 2016, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.2†    Second Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated February  28, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.3†    Third Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated June  2, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.4†    Fourth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August  31, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.5†    Fifth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  30, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.6†    Sixth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  10, 2017, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.7¥†    Seventh Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August  30, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.8†    Eighth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  15, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.9¥†    Ninth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  30, 2018, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.10†    Tenth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April  30, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.11†    Eleventh Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August  9, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.12†    Twelfth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  14, 2019, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.35.13†    Thirteenth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated October  12, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.35.14¥†    Fourteenth Amendment to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated November  12, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A.
10.36†    Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated August 15, 2016, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
10.36.1†    Amendment No. 1 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated August  4, 2017, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.2†    Amendment No. 2 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated February  21, 2018, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.3†    Amendment No. 3 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated August  10, 2018, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.4†    Amendment No. 4 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated May  20, 2019, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.5†    Amendment No. 5 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated December  30, 2019, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.6†    Amendment No. 6 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated June  16, 2020, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.36.7†    Amendment No. 7 to Mortgage Loan Participation Sale Agreement, dated October  9, 2020, by and between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N. A. and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.37†    Master Repurchase Agreement dated May  14, 2019, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2019-1 and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.38†    Indenture, dated May  14, 2019, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2019-1, loanDepot.com, LLC and U.S. bank National Association
10.39†    Master Repurchase Agreement dated October 23, 2019, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2019-2 and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.40†    Indenture, dated October  23, 2019, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2019-2, loanDepot.com, LLC and U.S. bank National Association
10.41†    Master Repurchase Agreement dated October 26, 2020, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2020-1 and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.42†    Indenture, dated October  26, 2020, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2020-1, loanDepot.com, LLC and U.S. Bank National Association
10.43†    Master Repurchase Agreement dated December 17, 2020, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2020-2 and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.44†    Indenture, dated December  17, 2020, by and between Mello Warehouse Securitization Trust 2020-2, loanDepot.com, LLC and U.S. bank National Association
10.45†    Guaranty, dated December  17, 2020, by and between Warehouse Securitization Trust 2020-2, and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.46†    Master Repurchase Agreement dated November 25, 2019, by and between J.V.B. Financial Group, LLC and loanDepot.com, LLC
10.47#†    Mortgage Warehouse Agreement, dated January 6, 2020, by and between loanDepot.com, LLC and Texas Capital Bank, N. A.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.48†    Indenture, dated September 24, 2020, by and between LoanDepot Agency Receivables Trust and loanDepot.com LLC
10.48.1†    Amendment No.  1 to Base Indenture and to Series 2020-VF1 Indenture Supplement, dated October 28, 2020, between LoanDepot Agency Receivables Trust, loanDepot.com LLC and JPMorgan Chase bank, N.A.
10.49#†    Series 2020-VF1 Indenture Supplement to Indenture, dated September  24, 2020, by and between LoanDepot Agency Receivables Trust, loanDepot.com LLC and JPMorgan Chase bank, N.A.
10.50+†    Form Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.51+†    Form Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement
10.52+†    Form Restricted Stock Agreement
10.53+†    Form Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of loanDepot, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1†    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this registration statement)
99.1†    Consent of Andrew C. Dodson
99.2†    Consent of John C. Dorman
99.3†    Consent of Brian P. Golson
99.4†    Consent of Dawn Lepore

 

Previously filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-252024).

¥

Schedules (or similar attachments) have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish supplemental copies of any omitted schedules (or similar attachments) to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

+

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

#

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Foothill Ranch, State of California, on January 27, 2021.

 

LOANDEPOT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anthony Hsieh

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Anthony Hsieh

Anthony Hsieh

   Chief Executive Officer & Sole Director   January 27, 2021

*

Patrick Flanagan

   Chief Financial Officer   January 27, 2021

*

Nicole Carrillo

   Executive Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer   January 27, 2021

 

*

  

/s/ Anthony Hsieh

Anthony Hsieh

Attorney-in-Fact

    

Exhibit 1.1

loanDepot, Inc.

[•] Shares of Class A Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010-3629

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares of Stock and the selling stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [•] shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares of Stock. The aggregate of [•] shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Firm Shares” and the aggregate of up to [•] additional shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Optional Shares”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.


The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that up to 5% of the Firm Shares to be purchased by Underwriters (the “Reserved Securities”) shall be reserved for sale by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, hereafter referred to as “Merrill Lynch”) to certain persons designated by the Company (the “Invitees”), as part of the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Company has solely determined, without any direct or indirect participation by the Underwriters or Merrill Lynch, the Invitees who will purchase Reserved Securities (including the amount to be purchased by such persons) sold by Merrill Lynch. To the extent that such Reserved Securities are not orally confirmed for purchase by Invitees by 11:59 PM. (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement, such Reserved Securities may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

On the date hereof the business of the Company is conducted through LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LD Holdings”), and its subsidiaries. In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, prior to the First Time of Delivery (as defined in section 4(a) hereof) the Company will become the sole managing member of and have the ability to appoint the board of managers of LD Holdings, and will own [•]% of economic interests in LD Holdings, assuming no exercise of the option to purchase Optional Shares described in Section 2 hereof. LD Holdings will own 99.99% of the economic interest in and will have the ability to appoint the board of managers of loanDepot.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LD LLC”) and will own 100% of the economic interest in and will have the ability to appoint the boards of managers of Artemis Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, LD Settlement Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and mello Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Any references in this Agreement, to the extent the context requires, to the “Reorganization Transactions” shall have the meanings ascribed to the term “Reorganization Transactions” in the Prospectus (as defined below). In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement and the Reorganization Transactions, (a) the Company will enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with the Parthenon Stockholders (as defined in the Prospectus) and certain of the Continuing LLC Members (as defined in the Prospectus); (b) the Company will enter into one or more registration rights agreements with the Parthenon Stockholders and certain of the Continuing LLC Members (the “Registration Rights Agreements”); (c) LD Holdings will amend and restate its limited liability company agreement to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests with a single new class of units that are referred to as “LLC Units” (as so amended and restated, the “LLC Agreement”); (d) the Continuing LLC Members will then contribute all of their respective LLC Units to LD Holdings in exchange for their pro rata share of a single class of common units to be issued by LD Holdings (“Holdco Units”); (e) the Company will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation (as so amended and restated, the “Amended and Restated Charter”); and (f) the Company will enter into the Stockholders Agreement with certain of the Company’s stockholders (the “Stockholders Agreement”).

This Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreements, the LLC Agreement, the Amended and Restated Charter and the Stockholders Agreement are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents.”

1. (a) Each of the Company and LD Holdings, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-252024) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to the Representatives, have been

 

2


declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and, to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ knowledge, no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(c) of this Agreement);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•] pm (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable

 

3


Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth in Schedule III(b) hereto;

(v) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(vi) None of the Company, LD Holdings or their respective subsidiaries have, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (i) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (ii) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company or LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company or LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise or settlement, including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements, if any, of stock options or the award, if any, of stock options, restricted stock or other equity awards in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon the exercise or conversion of Company or LD Holdings securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries or, (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company or LD Holdings to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

4


(vii) Each of the Company and LD Holdings and each of their respective subsidiaries has been duly incorporated or formed, as applicable, is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has the corporate or limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified, validly existing or be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The subsidiaries listed in Schedule V to this Agreement are the only subsidiaries of the Company and LD Holdings and each subsidiary of the Company that is a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Act has been listed in the Registration Statement;

(viii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or any other claim of any third party (collectively, “Liens”); and, upon the effectiveness of the LLC Agreement and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions, all of the issued equity interests of LD Holdings and its subsidiaries will have been duly authorized and issued, and except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, all of the issued equity interests of each subsidiary of LD Holdings are owned directly or indirectly by LD Holdings, free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens pursuant to the Secured Credit Facilities, GMSR VFN, Term Notes and 2020-VF1 Notes (each as defined in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus), as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(ix) The shares of Stock (including the shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the shares to be sold by the Company and the membership interests of LD Holdings outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, preemptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options;

(x) The shares of Stock to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights. The shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), LLC Units and all Holdco Units to be issued by the Company, LD Holdings and LD LLC, respectively, pursuant to the Reorganization Transactions have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered as provided and described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will conform, in all material respects to the description thereof in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the issuance of such shares of Class B Common Stock, LLC Units and Holdco Units will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

 

5


(xi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and LD Holdings. Each of the Transaction Documents has been duly authorized, and when executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company and LD Holdings, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

(xii) Neither of the Company nor LD Holdings nor any of their respective subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries are bound or to which any property or asset of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Reorganization Transactions will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(xiv) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and LD Holdings of each of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is subject (other than any lien, charge or encumbrance created or imposed pursuant to the Secured Credit Facilities, GMSR VFN, 2020-VF1 Notes and Term Notes), (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority applicable to the Company or LD Holdings, including, without limitation, the Regulatory Laws (as defined below) except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xv) No consent, approval, authorization, registration, or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency or any state regulatory authority, is required for performance by the Company and LD Holdings of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except (X) such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing of the Shares on

 

6


the Exchange (as defined below) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (Y) such as have been obtained under the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United States in which the Reserved Securities were offered;

(xvi) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings”, under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xvii) There are no legal or governmental proceedings, under the Regulatory Laws or otherwise, pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or LD Holdings, threatened, to which the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party or of which any of the properties of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company or LD Holdings is the subject that would, if determined adversely to the Company, LD Holdings or any of their subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xviii) Each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property which is material to the business of each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects (i) except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property, (ii) that secure the obligations under the Senior Notes, Secured Credit Facilities, Term Notes, 2020-VF1 Notes, GMSR VFN and Warehouse Lines or (iii) that could not reasonably, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xix) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the Company’s and LD Holdings’ knowledge, (i) each of the Company, LD Holdings and each of their respective subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use, or can acquire on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing) (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), used or otherwise necessary for, the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted by them and (ii) none of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries has received any notice of, and to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, there is no pending notice of any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would, have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s and LD Holdings’ knowledge, the conduct of the Company, LD Holdings and each of their respective subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violation, and has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any third party, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xx) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Act to be described in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents;

 

7


(xxi) Neither the Company nor LD Holdings is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, will be, required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(xxii) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xxiii) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company, LD Holdings and each of their respective subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof (taking into account all permitted extensions), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries which has had (nor do the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries and which would have), individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxiv) Each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, none of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries has been threatened with any action by any federal or state regulatory authority concerning its compliance with applicable Regulatory Laws, or received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect, except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(xxv) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and LD Holdings, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Act;

(xxvi) The Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, since LD Holdings’ most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s or LD Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting and (ii) no change in the Company’s or LD Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s or LD Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting;

 

8


(xxvii) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxviii) Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, no material labor dispute with the employees of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company or LD Holdings, is imminent except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxix) Each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except in each case where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for cleanup, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxx) Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each “employee benefit plan”, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, other than a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) has any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code; (ii) no “prohibited transaction”, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of

 

9


ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (v) none of the Company, LD Holdings or any member of their respective Controlled Groups has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan or a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA; (vi) there is no pending audit or, to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan; and (vii) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (X) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries in the current fiscal year compared to the amount of such contributions made in the most recently completed fiscal year; or (Y) a material increase in the Company’s, LD Holdings’ or any of their respective subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the most recently completed fiscal year;

(xxxi) Except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts and with such deductibles as are reasonably adequate to protect the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries and their respective businesses in which they are engaged; none of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxii) Neither the Company, LD Holdings nor any of their respective subsidiaries nor any director or officer of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries, nor to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, any employee of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law of any other relevant jurisdiction; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit, in each case, prohibited by applicable law. The Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws;

 

10


(xxxiii) The operations of each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted, at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or LD Holdings, threatened;

(xxxiv) (i) None of the Company, LD Holdings or any subsidiaries of the Company or LD Holdings, or, to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company, LD Holdings or any subsidiaries of the Company or LD Holdings, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is: (A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council, or, as applicable, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor (B) is the Company or its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria) (each as “Sanctioned Country”); (ii) the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries will not, knowingly, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person: (A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; (B) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country; or (C) in any other manner that will result in a violation of applicable Sanctions by any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, initial purchaser, advisor, investor or otherwise; and (iii) for the past 5 years, each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions;

(xxxv) Each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries, except as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) are in material compliance with any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and regulatory capital requirements or court decrees relating to the business of servicing, consumer finance, purchase finance, consumer protection or other regulations applicable to the business of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and other applicable fair lending and fair housing laws or other laws relating to discrimination (including, without limitation, anti-redlining, equal credit opportunity and fair credit reporting), truth-in-lending, real estate settlement procedures or consumer credit, except to the extent that the failure to comply would

 

11


not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect (such laws, rules and regulations, the “Regulatory Laws”), (ii) have received all federal and state permits, licenses and other approvals required of them under applicable Regulatory Laws to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to receive such permits, licenses and other approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect (iii) are in material compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Regulatory Laws would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) are not aware of any material changes proposed or contemplated to be made to any of the Regulatory Laws that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxvi) No subsidiary of the Company or LD Holdings is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company or LD Holdings, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company or LD Holdings any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or LD Holdings or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or LD Holdings or any other subsidiary of the Company or LD Holdings, except for any such restrictions contained in the Senior Notes, Secured Credit Facilities, Term Notes, 2020-VF1 Notes, Convertible Debt, GMSR VFN and Warehouse Lines as described in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(xxxvii) None of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares;

(xxxviii) None of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares;

(xxxix) The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and LD Holdings included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations and the changes in its cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein. The other financial information included in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby;

(xl) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

 

12


(xli) Nothing has come to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ attention that has caused the Company or LD Holdings to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects; and

(xlii) To the Company’s and LD Holdings’ knowledge, each of the Company’s and LD Holdings’, and each of their respective subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries as currently conducted, and to the Company’s and LD Holdings’ knowledge, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, the Company, LD Holdings and each of their respective subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all material IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses, and, except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability or the duty to notify any other person, nor are there any known incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same except in each case as would not, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of the Company and LD Holdings, each of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification;

(xliii) Except as have been described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and as have been waived in connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated herein, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or LD Holdings and any person granting such person the right to require the Company, or LD Holdings, as applicable, to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company or LD Holdings or to require the Company or LD Holdings to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.;

(xliv) The Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses and any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Reserved Share Program;

 

13


(xlv) No authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Reserved Shares are offered outside the United States;

(xlvi) The Company has not offered, or caused Merrill Lynch or its affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Reserved Share Program (i) for any consideration other than the cash payment of the initial public offering price per share set forth in Schedule II hereof or (ii) with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (X) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier’s terms, level or type of business with the Company or (Y) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; except for such consents, approvals, authorizations and orders as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, the approval of the underwriting terms and arrangements by FINRA or the approval for listing on the New York Stock Exchange and except where the failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization or order would not, reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute,indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the organizational document of such Selling Stockholder or any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

 

14


(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto;

(v) No such Selling Stockholder has taken nor will take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein (the “Selling Stockholder Information”), such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading it being understood and agreed for the purposes of this Agreement, the Selling Stockholder Information for such Selling Stockholder consists only of (A) such Selling Stockholder’s legal name, address and Stock beneficially owned by such Selling Stockholder before and after the offering contemplated hereby and (B) the other information with respect to such Selling Stockholder (excluding percentages) which appear under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” in the Preliminary Prospectus;

(vii) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W 9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof); and

(viii) Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of comprehensive Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders as the number of Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares, and in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent

 

15


indicated in Schedule II hereto agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at the purchase price per share set forth in this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) that bears the same proportion to the number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders as the number of Optional Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Optional Shares.

The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II hereto, hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares). Any such election to purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Optional Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders as set forth in Schedule II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by the Representatives but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless the Representatives and the Company and the Selling Stockholders otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of DTC, for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:00 a.m., New York time, on [•], 2021 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:00 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in each written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

 

16


(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(n) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP located at 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company and LD Holdings agree with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the

 

17


statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify the Representatives and upon their request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon the Representatives’ request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) (i) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of the Stock, Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class C Common Stock”), or Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class D Common Stock” and together with the Stock, Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of any series of Common Stock (including, without limitation, LLC Units and Holdco Units) or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing; provided that confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statements under the Act may be made if (w) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made, (x) if any demand was made for, or any right exercised with respect to, such registration of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Stock, no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (y) the Company shall provide written notice at least three business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission to the Representatives and (z) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly filed registration statement during the Company Lock-Up Period, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, other than (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement, (b) the issuance by the Company or LD Holdings of shares of any series of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or

 

18


other equity-based security outstanding on the date hereof or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (c) the issuance by the Company or LD Holdings of any options, including nonqualified stock options and incentive stock options, and other equity incentive compensation, including restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other awards granted under an equity incentive plan described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (and the issuance by the Company or LD Holdings of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock upon the exercise thereof or the settlement of restricted stock or other equity-based compensation under an equity incentive plan described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or under equity plans or similar plans of companies acquired by the Company in effect on the date of acquisition); provided that the Company causes each recipient thereof to execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II for the remaining portion of the Company Lock-Up Period, (d) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto relating to the shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock granted pursuant to or reserved for issuance under an equity incentive plan described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (e) the issuance of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with the acquisition of the business, property or other assets of, or a majority or controlling portion of the equity of, or a business combination, a joint venture, commercial relationship or other strategic transactions with, another entity in connection with such transaction by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, provided that the aggregate number of securities (on an as-converted, as-exercised or as-exchanged basis) issued or issuable pursuant to this clause (e) does not exceed 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement determined on a fully-diluted basis and assuming that all outstanding Holdco Units in LD Holdings that are exchangeable for shares of Stock are so exchanged, and provided further that each recipient of securities pursuant to this clause (e) shall execute a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto with respect to the remaining portion of the Company Lock-Up Period, (f) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Stock during the Company Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Stock may be made under such plan during the Company Lock-Up Period, (g) transfers of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock in connection with the Reorganization Transactions on the terms described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings” and “—Offering Transactions” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus prior to the completion of the Public Offering, (h) transfers pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (h), (i) each transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under the Exchange Act required to be made during the Company Lock-Up Period shall indicate that such filing is being made in connection with a transfer pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (i) the exchange of any Holdco Units of LD Holdings and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock into or for shares of Stock pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (or separate agreement governing such exchange); provided that (i) such shares of Stock and other securities remain subject to the terms of this Agreement

 

19


(with respect to the securities received by the Company in the exchange) and the lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto (with respect to the shares of Stock issued by the Company in the exchange) and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Company regarding the exchange, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that such exchange occurred pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (or separate agreement governing such exchange), and no transfer of the shares of Stock or other securities received upon exchange may be made during the Restricted Period except as otherwise permitted under the terms of this Agreement (with respect to the securities received by the Company in the exchange) and the lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto (with respect to the shares of Stock issued by the Company in the exchange);

(ii) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters pursuant to Section 8(l) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company or LD Holdings, and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(iii) In connection with any offer and sale of Reserved Securities outside the United States, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, complied and will comply in all material respects with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the same is distributed. The Company has not offered, or caused Merrill Lynch to offer, Reserved Securities to any person with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company or any of its affiliates to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with any such entity or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any of its affiliates, or their respective businesses or products; and

(iv) The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the Reserved Securities purchased by the Invitees will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of six months following the date of this Agreement. Merrill Lynch will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of such Reserved Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse Merrill Lynch for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(f) by filing such information through EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; provided, however, that the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(g) by filing such information through EDGAR;

 

20


(h) To use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its reasonable best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “Underwriter Use”); provided, however, that the Underwriter Use shall be solely for the purpose described above, is permitted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred or extended to any person other than such Underwriter; and

(m) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Reserved Shares are offered in connection with the Reserved Share Program.

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

 

21


(d) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications;

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) all costs and expenses of Merrill Lynch in connection with the Reserved Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for Merrill Lynch, in connection with matters related to the Reserved Securities which are designated by the Company for sale to Invitees; and (vi) reasonable and documented filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (b) the Company will pay or cause to be paid: (i) the cost of preparing stock certificates; if applicable (ii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar, and (iii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section; and (c) the Selling Stockholders will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Selling Stockholders’ obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Stockholders, and (ii) reasonable and documented expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders to the Underwriters hereunder. In connection with clause (c)(iii) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholders agree to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such

 

22


tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay (i) all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, and (ii) in connection with any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, the travel, lodging and meal expenses of the Underwriters; provided, however, the Representatives and the Company agree that the Underwriters shall pay or cause to be paid fifty percent (50%) of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with such road show.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Representatives’ reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representatives such written opinion or opinions, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion and negative assurance letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, dated such Time of Delivery;

(d) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion with respect to the Selling Stockholders in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, dated such Time of Delivery;

(e) Peter Macdonald, General Counsel for the Company and LD Holdings, shall have furnished to the Representatives his written opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, dated such Time of Delivery;

 

23


(f) On the date of the Prospectus upon the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(g) On the date of this Agreement and each Time of Delivery, the Company and LD Holdings shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief executive officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(h) (i) None of the Company, LD Holdings or their respective subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with the business of the Company, LD Holdings and their subsidiaries, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any material adverse change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company, LD Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries or any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, financial position, or results of operations of the Company, LD Holdings and their respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company or LD Holdings to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(i) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(j) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(k) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

 

24


(l) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder of the Company listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(m) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the second New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(n) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance in all material respects (except to the extent already qualified by materiality) by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (h) of this Section 8;

(o) The Reorganization Transactions shall have been completed in all material respects as described in the Prospectus;

(p) As of the First Time of Delivery:

 

  (i)

the Transaction Documents shall have been executed and delivered; and

 

  (ii)

the Amended and Restated Charter shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of    the State of Delaware and shall be in full force and effect; and

9. (a) The Company and LD Holdings, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and LD Holdings shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus,

 

25


the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; provided, further, that the liability of such Selling Stockholders pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the net proceeds after underwriting commissions and discounts but before deducting expenses from the sale of Shares sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, LD Holdings, the Selling Stockholders against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and the Selling Stockholders for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or the Selling Stockholders in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the thirteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) (b) or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses)

 

26


by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred and documented by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, LD Holdings or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, LD Holdings, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this

 

27


subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and LD Holdings and to each person, if any, who controls the Company, LD Holdings or any Selling Stockholders within the meaning of the Act.

10.

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless Merrill Lynch against any losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which Merrill Lynch may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Invitees in connection with the Reserved Share Program or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading caused by the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities which have been orally confirmed for purchase by any Invitee by 11:59 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of the Agreement, (ii) arise out of or are based upon the failure of any Invitee to pay for and accept delivery of Reserved Securities that the Participant agreed to purchase, or (iii) are related to, arise out of or are in connection with the Reserved Share Program, and will reimburse Merrill Lynch for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (ii) and (iii) above, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Merrill Lynch.

(b) Promptly after receipt by Merrill Lynch of notice of the commencement of any action, Merrill Lynch shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraph of this Section 10 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to Merrill Lynch otherwise than under the preceding paragraph of

 

28


this Section 10. In case any such action shall be brought against Merrill Lynch and it shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel to Merrill Lynch (who shall not, except with the consent of Merrill Lynch, be counsel to the Company), and, after notice from the Company to Merrill Lynch of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to Merrill Lynch under this subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by Merrill Lynch, in connection with the defense thereof. The Company shall not, without the written consent of Merrill Lynch, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of Merrill Lynch from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of Merrill Lynch.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless Merrill Lynch under subsection (a) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by Merrill Lynch as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Merrill Lynch on the other from the offering of the Reserved Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then the Company shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by Merrill Lynch in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and Merrill Lynch on the other in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and Merrill Lynch on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Reserved Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by Merrill Lynch for the Reserved Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or Merrill Lynch on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and Merrill Lynch agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (c) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (c). The amount paid or payable by Merrill Lynch as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (c) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (c), Merrill Lynch shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Reserved Shares sold by it and distributed to the Participants exceeds the amount of any damages which Merrill Lynch has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

29


(d) The obligations of the Company under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of Merrill Lynch and each person, if any, who controls Merrill Lynch within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of Merrill Lynch.

11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in their discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties satisfactory to the Company to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Representatives have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or any of the Selling Stockholders notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to a Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional Shares shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof); but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

30


12. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholders, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 11 hereof, none of the Company or any Selling Stockholder shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders hereunder) will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including reasonably incurred and documented fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred and documented by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

14. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives jointly or by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC or Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the Representatives.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; to BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department (Fax: (646) 855-3073) with a copy to ECM Legal (Fax: (212) 230-8730); to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: IBCM-Legal (Fax: (212) 325-4296); and to Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for the applicable Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent to its registered agent, Registered Agent Solutions, Inc., at 9 E. Loockerman Street, Suite 311, Dover, DE 19901; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(l) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or

 

31


facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the applicable Selling Stockholder by the Representatives on request; provided further that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the Representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room; at BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department (Fax: (646) 855-3073) with a copy to ECM Legal (Fax: (212) 230-8730); at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010-3629, Attention: IBCM-Legal (Fax: (212) 325-4296); at Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

17. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction among the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, and does not constitute a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and the Selling Stockholders have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that they will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto, and agree that none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. The Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agrees that, although the Representatives may be required or choose to provide the Selling Stockholders with certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures in connection with the offering, the Representatives and the other Underwriters are not making a recommendation to any Selling Stockholder to participate in the offering, enter into a “lock-up” agreement, or sell any Shares at the price determined in the offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures is intended to suggest that the Representatives or any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

 

32


18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and the Selling Stockholders agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

20. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

23. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

24. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

33


(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

 

  (i)

a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

  (ii)

a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

  (iii)

a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding, the Representatives should please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel and each Selling Stockholder counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by the Representatives, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company, LD Holdings and each Selling Stockholder. It is understood that the Representatives’ acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company, LD Holdings and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on the Representatives’ part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

34


Very truly yours,
loanDepot, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
LD Holdings Group LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Parthenon Investors III, L.P.

By:  PCap Partners III, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  PCap III, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  PCP Managers, LLC,

its Managing Member

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

PCap Associates

By:  PCap Partners III, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  PCap III, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  PCP Managers, LLC,

its Managing Member

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

By:  PCP Managers, LLC,

its General Partner

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, LP

By: Parthenon LoanDepot Holdings GP, LLC, its General Partner

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Parthenon Investors IV, L.P.
By: [•]

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P.
By: [•]

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted as of the date hereof in New York, New York
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BofA Securities, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
On behalf of each of the Underwriters

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number
of

Firm Shares
to be
Purchased
    Number of
Optional

Shares to be
Purchased if
Maximum
Option

Exercised
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

BofA Securities, Inc.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

Barclays Capital Inc.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Jefferies LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

UBS Securities LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

JMP Securities LLC

     [ •]      [ •] 

Nomura Securities International, Inc.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Piper Sandler & Co.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     [ •]      [ •] 

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

     [ •]      [ •] 

AmeriVet Securities, Inc

     [ •]      [ •] 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     [ •]      [ •] 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


SCHEDULE II

 

     Total Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold
    Number of
Optional

Shares to be
Sold if
Maximum
Option

Exercised
 

The Company

     [ •]      [ •] 

Parthenon Investors III, L.P.

     [ •]      [ •] 

PCap Associates

     [ •]      [ •] 

Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, L.P.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Parthenon Investors IV, L.P.

     [ •]      [ •] 

Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P.

     [ •]      [ •] 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     [ •]      [ •] 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 


SCHEDULE III

 

(a)

Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

Electronic Roadshow dated [January] 2021

 

(b)

Additional documents incorporated by reference

[None]

 

(c)

Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[•]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•]

 

(d)

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

“Why loanDepot Wins” video dated December 2020

“mello UX Demo” video dated December 2020

“Brand and Innovation” video dated December 2020


SCHEDULE IV

 

Name of Stockholder

  

Address

Parthenon Investors III, L.P.   
PCap Associates   
Parthenon Capital partners Fund, L.P.   
Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P.   
Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, L.P.   
Parthenon Investors IV, L.P.   
PCP Managers, L.P.   
The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014   
JLSA, LLC   
Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC   
Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC   
Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC   
Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc.   
Anthony Hsieh   
Patrick Flanagan   
Jeff Walsh   
Jeff DerGurahian   
Nicole Carrillo   
John C. Dorman   
Dawn Lepore   
Brian P. Golson   
Andrew C. Dodson   


SCHEDULE V

LD Holdings Group LLC

loanDepot.com, LLC

Artemis Management LLC

LD Settlement Services, LLC

mello Holdings, LLC


ANNEX I

loanDepot, Inc.

[•], 2021

loanDepot, Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, the lead joint book-running managers in the recent public sale of [•] shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, is releasing a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock held by certain officers or directors of the Company. The release will take effect on [•], 2021, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

[Circulated under separate cover]


FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

January [26], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

BofA Securities, Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, New York 10036

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010-3629

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Goldman, Sachs & Co, BofA Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (collectively, the “Representatives”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LD Holdings”), and certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II thereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “Underwriters”), of shares (the “Shares”) of the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Restricted Period”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, including Class B Common Stock of the Company (“Class B Common Stock”), Class C Common Stock of the Company (“Class C Common Stock”), Class D Common


Stock of the Company (“Class D Common Stock”) and units of LD Holdings, (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other arrangement that transfers or is designed to transfer to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (1) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (2) above.

The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any activity described clauses (1), (2) or (3) of the preceding paragraph during the Restricted Period.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(a) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired from the Underwriters in the Public Offering (other than any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock purchased by any undersigned officer or director of the Company or LD Holdings) or acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no public announcement or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with subsequent sales of such shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such transactions;

(b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) if the undersigned is a corporation or partnership or limited liability company or other business entity, to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned, (ii) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or (iii) not involving a change in beneficial ownership; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (b), (A) each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (B) during the Restricted Period, no public announcement or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;


(c) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (c), (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) during the Restricted Period, no public announcement or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

(d) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company or LD Holdings of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock upon the vesting of stock awards or the exercise of options or warrants issued pursuant to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ equity incentive plans or the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company or LD Holdings upon a vesting event of the Company’s or LD Holdings’ securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s or LD Holdings’ securities (including settlement of restricted stock units), in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, insofar as such stock award, option or warrant was outstanding on the date of the Underwriting Agreement and would, by its terms, expire during the Restricted Period (except that the requirement of expiration during the Restricted Period shall not apply to stock awards that by their terms are automatically paid or settled upon vesting); provided that no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period shall indicate that such filing is being made, where applicable, in connection with a disposition to or from the Company or LD Holdings in connection with the exercise of convertible securities or options or the vesting of equity awards issued pursuant to the Company’s or LD Holdings’ equity incentive plans or to satisfy tax withholding requirements; and provided, further, that any such securities issued upon the vesting of such stock award or exercise of such option or warrant or other right to acquire shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein;

(e) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Common Stock; provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period;

(f) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company or LD Holdings, pursuant to agreements under which the Company or LD Holdings has the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal, as described in the Prospectus, with respect to transfers of such shares or securities; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to this clause (f), no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period shall indicate that such filing is being made in connection with a transfer pursuant to agreements under which the Company or LD Holdings has the option to repurchase such shares or securities or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares or securities;


(g) if the undersigned is an individual, the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement; provided that the undersigned shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter; and provided, further, that any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Restricted Period as a result of such transfer, states (unless prohibited by law) that such transfer has occurred by operation of law and that such transfer is pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, as applicable;

(h) the sale of shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, and any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the Company or LD Holdings made on or about the closing date of the Public Offering in consideration for cash from the Company’s proceeds from the Public Offering, on the terms described in the Prospectus;

(i) any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock or such other securities involving a “change of control” (as defined below) of the Company following the Public Offering approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided that all of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock subject to this agreement that are not so transferred, sold, tendered or otherwise disposed of remain subject to this agreement; and provided further, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock or such other securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the terms of this agreement. For purposes of this clause (i), “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, other than the Company, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company;

(j) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock in connection with the Reorganization Transactions on the terms described under “Organizational Structure—Reorganization Transactions at LD Holdings” and “—Offering Transactions” in the Prospectus prior to completion of the Public Offering;

(k) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to the undersigned’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (k), (i) any such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (iii) during the Restricted Period, no public announcement or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;


(l) transfers from an executive officer of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchange for Common Stock to the Company or LD Holdings upon death, disability or termination of employment of such executive officer; provided that in the case of a transfer pursuant to this clause (l), no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period shall indicate that such filing is being made in connection with a transfer for death, disability or termination of employment;

(m) transfers to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (b), (c) and (k); provided that during the Restricted Period, no public announcement or filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction of beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made; and provided, further, that the Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein;

(n) transfers pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (n), (i) each transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period shall indicate that such filing is being made in connection with a transfer pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency;

(o) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift, including to charitable organizations, or by will or intestacy or (ii) to the spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild of the undersigned or any other person with whom the undersigned has a relationship by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin (each, “an immediate family member”) or to a trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, formed for the benefit of the undersigned or of an immediate family member of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (o), (A) each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (B) no public announcement or filing shall be voluntarily made and that any related filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required to be made during the Restricted Period shall indicate that such filing is being made in connection with a bona fide gift, a transfer by will or intestacy, or a transfer to an immediate family member or to a trust or other entity for estate planning purposes, formed for the benefit of the undersigned or an immediate family member, as applicable;

(p) the exchange of any units of LD Holdings and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as the case may be, into or for shares of Common Stock pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (or separate agreement governing such exchange) described in the Prospectus; provided that (i) such shares of Common Stock and other securities remain subject to the terms of this agreement and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned


or the Company regarding the exchange, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that such exchange occurred pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of LD Holdings (or separate agreement governing such exchange), and no transfer of the shares of Common Stock or other securities received upon exchange may be made during the Restricted Period except as otherwise permitted under the terms of this agreement; or

(q) any exchange of shares of Class D Common Stock for Common Stock; provided that the shares of Common Stock issued in exchange for shares of Class D Common Stock shall continue to be subject to the restrictions set forth herein.

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than in connection with a Follow-on Offering described below). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent the undersigned has demand and/or piggyback registration rights described in the Prospectus, the foregoing shall not prohibit the undersigned from notifying the Company privately that it is or will be exercising its demand and/or piggyback registration rights following the expiration of the Restricted Period and undertaking preparations related thereto; provided that the foregoing notification and/or preparations do not request, require or result in the filing or confidential submission of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any other public announcement or activity regarding such registration by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Restricted Period (and no such filing, confidential submission, public announcement or activity shall be voluntarily made or taken by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Restricted Period). The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company or LD Holdings, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

In the event that a release is granted by the Representatives to any officer, director or any other shareholder who is a party to a lock-up agreement, other than the undersigned, Relating to the restrictions set forth above (each, a “Release” and, collectively, the “Releases”), the same percentage of shares held by the undersigned (the “Pro-Rata Release”) shall be immediately, fully and irrevocably released in the same manner and on the same terms from any remaining restrictions set forth above on a pro rata basis; provided that such Pro-Rata Release shall not be applied to the extent that (i) the aggregate percentage of the restricted securities subject to any such Release or Releases is less than or equal to 1% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to completion of the Public Offering (calculated on an as-converted, fully-diluted basis and as of the close of business on the date set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus) or (ii) the Representatives grant such a Release, in an amount not to exceed $250,000, based on a determination that, in their sole judgement, a shareholder should be granted an early release from this agreement due to circumstances of an emergency or hardship. The Representatives shall provide at least three business days’


written notice to the Company prior to the effective date of any such Release under this agreement (the effective date of such release, the “Release Date”), stating the percentage of shares held by such person or entity to be released, with the understanding that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, prior to the Release Date, notify the undersigned that the same percentage of shares held by the undersigned as is held by the release shall be released from the restrictions set forth herein on the Release Date; provided that the failure to\ provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against the Representatives, the Underwriters or the Company. The undersigned acknowledges that the Representatives are under no obligation to inquire into whether, or to ensure that, the Company notifies the undersigned of the delivery by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters of any such notice, which is a matter between the undersigned and the Company.

The foregoing shall not apply to any release granted to a holder of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC, provided that the Undersigned has been given an opportunity to participate with other selling stockholders in such public offering (a “Follow-On Offering”) on a pro rata basis on pricing terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the Follow-On Offering, and in the event the underwriters make the determination to cut back the number of securities to be sold by selling stockholders in the Follow-On Offering, such cut back shall be applied to the undersigned on a basis consistent with all selling stockholders.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company or LD Holdings (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company and LD Holdings of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company and LD Holdings has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service (unless previously announced in compliance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Rule 5131) at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and LD Holdings and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Shares and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and


Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering or sell any Shares at the price determined in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

References herein to “any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock” will be deemed to include Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock of the Company and units of LD Holdings.

This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if applicable, of: (i) the date the Company provides the Underwriters with notice that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering, but only in the event such notice is given prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement; (ii) the termination of the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination); or (iii) April 30, 2021, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and LD Holdings, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters.

This lock-up letter and any transaction contemplated hereby and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the parties hereto agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

[Signature Page Follows]


Very truly yours,

 

[Name]

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LOANDEPOT, INC.

loanDepot, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  (1)

The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 6, 2020 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

  (2)

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended or modified from time to time, this “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

  (3)

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in its entirety.

 

  (4)

The text of the Certificate of Incorporation hereby is amended and restated in entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Company is loanDepot, Inc.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 E. Loockerman Street, Suite 311, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 4.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, reference to: “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified person or entity, any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified person or entity.

(b) “Business Combination” when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Stockholder, means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company (1) with an Interested Stockholder, or (2) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by an Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section B of Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Company, to or with an Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Company;

(iii) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company of any stock of the Company or of such subsidiary to an Interested Stockholder, except: (1) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Company or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that an Interested Stockholder became such; (2) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (3) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Company or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Company subsequent to the time an Interested Stockholder became such; (4) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (5) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Company; provided, however, that in no case under items (3) through (4) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in an Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Company or of the voting stock of the Company (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

2


(iv) any transaction involving the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Company or of any such subsidiary that is owned by an Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by an Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by an Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i) through (iv) above) provided by or through the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(c) “Holding Unit” means one Class A Common Unit of LD Holdings Group LLC.

(d) “Hsieh Investors” means, collectively, (i) Anthony Hsieh (ii) JLSA, LLC, (iii) The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014, (iv) Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc., (v) Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC, (vi) Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC, and (vii) Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC or any Permitted Transferee of the foregoing.

(e) “Interested Stockholder” means (i) any person (other than the Company or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company) that (A) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, or (B) is an Affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the Affiliates and associates of such person; but “Interested Stockholder” shall not include the Parthenon Investors or any of their respective Affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act (as defined below), or (ii) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Company; provided that in the case of clause (ii), such person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Company, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, the voting stock of the Company deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “Owner” but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Company that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

3


(f) “LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings Group LLC, as the same may be amended, restated and in effect from time to time.

(g) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) has (1) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (2) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten or more persons; or

(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (2) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

(h) “Parthenon Investors” means, collectively, (i) Parthenon Investors III, L.P., (ii) PCap Associates, (iii) Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., (iv) Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, L.P., (v) Parthenon Investors IV, L.P., and (vi) Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P or any Permitted Transferee of the foregoing.                

(i) “Permitted Transfer” means, with respect to Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, any Transfer (i) to any Permitted Transferee or (ii) following which such Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock continues to be held by the Parthenon Investors, the Hsieh Investors or a Permitted Transferee.

(j) “Permitted Transferees” shall have the meaning given thereto in the Stockholders Agreement.

(k) “Transfer” of a share of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock means, directly or indirectly, any sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, gift, bequest, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition or encumbrance of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, in whole or in part, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer”: (i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the

 

4


Board (as defined below) in connection with actions to be taken at annual or special meetings of stockholders; (ii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with the Company or its stockholders that (x) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company and (y) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner; (iii) entering into a customary voting or support agreement (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with any merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Company that is approved by the Board, whether effectuated through one transaction or series of related transactions (including a tender offer followed by a merger in which holders of Class A Common Stock receive the same consideration per share paid in the tender offer); (iv) the pledge of shares of capital stock of the Company by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction so long as such stockholder continues to exercise sole voting control over such pledged shares unless any pledged shares are transferred to or registered in the name of the pledgee; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer”; or (v) the fact that the spouse of any holder of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “Transfer” of such shares of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock.

Section 4.2 Authorized Capital.

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 10,050,000,000, consisting of four classes: 2,500,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), 2,500,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), 2,500,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class C Common Stock”), 2,500,000,000 shares of Class D Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class D Common Stock” and collectively with the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock and the Class C Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of either the Common Stock or the Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the number of authorized shares of any particular class or series may not be decreased below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding, plus:

(a) in the case of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with (i) the conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock issuable as described in Section 4.6 below, (ii) the conversion of all shares of Class C Common Stock issuable as described in Sections 4.6 and 4.8 below, (iii) the conversion of all shares of Class D Common Stock issuable as described in Sections 4.7 and 4.8 below and (iv) the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock;

 

5


(b) in the case of Class B Common Stock, issuable in connection with (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class C Common Stock issuable as described in Sections 4.6 and 4.8 below, and (ii) the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class B Common Stock;

(c) in the case of Class C Common Stock, issuable in connection with the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class C Common Stock; and

(d) in the case of Class D Common Stock, the number of shares of Class D Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class D Common Stock.

Section 4.3 Common Stock.

(a) Voting Rights.

(i) Each holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, will be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as applicable, held by such holder as of the applicable record date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Company, and each holder of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as such, will be entitled to five votes for each share of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, held by such holder as of the applicable record date on any matter that is submitted to a vote or for the consent of the stockholders of the Company, except that, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of shares of each class of Common Stock, as such, will have no voting power with respect to, and will not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of any outstanding Preferred Stock if the holders of such Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a separate class thereon under this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or under the DGCL.

(ii) (A) The holders of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to vote separately upon any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event) that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of such classes of Common Stock in a manner that is disproportionately adverse as compared

 

6


to the Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock and (B) the holders of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to vote separately upon any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event) that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of such classes of Common Stock in a manner that is disproportionately adverse as compared to the Class A Common Stock or Class D Common Stock.

(iii) Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of Preferred Stock).

(b) Dividends. Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, in such dividends and other distributions of cash, property or shares of stock of the Company as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) from time to time with respect to the Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock out of assets or funds of the Company legally available therefor. Other than in connection with a dividend declared by the Board in connection with a “poison pill” or similar stockholder rights plan, dividends shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock shall have no right to receive dividends in respect of such shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock.

(c) Liquidation. Subject to the preferences applicable to any series of Preferred Stock, if any, outstanding at any time, in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of the Company, all assets of the Company of whatever kind available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock shall be divided among and paid ratably to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class D Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder; provided, that the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock shall be entitled to receive $0.001 per share, and upon receiving such amount, the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock as such, shall not be entitled to receive any other assets or funds of the Company.

Section 4.4 Transfer of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock.

(a) A holder of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, may surrender shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, to the Company for cancellation for no consideration at any time. Following the surrender, or other acquisition, of any shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, to or by the Company, the Company will take all actions necessary to cancel and retire such shares and such shares shall not be re-issued by the Company.

 

7


(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.4(a), a holder of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, may transfer or assign shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable (or any legal or beneficial interest in such shares) (directly or indirectly, including by operation of law), only if such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s Holding Units in compliance with the LLC Agreement. The transfer restrictions described in this Section 4.4(b) are referred to as the “Restrictions”.

(c) Any purported transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, in violation of the Restrictions shall be null and void. If, notwithstanding the Restrictions, a Person shall, voluntarily or involuntarily, purportedly become, or attempt to become, the purported owner (“Purported Owner”) of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, in violation of the Restrictions, then the Purported Owner shall not obtain any rights in, to or with respect to such shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable (the “Restricted Shares”), and the purported transfer of the Restricted Shares to the Purported Owner shall not be recognized by the Company, the Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) or the Secretary of the Company, and each Restricted Share shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, automatically, without any further action on the part of the Company, the holder thereof, the Purported Owner or any other party, lose all voting rights as set forth herein and become a non-voting share.

(d) Upon a determination by the Board that a Person has attempted or may attempt to transfer or to acquire Restricted Shares in violation of the Restrictions, the Company may take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to such transfer or acquisition on the books and records of the Company, including without limitation to cause the Transfer Agent or the Secretary of the Company, as applicable, to not record the Purported Owner as the record owner of the Restricted Shares, and to institute proceedings to enjoin or rescind any such transfer or acquisition.

(e) The Board may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 4.4 for determining whether any transfer or acquisition of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, would violate the Restrictions and for the orderly application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this Section 4.4. Any such procedures and regulations shall be kept on file with the Secretary of the Company and with the Transfer Agent and shall be made available for inspection by and, upon written request shall be mailed to, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable.

(f) All certificates or book entries representing shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (or in such other form as the Board may determine): THESE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS [CERTIFICATE][BOOK ENTRY] ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER) SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY AS IT MAY BE AMENDED AND/OR RESTATED (A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY STOCKHOLDER MAKING A REQUEST THEREFOR).

 

8


Section 4.5 Preferred Stock.

(a) Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Company for such consideration as may be fixed by the Board. The Board is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares of such series, as may be permitted by the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of, each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(c) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to only such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.6 Conversion of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, may be converted, together with the corresponding Holding Units, as applicable, at any time and from time to time for shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

Section 4.7 Conversion of Class D Common Stock.

(a) Each share of Class D Common Stock may be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder of such share of Class D Common Stock. In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the holder of any shares of Class D Common Stock to be converted shall deliver to the Company written or electronic notice that the holder elects to convert shares of Class D Common Stock to the extent specified in such notice and, if such shares are certificated, such holder shall present and surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares during usual business hours at the principal executive offices of the Company or, if any agent for the registration or transfer of shares of Class D Common Stock is then duly appointed and acting (the “Class D Transfer Agent”), at the office of the Class D Transfer Agent. If required by the Company, any certificate for shares of Class D Common Stock surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by instruments of transfer, in

 

9


form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Class D Transfer Agent, as applicable, duly executed by the holder of such shares or such holder’s duly authorized representative. As promptly as practicable after the receipt of such notice and the surrender of the certificate or certificates representing such shares of Class D Common Stock as aforesaid and in any event within three days of the receipt of such notice and certificates, if such shares are certificated, the Company shall issue and deliver at such office to such holder, or on such holder’s written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class A Common Stock (if certificated) issuable upon the conversion of such shares. To the extent such shares of Class D Common Stock as aforesaid are settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or through the book entry facilities of the Class D Transfer Agent, the Company shall, upon such holder’s written order, issue and deliver the number of full shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such holder or through the book entry facilities of the Class D Transfer Agent. Each conversion of shares of Class D Common Stock shall be deemed to have been effected on (i) the date on which such notice shall have been received by the Company or the Class D Transfer Agent, as applicable (subject to receipt by the Company or the Class D Transfer Agent, as applicable, within five business days thereafter of any required instruments of transfer as aforesaid), or (ii) such later date specified in or pursuant to such notice, and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or certificates for shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion as aforesaid shall be deemed to have become on said date the holder or holders of record of the shares represented thereby.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.7 to the contrary, any holder may withdraw or amend a notice of conversion, in whole or in part, prior to the effectiveness of the conversion, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the date of the conversion (or any such later time as may be required by applicable law) by delivery of a written or electronic notice of withdrawal to the Company or the Class D Transfer Agent, as applicable, specifying (i) if applicable, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn shares of Class D Common Stock, (ii) if any, the number of shares of Class D Common Stock as to which the notice of conversion remains in effect and (iii) if the holder so determines, a new conversion date or any other new or revised information permitted in a notice of conversion. A notice of conversion may specify that the conversion is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the consummation of a purchase by another person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering or otherwise) of shares of the Class A Common Stock into which the Class D Common Stock is convertible, or contingent (including as to timing) upon the closing of an announced merger, consolidation or other transaction or event in which the Class A Common Stock would be exchanged or converted or become exchangeable for or convertible into cash or other securities or property.

Section 4.8 Automatic Conversion of Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock. Each outstanding share of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock will, automatically and without further action on the part of the Company or any holder of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, convert into one fully paid and non-assessable share of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock, respectively, (i) immediately prior to any Transfer of such Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable, by the initial registered holder thereof, other than a Permitted Transfer, but only with respect to such shares of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock actually so Transferred or (ii) on February [•],

 

10


2026.1 Upon any conversion pursuant to this Section 4.8, the certificate or certificates that represented immediately prior thereto the shares of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock that were so converted, automatically and without further action, shall represent the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock, respectively, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof. As promptly as practicable following a conversion pursuant to this Section 4.8, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to any holder whose shares of Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock have been converted as a result of such conversion the number of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such conversion, as applicable, registered in the name of such holder. To the extent such shares are settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or if any agent for the registration or transfer of shares of Class C Common Stock (the “Class C Transfer Agent”) is then duly appointed and acting, through the book entry facilities of the Class C Transfer Agent or the Class D Transfer Agent, as applicable, the Company will, upon the written instruction of such holder, deliver the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class A Common Stock deliverable to such holder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such holder or through the book entry facilities of the Class C Transfer Agent or Class D Transfer Agent. Each share of Class C Common Stock and Class D Common Stock that is converted pursuant to this Section 4.8 shall thereupon be retired by the Company and shall not be available for reissuance.

Section 4.9 Unconverted Shares. If less than all of the shares of Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock evidenced by a certificate or certificates surrendered to the Company are converted, the Company shall execute and deliver to, or upon the written order of, the holder of such certificate or certificates a new certificate or certificates evidencing the number of shares of Common Stock which are not converted without charge to the holder.

Section 4.10 No Conversion Rights of Class A Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock shall not have any conversion rights.

Section 4.11 Reservation of Shares. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available authorized and unissued shares of the applicable shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, as applicable. The Company covenants that all the shares of the applicable Common Stock that are issued upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock or Class D Common Stock, will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Section 4.12 Distributions with Respect to Converted Shares. No conversion pursuant to this Article IV shall impair the right of the converting stockholder to receive any dividends or other distributions payable on shares so converted in respect of a record date that occurs prior to the effective date for such conversion. For the avoidance of doubt, no converting stockholder shall be entitled to receive, in respect of a single record date, dividends or other distributions both on shares

that are converted by such stockholder and on shares received by such stockholder in such conversion.

 

1 

NTD: To be five years from the date of the closing of the IPO.

 

11


Section 4.13 Taxes. The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise by holders of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock of their right under the LLC Agreement to exchange Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock with a Holding Unit will be made without charge to the holders of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock for any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties or other similar tax in respect of the issuance; provided, however, that if any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the then record holder of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock being exchanged (or The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for the account of a participant of The Depository Trust Company that will hold the shares for the account of such holder or the book entry facilities of the agent for the registration or transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Transfer Agent), then such holder or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to the Company the amount of any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that the tax has been paid or is not payable.

ARTICLE V

AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon: Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX, Article X and Article XI. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, except for Article IX; (i) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, whether domestic or foreign; and (ii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b) The Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Company (as in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Company required herein

 

12


(including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board, subject to the rights granted to the Hsieh Investors and Parthenon Investors pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, dated [•], 2021 by and among the Company, the Parthenon Investors and the Hsieh Investors and the other parties thereto (the “Stockholders Agreement”). The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. At each succeeding annual meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board to their respective class.

(b) Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and any rights granted to the Hsieh Investors and Parthenon Investors pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

13


(c) Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the Company, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote on the election and removal of directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

(d) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Company shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Company shall be reduced accordingly.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Company or its stockholders.

(b) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Company existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

14


ARTICLE VIII

CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING; ANNUAL AND SPECIAL

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

(a) Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Company for any purpose or purposes may only be called by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and may not be called by any other Person or Persons.

(c) An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE IX

COMPETITION AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

(a) In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, members, officers, associated funds, employees and/or other representatives of one or more of the Parthenon Investors and their respective Affiliates may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Company, (ii) one or more of the Parthenon Investors and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and (iii) Anthony Hsieh may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, provided, that, with respect to any such activities that are initiated after the date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, only to the extent such activities are not with respect to a Core Business, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of Anthony Hsieh or the Parthenon Investors, or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

15


(b) None of (i) the Parthenon Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, or (ii) Anthony Hsieh (the Persons (as defined below) identified in clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from, directly or indirectly, engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Company or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage (provided, that, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, only to the extent that such business is not a Core Business) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Company or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. A “Core Business” is a business in which the Company engages in a material respect and any business in which the Company is actively contemplating, at a senior executive level, engaging in a material respect, in each case, at the time of determination. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Company or any of its Affiliates and, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, as to any Core Business. In the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter or business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Company or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates, other than, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, as to any Core Business, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Company for breach of any fiduciary duty or other duty (contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person, or does not present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any of its Affiliates, other than, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, as to any Core Business.

(c) The Company and its Affiliates do not have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Identified Person, or the income or profits derived therefrom, other than, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, as to any Core Business, and the Company agrees that each of the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Company or may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Company, other than, with respect to Anthony Hsieh, as to any Core Business.

(d) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Company if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Company is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Company’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Company or (iii) is one in which the Company has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

16


(e) For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of any Parthenon Investor, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Parthenon Investor, controls such Parthenon Investor or is under common control with such Parthenon Investor and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Company and any entity that is controlled by the Company) and (b) in respect of the Company, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company; (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity; and (iii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(f) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article IX in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE X

DGCL SECTION 203

(a) The Company hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not engage in any Business Combination, at any point in time at which the Company’s Common Stock is registered under Sections 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any Interested Stockholder for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(i) prior to such time, the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, the Interested Stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the Interested Stockholder) those shares (A) owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (B) issued under employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

17


(iii) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the Company that is not owned by the Interested Stockholder.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

(a) If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Company to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by law.

(b) Exclusive Forum.

(i) Unless the Company selects or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another state court sitting in the State of Delaware or, if and only if neither the Court of Chancery nor any state court sitting in the State of Delaware has subject matter jurisdiction, then the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee or stockholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, or a claim of aiding and abetting any such breach of fiduciary duty, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time) or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, (5) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine or (6) any other action asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL.

 

18


(ii) Unless the Company selects or consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act against the Company or any director or officer of the Company.

(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section (b) of Article XI and personal jurisdiction and venue in any state or federal court located in the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding set forth in above clauses 1 to 6 of Section (b)(i) of Article XI and any complaint set forth in Section (b)(ii) of Article XI.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, loanDepot, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on February         , 2021.

 

loanDepot, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name: Anthony Hsieh
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

LOANDEPOT, INC.

* * * * *

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.01 Registered Office. The address of the registered office of loanDepot, Inc. (the “Company”) in the State of Delaware is 9 E. Loockerman Street, Suite 311, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of the Company’s registered agent at such address is Registered Agent Solutions, Inc. The Company may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Company’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Company may require.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders of the Company may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 hereof and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). At the annual meeting, the stockholders of the Company shall elect directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the annual meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders of the Company.

Section 2.02 Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”)), special meetings of the stockholders of the Company for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”). Special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as determined by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, and the CEO. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders of the Company.

Section 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations; Form and Requirements of Notice.


(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders of the Company may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company only (a) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof; (b) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof; or (c) by any stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Sections 2.03(a)(ii) and (a)(iii) hereof and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”), on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the annual meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting.

(ii) Without qualification, for nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder of the Company pursuant to Section 2.03(a)(i)(c) hereof, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company in writing not later than the Close of Business (as defined below) on the 90th day, nor earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, for purposes of the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders of the Company after the shares of its Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded (the “First Annual Meeting”), that such anniversary date shall be calculated as if the preceding year’s annual meeting had occurred on February 7, 2021); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 70 days after the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than in connection with the First Annual Meeting), notice by a stockholder of the Company to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the Public Announcement of the adjournment or postponement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(a)(ii) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under this Section 2.03(a)(ii) and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for the additional directorships or

 

-2-


specifying the size of the increased Board at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders of the Company, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.03(a)(ii) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company in writing not later than the Close of Business on the 10th day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made.

(iii) To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (the stockholder providing such notice, the “Noticing Stockholder”) under this Section 2.03(a) must:

(A) as to each person whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, set forth or provide (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five years), (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by such person (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.03(a)(iii)(A), such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Company as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future), (iv) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest or that is otherwise required pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (v) a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, and any other material relationships between or among the Noticing Stockholder, any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (collectively with the Noticing Stockholder, the “Holders”), any of their respective affiliates and associates within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K (or any successor provision) if any Holder, any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, (vi) a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, between or among any Holder, any of its affiliates or associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, (vii) a notarized letter signed by such person

 

-3-


stating his or her acceptance of the nomination by the Holder, stating his or her intention to serve as a director for a full term on the Board, if elected, and consenting to being named as a nominee for director in a proxy statement relating to such election, (viii) a completed and signed questionnaire and written representation and agreement, each as may be required by Section 2.03(a)(iv) hereof and (ix) all information relating to the nominee that would be required by this Section 2.03(a) to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice with respect to a director nomination if such nominee were a stockholder providing notice of a director nomination to be made at the meeting;

(B) as to any business that the Noticing Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth or provide (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, (ii) the text, if any, of the proposal (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Company, the language of the proposed amendment), (iii) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of any Holder and (iv) a complete and accurate description of any current or prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, and any other material relationships between or among the Holders, any of their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, in connection with the proposal of such business by such Noticing Stockholder, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K (or any successor provision) if any Holder, any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and

(C) as to the Holders, set forth (i) the name and address of the Noticing Stockholder as they appear on the Company’s books, (ii) the name and address of all other Holders, if any, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and/or of record by each Holder (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.03(a)(iii)(C), any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of the Company as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future), any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, any Holder and any person controlled by or under common control with any Holder, (iv) the Ownership Information (as defined below) for each Holder and Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (v) a representation by the Noticing Stockholder that the Noticing Stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, will continue to be a stockholder of record of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting

 

-4-


through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (vi) a representation as to whether any Holder intends or is part of a group which intends to (A) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the outstanding shares of the Company required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders of the Company in support of such proposal or nomination, (vii) a certification regarding whether each Holder has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Company and such Holder’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Company and (viii) the Noticing Stockholder’s representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice.

The Company may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, request any Holder or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, including such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Company, including, without limitation, such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (i) the eligibility of a proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Company, (ii) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Company and (iii) such other information that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

A Noticing Stockholder shall further update and supplement its notice of any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall be true and correct (i) as of the record date for the meeting and (ii) as of the date that is 10 Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof and such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than five Business Days after the record date for the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date) and not later than seven Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, if practicable (or, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the meeting), or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 Business Days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, recess, rescheduling or postponement thereof).

 

-5-


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Noticing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders of the Company and present his or her proposed business or nomination(s), such proposed business will not be transacted and any such nomination will be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of a stockholder of the Company, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder (or a reliable reproduction or electronic transmission of the writing) stating that such person is authorized to act for such stockholder as a proxy at the meeting of stockholders of the Company, and such person must produce proof that he or she is a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, as well as valid government-issued photo identification, at the meeting of stockholders of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Bylaws, if the person whom the Noticing Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director pursuant to the notice procedures set forth in Sections 2.03(a)(ii) and (a)(iii) hereof becomes ineligible or unwilling to serve on the Board, the Noticing Stockholder may not, at the annual meeting for which its notice for nomination has previously been given, propose to nominate any substitute, successor or replacement nominee for election or re-election as a director, unless it gives a new timely notice pursuant to Section 2.03(a).

(D) For purposes of this section, “Ownership Information” means: (i) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Company or with a value derived in whole in or part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Company, whether or not the instrument or right is subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of the Company or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) that is directly or indirectly owned beneficially by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Company; (ii) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) between any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person, proposed nominee and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing the intent or effect of which may be to transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of

 

-6-


ownership of any security of the Company or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates with respect to any security of the Company; (iii) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of the Company; (iv) any short interest held by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee presently or within the last 12 months in any shares of the Company (for purposes of this Section 2.03, a Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is deemed to hold a short interest in a security if such Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security); (v) any right to dividends on shares of the Company owned beneficially by any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee that is separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Company; (vi) any proportionate interest in shares of the Company; (vii) any Derivative Instrument held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is (a) a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in a general partner, or (b) is the manager or managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity; (viii) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or any Derivative Instrument; (ix) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including short interest) of any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee in the outcome of any vote to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other entity with respect to any matter that is substantially related, directly or indirectly, to any nomination or business proposed by any Holder under this Bylaw; and (x) any arrangement, right or other interest described in the preceding clauses of this paragraph held by any member of the immediate family of any Holder, Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee that shares the same household with such Holder or Stockholder Associated Person. “Stockholder Associated Person” means as to any Holder (x) any person acting in concert with such Holder, (y) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder or any of their respective affiliates and associates, or person acting in concert therewith and (z) any member of the immediate family of such Holder or an affiliate or associate of such Holder. As used in these Bylaws, the terms “affiliate(s)” and “associate(s)” shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-7-


(iv) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.03, a proposed nominee must deliver (in the case of nominee nominated by a stockholder of the Company pursuant to this Section 2.03, in accordance with the time periods and other requirements prescribed for delivery of notice under these Bylaws and applicable law) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company (i) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in the form to be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Company, will act or vote in such capacity on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Company or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Company, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Company that has not been disclosed to the Company, (C) if elected as director of the Company, intends to serve for a full term on the Board and (D) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Company, and will comply with all applicable laws and all applicable rules of the U.S. exchanges upon which the securities of the Company are listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and other guidelines of the Company duly adopted by the Board.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders of the Company. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Company as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders of the Company at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Company who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the special meeting and at the time of the special meeting. In the event

 

-8-


that the Company calls a special meeting of stockholders of the Company for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required, if such stockholder’s notice for a special meeting were for an annual meeting, by Section 2.03(a)(ii) hereof shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not earlier than the Close of Business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a special meeting (or the Public Announcement of the adjournment or postponement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General. (i) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 shall be eligible to serve as a director and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders of the Company will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto shall be accepted. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders of the Company as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (f) restricting the use of cell phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by law, if the Noticing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Noticing Stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be

 

-9-


disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, no meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(ii) Whenever used in these Bylaws, (a) “Public Announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued by the Company, provided such press release is issued by the Company following its customary procedures, that is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (b) the “Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. local time at the Company’s principal executive offices, and if an applicable deadline falls on the “Close of Business” on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day; and (c) “Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. Further, “delivery” of any notice or materials by a stockholder as required under this Section 2.03 shall be made by both (1) hand delivery, overnight courier service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt required, in each case, to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, and (2) electronic mail to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company or such other email address for the Secretary as may be specified in the Company’s proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders immediately preceding such delivery of notice or materials.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, the Noticing Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including Sections 2.03(a)(i)(c) and (b) hereof), and compliance with this Section 2.03 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder of the Company to make nominations or submit other business at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (other than business properly brought under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision)). Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the common stock of the Company as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation)).

 

-10-


Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders of the Company are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders of the Company and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of the meeting.

Section 2.05 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present at any meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholder of the Company.

Section 2.06 Voting. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder of the Company may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a written revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of the Company present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Company, of any regulation applicable to the Company or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bylaws and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

-11-


Section 2.07 Chairman of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the CEO, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the CEO, a person designated by the majority of the directors shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company.

Section 2.08 Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders of the Company. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary at such meetings.

Section 2.09 Adjournment. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not a quorum is present. At any meeting of stockholders of the Company, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders of the Company holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Company, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 2.10 Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such rules, regulations and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders of the Company and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders of the Company may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders of the Company; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided, however, that:

(i) the Company shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder of the Company or proxyholder;

(ii) the Company shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders of the Company and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders of the Company, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

 

-12-


(iii) if any stockholder of the Company or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Company.

Section 2.11 Inspectors of Election. The Company may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders of the Company, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Company, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders of the Company, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of the Company outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of the Company represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of the Company represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.01 Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not, by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders of the Company.

Section 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman. Subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board. The term of each director elected to the Board shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders of the Company. The Board shall elect a Chairman of the Board, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board, the CEO (if the CEO is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the CEO is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of their members to preside.

 

-13-


Section 3.03 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the CEO or the Secretary. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

Section 3.04 Removal. Directors of the Company may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 3.05 Vacancies and Newly-Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 3.06 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board, either within or without the State of Delaware. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the CEO of the Company or the Chairman of the Board or as provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and shall be called by the CEO or the Secretary if directed by the Board and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board. At least 24 hours before each special meeting of the Board, written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director.

Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board.

Section 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules. The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the directors, designate one or more committees, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The meetings of any such committee shall be held in compliance with these Bylaws. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate

 

-14-


members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no committee shall have the power or authority of the Board in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders of the Company, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders of the Company for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Company. All committees of the Board shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board when requested or required by the Board. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, (i) the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the committee unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum and (ii) all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting of the committee to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 3.09 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.10 Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.11 Compensation. The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Company in any capacity.

 

-15-


Section 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any of the Company’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or the Board.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01 Number. The officers of the Company shall include a CEO and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board may elect a President, one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.02 Other Officers and Agents. The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board.

Section 4.03 Chief Executive Officer. The CEO, who may also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Company in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board has not elected a Chairman of the Board or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board, the CEO shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, but only if the CEO is a director of the Company.

Section 4.04 President. The President of the Company shall, subject to the powers of the Board, the Chairman of the Board and the CEO, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Company, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Company, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent of the Company. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chairman of the Board, the CEO, the Board or as may be provided in these Bylaws.

 

-16-


Section 4.05 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any are appointed, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the CEO or the Board.

Section 4.06 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Company and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the CEO and the Board, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Company. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Company a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the CEO or the Board.

Section 4.07 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders of the Company and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (b) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Company are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the CEO or the Board.

Section 4.08 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the CEO or the Board shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the CEO or the Board.

Section 4.09 Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Company shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the CEO, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board.

Section 4.10 Contracts and Other Documents. The CEO and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board during the intervals between the meetings of the Board, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Company deeds, conveyances and contracts and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Company.

 

-17-


Section 4.11 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the CEO, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Company, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Company holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Company, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Company.

Section 4.12 Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

Section 4.13 Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Company may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 hereof.

Section 4.14 Vacancies. The Board shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

Section 4.15 Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Company; provided, however, that compensation of all executive officers may be determined by a committee established for that purpose if so authorized by the unanimous vote of the Board.

ARTICLE V

Stock

Section 5.01 Shares With Certificates. The shares of stock of the Company shall be represented by certificates; provided, however, that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Company’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock in the Company represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by, (a) the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board or, the President or a Vice President and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of the Company owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

Section 5.02 Shares Without Certificates. If the Board chooses to issue shares of stock without certificates, the Company, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, send the stockholder of the Company a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Company may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates; provided, however, that the use of such system by the Company is permitted by applicable law.

 

-18-


Section 5.03 Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Company shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, in the manner prescribed by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in these Bylaws, upon surrender to the Company by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of the Company that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Company to do so. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Company.

Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Company alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Company a bond, in such sum as the Company may direct, in order to indemnify the Company against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Company that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Company, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

Section 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote. The Company shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders of the Company, a complete list of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder of the Company and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder of the Company, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least 10 days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network (provided, however, that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting) or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Company. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined

 

-19-


by any stockholder of the Company who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder of the Company during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders of the Company entitled to examine the list of stockholders of the Company required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders of the Company.

Section 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(a) In order that the Company may determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders of the Company or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the Close of Business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Company shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders of the Company entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders of the Company entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Company may determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders of the Company for any such purpose shall be at the Close of Business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 5.07 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Company of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Company of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Company may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

-20-


ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

Section 6.01 Notice. If mailed, notice to stockholders of the Company shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder of the Company at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Company, any notice to stockholders of the Company may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. Notice shall be deemed to have been given to all stockholders of record who share an address if notice is given in accordance with the “householding” rules set forth in Rule 14a-3(e) under the Exchange Act and Section 233 of the DGCL.

Section 6.02 Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder of the Company or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

Section 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Company or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, if permitted, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Company shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

-21-


Section 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01 hereof, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Company the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 hereof) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof or otherwise.

Section 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Sections 7.01 or 7.02 hereof is not paid in full by the Company within (a) 60 days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Company or (b) 20 days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Company, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL and (b) any suit brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Company to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking or otherwise, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Company.

 

-22-


Section 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(a) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Company to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders of the Company or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company and as to action in any other capacity.

(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of all expenses judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws (or any other agreement between the Company and such persons) in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Any obligation on the part of any indemnitee-related entities to indemnify or advance expenses to any indemnitee shall be secondary to the Company’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Company. The Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the indemnitee-related entities from any and all claims against the indemnitee-related entities for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Company and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(b), entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(b).

 

-23-


For purposes of this Section 7.04(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to Delaware law, any agreement or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 7.05 Corporate Obligations; Reliance. The rights granted pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII shall vest at the time a person becomes a director or officer of the Company and shall be deemed to create a binding contractual obligation on the part of the Company to the persons who from time to time are elected as officers or directors of the Company and such persons in acting in their capacities as officers or directors of the Company or any subsidiary shall be entitled to rely on such provisions of this Article VII without giving notice thereof to the Company. Such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 7.06 Insurance. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Company. The Company may, to the extent authorized by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Company.

 

-24-


ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.01 Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 8.02 Corporate Seal. The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Company, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

Section 8.03 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall end each year on December 31st of that year, or such other day as the Board may designate.

Section 8.04 Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

Section 8.06 Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws and the application of such provision to other persons or entities or circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

The Board is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders of the Company in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders of the Company in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of shares of the Company required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including this Article IX) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-25-

Exhibit 4.1

LOANDEPOT, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

February [•], 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Section 1.   Definitions      2  
Section 2.   Demand Registrations      7  
Section 3.   Piggyback Registrations      14  
Section 4.   Holdback Agreements      17  
Section 5.   Registration Procedures      18  
Section 6.   Registration Expenses      23  
Section 7.   Indemnification and Contribution      24  
Section 8.   Underwritten Offerings      26  
Section 9.   Additional Parties; Joinder      26  
Section 10.   Current Public Information      27  
Section 11.   Subsidiary Public Offering      27  
Section 12.   Transfer of Registrable Securities      27  
Section 13.   General Provisions      28  

 

i


LOANDEPOT, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                 , 2021, among loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LD Holdings”), and (i) each of the investors listed on the Schedule of Parthenon Investors attached hereto (the “Parthenon Investors”) and (ii) each of the investors listed on the Schedule of Hsieh Investors attached hereto (the “Hsieh Investors”) and each other Person that acquires Class A Shares from the Company (including, without limitation, Class A Shares that are issuable by means of an exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, by such Person pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, or Class D Shares) after the date hereof and becomes a party to this Agreement by the execution and delivery of a Joinder (collectively, the “Other Investors”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 1.

WHEREAS, on                 , 2021, the Company and LD Investment Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parthenon Blocker”), entered into a series of transactions in connection with the initial Public Offering by the Company of Class A Shares (the “loanDepot IPO”), pursuant to which, as of the date hereof, Parthenon Blocker has merged into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”). As a result of such Merger, funds affiliated with Parthenon Capital Partners (the “Parthenon Stockholders”) exchanged all of the equity interests of Parthenon Blocker in return for Class D Shares.

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the loanDepot IPO has been completed.

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings, dated as of                 , 2021, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”).

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of                 , 2021 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Company, LD Holdings and the unitholders party thereto.

WHEREAS, as a result of the Merger and the completion of the loanDepot IPO, as of the date hereof (i) the Company owns a certain number of LD Holdings’ issued and outstanding Holdco Units, which is equal to the number of Class A Shares, Class B Shares, Class C Shares and Class D Shares that are issued and outstanding (including Class A Shares sold in the loanDepot IPO and Class D Shares issued to the Parthenon Stockholders in connection with the Merger) and (ii) certain of the other members of LD Holdings own the remaining issued and outstanding Holdco Units.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

Acquired Class A Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise). With respect to any Person who is an individual, “Affiliates” shall also include, without limitation, any member of such individual’s Family Group.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents in capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred) and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, individual or governmental entity, any and all partnership, membership, limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person that confer on the holder thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or the distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, including in each case any and all warrants, rights (including conversion and exchange rights) and options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Class A Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class B Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class C Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class D Shares” means shares of the Company’s Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Demand Parties” means, (i) the holders of at least a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities.

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

-2-


Demand Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Family Group” means, with respect to a Person who is an individual, (i) such individual’s spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling and descendants (whether natural or adopted) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, “relatives”), (ii) such individual’s executor or personal representative, (iii) any trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, the trustee (or an equivalent thereof) of which is such individual or such individual’s executor or personal representative and which at all times is and remains solely for the benefit of such individual and/or such individual’s relatives, (iv) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other tax flow-through entity the governing instruments of which provide that such individual or such individual’s executor or personal representative shall have the exclusive, nontransferable power to direct the management and policies of such entity and of which the sole owners of stock, partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are limited to such individual, such individual’s relatives and/or the trusts (or other entities) described in clause (iii) above, and (v) any retirement plan for such individual or such individual’s relatives.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Follow-On Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Holdback Extension” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(iii).

Holdco Units” means Class A common units of LD Holdings.

Holdings LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Class A Shares issued or distributed (directly or indirectly) to the Hsieh Investors or any of their Affiliates or Family Group, (ii) any Class A Shares issued or issuable by means of an exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, by a Hsieh Investor pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, (iii) any Class A Shares issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iv) any other Class A Shares owned by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) to (iii), inclusive, in each case, subject to Section 12(a), Persons who are or become parties to this Agreement by the execution and delivery of a Joinder.

Hsieh Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

-3-


Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

LD Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

loanDepot IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Merger” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Other Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Class A Shares owned by or issuable to (including, without limitation, Class A Shares that are issuable by means of an exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, by an Other Investor pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement), the Other Investors or any of their Affiliates or Family Group, in each case, subject to Section 12(a), who are or become parties to this Agreement by the execution and delivery of a Joinder, and (ii) any Class A Shares issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Other Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Parthenon Blocker” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Class A Shares issued or distributed (directly or indirectly) to the Parthenon Investors or any of their Affiliates, (ii) any Class A Shares issued or issuable by means of an exchange of Class D Shares, (iii) any Class A Shares issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iv) any other Class A Shares owned by Persons holding securities described in clauses (i) to (iii), inclusive, in each case, subject to Section 12(a), Persons who are or become parties to this Agreement by the execution and delivery of a Joinder.

Parthenon Investors” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Parthenon Stockholders” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

-4-


Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company and/or holders of Registrable Securities to the public of Class A Shares that is made pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act; provided that a Public Offering shall not include an offering made in connection with a business acquisition or combination pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or any similar form, or an employee benefit plan pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or any similar form.

Registrable Securities” means Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities, Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities and Other Investor Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities, Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities or Other Investor Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 following the consummation of the loanDepot IPO, or (c) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, including upon exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, for Class A Shares pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder; provided a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Class A Shares be registered pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of the loanDepot IPO, any Registrable Securities owned by any Person (other than a Parthenon Investor, a Hsieh Investor or any of their respective Affiliates or Family Group, as applicable) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 (as confirmed by an opinion of the Company’s counsel) shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Required Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(i).

Rule 144”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 462” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale of the Company” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (i) a group of Persons which includes the Hsieh Investors and the Parthenon Investors and/or one or more Affiliates thereof and (ii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Company, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

 

-5-


(ii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Company or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iii) the adopting of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company by the stockholders of the Company or an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii) above, a “Sale of the Company” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a rollover or exchange of securities of the Company held by a Person is not taken into account for purposes of determining whether a “Sale of the Company” has occurred.

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(iii).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(iii).

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(iii).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d)(ii).

 

-6-


Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Stockholders Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(iii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(f)(ii).

Synthetic Secondary Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

Section 2. Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Demand Parties may request the Company to file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offer and sale of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”) if available, in each case, to permit secondary sales of such Registrable Securities. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2(a) are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations.” The Demand Party making a Demand Registration may request that the registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and, if the Company is a WKSI at the time any request for a Demand Registration is submitted to the Company, that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities the holder(s) making such request requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution. Within ten days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of the

 

-7-


Demand Registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to the terms of Section 2(e), shall include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requesting such registration, the Company may provide notice of the Demand Registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities within three business days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement. Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that such holder shall treat as confidential the receipt of any notice of Demand Registration and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such notice of Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by such holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Long-Form Registrations. Each of the Demand Parties shall be entitled to three (3) Long-Form Registrations; provided that if the Company is not qualified to use any applicable short-form registration statement on or anytime following the first day of the calendar month immediately following the first anniversary of the loanDepot IPO, any requests for a Long-Form Registration made during such time shall not count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations unless and until such time the Company becomes so qualified. A Long-Form Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations until it has become effective (unless such Long-Form Registration has not become effective due solely to the fault of the holders requesting such registration). The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Long-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration has counted as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations. All sales of Registrable Securities under Long-Form Registrations shall be conducted as underwritten Public Offerings unless otherwise approved by the Demand Party requesting such registration.

(c) Short-Form Registrations. In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 2(b), each of the Demand Parties shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Short-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is eligible to use any applicable short-form registration statement and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to the use of a Short-Form Registration. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the offer and sale of Registrable Securities as soon as possible and to remain qualified so that Short-Form Registrations continue to be available for such offer and sale.

 

-8-


(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) On the first day of the calendar month immediately following the first anniversary of the loanDepot IPO, or as promptly as practicable after, the Company shall (A) if the Company is then-eligible to use any applicable short-form registration statement, file with the SEC one or more Short-Form Registrations, including an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if permissible, or (B) if the Company is not eligible to use any applicable short-form registration statement at such time, use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC one or more Long-Form Registrations, in each case, covering the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities, which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, the offer and exchange of all Class A Shares deliverable by the Company from time to time to holders of Registrable Securities in exchange for such holders’ Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement (a registration statement for such offer and exchange by the Company, the “Required Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the Required Shelf Registration Statement whether or not it has become effective.

(ii) As promptly as practicable after the Company receives written notice of a request for a Shelf Registration, the Company shall file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act for the Shelf Registration (a “Demand Shelf Registration Statement”). Any Demand Shelf Registration Statement and the Required Shelf Registration Statement are referred to herein each as a “Shelf Registration Statement.” The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and once effective, the Company shall cause such Shelf Registration Statement (A) in the case of a Demand Shelf Registration Statement, to remain continuously effective for such time period as is specified in such request; provided that for a Demand Shelf Registration Statement other than an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (which will be subject to Section 5(a)(xxiii) instead) such requested time period shall not be longer than the period ending on the earliest of (x) the third anniversary of the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, (y) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and (z) the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in existence and (B) in the case of the Required Shelf Registration Statement (which shall not be subject to Section 5(a)(xxiii) even if in the form of an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement), to remain continuously effective (including by filing a new Shelf Registration Statement, if necessary) until the earlier of (x) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by the Required Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Required Shelf Registration Statement and (y) the date as of which there are no longer in existence any Registrable Securities covered by the Required Shelf Registration Statement; provided that nothing set forth herein shall require the Company to file a new Shelf Registration Statement or to keep effective the Required Shelf Registration Statement at any time during which the Company is ineligible to use a Short-Form Registration; provided further that at such time, pursuant to Section 2(c), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to become and remain qualified to use Short-Form Registrations.

(iii) In the event that a Shelf Registration Statement is effective and for so long as it remains in effect, each of the Demand Parties shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell (whether through an underwritten Public Offering or any other method of distribution) their Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf

 

-9-


Registration Statement in an aggregate amount up to the number of Registrable Securities covered thereunder (“Shelf Registrable Securities”), and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection therewith. Such Demand Party shall make such election by delivering to the Company a written request (a “Shelf Offering Request”) with respect to such offering specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the holders desire to sell pursuant to such offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than two business days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “Shelf Offering Notice”) of such Shelf Offering Request to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities. The Company, subject to Section 2(e) and Section 8 hereof, shall include in such Shelf Offering (x) the Shelf Registrable Securities specified in the Shelf Offering Request and (y) the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other holder of Shelf Registrable Securities that shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Offering (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder) within seven days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within 20 days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Request), but subject to Section 2(f) hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering. Each holder agrees that such holder shall treat as confidential the Shelf Offering Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Shelf Offering Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by the holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement.

(iv) If a Demand Party wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 2(d)(iii), such Demand Party shall notify the Company of the block trade Shelf Offering not less than two business days prior to the day such offering is to commence. The Company shall promptly notify other holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, as the case may be, of such block trade Shelf Offering and such other holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, as the case may be, must elect whether or not to participate by the next business day (i.e. one business day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the Demand Party wishing to engage in the underwritten block trade) and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such offering (which may close as early as three business days after the date it commences); provided that the Demand Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the underwritten block trade; provided further that no holder of Registrable Securities other than holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities shall be permitted to participate in an underwritten block trade Shelf Offering without the consent of a Demand Party.

 

-10-


(v) The Company shall, at the request of the Demand Party electing to sell Shelf Registrable Securities, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such Demand Party to effect such Shelf Offering.

(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering any securities that are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Demand Party initially requesting such registration. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then such offering will include only the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering without any such adverse effect. The priority of securities that the Company shall include in such offering shall be as follows:

(i) first, the number of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject, for the avoidance of doubt, to each such holder of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities including in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering no more than the number of Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering), without distinguishing between holders based on who initially requested such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering or otherwise;

(ii) second, the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Other Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Other Investor Registrable Securities in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject to each such holder of Other Investor Registrable Securities including in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering no more than the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering); and

 

-11-


(iii) third, (if permitted by the Demand Party initially requesting such registration) any securities that are not Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, in such manner as the Demand Party initially requesting such registration may determine.

Any Persons other than holders of Registrable Securities who participate in Demand Registrations which are not at the Company’s expense must pay their share of the Registration Expenses as provided in Section 6.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings. Any demand for the filing of a registration statement or for a registered offering (including a Shelf Offering) hereunder will be subject to the constraints of any applicable lock-up arrangements, and any such demand must be deferred until such lock-up arrangements no longer apply. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within 90 days after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration or a previous registration in which (A) Registrable Securities were included pursuant to Section 3 or as part of a Shelf Offering pursuant to Section 2 and (B) there was no reduction in the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included.

(ii) The Company may postpone, for up to 90 days from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities if the Company’s board of directors determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities or the disclosure required in connection therewith would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction involving the Company; provided that in such event, (A) the holders of Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering shall be entitled to withdraw such request, and if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the Demand Registrations such holder is entitled to hereunder and (B) the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering pursuant to this Section 2(f)(ii) only once in any twelve-month period; provided further that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may in any event delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering in the case of an event described under Section 5(a)(vi)(C) to enable it to comply with its obligations set forth in Section 5(a)(vi)(C). The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of and at the sole discretion of such Demand Party initially requesting such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

(iii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 2(f)(ii) above or pursuant to Section 5(a)(vi)(C) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company shall give a notice to the holders of Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a

 

-12-


Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities. Such Suspension Notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and provide that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event is continuing. A holder of Registrable Securities shall not effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice (as defined below). Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it shall treat as confidential the receipt of the Suspension Notice and shall not disclose or use the information contained in such Suspension Notice without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally, other than as a result of disclosure by such holder of Registrable Securities in breach of the terms of this Agreement. A holder of Registrable Securities may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the holders and to the holders’ counsel, if any, promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event.

(iv) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(f), the Company agrees that it shall (A) extend the period of time during which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the holders of the End of Suspension Notice and (B) provide copies of the supplemented or amended Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus contained therein necessary to resume sales, with respect to each Suspension Event; provided that such period of time shall not be extended beyond the date that Class A Shares covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are no longer Registrable Securities.

(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Demand Party initially requesting a filing of a registration statement for a registered offering hereunder shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the related underwritten offering, subject to the Company’s approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that if any such underwritten offering is a Shelf Offering, the Demand Party initially requesting such Shelf Offering shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer such Shelf Offering, subject to the Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(h) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Persons the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any Capital Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities.

 

-13-


(i) Revocation of Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any Shelf Offering, the Demand Party that requested such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke such request for a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering on behalf of all holders of Registrable Securities participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such holders of Registrable Securities, in each case, by providing written notice to the Company. If a request for a Demand Registration is revoked by the Demand Party that requested such registration prior to the time it has become effective for reasons other than those relating to disclosure of information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is materially adverse to the Company or the trading price of the Class A Shares, such Demand Registration shall count as one of the permitted Long-Form Registrations hereunder unless the Demand Party that requested such registration reimburses the Company for all of the Registration Expenses incurred by the Company prior to such withdrawal.

Section 3. Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the registration of Class A Shares under the Securities Act for an underwritten public primary offering by the Company for the ultimate benefit of holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., where the Company primarily uses the proceeds from the sale of Class A Shares issued by the Company in an underwritten Public Offering to purchase Registrable Securities from holders of Registrable Securities (a “Synthetic Secondary Offering”)), other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration or a Shelf Registration (including any related Shelf Offering), in which case the ability of a holder of Registrable Securities to participate in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering shall be governed by Section 2, (ii) in connection with the issuance by the Company of Class A Shares in the loanDepot IPO (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option granted to the managing underwriters), (iii) in connection with registrations on Forms S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC (or any successor or similar forms), (iv) in connection with a registration the primary purpose of which is to register debt securities (i.e., in connection with a so-called “equity kicker”), (v) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, or (vi) pursuant to the Required Shelf Registration Statement, and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 3(c) and Section 3(d), shall include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 20 days after delivery of the Company’s notice; provided that a Demand Party may provide by written notice to the Company that no holder of Other Investor Registrable Securities or any securities that are not Registrable Securities will have the right to include such securities in such Piggyback Registration (in which case the Company need not give such notice to such holders or include any such securities in such Piggyback Registration).

(b) Piggyback Expenses. The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with all Piggyback Registrations shall be paid by the Company, whether or not any such registration became effective or offerings conducted pursuant thereto have closed.

 

 

-14-


(c) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is for an underwritten primary offering by the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then such offering will include only the number of securities that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering without any such adverse effect. The priority of securities that the Company shall include in such offering shall be as follows:

(i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell;

(ii) second, the number of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Registrable Securities in such offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Piggyback Registration to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject to each such holder of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities including in such offering no more than the number of Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such offering);

(iii) third, the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Other Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Other Investor Registrable Securities in such offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Piggyback Registration to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject to each such holder of Other Investor Registrable Securities including in such offering no more than the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such offering); and

(iv) fourth, (if permitted by the Company) other securities requested to be included in such offering, in such manner as the Company may determine.

(d) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is for an underwritten secondary offering by or on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Securities (including a Synthetic Secondary Offering, with any such Synthetic Secondary Offering being deemed an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities solely for purposes of this Agreement) (it being understood that Demand Registrations and Shelf Registrations (including any related Shelf Offerings) by or on behalf of holders of Registrable Securities are addressed in Section 2 rather than in this Section 3(d)), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of

 

-15-


the offering, then such offering will include only the number of securities that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering without any such adverse effect. The priority of securities that the Company shall include in such offering shall be as follows:

(i) first, the securities requested to be included in such offering by the holders initially requesting such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of securities owned by all such holders requesting to include securities in such offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Piggyback Registration to the holders of the securities (subject to each such holder of securities including in such offering no more than the number of securities requested by such holder to be included in such offering);

(ii) second, the number of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Registrable Securities in such offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Piggyback Registration to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject to each such holder of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities including in such offering no more than the number of Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such offering);

(iii) third, the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof based on the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder relative to the total number of Other Investor Registrable Securities owned by all such holders of Other Investor Registrable Securities requesting to include Other Investor Registrable Securities in such offering as of the date the Company provided written notice of the Piggyback Registration to the holders of Registrable Securities (subject to each such holder of Other Investor Registrable Securities including in such offering no more than the number of Other Investor Registrable Securities requested by such holder to be included in such offering); and

(iv) fourth, (if permitted by the Company) any other securities requested to be included in such offering, in such manner as the Company may determine.

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is in connection with an underwritten offering, the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, if any, included in such Piggyback Registration (inclusive of, in the case of a Synthetic Secondary Offering, the ultimate holders for whose benefit such Synthetic Secondary Offering is conducted). Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

-16-


(f) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3 whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 6.

Section 4. Holdback Agreements.

(a) Holders of Registrable Securities. If requested by the managing underwriter(s) of an underwritten Public Offering, each holder of Registrable Securities shall enter into lock-up agreements with such managing underwriter(s) that provides for the following unless such managing underwriter(s) otherwise agree in writing:

(i) in connection with all underwritten Public Offerings after the loanDepot IPO, such holder shall not (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any Capital Stock of the Company (including Capital Stock of the Company that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC), or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such Capital Stock of the Company (collectively, “Securities”), (B) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (A) above, (C) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (A), (B) and (C) above, a “Sale Transaction”), commencing on the date requested by the managing underwriters (which shall be no earlier than ten days prior to the anticipated “pricing” date for such underwritten offering) and continuing to a date that is no later than 90 days following the date of the final prospectus for such Public Offering (a “Follow-On Holdback Period”), except as otherwise agreed to by the managing underwriters and except for sales made as part of such underwritten Public Offering and such other exceptions for dispositions and other transfers as may be agreed upon by the holder and the managing underwriters in connection with such Public Offering; and

(ii) in the event that (A) the Company issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries occurs during the last 17 days of any Follow-On Holdback Period or (B) prior to the expiration of any Follow-On Holdback Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering hereunder to comply with NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) of the FINRA Manual, the Follow-On Holdback Period shall be extended until 18 days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be (a “Holdback Extension”).

 

-17-


The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Class A Shares (or other securities) subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 4(a) until the end of such period, including any Holdback Extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Registrable Securities that are not Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities, no holder of Registrable Securities that is not an officer or director of the Company shall be subject to the Follow-On Holdback Period in connection with an underwritten block trade Shelf Offering unless such holder of Registrable Securities was provided notice one day prior to such underwritten block trade Shelf Offering and provided the opportunity to participate therein; provided that if such holder of Registrable Securities was provided the opportunity to participate therein, such holder shall be subject to the Follow-On Holdback Period regardless of whether such holder elects to participate in such underwritten block trade Shelf Offering, unless the managing underwriters of such underwritten block trade Shelf Offering otherwise agree in writing.

(b) The Company, Directors and Executive Officers. The Company (i) shall not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (for purposes of this Section 4(b), the words “Class A Shares” shall be replaced with the words “Capital Stock of the Company” in the definition of “Public Offering”) during any Follow-On Holdback Period, as extended during any Holdback Extension, and (ii) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause (A) each holder of at least 1% (on a fully-diluted, as converted and as-exchanged to Class A Shares basis) of its Class A Shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A Shares, purchased from the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a Public Offering) and (B) each of its directors and executive officers to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Follow-On Holdback Period (as extended by any Holdback Extension), except as part of such Public Offering and such other exceptions for dispositions and other transfers as may be agreed upon by the holder, directors, executive officers, and the managing underwriters, as applicable, in connection with such Public Offering, unless the managing underwriters of such Public Offering otherwise agree in writing.

Section 5. Registration Procedures.

(a) Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as possible (unless waived by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in such registration):

(i) in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on the applicable form, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

 

-18-


(ii) notify each holder of Registrable Securities of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters for such Public Offering that a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and supplement thereto), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(v) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph or (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) promptly at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of

 

-19-


any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, subject to Section 2(f), at the request of any such seller, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(vii) use reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities that have been sold pursuant to a registration statement effected under this Agreement and not already listed to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market markers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA;

(viii) use reasonable best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split, combination of shares, recapitalization or reorganization);

(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

(xi) take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any offer and sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to any Demand Registration (including any Shelf Registration) or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-20-


(xii) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 under the Securities Act;

(xiii) permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, in each case, within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with any offer and sale thereof, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

(xiv) in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the registration or qualification of any Class A Shares included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, use reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvi) cooperate with the holders of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends), if applicable, representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such holders may request;

(xvii) cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(xviii) use its reasonable best efforts to make available the executive officers of the Company to participate with the holders of Registrable Securities and any underwriters in any “road shows” or other selling efforts that may be reasonably requested by the holders in connection with the methods of distribution for the Registrable Securities;

(xix) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as any underwriters or agents, if any, or the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request;

 

-21-


(xx) use its reasonable best efforts to provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement and, if such registration includes an underwritten Public Offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of such Registrable Securities;

(xxi) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

(xxii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold; and

(xxiii) if an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective (including by filing a new Shelf Registration Statement, if necessary) until the earlier of (A) the date on which all Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and (B) the date as of which there are no longer any Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in existence.

(b) Any officer of the Company who is a holder of Registrable Securities agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she shall participate fully in the sale process of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement in a manner customary for persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(c) If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the holders of Registrable Securities, and the holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, the Company shall include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the holders of Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities or the holders of Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, as applicable, may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

 

-22-


(d) The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(e) If a Parthenon Investor, a Hsieh Investor or any of their respective Affiliates seek to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their respective Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company shall, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested.

Section 6. Registration Expenses.

(a) The Company’s Obligation. All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement (including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company) (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Company shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the securities sold for such Person’s account.

(b) Counsel Fees and Disbursements. In connection with each Demand Registration, each Piggyback Registration and each Shelf Offering that is an underwritten offering, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel retained by the holders of a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and one counsel retained by the holders of a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, in each case, in connection with any underwritten Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering.

(c) Security Holders. To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder shall pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of such holder’s securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

 

-23-


Section 7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, such holder’s members, managers, officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 7, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, made in any registration statement, any prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such holder of Registrable Securities expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same prior to any written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities. In connection with an underwritten Public Offering, the Company shall indemnify the underwriters for such Public Offering, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties.

(b) By Each Security Holder. In connection with any offering or distribution of Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus (including a preliminary prospectus) or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

-24-


(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration if such holders are indemnified parties, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 7(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

-25-


(e) Release. No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

Section 8. Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to select and approve the underwriters for such offering (including, without limitation, pursuant to any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any such underwritten offering shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto that are materially more burdensome than those provided in Section 7. Each holder of Registrable Securities shall execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with such holder’s obligations under Section 4, Section 5 and this Section 8 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 4 and this Section 8, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement shall supersede the respective rights and obligations of the holders, the Company and the underwriters created pursuant to this Section 8.

Section 9. Additional Parties; Joinder. Subject to the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities, the Company may permit any Person who acquires Class A Shares or rights to acquire Class A Shares from the Company (including, without limitation, Class A Shares that are issuable by means of an exchange of Holdco Units and Class B Shares or Class C Shares, as applicable, by such Person pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, or Class D Shares) after the date hereof to become a party to this Agreement and to succeed to all of the rights and obligations of a “holder of Registrable Securities” under this Agreement by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such

 

-26-


Person, the Class A Shares or rights to acquire Class A Shares acquired by such Person (the “Acquired Class A Shares”) shall be Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities, Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities or Other Investor Registrable Securities, as the case may be hereunder, such Person shall be a “holder of Registrable Securities” under this Agreement with respect to the Acquired Class A Shares, and the Company shall add such Person’s name and address to the appropriate schedule hereto and circulate such information to the parties to this Agreement.

Section 10. Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as any holder or holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 (but only to the extent Rule 144 is available to such holder of Registrable Securities with respect to any such sale of Registrable Securities to the public) or pursuant to such registration statement. Upon request, the Company shall deliver to any holder of Restricted Securities a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

Section 11. Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an initial Public Offering of the Capital Stock of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equity holders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 12. Transfer of Registrable Securities.

(a) Restrictions on Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except in the case of (i) a transfer to the Company or a Subsidiary, (ii) a transfer by any Parthenon Investor to its limited partners or members, (iii) a transfer by any Hsieh Investor or their respective Affiliates or Family Group to such Person’s Family Group, (iv) a Public Offering, (v) a sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the completion of the loanDepot IPO or (vi) a transfer in connection with a Sale of the Company (clauses (i) through (v), collectively, the “Exempted Transfers”), prior to transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person (including, without limitation, by operation of law), the transferring holder shall cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any transferee of Registrable Securities made pursuant to any of the Exempted Transfers shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities that are entitled to the rights under this Agreement. Any transfer or attempted transfer of any Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Registrable Securities as the owner thereof for any purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, no such purported transferee shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities that are entitled to any rights under this Agreement.

 

-27-


(b) Legend. Any certificate evidencing any Registrable Securities and any certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any Registrable Securities (unless such Registrable Securities would no longer be Registrable Securities after such transfer) or any account at which such Registrable Securities are held shall be stamped or otherwise designated with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF _________ __, ____ AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “COMPANY”) AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY’S STOCKHOLDERS, AS AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

The Company shall imprint or otherwise designate such legend on any certificates evidencing Registrable Securities outstanding or any account at which such Registrable Securities are held prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities or any account at which such securities are held, as applicable. Unless such securities that have ceased to be Registrable Securities have been delegended pursuant to Section 5(a)(xvi), the Company shall cooperate with the holders of such securities to (i) facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing such securities or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, as applicable, and (ii) if applicable, enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the holders may request.

Section 13. General Provisions

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company, LD Holdings, the holders of a majority of the Parthenon Investor Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Hsieh Investor Registrable Securities; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would materially and adversely affect a holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities in a manner materially different than any other holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities (other than amendments and modifications required to implement the provisions of Section 9), shall be effective against such holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

 

-28-


(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the Holdings LLC Agreement, Stockholders Agreement and herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein and subject to Section 12(a), this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns, LD Holdings and its successors and assigns, and the holders of Registrable Securities and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not). In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities who hold such Registrable Securities pursuant to a transfer made in accordance with this Agreement.

(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; but if not, then on the next business day, (iii) one business day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three business days after it is mailed to the recipient by first class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any holder of Registrable Securities or to any other party subject to this Agreement at such address as indicated on the Schedule of Parthenon Investors, Schedule of Hsieh Investors or Schedule of Other Investors hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving prior written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

-29-


loanDepot, Inc.

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, California 92610

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (949) 470-6237

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

and

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

333 South Hope Street, 43rd Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90071-1422

Attn: David H. Sands

Facsimile: (213) 443-2743

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a business day, the time period shall automatically be extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(h) Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT OF APPLICABLE LAW THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

-30-


(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE, AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company, LD Holdings and each holder of Registrable Securities agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any holder of Registrable Securities or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any holder of Registrable Securities or any current or future member of any holder of Registrable Securities or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any holder of Registrable Securities or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any holder of Registrable Securities under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

-31-


(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, PDF or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each holder of Registrable Securities shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and LD Holdings shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to their securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

(r) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would materially and adversely affect the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

*    *    *    *    *

 

-32-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

loanDepot, Inc.

By:

 

                  

Name:

Title:

LD Holdings Group LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Parthenon Investors:
Parthenon Investors III, L.P.
By:  

PCap Partners III, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

PCap III, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

PCP Managers, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

                 

Name:
Title:
PCap Associates
By:  

PCap Partners III, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

PCap III, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

PCP Managers, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

 

Name:
Title:
Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P.
By:  

PCP Managers, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, LP
By:  

Parthenon LoanDepot Holdings GP, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

                              

Name:
Title:
PCP Managers, L.P.
By:  

PCP Managers, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

 

Name:
Title:
Parthenon Investors IV, L.P.
By: [•]
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Hsieh Investors:
Anthony Hsieh, Trustee of The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014

 

JLSA, LLC
By:  

                     

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   Manager
Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   President
Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   Manager
Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   Manager
Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Anthony Hsieh
Title:   Manager

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Other Investors:

 

Name:

Title:
[                    ]
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:

 

Name:

Title:
[                    ]
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE OF PARTHENON INVESTORS

Parthenon Investors III, L.P.

PCap Associates

Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P.

Parthenon LoanDepot Partners, LP

PCP Managers, L.P.

c/o Parthenon Capital Partners

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610

San Francisco, California 94111

Attn: Brian Golson, Managing Partner

Facsimile: (415) 913-3913

For Notices under Section 13(f), with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

2049 Century Park East

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attn: Tana Ryan

Facsimile: (213) 680-8500


SCHEDULE OF HSIEH INVESTORS

Anthony Hsieh, Trustee of The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014

5 Oceancrest,

Newport Coast, CA 92657

Attn: Anthony Hsieh

Facsimile: [                    ]

JLSA, LLC

5 Oceancrest

Newport Coast, CA 92657

Attn: Anthony Hsieh

Facsimile: [                    ]

Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc.

3355 Michelson Dr., Suite 300

Irvine, California 92612

Attn: Anthony Hsieh

Facsimile: [                    ]

Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Attn: Anthony Hsieh

Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Attn: Anthony Hsieh

Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Attn: Anthony Hsieh


For Notices under Section 13(f), with a copy to:

Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP

333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Kevin S. Masuda

Facsimile: (213) 229-7872

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE OF OTHER INVESTORS

[__________]

[__________]

[__________],[__] [_____]

Attn: [__________]

Facsimile: [__________]

[__________]

[__________]

[__________],[__] [_____]

Attn: [__________]

Facsimile: [__________]

[__________]

[__________]

[__________],[__] [_____]

Attn: [__________]

Facsimile: [__________]

[__________]

[__________]

[__________],[__] [_____]

Attn: [__________]

Facsimile: [__________]


EXHIBIT A

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

JOINDER

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of ____________, ____ (as the same may hereafter be amended, the “Agreement”), among loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of the Agreement as a holder of [Parthenon Investor // Hsieh Investor // Executive // Other Investor] Registrable Securities in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Agreement, and the undersigned’s [____ Class A Shares] [and] [____ Holdco Units and corresponding number of Class B Shares or Class C Shares that may be exchanged for Class A Shares pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, or Class D Shares] shall be included as [Parthenon Investor // Hsieh Investor // Other Investor] Registrable Securities under the Agreement.

*    *    *    *    *

 

A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder to the Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[                     ]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

 

 

 

Facsimile:  

 

 

[Signature Page to Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement]


Agreed and Accepted as of
____________, ____.
loanDepot, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
LD Holdings Group LLC
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

[Signature Page to Joinder to Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

January 27, 2021

 

loanDepot, Inc.

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on January 11, 2021 (File No. 333-252024), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented and including the exhibits thereto, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”), relating to the proposed registration by the Company of 17,500,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), including 9,410,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”), 5,590,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold by the selling stockholder identified in the Registration Statement (the “Firm Secondary Shares”) and up to 2,500,000 additional shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company and such selling stockholders to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any (the “Option Shares” and, together with the Firm Secondary Shares, the “Secondary Shares”). The Company Shares and Secondary Shares are collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.” The offering of the Shares is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement and to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Charter”); (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement to be adopted by the board of directors of the Company prior to the sale of any Shares (the “New Bylaws”); (iii) the Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”); (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company; and (v) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinion expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that, upon (i) the filing of the New Charter with the Secretary of State for the State of Delaware and the effectiveness thereof under Delaware law, (ii) the adoption of the New Bylaws by the board of directors of the Company, (iii) due action by the board of directors of the Company or a duly appointed committee thereof to determine the price per share of the Shares, (iv) the due execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto and (v) the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act, (1) the Company Shares will have been duly authorized and, when issued upon receipt by the Company of the consideration therefore, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and (2) the Secondary Shares (including any Option Shares) will have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Beijing   Boston   Chicago   Dallas   Hong Kong   Houston   London   Los Angeles   Munich   Palo Alto   Paris   San Francisco   Shanghai    Washington, D.C.


LOGO

Page 2

 

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the Offering.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

 

Exhibit 10.1

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of February [•] 2021 by and among:

 

  (i)

loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”);

 

  (ii)

Parthenon Investors III, L.P., PCap Associates, Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Parthenon Investors IV, L.P., Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P. and PCP Managers, L.P. (collectively, together with their Permitted Transferees, the “Parthenon Stockholders”);

 

  (iii)

The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014, JLSA, LLC, Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc., Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC, Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC and Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC (collectively, together with their Permitted Transferees, the “Hsieh Stockholders” and, together with the Parthenon Stockholders, the “Stockholders”).

RECITALS

 

A.

WHEREAS the Company is contemplating an underwritten initial public offering of shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), registered on Form S-1 under the Securities Act (the “IPO”);

 

B.

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO:

 

  (i)

The parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LD Holdings”), dated as of October 1, 2020 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Holdings LLC Agreement”) have agreed to amend the Holdings LLC Agreement to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests with a single new class of units (the “Holdco Units”);

 

  (ii)

The Company will issue to the Continuing LLC Members (as defined below) a number of shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”) or Class C common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class C Common Stock”) equal to the number of Holdco Units held by such Continuing LLC Members, as applicable; and

 

  (iii)

WHEREAS, the Company and LD Investment Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parthenon Blocker”), will undertake a series of transactions pursuant to which Parthenon Blocker will merge into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”) and, as a result of such Merger, the Parthenon Stockholders will exchange all of the equity interests of Parthenon Blocker in return for shares of Class D common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Class D Common Stock”); and

 

C.

WHEREAS, conditioned upon the closing of the IPO, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth their agreements on certain matters.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.

EFFECTIVENESS; DEFINITIONS.

1.1    Effective Date. This Agreement is being executed on the date hereof and shall automatically become effective upon, and only upon, the consummation of the closing of the IPO (the “Effective Date”).


1.2    Definitions. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 5.2 hereof.

 

2.

BOARD REPRESENTATION.

2.1    Right to Designate. From and after the Effective Date hereof until the relevant provision of this Section 2.1 ceases to be effective in accordance with Section 2.10, (a) the Parthenon Stockholders shall be entitled to designate two (2) persons for election to the Board and (b) the Hsieh Stockholders shall be entitled to designate two (2) persons for election to the Board; provided, that from and after the date in which the Parthenon Stockholders are, pursuant to Section 2.10, entitled to designate one (1) person or less for election to the Board, the Hsieh Stockholders shall also be entitled to designate an additional person for election to the Board, provided (x) such person is independent under the applicable rules of the U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed and (y) the Hsieh Stockholders collectively Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 25% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock (each such designated person, a “Nominee”). In addition, solely for purposes of filling the Class I Board seat that will remain vacant as of the Effective Date, the Hsieh Stockholders shall be entitled to recommend to the Board the person who shall fill such Board seat (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be a one-time right that shall lapse after such initial Board seat is filled) and, provided such person is (i) independent under the applicable rules of the U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, (ii) qualified to serve in such capacity and (iii) approved by the majority of the members of the Board, which approval shall include each of the independent directors, the Parthenon Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause such Board seat to be filled by such person.

2.2    Classification; Initial Designees of the Parthenon Stockholders and Hsieh Stockholders. At the Effective Date, the Company, and, if applicable, the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action, to cause the total number of directors constituting the Board to fixed at seven (7) members, initially consisting of (a) the initial Nominees of the Parthenon Stockholders, who shall be Brian P. Golson (Class III) and Andrew C. Dodson (Class II), (b) the initial Nominees of the Hsieh Stockholders, who shall initially be only Anthony Hsieh (Class III), and (c) John C. Dorman (Class III) and Dawn Lepore (Class I). Two (2) seats shall initially be vacant, one (1) of which is a Class I Board seat and one (1) of which is a Class II Board seat. The Parthenon Stockholders shall not be obligated to designate all (or any) of the directors they are entitled to designate pursuant to this Agreement, but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder. The Hsieh Stockholders shall not be obligated to designate all (or any) of the directors they are entitled to designate pursuant to this Agreement, but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of his or its rights hereunder.

2.3    Subsequent Nomination of Persons Designated by the Parthenon Stockholders or Hsieh Stockholders. The Company’s Governance and Nominating Committee shall recommend to the Board that any Nominee be nominated and recommended by the Board to stockholders for election as a director of the Company at each meeting of stockholders at which directors of the class in which such Nominee was or is to be placed are to be elected, and the Board shall recommend any such Nominee to the stockholders for election as a director of the Company at each meeting of stockholders at which directors of the class in which such person was or is to be placed are to be elected. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the election of each such Nominee designated by the Parthenon Stockholders or Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable, including by including each such Nominee in the proxy statement prepared by the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of stockholders in which the election of such Nominee’s class of directors is to take place, and at every postponement or adjournment thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of such Nominee’s class of directors. For so long as each Stockholder party hereto Beneficially Owns (directly or indirectly) any shares of Common Stock, such Stockholder hereby agrees to take all Necessary Action to cause the election of such Nominee to the Board (any such Nominee so elected to the Board, a “Designated Director”).

2.4    Replacement of Directors Designated by the Parthenon Stockholders or Hsieh Stockholders. Each Designated Director (and, for the avoidance of doubt, each other director of the Company) may be removed only for cause. In the event that any Designated Director shall cease to serve as a director of the Company for any reason, any vacancy resulting therefrom shall be filled by the directors then in office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company; provided that the parties who originally designated such Designated Director shall be entitled to propose to the Board the person who shall fill such Board seat and, provided such person is qualified to serve in such capacity, as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion, the Stockholders shall take all Necessary Action to cause such Board seat to be filled by such person.

 

2


2.5    Voting Agreement. Each Stockholder agrees (i) to take all Necessary Action reasonably available within its power, including casting all votes to which such Stockholder is entitled in respect of the Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Stockholder, whether at any annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders, by written consent or otherwise, so as to effect the intent of this Section 2 and (ii) not to grant, or enter into a binding agreement with respect to, any proxy to any Person in respect of such Common Stock that would prohibit such Stockholder from casting such votes in accordance with the preceding clause (i).

2.6    Subsidiary Boards. The composition of the board of directors or board of managers, if and as applicable, of each of the Company’s subsidiaries shall be the same as that of the Board unless the Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders otherwise agree or as may be required by law.

2.7    Expenses; Insurance. The Company shall reimburse each Designated Director for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses. The Company shall obtain customary director and officer liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms. The Company shall provide each Designated Director with exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses that are not less favorable to any such Designated Director than those it provides to any other non-employee directors serving on the Board.

2.8    Chairman of the Board. For so long as the Hsieh Stockholders have the right to designate at least one (1) director for nomination under this Agreement, the Company and the Stockholders will take all Necessary Action to ensure that Anthony Hsieh shall be the Chairman of the Board of the Company.

2.9    Committee Participation. Subject to applicable laws and stock exchange regulations,

 

  (a)

for so long as the Hsieh Stockholders have the right to designate at least one (1) director for nomination under this Agreement, the Hsieh Stockholders shall have the right to have a representative (i) on the Compensation Committee, provided that such representative shall not be Anthony Hsieh, a director serving as the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and (ii) on the Governance and Nomination Committee, provided that such representative shall not be Anthony Hsieh, a director serving as the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, for the avoidance of doubt, that a majority of the directors on such committee shall be independent under the applicable rules of the U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed; and

 

  (b)

for so long as the Parthenon Stockholders have the right to designate at least one (1) director for nomination under this Agreement, the Parthenon Stockholders shall have the right to have a representative on any mergers and acquisition, capital markets or similar committee (if any).

2.10    Termination of the Parthenon Stockholders’ and Hsieh Stockholders’ Right to Designate Directors.

 

  (a)

At such time as the Parthenon Stockholders cease to collectively Beneficially Own (i) Common Stock representing at least 15% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, the Parthenon Stockholders shall only be entitled to designate one (1) person for election to the Board and (ii) Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, the Parthenon Stockholders shall not be entitled to designate any persons for election to the Board.

 

  (b)

At such time as the Hsieh Stockholders cease to collectively Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, the Hsieh Stockholders shall not be entitled to designate any persons for election to the Board.

2.11    Controlled Company. For so long as the Stockholders collectively Beneficially Own Common Stock representing a majority of the total voting power, the Company shall take all Necessary Action to avail itself of all available “controlled company” exceptions to the corporate governance listing standards of any U.S. securities exchange on which shares of Class A Common Stock are listed, unless waived in writing by the Stockholders.

 

3


3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

3.1    Representations and Warranties. Each Stockholder represents and warrants that (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Stockholder and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, and (b) such Stockholder has not granted and is not a party to any proxy, voting trust or other agreement which is inconsistent with, conflicts with, or violates any provision of this Agreement.

 

4.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, ETC.

4.1    Written Modifications. This Agreement may not be orally amended or modified and no oral waiver of any of its terms shall be effective. This Agreement may be amended or modified and the provisions hereof may be waived, only by an agreement in writing signed by the Hsieh Stockholders and the Parthenon Stockholders. Each such amendment, modification or waiver shall be binding upon each party hereto.

4.2    Termination. This Agreement will terminate on the earlier to occur of (a) the Parthenon Stockholders and the Hsieh Stockholders jointly electing, by giving written notice of withdrawal to the Company and (b) delivery to the Company by the Hsieh Stockholders (or the Parthenon Stockholders, as applicable) of a written notice of withdrawal following the date on which the Parthenon Stockholders (or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable) no longer have the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board (at which time, for the avoidance of doubt the Parthenon Stockholders (or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable) shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall no longer be subject to the obligations of this Agreement or have rights under this Agreement). From the date of delivery of any such withdrawal notice, the Parthenon Stockholders and/or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable, shall cease to be a party to this Agreement and shall no longer be subject to the obligations of this Agreement or have rights under this Agreement.

4.3    Effect of Termination. No termination under this Agreement shall relieve any Person of liability for a material breach hereof prior to such termination.

 

5.

MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

5.1    Certain Matters of Construction.

 

  (a)

The words “hereof’, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or provision of this Agreement, and reference to a particular Section of this Agreement shall include all subsections thereof;

 

  (b)

The word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation”;

 

  (c)

Definitions shall be equally applicable to both nouns and verbs and the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.

 

  (d)

The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the other; and

 

  (e)

Wherever any particular Section or provision of this Agreement provides for an act (including any approval or consent, including pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof) to be taken by the Parthenon Stockholders or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable, such act may be taken if approved by the Parthenon Stockholders or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable, that Beneficially Own a majority of the total voting power of the Common Stock that is collectively Beneficially Owned by all Parthenon Stockholders or the Hsieh Stockholders, as applicable.

 

4


5.2    Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Affiliate” shall mean, respect to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; the term “control” as used in this definition, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “controlled” and “controlling” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified Person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote shares of Capital Stock of the Company, and “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Owner” shall have correlative meanings.

Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests or equivalents in capital stock of such corporation (whether voting or nonvoting and whether common or preferred) and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, individual or governmental entity, any and all partnership, membership, limited liability company or other equity interests of such Person that confer on the holder thereof the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or the distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, including in each case any and all warrants, rights (including conversion and exchange rights) and options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Class A Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class C Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class D Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Common Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, the Class C Common Stock and the Class D Common Stock.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Continuing LLC Members” shall mean the members of LD Holdings (excluding Parthenon Blocker) immediately prior to the IPO.

Designated Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Family Group” shall mean, as to any particular Person who is an individual, (i) such individual’s spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling and descendants (whether natural or adopted) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, “relatives”), (ii) such individual’s executor or personal representative, (iii) any trust, or other entity formed for estate planning purposes, the trustee (or an equivalent thereof) of which is such individual or such individual’s executor or personal representative and which at all times is and remains solely for the benefit of such individual and/or such individual’s relatives, (iv) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other tax flow-through entity the governing instruments of which provide that such individual or such individual’s executor or personal representative shall have the exclusive, nontransferable power to direct the management and policies of such entity and of which the sole owners of stock, partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are limited to such individual, such individual’s relatives and/or the trusts (or other entities) described in clause (iii) above, and (v) any retirement plan for such individual or such individual’s relatives.

 

5


Holdco Units” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Holdings LLC Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Hsieh Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

LD Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Necessary Action” shall mean, with respect to a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are permitted by applicable law and, in the case of any action by the Company that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board, to the extent such action is consistent with the fiduciary duties that the Company’s directors have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (i) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to shares of Common Stock or other securities entitled to vote with respect to such specified result, (ii) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the organizational documents of the Company, (iii) causing members of the Board (to the extent such members were designated by the Person obligated to undertake the Necessary Action) to act (subject to any applicable fiduciary duties) in a certain manner or causing them to be removed in the event they do not act in such a manner, (iv) executing agreements and instruments and (v) making or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result.

Nominee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Parthenon Blocker” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Parthenon Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Permitted Transferees” means, with respect to any Stockholder, any of (i) any Parthenon Stockholder or any Affiliate of a Parthenon Stockholder, (ii) any Hsieh Stockholder or any Affiliate of a Hsieh Stockholder or (iii) Anthony Hsieh or any of his Affiliates or member of his Family Group, in each case, provided that prior to any transfer of Common Stock such Person shall have executed and delivered to the Company a Joinder Agreement agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the form of Annex A attached hereto.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, company, association, trust, joint venture, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, entity or division, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect from time to time.

Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

6.

MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1    Authority; Effect. Each party hereto represents and warrants to and agrees with each other party that (a) to the extent that such party is an individual, such party has the legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) to the extent that such party is an entity, such party has the full limited liability company or other entity power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and the execution and delivery by such party of this Agreement and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or other entity action on the part of such party and no other proceedings on

 

6


the part of such party are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and (c) neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate any material agreement or other instrument applicable to such party or by which its assets are bound. This Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, give rise to the creation of a partnership among any of the parties hereto, or to constitute any of such parties members of a joint venture or other association.

6.2    Notices. Any notices and other communications required or permitted in this Agreement shall be effective if in writing and (a) delivered personally, (b) sent by facsimile, or (c) sent by overnight courier, in each case, addressed as follows:

If to the Company, to:

loanDepot, Inc.

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (949) 470-6237

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff, P.C. and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

and

Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP

333 South Hope Street, 43rd floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: David H. Sands

Facsimile: (213) 443-2743

If to a Parthenon Stockholder, to:

Parthenon Capital Partners

Four Embarcadero Center, Suite 3610

San Francisco, CA 94111

Facsimile: (415) 913-3913

Attention: Brian P. Golson

and Andrew C. Dodson

with copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Attention: Jeffrey Seifman, P.C.

and Shelly M. Hirschtritt, P.C.

and Tana M. Ryan, P.C.

If to a Hsieh Stockholder, to:

 

7


with copies to:

Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP

333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Kevin S. Masuda

Facsimile: (213) 229-7872

Notice to the holder of record of any shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to be notice to the holder of such shares for all purposes hereof.

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective (x) on the date received, if personally delivered, (y) on the date received if delivered by facsimile on a business day, or if not delivered on a business day, on the first business day thereafter, and (z) two business days after being sent by overnight courier. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

6.3    Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter, supersedes in its entirety all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements or discussions with respect to its subject matter and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Other than to a Permitted Transferee, none of the parties hereto may assign any of its respective rights or delegate any of its respective obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of the foregoing shall be null and void.

6.4    Descriptive Heading. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall not be construed to define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

6.5    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

6.6    Severability. In the event that any provision hereof would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision hereof.

6.7    No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant, agree and acknowledge that no recourse under this Agreement shall be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or of any Affiliate thereof, as such, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Stockholder or any Affiliate thereof, as such, for any obligation of such Stockholder under this Agreement.

6.8    No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8


6.9    Specific Performance. The parties hereto shall have all remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise in the event of any breach or violation of this Agreement or any default hereunder. The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event of any breach of this Agreement, in addition to any other remedies which may be available, each party hereto shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations of the other party hereto and, in addition, to such other equitable remedies (including preliminary or temporary relief) as may be appropriate in the circumstances.

6.10    Governing Law. This Agreement and all claims arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of laws provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

6.11    Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party to this Agreement, by its execution hereof, (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware for the purpose of any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (b) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, and agrees not to allow any of its subsidiaries to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in one of the above-named courts is improper, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (c) hereby agrees not to commence or maintain any action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof other than before one of the above-named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such action, claim, cause of action or suit (in contract, tort or otherwise), inquiry, proceeding or investigation to any court other than one of the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party to this Agreement may commence and maintain an action to enforce a judgment of any of the above-named courts in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each party hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any manner permitted by Delaware law, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice.

6.12    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 6.12 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EITHER PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 6.12 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE OTHER PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

6.13    Exercise of Rights and Remedies. No delay of or omission in the exercise of any right, power or remedy accruing to any party as a result of any breach or default by the other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of or acquiescence in any such breach or default, or of any similar breach or default occurring later; nor shall any such delay, omission nor waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after that waiver.

*        *        *         *        *

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stockholders Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

LOANDEPOT, INC.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


PARTHENON INVESTORS III, L.P.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

PCAP ASSOCIATES

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

PARTHENON CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND, L.P.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

PARTHENON INVESTORS IV, L.P.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


PARTHENON CAPITAL PARTNERS FUND II, L.P.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

PCP MANAGERS, L.P.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


THE JLSSAA TRUST, ESTABLISHED SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

JLSA, LLC

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

TRILOGY MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC.

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS SIX, LLC

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS SEVEN, LLC

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS EIGHT, LLC

By:    

Name:

 

Its:

 

 

[Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement]


ANNEX A

JOINDER AGREEMENT TO

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (this “Joinder Agreement”) is made by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”) in accordance with that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of                     , 2021, by and among loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the stockholders party thereto (as may be amended, the “Stockholders Agreement”), in favor of and for the benefit of the Company and such stockholders. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement.

The Joining Party hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms that, by his, her or its execution of this Joinder Agreement, the Joining Party will be deemed to be a party to the Stockholders Agreement and shall have all of the obligations under the Stockholders Agreement as a Parthenon Stockholder or Hsieh Stockholder, as applicable, as if he, she or it had been an original signatory to the Stockholders Agreement. The Joining Party hereby ratifies, as of the date hereof, and agrees to be bound by, all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Stockholders Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date written below.

 

Date:                  Name:     

Exhibit 10.2

FORM OF TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

by and among

loanDepot, Inc.,

LD Holdings Group LLC,

and

the Recipients that are parties hereto

dated as of [____________]


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of [________], is hereby entered into by and among loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“loanDepot”), and the initial Recipients identified below. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Article I.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, existing members of loanDepot (collectively, the “Members”) held or continue to hold membership interests (the “Units”) in loanDepot, which is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense, and other Tax items of the Corporation will be affected by: (i) the Exchange Basis Adjustments, and (ii) any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274, 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement (the “Imputed Interest”); and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the actual or deemed effect of the Exchange Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agreed Rate” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof), or, in the absence of such rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), plus 100 basis points.

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to a security, any Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.


Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Delaware shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (i) a group of Persons which includes a Recipient and/or one or more Affiliates thereof and (ii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Corporation, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(iii) the adopting of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation or an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a rollover or exchange of securities of the Corporation held by a Person is not taken into account for purposes of determining whether a “Change of Control” has occurred.

Class A Shares” means Class A common stock in the Corporation.

Code” is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Combined SALT Rate” means five percent (5%).

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

-3-


Corporation” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.

Corporation Return” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate” means the Agreed Rate plus 400 basis points.

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Rate” means the Agreed Rate, compounded annually.

Exchange” means an exchange of a Unit and a non-economic voting share of the Corporation in exchange for cash or a Class A Share pursuant to the terms of the loanDepot LLC Agreement.

Exchange Asset” means an asset that is held by loanDepot or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax at the time of an Exchange. An Exchange Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to an Exchange Asset.

Exchange Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of an Exchange Asset under Sections 732 and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, loanDepot or an applicable Subsidiary becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, loanDepot remains in existence as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of an Exchange with respect to Units held by the Members, and as a result of the payments made to the Recipient pursuant to this Agreement. The amount of any Exchange Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation and, without duplication, loanDepot, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on taxable income of loanDepot allocable to the Corporation or to the other members of the consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which the Corporation is a member, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return, but (i) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Exchange Basis Adjustment Schedule for Exchange Basis Adjustments, including amendments, (ii) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year, and (iii) applying the Combined SALT Rate for determining state and local income Taxes. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to the Exchange Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest.

 

-4-


Independent Director” means any member of the Board who is not affiliated with any of the principal stockholders of the Corporation and who is neither a current officer nor a former officer of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries.

IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares.

IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

loanDepot LLC Agreement” means that certain [Limited Liability Company Agreement] of loanDepot, dated as of [_______________].

Majority Recipients” shall mean Recipients holding aggregate Recipient Percentages of at least [    ]%.

Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis” means, with respect to any Exchange Asset in the case of Exchange Basis Adjustments, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Exchange Basis Adjustments had been made.

Parthenon Shareholders” mean [____], [____] and [____], and their respective permitted successors or assigns to this Agreement.

Parthenon Unitholders” mean [____], [____] and [____], and their respective permitted successors or assigns to this Agreement.

Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

 

-5-


Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for federal income Taxes, and the liability for state and local income Taxes by applying the Combined State Tax Rate, of (i) the Corporation and (ii) without duplication, loanDepot, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on taxable income of loanDepot allocable to the Corporation or to the other members of the consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Corporation is a member for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for federal income Taxes, and the liability for state and local income Taxes by applying the Combined State Tax Rate, of (i) the Corporation and (ii) without duplication, loanDepot, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on taxable income of loanDepot allocable to the Corporation or to the other members of the consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Corporation is a member for such Taxable Year, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Recipient” shall mean each of the Parthenon Shareholders, Anthony Hsieh, and their respective permitted successors or assigns to this Agreement.

Recipient Percentage” of a Recipient shall mean, as of any time of determination, the percentage interest of such Recipient as of such time in the right to receive payments to be made to Recipients under this Agreement, as set forth on Schedule A.

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) the Exchange Basis Adjustment Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Subsidiary Stock” means any stock or other equity interest in any subsidiary entity of loanDepot that is treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes” means any and all United States federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Taxes.

 

-6-


Taxing Authority” shall mean any United States federal, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date or following a Change of Control, as applicable, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Exchange Basis Adjustments and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Exchange Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) the United States federal income tax rates and state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by any Exchange Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest and available as of the Early Termination Date will be utilized by the Corporation, subject to any restrictions imposed by law (including but not limited to Section 382 of the Code) in the earliest possible year permitted by law, including the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date, (4) any non-amortizable assets (other than any Subsidiary Stock) will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date, and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit and (if applicable) accompanying Noneconomic Share shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

Section 2.1 Exchange Basis Adjustments and Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Recipients a schedule that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Exchange Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Exchange Basis Adjustment with respect to the Exchange Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, and (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Exchange Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable (the “Exchange Basis Adjustment Schedule”).

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within 90 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, and at the request of any Recipient with respect to each separate Exchange, the Corporation shall provide to the Recipients a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

 

-7-


(b) Applicable Principles. The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation for such Taxable Year attributable to the Exchange Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology. For the avoidance of doubt, the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporation. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Exchange Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. The parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Exchange Basis Adjustments, other than (x) amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest or (y) Tax Benefit Payments payable to the Parthenon Shareholders, will (A) be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to further Exchange Basis Adjustments to Exchange Assets for the Corporation and (B) have the effect of creating additional Exchange Basis Adjustments to Exchange Assets for the Corporation in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Exchange Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporation delivers to a Recipient an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (x) deliver to the Recipient schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporation or requested by the Recipient, providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and (y) allow the Recipient reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation, as determined by the Corporation or requested by the Majority Recipients, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the application of the preceding sentence, each time the Corporation delivers to a Recipient a Tax Benefit Schedule, in addition to the Tax Benefit Schedule duly completed, the Corporation shall deliver to the Recipient the reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual Tax liability. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which the Recipients have received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless the Majority Recipients (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporation. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in any Objection Notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Majority Recipients shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Recipients, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this

 

-8-


Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.3(b), the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) Business Days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to the Recipients becomes final and binding in accordance with Section 2.3(a), the Corporation shall pay the Tax Benefit Payment to the Recipients in the percentages set forth on Schedule A, which such schedule may be updated by the Corporation after the day hereof. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the Recipients to the Corporation or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the Recipients. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal estimated income tax payments.

(b) Tax Benefit Payment. A “Tax Benefit Payment” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Units, except in the case of Tax Benefit Payments payable to the Parthenon Shareholders, in which case such consideration shall be treated as additional “boot” in the reorganization preceding the IPO. Subject to Section 3.3(a), the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (ii) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Recipients shall not be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Interest Amount” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments.

(a) If for any reason the Corporation does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then (i) the Corporation will pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due to each Recipient to whom a payment is due under this Agreement in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

-9-


(b) To the extent the Corporation makes a payment to a Recipient in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement (taking into account Section 3.3(a), but excluding payments attributable to Imputed Interest) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such Recipient in respect of such Taxable Year, then such Recipient shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such Recipient has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination by Election and Breach of Agreement.

(a) With the written approval of a majority of the Independent Directors, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the Recipients at any time by paying to the Recipients the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by the Recipients; and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporation, neither the Recipients nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Recipients as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange occurs after the Corporation exercises its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) and such exercise is not subsequently withdrawn, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to the Recipients under Section 4.3.

(b) In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder, or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then, following notice in writing by the Majority Recipients and a thirty (30) day period for Corporation to cure the breach, if not cured all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Majority Recipients as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (3) is included in the Early Termination Payment). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any other rights or remedies available at law, in the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, the Recipients shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within nine (9) months after the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within nine (9) months after the date such payment is due so long as the Corporation has used good faith efforts to diligently make such payment prior to such time. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement (and Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate) if the Corporation fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporation has insufficient funds to make such payment as a result of applicable limitations imposed by existing credit agreements in respect

 

-10-


of indebtedness for borrowed money to which loanDepot (or any of its Subsidiaries) is a party (including, without limitation, limitations on the ability of loanDepot and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries to make distributions or payments to the Corporation) or the Board determines reasonably and in good faith that making any such distribution or payment would result in a default under any such existing credit agreement in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money to which loanDepot (or any of its Subsidiaries) is a party. The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient available funds for the purpose of making required payments under this Agreement.

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, then, unless otherwise waived in writing by the Majority Recipients, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Majority Recipients as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a Change of Control, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a Change of Control (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (3) is included in the Early Termination Payment). In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions, substituting “the date of the Change of Control” for “Early Termination Date,” where applicable.

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporation shall deliver to the Recipients notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”) and a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for the Recipients. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties 30 calendar days from the first date on which the Recipients have received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless the Majority Recipients (i) within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provide the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporation (the “Early Termination Effective Date”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Majority Recipients shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three calendar days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporation shall pay the Early Termination Payment to the Recipients in the percentages set forth on Schedule A. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the Recipients or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the Recipients.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Recipients beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

 

-11-


ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Recipients under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured trade creditors of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the Recipients when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Other Parties’ Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and loanDepot, including without limitation the preparation, filing, or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the Recipients of, and keep the Recipients reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporation and loanDepot by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the Recipients under this Agreement, and shall provide the Recipients reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation and loanDepot and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit.

Section 6.2 Consistency. Subject to the other relevant terms of this Agreement and the loanDepot LLC Agreement, the Corporation and the Recipients agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Exchange Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law.

Section 6.3 Cooperation. The Recipients shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents, and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination, or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse the Recipients for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3.

 

-12-


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporation, to:

loanDepot, Inc.

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothills Ranch, California 92610

Attn: Peter A. L. Macdonald

Facsimile: (949) 470-6237

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

If to loanDepot, to:

LD Holdings, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothills Ranch, California 92610

Attn: Peter A. L. Macdonald

Facsimile: (949) 470-6237

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to loanDepot) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

and

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton

333 South Hope Street, 42nd floor

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: David Sands

Facsimile: (213) 443-2743

 

-13-


If to the Recipients, to:

[Parthenon]

[    ]

[    ]

Attn: [    ]

and

[Anthony Hsieh]

[    ]

[    ]

Attn: [    ]

with copies (which shall not constitute notice to the Recipients) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

and

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071

Attn: Kevin Masuda

Facsimile: (213) 229-6872

Any party may change its address by giving the other party written notice of its new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

-14-


Section 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) The Recipients may assign any of their rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to assume all rights and obligations of the Recipients under this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be assignable by loanDepot or the Corporation without the prior written consent of the Majority Recipients.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by the Corporation and the Majority Recipients. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives. The Corporation, as applicable, shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance, or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in Delaware in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of Delaware. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), any party hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award. For the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

 

-15-


(c) (i) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action, or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the forums designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Majority Recipients, on the one hand, and the Corporation or loanDepot, on the other hand, are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.3, 4.2 and 6.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to the Majority Recipients and the Corporation. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the parties to the Reconciliation Dispute agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the parties to the Reconciliation Dispute or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be a partner in an accounting firm or a law firm nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters and that is reasonably acceptable to the Corporation and the Majority Recipients. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Adjustment Schedule or an amendment thereto, or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. The Expert shall resolve any such dispute based upon the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the submissions of the parties made in support thereof in such dispute and shall not conduct an independent review, not shall the Expert assign any value to any item in dispute which is higher or lower than the highest value or lowest value, as applicable, ascribed to such item by any disputing party. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The parties shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, provided that the Corporation shall bear the cost of the Expert. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert, unless the Expert substantially adopts the Corporation’s or loanDepot’s position, in which case such Recipient shall reimburse the Corporation for the cost of the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the parties to this Agreement and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local, or foreign tax law, provided that the Corporation (i) gives 10 days advance written notice of its intention to

 

-16-


make such withholding to the applicable Recipients, (ii) identifies the legal basis requiring such withholding and (iii) gives the applicable Recipients an opportunity to establish that such withholding is not legally required. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Recipients.

Section 7.11 Treatment of a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) To the extent that the Corporation is or becomes a member of a consolidated, combined or unitary group of corporations that files a consolidated, combined or unitary income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any provisions of state or local law, or would be eligible to become a member of such a group at the election of one or members of that group, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments, and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset. Thus, for example, in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the entity, the taxable income of the entity shall be determined by treating the entity as having sold the asset for its fair market value, recovering any basis applicable to such asset by using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis, while the actual Tax liability of the entity would be determined by recovering the actual Tax basis of the asset that reflects any Exchange Basis Adjustments.. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a partnership (or a Person classified as a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes), the principles of this Section 7.11(b) and this Agreement shall govern the treatment of such transfer and any subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss or deductions from such partnership to such entity.

Section 7.12 Confidentiality.

(a) The Recipients acknowledge and agrees that the information of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning loanDepot and its Affiliates and successors, learned by the Recipients heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or successors, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the Recipients in violation of this Agreement), or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the Recipients to prepare and file their Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority, or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit pursuant to this Agreement or by any Taxing Authority with respect to such Tax Returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Recipients (and each employee, equityholder, representative or other agent of the Recipients, as applicable) may disclose to any and all

 

-17-


Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporation, loanDepot and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Recipients relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(b) If the Recipients commit a breach, or threaten to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation or any of its Affiliates shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

*     *     *     *     *

 

-18-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, loanDepot and the Recipients have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

LOANDEPOT, INC.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
LD HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
[RECIPIENTS]


SCHEDULE A

 

[Parthenon]

     [55 ]% 

[Anthony Hsieh]

     [45 ]% 

Exhibit 10.3

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of ____________, 2021 by and between loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in its own name and on behalf of its direct and indirect subsidiaries, and ______________, an individual (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, directors, officers and employees, controlling persons, fiduciaries and other agents (“Representatives”) in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself;

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve as Representatives unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation or business enterprise;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining highly competent persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of protection against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company;

WHEREAS, (a) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company, (b) Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and (c) the Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and its Representatives with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, (a) Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, (b) Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a Representative without adequate protection, (c) the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity and (d) Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that [he/she] be so indemnified.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.


Board” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Bylaws” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Certificate of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, restated or otherwise modified.

Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1(b) hereof.

Corporate Status” describes the status of an individual who is or was a Representative of an Enterprise.

Company” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

DGCL” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Enterprise” means the Company and any other Person, employee benefit plan, joint venture or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Expenses” means all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by Indemnitee in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d) hereof only, expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise, (iii) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis) and (iv) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.

Indemnitee” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble hereto.

Indemnity Obligations” means all obligations of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company’s obligations to provide indemnification to Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Independent Counsel” means an attorney or firm of attorneys (following a Change in Control, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 20 hereof) that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification; provided, however, that the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment, or result thereof.


LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings, LLC, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, governmental agency or body or any other legal entity.

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a Representative of the Company, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by Indemnitee or of any action on Indemnitee’s part while acting as Representative of the Company or (iii) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

Representative” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals hereto.

Shareholder Entities” shall mean Parthenon Investors III, L.P., PCap Associates, Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Parthenon Investors IV, L.P. and Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P. (collectively, “Parthenon”) or any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Parthenon; provided, however, that neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Shareholder Entities hereunder

“SOX Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Submission Date” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10(b) hereof.

 

  (b)

A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Shareholder Entities and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a Person owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other Person other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving Person) more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving Person outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than to any Shareholder Entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed not to have occurred as a result of any transaction or series of transactions following which the Shareholder Entities possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of


  the Company (or any successor thereto), whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the Board or the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of any successor to the Company.

 

  (c)

For the purpose hereof, references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a Representative of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Representative with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a Person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 3 hereof) or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 2.

Section 3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnitee has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnitee has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 3.

Section 4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, and without limiting the rights of Indemnitee under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (a) Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (b) the Company is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against Indemnitee and (c) Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.


Section 6. Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4 hereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding:

 

  (a)

to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the DGCL, and

 

  (b)

to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

  (a)

for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy procured by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 13 hereof;

 

  (b)

for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

  (c)

for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the SOX Act or Section 954 of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the SOX Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which the Indemnitee has consented);

 

  (d)

initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees (not by way of defense), unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding), (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (v) otherwise required by applicable law; or

  (e)

if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law in a final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal.

Section 8. Advances of Expenses. In furtherance of the relevant requirements of the Bylaws and notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding (including any appeal). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay Expenses and without regard to

Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking, providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.


To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, and shall request payment thereof. The Company shall (a) pay Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expense, or (c) reimburse Indemnity for such Expenses.

Section 9. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

 

  (a)

Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Any delay or failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay or failure in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement.

 

  (b)

In the event Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, Indemnitee may, at Indemnitee’s option, (i) retain legal counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to defend Indemnitee in such Proceeding, at the sole expense of the Company or (ii) have the Company assume the defense of Indemnitee in the Proceeding, in which case the Company shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with legal counsel selected by the Company and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within ten days of the Company’s receipt of written notice of Indemnitee’s election to cause the Company to do so. If the Company is required to assume the defense of any such Proceeding, it shall engage legal counsel for such defense, and shall be solely responsible for all Expenses of such legal counsel and otherwise of such defense. Such legal counsel may represent both Indemnitee and the Company (and/or any other party or parties entitled to be indemnified by the Company with respect to such matter) unless, in the reasonable opinion of legal counsel to Indemnitee, there is a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company (or any other such party or parties) or there are legal defenses available to Indemnitee that are not available to the Company (or any such other party or parties). Notwithstanding either party’s assumption of responsibility for defense of a Proceeding, each party shall have the right to engage separate legal counsel at its own expense. The party having responsibility for defense of a Proceeding shall provide the other party and its legal counsel with all copies of pleadings and material correspondence relating to the Proceeding. Indemnitee and the Company shall reasonably cooperate in the defense of any Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is sought hereunder, regardless of whether the Company or Indemnitee assumes the defense thereof. Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Company may not settle or compromise any proceeding without the prior written consent of Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).


Section 10. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

  (a)

Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, the Company shall advance Expenses necessary to defend against a Claim pursuant to Section 8 hereof. If any determination by the Company is required by applicable law with respect to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification, such determination shall be made (i) if Indemnitee shall request such determination be made by the Independent Counsel, by the Independent Counsel and (ii) in all other circumstances in any manner permitted by the DGCL, so long as only disinterested directors are involved in the determination. Disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person(s) making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including, without limitation, providing to such Person(s), upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person(s) making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company will not deny any written request for indemnification hereunder made in good faith by Indemnitee unless a determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification described in this Section 10(a) has been made. The Company agrees to pay Expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify the Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

  (b)

In the event that the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, (i) the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company within ten days of the Submission Date, (ii) the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and (iii) Indemnitee may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company Indemnitee’s written objection to such selection. Absent a timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as the Independent Counsel. If a timely objection is made by Indemnitee, the Person so selected may not serve as the Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn. If no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (whether due to a failure of the Company to appoint such Independent Counsel, an un-withdrawn objection from Indemnitee with respect to the person so appointed or otherwise) before the later of (i) 30 days after the submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof (the date of such submission, the “Submission Date”) and (ii) ten days after the final disposition of the Proceeding for which indemnity is sought, then (x) each of the Company and Indemnitee shall select a Person meeting the qualifications to serve as the Independent Counsel and (y) such Persons shall (collectively) select the Independent Counsel. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

  (a)

In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person(s) making such determination shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) hereof, and the Company or any other person or entity challenging such right shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any Person(s) of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including, without limitation, by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.


  (b)

Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, if the Person(s) empowered or selected under Section 10 hereof to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefore, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if (i) the determination is to be made by the Independent Counsel and Indemnitee objects to the Company’s selection of the Independent Counsel and (ii) the Independent Counsel ultimately selected requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

  (c)

The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (d)

Effect of Settlement. To the fullest extent permitted by law, settlement of any Proceeding without any finding of responsibility, wrongdoing or guilt on the part of Indemnitee with respect to claims asserted in such Proceeding shall constitute a conclusive determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to such Proceeding.

 

  (e)

Reliance as Safe Harbor. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 11(e) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Actions of Others. The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any Representative (other than Indemnitee) of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

  (a)

Subject to Section 12(e) hereof, in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 hereof that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 hereof, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof within 90 days after the Submission Date, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 4, 5 or 10(a) hereof within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 2, 3 or 6 hereof is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee, the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.


  (b)

In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

  (c)

If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission by Indemnitee of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d)

The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. In addition, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

  (e)

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding; provided that, in the absence of any such determination with respect to such Proceeding, the Company shall pay Liabilities and advance Expenses with respect to such Proceeding as if Indemnitee had been determined to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses with respect to such Proceeding.

Section 13. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

  (a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the LLC Agreement, any stockholders’ agreement or any other agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise (together, the “Other Indemnification Provisions”). No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Other Indemnification Provisions, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy. The Company shall not adopt any amendment to any of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or any Other Indemnification Provision.


  (b)

The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of the Indemnity Obligations, (ii) the Company shall be primarily liable for all Indemnity Obligations and any indemnification afforded to Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding, Expense, Liability or matter that is the subject of Indemnity Obligations, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including, without limitation, this Agreement) or otherwise, (iii) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding shall be secondary to the obligations of the Company hereunder, (iv) the Company shall be required to indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or insurer of any such Person and (v) the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) from any claim of contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company hereunder. In the event that any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss which is the subject of any Indemnity Obligation owed by the Company or payable under any insurance policy provided under this Agreement, the payor shall have a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurer or insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurer or insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment of an Indemnity Obligation of the Company under this Agreement by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) or their insurers, affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for any Indemnity Obligation to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity). Any indemnification and/or insurance or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity), with respect to any liability arising as a result of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or capacity as an officer or director of any Person, is specifically in excess of any Indemnity Obligation of the Company or valid and any collectible insurance (including, without limitation, any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company under this Agreement, and any obligation to provide indemnification and/or insurance or advance Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) shall be reduced by any amount that Indemnitee collects from the Company as an indemnification payment or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (c)

The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Representatives of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Representative under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Representatives of the Company or of any other Enterprise, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policy or policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Further, in the event of a Change in Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent (including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process) the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) in respect of Indemnitee, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (otherwise known as a “tail policy”), and such coverage shall be non-cancellable and placed by the incumbent broker using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change in Control, and shall be placed with an insurance carrier with an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies.


  (d)

In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall not be subrogated to, and hereby waives any rights to be subrogated to, any rights of recovery of Indemnitee, including, without limitation, rights of indemnification provided to Indemnitee from any other Person or entity with whom Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Shareholder Entity) as well as any rights to contribution that might otherwise exist; provided, however, that the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of any such payment of all rights of recovery of Indemnitee under insurance policies of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

  (e)

The indemnification and contribution provided for in this Agreement will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of Indemnitee.

Section 14. Duration of Agreement; Not Employment Contract. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the latest of: (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a Representative of the Company or any other Enterprise and (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 hereof relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly or to assume and agree to perform this agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a Representative of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL.

Section 15. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 16. Enforcement.

 

  (a)

The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a Representative of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a Representative of the Company.

 

  (b)

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefore, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

  (c)

The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting Indemnitee’s right to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.


Section 17. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

Section 18. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

  (a)

If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

  (b)

If to the Company to:

loanDepot, Inc.

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

Attn: General Counsel

Facsimile: (949) 470-6237

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Company):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Joshua N. Korff and Michael Kim

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 19. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of the Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 20. Change in Control. If there is a Change in Control, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitee to indemnity payments and advance of Expenses under this Agreement or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws now or hereafter in effect, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld), such approval shall only include disinterested directors, even if not a quorum. Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

Section 21. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the


Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

Section 23. Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Shareholder Entities are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LOANDEPOT, INC.
 

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]


  INDEMNITEE:
 

 

  Name:

[Signature Page to the Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.4

LOANDEPOT, INC.

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan is effective as of the date set forth in Article XVI.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 “Affiliate” means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or one of its Affiliates; (d) any trade or business (including, without limitation, a partnership or limited liability company) which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any of its Affiliates has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee; provided that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Common Stock subject to any Award constitutes “service recipient stock” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code or otherwise does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.2 “Award” means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award, Other Cash-Based Award or LTIP Units. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, a written agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.

2.3 “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Cause” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), termination due to a Participant’s insubordination, dishonesty, fraud, incompetence, moral turpitude, willful misconduct, failure to adhere to written policies of the Company or any Affiliate, refusal to perform the Participant’s duties or responsibilities for any reason other than illness or incapacity or materially unsatisfactory performance of the Participant’s duties for the Company or an Affiliate or indictment for, or conviction of (including a guilty plea or plea of nolo contendere), a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, as determined by the Committee in its good faith discretion; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement

 

A-1


or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter. With respect to a Participant’s Termination of Directorship, “cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

2.6 “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

2.7 “Change in Control Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

2.8 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any regulation of U.S. Department of Treasury promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulation”).

2.9 “Committee” means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

2.10 “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

2.11 “Company” means loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.12 “Consultant” means any Person who is an advisor or consultant to the Company or its Affiliates.

2.13 “Disability” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. A Disability shall only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code, Disability shall mean that a Participant is disabled under Section 409A(a)(2)(C)(i) or (ii) of the Code.

2.14 “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XVI.

2.15 “Eligible Employees” means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

2.16 “Eligible Individual” means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director or Consultant who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.17 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

A-2


2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date and except as provided below, closing sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date: (a) as reported on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date shall be the trading day immediately prior to the date on which the Award is granted. For purposes of the exercise of any Award, the applicable date shall be the date a notice of exercise is received by the Committee or, if not a day on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open.

2.19 “Family Member” means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8.

2.20 “Holdings” means loanDepot Holdings, LLC.

2.21 “Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parents (if any) under the Plan intended to be and designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.22 “Incumbent Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(c)

2.23 “LLC Agreement” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LD Holdings Group, LLC, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

2.24 “Lead Underwriter” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.19.

2.25 “Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.19.

2.26 “LTIP Units” shall mean common units in Holdings issued under the LLC Agreement.

2.27 “Non-Employee Director” means a director or a member of the Board of the Company or any Affiliate who is not an active employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

2.28 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.29 “Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right to receive an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (x) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date such right is exercised, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of such right, otherwise than on surrender of a Stock Option.

2.30 “Other Cash-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 11.3 of the Plan and payable in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.31 “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award under Article XI of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including, without limitation, an Award valued by reference to an Affiliate.

2.32 “Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

A-3


2.33 “Participant” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.34 “Performance Award” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX hereof contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.35 “Performance Goals” means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable based on one or more performance goals established by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.36 “Performance Period” means the designated period during which the Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the Performance Goals relate.

2.37 “Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision or official thereof.

2.38 “Plan” means this loanDepot, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.39 “Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.8.

2.40 “Reference Stock Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.41 “Registration Date” means the date on which the Company sells its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

2.42 “Reorganization” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b)(ii).

2.43 “Restricted Stock” means an Award of shares of Common Stock under the Plan that is subject to restrictions under Article VIII.

2.44 “Restriction Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a) with respect to Restricted Stock.

2.45 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.46 “Section 409A of the Code” means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable Treasury Regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.47 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.48 “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right pursuant to an Award granted under Article VII.

2.49 “Stock Option” or “Option” means any option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to Eligible Individuals granted pursuant to Article VI.

 

A-4


2.50 “Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.51 Substitute Award shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.52 “Tandem Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right to surrender to the Company all (or a portion) of a Stock Option in exchange for an amount in cash and/or stock equal to the difference between (a) the Fair Market Value on the date such Stock Option (or such portion thereof) is surrendered, of the Common Stock covered by such Stock Option (or such portion thereof), and (b) the aggregate exercise price of such Stock Option (or such portion thereof).

2.53 “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a Person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent.

2.54 “Termination” means a Termination of Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of Employment, as applicable.

2.55 “Termination of Consultancy” means: (a) that the Consultant is no longer acting as a consultant to the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) when an entity which is retaining a Participant as a Consultant ceases to be an Affiliate unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, a Consultant to the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that a Consultant becomes an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director upon the termination of such Consultant’s consultancy, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Consultancy shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Consultant is no longer a Consultant, an Eligible Employee or a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Consultancy thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Consultancy” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.56 “Termination of Directorship” means that the Non-Employee Director has ceased to be a director of the Company; except that if a Non-Employee Director becomes an Eligible Employee or a Consultant upon the termination of such Non-Employee Director’s directorship, such Non-Employee Director’s ceasing to be a director of the Company shall not be treated as a Termination of Directorship unless and until the Participant has a Termination of Employment or Termination of Consultancy, as the case may be.

2.57 “Termination of Employment” means: (a) a termination of employment (for reasons other than a military or personal leave of absence granted by the Company) of a Participant from the Company and its Affiliates; or (b) when an entity which is employing a Participant ceases to be an Affiliate, unless the Participant otherwise is, or thereupon becomes, employed by the Company or another Affiliate at the time the entity ceases to be an Affiliate. In the event that an Eligible Employee becomes a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director upon the termination of such Eligible Employee’s employment, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, no Termination of Employment shall be deemed to occur until such time as such Eligible Employee is no longer an Eligible Employee, a Consultant or a Non-

 

A-5


Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may otherwise define Termination of Employment in the Award Agreement or, if no rights of a Participant are reduced, may otherwise define Termination of Employment thereafter, provided that any such change to the definition of the term “Termination of Employment” does not subject the applicable Award to Section 409A of the Code.

2.58 “Transfer means: (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other disposition (including the issuance of equity in any entity), whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary (including by operation of law), and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (including the issuance of equity in any entity) whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including by operation of law). “Transferred” and “Transferable” shall have a correlative meaning.

ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION

3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Committee. To the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3, and (b) an “independent director” under the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted or traded. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee prior to such determination shall be valid despite such failure to qualify.

3.2 Grants of Awards. The Committee shall have full authority to grant, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: (i) Stock Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Performance Awards; (v) Other Stock-Based Awards; (vi) Other Cash-Based Awards; and (v) LTIP Units. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority:

(a) to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(b) to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(c) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(d) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(e) to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(f) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances grants of Options and other Awards under the Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

 

A-6


(g) to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock and/or Restricted Stock under Section 6.4(d);

(h) to determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(i) to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award;

(j) to modify, extend or renew an Award, subject to Article XIII and Section 6.4(l), provided, however, that such action does not subject the Award to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant; and

(k) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances to provide loans (which may be on a recourse basis and shall bear interest at the rate the Committee shall provide) to Participants in order to exercise Options under the Plan.

3.3 Guidelines. Subject to Article XIII hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special guidelines and provisions for Persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with applicable tax and securities laws of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 shall impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and the Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

3.4 Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

3.5 Procedures. If the Committee is appointed, the Board shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman and the Committee shall hold meetings, subject to the By-Laws of the Company, at such times and places as it shall deem advisable, including, without limitation, by telephone conference or by written consent to the extent permitted by applicable law. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the Committee members in accordance with the By-Laws of the Company, shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

 

A-7


3.6 Designation of Consultants/Liability.

(a) The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by applicable law and applicable exchange rules) may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and/or execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee. In the event of any designation of authority hereunder, subject to applicable law, applicable stock exchange rules and any limitations imposed by the Committee in connection with such designation, such designee or designees shall have the power and authority to take such actions, exercise such powers and make such determinations that are otherwise specifically designated to the Committee hereunder.

(b) The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members and any Person designated pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

3.7 Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such Person, each officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Committee) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors or members or former officers, directors or members may have under applicable law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything else herein, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to such individual under the Plan.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1 Shares.

(a) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall initially be equal to 17,500,000 shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.2), which amount shall be increased on the first day of each fiscal year during the term of the Plan commencing with the 2022 fiscal year by (i) 2% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (ii) a lesser amount determined by the Board. The shares of Common Stock with respect to which awards may be

 

A-8


granted under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued Common Stock or Common Stock held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted under the Plan shall be 17,500,000 shares. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights and Options settled in Common Stock, upon settlement, only the number of shares of Common Stock delivered to a Participant shall count against the aggregate and individual share limitations set forth under Sections 4.1(b) and 4.1(b). If any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Awards granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying any unexercised Award shall again be available for the purpose of Awards under the Plan. If any shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock awarded under the Plan to a Participant are forfeited for any reason, the number of forfeited shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Awards or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock shall again be available for purposes of Awards under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations on an Award issued under the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock withheld shall again be available for purposes of Awards under the Plan. If a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or a Limited Stock Appreciation Right is granted in tandem with an Option, such grant shall only apply once against the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan. Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

(b) The aggregate grant date fair value (computed as of the date of grant in accordance with applicable financial accounting rules) of all Awards granted under the Plan to any individual Non-Employee Director in any fiscal year of the Company (excluding any stock dividends payable in respect of outstanding Awards), when combined with other compensation received for such year in connection with service as a director, shall not exceed $600,000 increased to $1,000,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a Non-Employee Director.

(c) In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Committee may grant Substitute Awards. Substitute awards may be granted on such terms as the Committee deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not reduce the shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the Plan, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Awards using such available shares of Common Stock shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

A-9


4.2 Changes.

(a) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board, the Committee or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.1:

(i) If the Company at any time subdivides (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or combines (by reverse split, combination or otherwise) its outstanding Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the respective exercise prices for outstanding Awards that provide for a Participant elected exercise and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by outstanding Awards shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee (as the Committee determines in its sole discretion) to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(ii) Excepting transactions covered by Section 4.2(b)(i), if the Company effects any merger, consolidation, statutory exchange, spin-off, reorganization, sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or business, or other corporate transaction or event in such a manner that the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted into the right to receive (or the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive in exchange therefor), either immediately or upon liquidation of the Company, securities or other property of the Company or other entity (each, a “Reorganization”), then, subject to the provisions of Section 12.1, (A) the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan, (B) the number or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), or (C) the purchase price thereof, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee (as the Committee determines in its sole discretion) to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iii) If there shall occur any change in the capital structure of the Company other than those covered by Section 4.2(b)(i) or 4.2(b)(ii), including by reason of any extraordinary dividend (whether cash or equity), any conversion, any adjustment, any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of equity securities of the Company, then the Committee shall appropriately adjust any Award and/or make such other adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan, as the Committee determines in its sole discretion.

(iv) Any such adjustment determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2(b) shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Company and all Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.2(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.2 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no additional rights under the Plan by reason of any transaction or event described in this Section 4.2.

 

A-10


(v) Fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from any adjustment in Awards pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or this Section 4.2(b) shall be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding-down for fractions less than one-half and rounding-up for fractions equal to or greater than one-half, provided, that, any shares of Common Stock underlying Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights shall be rounded down. No cash settlements shall be required with respect to fractional shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

4.3 Minimum Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if authorized but previously unissued shares of Common Stock are issued under the Plan, such shares shall not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under applicable law.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY AND GRANTING OF AWARDS

5.1 General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.2 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Parent (if any) are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3 General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual are conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

5.4 Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for such Award as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion (consistent with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Program). Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

5.5 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

5.6 Foreign Holders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or applicable Program to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Eligible Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange or other applicable law, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable law (including, without limitation, applicable foreign

 

A-11


laws or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange); (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable; provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 4.1; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2 Grants. The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.3 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be so exercised, so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code, or, without the consent of the Participants affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under such Section 422.

6.4 Terms of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Stock Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted; and provided further that the term of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not exceed five years.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that such Stock Option is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such Stock Option may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

 

A-12


(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.4(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price as follows: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by applicable law, if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the purchase price; or (iii) on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Committee (including, without limitation, having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option, or by payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date as determined by the Committee). No shares of Common Stock shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for.

(e) Non-Transferability of Options. No Stock Option shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable pursuant to this Section is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a Transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Termination by Death or Disability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of one (1) year from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options; provided, however, that, in the event of a Participant’s Termination by reason of Disability, if the Participant dies within such exercise period, all unexercised Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which they were exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one (1) year from the date of such death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g) Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is by involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

 

A-13


(h) Voluntary Resignation. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.4(i)(y) hereof), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such Termination, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(i) Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination (x) is for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Termination (as provided in Section 6.4(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(j) Unvested Stock Options. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

(k) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by applicable law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) Form, Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options. Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, Stock Options shall be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided further that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an outstanding Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Option (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Section 4.2), unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

(m) Deferred Delivery of Common Stock. The Committee may in its discretion permit Participants to defer delivery of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a Participant’s exercise of an Option in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, which shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(n) Early Exercise. The Committee may provide that a Stock Option include a provision whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant’s Termination to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option prior to the full vesting of the Stock Option and such shares shall be subject to the provisions of Article VIII and be treated as Restricted Stock. Unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate.

 

A-14


(o) Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 15.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option (a “Reference Stock Option”) granted under the Plan (“Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights”). In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option.

7.2 Terms and Conditions of Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a Reference Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the Reference Stock Option, except that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by the Reference Stock Option shall not be reduced until, and then only to the extent that the exercise or termination of the Reference Stock Option causes, the number of shares covered by the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right to exceed the number of shares remaining available and unexercised under the Reference Stock Option.

(c) Exercisability. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Reference Stock Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Article VI, and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.4(c).

(d) Method of Exercise. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by the Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the Reference Stock Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in this Section 7.2. Stock Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

 

A-15


(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock over the Option exercise price per share specified in the Reference Stock Option agreement multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

(f) Deemed Exercise of Reference Stock Option. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, the Reference Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Article IV of the Plan on the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Plan.

(g) Non-Transferability. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be Transferable under Section 6.4(e) of the Plan.

7.3 Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted without reference to any Stock Options granted under the Plan.

7.4 Terms and Conditions of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted hereunder shall be subject to such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, and the following:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject to a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b) Term. The term of each Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides, in its discretion, that any such right is exercisable subject to certain limitations (including, without limitation, that it is exercisable only in installments or within certain time periods), the Committee may waive such limitations on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part (including, without limitation, waiver of the installment exercise provisions or acceleration of the time at which such right may be exercised), based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion.

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 7.4(c), Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Right a Participant shall be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

 

A-16


(f) Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason, Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights will remain exercisable following a Participant’s Termination on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable following a Participant’s Termination in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.4(f) through 6.4(j).

(g) Non-Transferability. No Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

7.5 Limited Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights and Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights either as a general Stock Appreciation Right or as a Limited Stock Appreciation Right. Limited Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only upon the occurrence of a Change in Control or such other event as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, designate at the time of grant or thereafter. Upon the exercise of Limited Stock Appreciation Rights, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall receive in cash and/or Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the amount (i) set forth in Section 7.2(e) with respect to Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights, or (ii) set forth in Section 7.4(e) with respect to Non-Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights.

7.6 Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 15.4. Stock Appreciation Rights may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK

8.1 Awards of Restricted Stock. Shares of Restricted Stock may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock shall be made, the number of shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including, the Performance Goals) or such other factor as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

8.2 Awards and Certificates. Eligible Individuals selected to receive Restricted Stock shall not have any right with respect to such Award, unless and until such Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of such Award. Further, such Award shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

A-17


(a) Purchase Price. The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.2, the purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by applicable law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

(b) Acceptance. Awards of Restricted Stock must be accepted within a period of 60 days (or such shorter period as the Committee may specify at grant) after the grant date, by executing a Restricted Stock agreement and by paying whatever price (if any) the Committee has designated thereunder.

(c) Legend. Each Participant receiving Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by applicable securities laws, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge of the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the loanDepot, Inc. (the “Company”) 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and an Agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated _____________. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

(d) Custody. If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

8.3 Restrictions and Conditions. The shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions:

(a) Restriction Period.

(i) The Participant shall not be permitted to Transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the shares of Restricted Stock. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(ii) and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award.

 

A-18


(ii) If the grant of shares of Restricted Stock or the lapse of restrictions is based on the attainment of Performance Goals, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals and the applicable vesting percentage of the Restricted Stock applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in writing prior to the beginning of the applicable fiscal year or at such later date as otherwise determined by the Committee and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions) and other similar type events or circumstances.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such shares and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, payment of dividends shall be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

(c) Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock still subject to restriction will be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant or thereafter.

(d) Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by applicable law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1 Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. If the Performance Award is payable in shares of Common Stock, such shares shall be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VIII. If the Performance Award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash or in shares of Restricted Stock (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such shares), as determined by the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion.

9.2 Terms and Conditions. Performance Awards awarded pursuant to this Article IX shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Earning of Performance Award. At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the Performance Goals are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned.

(b) Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred during the Performance Period.

 

A-19


(c) Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, amounts equal to dividends declared during the Performance Period with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock covered by a Performance Award will not be paid to the Participant.

(d) Payment. Following the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 9.2(a), the Company shall settle Performance Awards, in such form (including, without limitation, in shares of Common Stock or in cash) as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards.

(e) Termination. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination for any reason during the Performance Period for a given Performance Award, the Performance Award in question will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

(f) Accelerated Vesting. Based on service, performance and/or such other factors or criteria, if any, as the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Performance Award.

ARTICLE X

LTIP UNIT AWARDS

10.1 LTIP Unit Awards. Subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement, the Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Awards in the form of, and causing Holdings to issue, LTIP Units, having the rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications, redemption and conversion terms, vesting terms and other terms and conditions set forth herein and in the LLC Agreement. To the extent that such LTIP Units are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, each LTIP Unit awarded will be equivalent to an award of one share of Common Stock for purposes of reducing the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan on a one-for-one basis pursuant to Section 4.1.

ARTICLE XI

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

11.1 Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock, including but not limited to, shares of Common Stock awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, shares of Common Stock in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Common Stock. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of shares of Common Stock to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Common Stock under such Awards upon the completion of a specified Performance Period.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Other Stock-Based Awards upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion;

 

A-20


11.2 Terms and Conditions. Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article XI shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, shares of Common Stock subject to Awards made under this Article XI may not be Transferred prior to the date on which the shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance or deferral period lapses.

(b) Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of Award, subject to the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Award under this Article XI shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award.

(c) Vesting. Any Award under this Article XI and any Common Stock covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d) Price. Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article XI may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article XI shall be priced, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

11.3 Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of an Other Cash-Based Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

ARTICLE XII

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

12.1 Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below), and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Award shall not vest automatically and a Participant’s Award shall be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

(a) Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and the Restricted Stock or other Award shall, where appropriate in the sole discretion of the Committee, receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on such terms as determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Stock or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto).

 

A-21


(b) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price (as defined below) of the shares of Common Stock covered by such Awards, over the aggregate exercise price of such Awards. For purposes hereof, “Change in Control Price” shall mean the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control of the Company.

(c) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant elected exercise, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions, of an Award at any time.

12.2 Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, PCP Managers, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Anthony Hsieh or any of their respective affiliates, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities), becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities other than pursuant to a transaction that would not be a Change in Control pursuant to Section 12.2(b) below;

(b) a merger or consolidation of the Company or a Subsidiary with any other entity, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its ultimate parent company outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as prior to such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person (other than those covered by the exceptions in Section 0 acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(c) at any time, Incumbent Directors cease to constitute a majority of the Board. For this purpose, “Incumbent Director” means each member of the Board on the Effective Date and each person whose election or nomination for election to the Board is approved by a majority of the Incumbent Directors; provided that any person elected or nominated for election as the result of an actual or threatened proxy contest will not be considered to be an Incumbent Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Plan, the occurrence of the Registration Date or any change in the composition of the Board within one year following the Registration Date shall not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

A-22


(d) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (in one or a series of related transactions)(which for this purpose shall mean total assets which represent at least 70% or more of the total fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (in one or a series of related transactions)(which for this purpose shall mean total assets which represent at least 70% or more of the total fair market value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to a Person or Persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

12.3 Initial Public Offering not a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the Plan, the occurrence of the Registration Date or any change in the composition of the Board within one year following the Registration Date shall not be considered a Change in Control.

ARTICLE XIII

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any regulatory requirement referred to in Article XV or Section 409A of the Code), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may not be impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided further, that without the approval of the holders of the Company’s Common Stock entitled to vote in accordance with applicable law, no amendment may be made that would (i) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of Section 4.2); (ii) increase the maximum individual Participant limitations for a fiscal year under Section 4.1(b) (except by operation of Section 4.2); (iii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; (iv) decrease the minimum option price of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (v) extend the maximum option period under Section 6.4; (vii) award any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right in replacement of a canceled Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right with a higher exercise price than the replacement award; or (viii) require stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In no event may the Plan be amended without the approval of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of Delaware to increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan, decrease the minimum exercise price of any Award, or to make any other amendment that would require stockholder approval under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) rules and regulations or the rules of any exchange or system on which the Company’s securities are listed or traded at the request of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent to comply with applicable law including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent.

 

A-23


ARTICLE XIV

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which are not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE XV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1 Legend. The Committee may require each Person receiving shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for shares of Common Stock delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, any applicable federal or state securities law, and any applicable corporate law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

15.2 Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

15.3 No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Option or other Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy or directorship at any time.

15.4 Withholding of Taxes. The Company, or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to the Plan, or to otherwise require, prior to the issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash hereunder, payment by the Participant of, any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld. Upon the vesting of Restricted Stock (or other Award that is taxable upon vesting), or upon making an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, a Participant shall pay all required withholding to the Company. Any minimum statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to any Participant may be satisfied, subject to the consent of the Committee, by reducing the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable or by delivering shares of Common Stock already owned. Furthermore, at the discretion of the Committee, any additional tax obligations of a Participant with respect to an Award may be satisfied by further reducing the number of shares of Common Stock, otherwise deliverable with respect to such Award, to the extent that such reductions do not result in any adverse accounting implications to the Company, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy any such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

 

A-24


15.5 No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided by law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such Person.

15.6 Listing and Other Conditions.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such shares unless and until such shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Option or other Award is or may in the circumstances be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under the statutes, rules or regulations of any applicable jurisdiction, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to shares of Common Stock or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

(c) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 15.6, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all shares available before such suspension and as to shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d) A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

15.7 Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Delaware principles of conflict of laws).

15.8 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of any thereof, shall be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Participant shall irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submit in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof (a “Proceeding”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the court of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals from any of the foregoing, and agree that all claims in respect of any such Proceeding shall be heard and determined in such Delaware State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court, (b) consent that any such Proceeding may and shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company and each Participant may now or thereafter have to the venue or jurisdiction of any such Proceeding in any such court or that such Proceeding

 

A-25


was brought in an inconvenient court and agree not to plead or claim the same, (c) waive all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement, (d) agree that service of process in any such Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agree that nothing in the Plan shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

15.9 Construction. Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

15.10 Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates nor affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

15.11 Costs. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock pursuant to Awards hereunder.

15.12 No Right to Same Benefits. The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

15.13 Death/Disability. The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require that the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

15.14 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving shares of Common Stock are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

15.15 Section 409A of the Code. The Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in

 

A-26


the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

15.16 Successor and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate.

15.17 Severability of Provisions. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

15.18 Payments to Minors, Etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent Person or other Person incapable of receipt thereof shall be deemed paid when paid to such Person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such Person, and such payment shall fully discharge the Committee, the Board, the Company, its Affiliates and their employees, agents and representatives with respect thereto.

15.19 Lock-Up Agreement. As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock (the “Lead Underwriter), a Participant shall irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter shall specify (the “Lock-Up Period”). The Participant shall further agree to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

15.20 Headings and Captions. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

15.21 Company Recoupment of Awards. A Participant’s rights with respect to any Award hereunder shall in all events be subject to (i) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with a Participant, or (ii) any right or obligation that the Company may have to the extent required by applicable law or as required by an stock exchange or quotation system in which the Common Stock is listed or quoted including by not limited to but not limited to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Section 10D of the Exchange Act, and any other applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

A-27


ARTICLE XVI

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on the date that is two days immediately prior to the Registration Date subject to the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XVII

TERM OF PLAN

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of the date that the Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval, but Awards granted prior to such tenth anniversary may extend beyond that date.

ARTICLE XVIII

NAME OF PLAN

The Plan shall be known as the “loanDepot 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

A-28

Exhibit 10.9

loanDepot.com, LLC

2015 INCENTIVE EQUITY PLAN

1. Purpose of Plan. This 2015 Incentive Equity Plan (the “Plan”) of loanDepot.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), adopted by the Board of the Company on December 31, 2015, for employees, managers, consultants and advisers (including, without limitation, Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which will hold Class V Common Units on behalf of certain employees, managers, consultants and advisers of the Company and its Subsidiaries) of the Company and its Subsidiaries, is intended to advance the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries by providing those Persons who have a substantial responsibility for their management and growth with additional incentives by allowing such Persons to acquire an equity interest in the Company and thereby encouraging them to contribute to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and, in the case of employees, to remain in their employ. The availability and offering of Class V Common Units under the Plan also is intended to increase the Company and its Subsidiaries’ ability to attract and retain individuals of exceptional managerial talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth, and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries depends. The Plan is intended to be a compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act and, unless and until the Class V Common Units are publicly traded, the issuance of Class V Common Units pursuant to the Plan is intended to qualify for the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 701.

2. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or under common control with such Person.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Class V Common Units” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

Committee” means the committee of the Board which may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committee, if so created by the Board, shall be composed of three or more managers as appointed from time to time to serve by the Board, or such other number of managers as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Limited Liability Company Agreement” means the Company’s Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, among the Members of the Company set forth therein, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Members” means the members of the Company as set forth from time to time on the Schedule of Unitholders to the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

 

- 1 -


Participants” means present and future employees, managers, consultants or advisers of the Company or its Subsidiaries (including without limitation Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC), as such Persons may be selected in the sole discretion of the Committee.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Sponsor” means LD Investment Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means any Person of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, (A) a Person or Persons shall be deemed to own a majority ownership interest in such a business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of such business entity’s gains or losses, shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such business entity (other than a corporation), or shall be able to appoint a majority of the members of the board of managers of such entity; and (B) the term Subsidiary shall include all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary.

Units” has the meaning given to such term in the Limited Liability Company Agreement.

3. Class V Common Units.

(a) Grant or Sale of Class V Common Units. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant without consideration or to sell to any Participant any Class V Common Units at any time prior to the termination of this Plan in such quantity, at such price, on such terms and subject to such conditions that are consistent with this Plan and established by the Committee. Class V Common Units granted or sold under this Plan shall be subject to such terms and evidenced by agreements as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee (each a “Unit Grant Agreement”). The return threshold for such Class V Common Units will be specified in the applicable Unit Grant Agreement. Participants receiving grants or purchasing Class V Common Units pursuant to this Plan shall be required, as a condition to such grant or purchase, to become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement and any other agreement or arrangement as determined by the Committee.

(b) Limitation on Aggregate Number of Class V Common Units. The number of Class V Common Units which may be granted or sold under the Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 100,188,540.49; provided, that, to the extent any Class V Common Units (i) expire, (ii) are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner, or (iii) are repurchased by the Company or the Sponsor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, then in each case such Class V Common Units shall again be available for issuance and sale under the Plan.

 

- 2 -


4. Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that if for any reason the Committee shall not have been appointed by the Board, all authority and duties of the Committee under the Plan shall be vested in and exercised by the Board. The Committee shall have the power and authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and procedures governing the administration of this Plan, including, but not limited to the full power and authority (a) to interpret the terms of this Plan and (b) to determine the rights of any Person under this Plan, or the meaning of requirements imposed by the terms of this Plan or any rule or procedure established by the Committee or the Board. Each action of the Committee or the Board shall be binding on all Participants.

5. Taxes. The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold (or secure payment from any Participant in lieu of withholding) the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any amount payable and/or any Class V Common Units issuable under this Plan, and the Company may defer such payment or issuance unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

6. Rights of Participants. Nothing in this Plan or in any Unit Grant Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time (with or without cause), nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for any period of time or to continue his or her present (or any other) rate of compensation. No Person shall have a right to be selected as a Participant or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant.

7. Amendment, Suspension, and Termination of Plan. The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and may amend it from time to time in such respects as the Board or the Committee may deem advisable; provided, that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Members of the Company to the extent such approval is required by law or agreement, and no such amendment, suspension, or termination shall impair the rights of Participants under outstanding Unit Grant Agreements without the consent of the Participants affected thereby, except to the extent provided for in any such Unit Grant Agreement. No Class V Common Units shall be issued hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plan.

8. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee, the members of the Board and the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Class V Common Units issued hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding; provided, that any such Board or Committee member shall be entitled to the indemnification rights set forth in this Section 8 only if such Board or Committee member has acted in good faith and in a manner

 

- 3 -


that such Board or Committee member reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful, and further, provided, that upon the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding a Board or Committee member shall give the Company written notice thereof and an opportunity, at the Company’s own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Board or Committee member undertakes to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding on his own behalf.

*    *    *    *    *

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 10.10

loanDepot.com, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

June 1, 2015

Mr. John C. Dorman

Re: Superseding Offer

Dear John:

Reference is hereby made to the Director Offer Letter (the “Ineffective Offer Letter”), dated April 8, 2015, by and between you and loanDepot.com, LLC (the “Company’’). The Ineffective Offer Letter by its express terms was subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Board”). Because such approval was not made by a written consent or a meeting of the Company Board, the Ineffective Offer Letter did not become effective. Due to a scrivener’s error in the Ineffective Offer Letter, the Company and you now wish to supersede, amend and restate the terms of the Ineffective Offer Letter in their entirety as set forth below. This Superseding Offer Letter (this “Superseding Offer”) is effective for all purposes as of April 8, 2015 (the “Effective Date”).

 

Start Date and Term:    Commencing upon the Effective Date, you will act as an advisor to the Company in connection with an anticipated initial public offering by a Member or a parent of a Member of the Company (the “Offering”). In addition, it is anticipated that following such an offering you will serve as a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the offering entity (the “Reporting Entity”) until the annual meeting for the year in which your term expires or until your successor has been elected and qualified, subject however, to your prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.
Committees:    You acknowledge and agree that following the Offering you will be required to serve on one or more of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and/or Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, and that such committee assignments will be as agreed between you and the Reporting Entity, and that you will be compensated for service on any committee as provided herein.

 

- 1 -


Cash Compensation:    In consideration of your services as an advisor to the Company prior to the Offering, you will receive, commencing upon [May 11, 2015], a cash retainer equal to $50,000 on an annual basis, to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for the time prior to the Offering that you are engaged as an advisor to the Company. Following the Offering, you will receive a cash retainer equal to $50,000 on an annual basis in consideration of your services as a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity, to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity.
   It is anticipated that you will serve as Chair of the Audit Committee of the Reporting Entity following the Offering. You will receive as consideration for these services a $20,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain the Chair of the Audit Committee.
   If you serve on the Audit Committee but do not serve as Chair of the Audit Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $10,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain member of the Audit Committee.
   If you serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee of the Reporting Entity, you will receive as consideration for these services a $15,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain the Chair of the Compensation Committee.
   If you serve on the Compensation Committees but do not serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $7,500 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Compensation Committee.
   If you serve as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Reporting Entity, you will receive as consideration for these services a $10,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee.
   If you serve on the Governance and Nominating Committees but do not serve as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $5,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee.
   The amount of any cash retainer for any partial year will be based on the number of days of service in such year.

 

- 2 -


Equity Compensation Grants:    As consideration for your services prior to the Offering, you will receive a one-time grant of 759,992.158 Class X Common Units of the Company, to be subject to vesting and certain other restrictions as set forth in the Unit Grant Agreement, dated May 20, 2015, between you and the Company.
   In connection with the Offering, if you are then serving on the Board of the Reporting Entity, you will receive, as consideration for your service as a Director, a one-time equity grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate value of $100,000 (based on the offering price of the Reporting Entity’s common stock for the initial public offering), to be fully vested at the time of grant. This grant shall be made following the Offering in accordance with the Reporting Entity’s applicable compensation program.
   Following the Offering and to the extent you continue to serve on the Board of the Reporting Entity, you will receive, as consideration for your continuing service and in accordance with the Reporting Entity’s applicable compensation program, an annual equity grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate value on an annual basis (as measured from the date you last received the more recent of an annual equity grant or the one-time grant described in the paragraph immediately above) of $100,000 (based on the closing price of the Reporting Entity’s common stock on the grant date), to be fully vested at the time of grant and made following the Reporting Entity’s annual stockholder meeting.
Stock Ownership Guidelines:    It is anticipated that, in order to promote long-term alignment of Directors’ and stockholders’ interests, you may be required to hold a certain amount of common stock of the Reporting Entity. Any such amount will be determined by the Company Board (or if determined following the Offering, by the Board of the Reporting Entity), with your advice and participation.
Responsibilities:    As a Director of the Reporting Entity, your duties and responsibilities will be those reasonably and customarily associated with such position, including, without limitation, attendance at all regular and special meetings of the Board of the Reporting Entity and, if you are a member of a committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, attendance at all regular and special meetings of such committee.
Expenses:    The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with attending meetings of the Board of the Reporting Entity and, if you are a member of a committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, committee meetings.

 

- 3 -


Confidentiality:    As a condition of this Superseding Offer, you will be required to preserve the proprietary and confidential information of the Company and the Reporting Entity and their affiliates and you must comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and Reporting Entity, including entering into a nondisclosure agreement with each of the Company and the Reporting Entity.

This Superseding Offer to serve as an advisor to the Company and a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity shall be at the will of you and the Company and the Reporting Entity, as applicable, which means that this relationship can be terminated at any time by either party, or, upon the Offering, the Reporting Entity. You agree the Company and the Reporting Entity will have the right to mention your name and other customary information in press releases and other business documentation as appropriate.

To accept this Superseding Offer, please sign the acknowledgment at the end of this letter acknowledging and agreeing to the terms and conditions of your service as an advisor to the Company and a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 4 -


Please contact me with any questions regarding the foregoing.

 

Sincerely,
loanDepot.com, LLC
By:  

/s/ Anthony Hsieh

  Anthony Hsieh
  Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY:

/s/ John C. Dorman

John C. Dorman

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.11

loanDepot.com, LLC

26642 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

April 8, 2015

Ms. Dawn Lepore

Re: Offer

Dear Dawn:

We are very pleased to offer you a position as an advisor to loanDepot.com, LLC (the “Company”) and as a member of the Board of Directors of an affiliated entity as described below. This Offer Letter (this “Offer”) is effective for all purposes as of [May 11], 2015 (the “Effective Date”).

 

Start Date and Term:    Commencing upon the Effective Date, you will act as an advisor to the Company in connection with an anticipated initial public offering by a Member or a parent of a Member of the Company (the “Offering”). In addition, it is anticipated that following such an offering you will serve as a member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the offering entity (the “Reporting Entity”) until the annual meeting for the year in which your term expires or until your successor has been elected and qualified, subject however, to your prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.
Committees:    You acknowledge and agree that following the Offering you will be required to serve on one or more of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and/or Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, and that such committee assignments will be as agreed between you and the Reporting Entity, and that you will be compensated for service on any committee as provided herein.
Cash Compensation:    In consideration of your services as an advisor to the Company prior to the Offering, you will receive a cash retainer equal to $50,000 on an annual basis, to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for the time prior to the Offering that you are engaged as an advisor to the Company. Following the Offering, you will receive a cash retainer equal to $50,000 on an annual basis in consideration of your services as a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity, to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity.

 

- 1 -


  

If you serve as Chair of the Audit Committee of the Reporting Entity following the Offering, you will receive as consideration for these services a $20,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain the Chair of the Audit Committee.

 

If you serve on the Audit Committee but do not serve as Chair of the Audit Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $10,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain member of the Audit Committee.

 

If you serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee of the Reporting Entity, you will receive as consideration for these services a $15,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain the Chair of the Compensation Committee.

 

If you serve on the Compensation Committees but do not serve as Chair of the Compensation Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $7,500 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Compensation Committee.

 

If you serve as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Reporting Entity, you will receive as consideration for these services a $10,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee.

If you serve on the Governance and Nominating Committees but do not serve as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee, you will receive as consideration for these services a $5,000 annual cash retainer to be paid in arrears in equal quarterly installments for so long as you remain a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee.

 

The amount of any cash retainer for any partial year will be based on the number of days of service in such year.

Equity Compensation Grants:    As consideration for your services prior to the Offering, you will receive a one-time grant of 759,992.158 Class X Common Units of the Company, to be subject to vesting and certain other restrictions as set forth in the Unit Grant Agreement, dated May 20, 2015, between you and the Company.

 

- 2 -


  

In connection with the Offering, if you are then serving on the Board of the Reporting Entity, you will receive, as consideration for your service as a Director, a one-time equity grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate value of $100,000 (based on the offering price of the Reporting Entity’s common stock for the initial public offering), to be fully vested at the time of grant. This grant shall be made following the Offering in accordance with the Reporting Entity’s applicable compensation program.

 

Following the Offering and to the extent you continue to serve on the Board of the Reporting Entity, you will receive, as consideration for your continuing service and in accordance with the Reporting Entity’s applicable compensation program, an annual equity grant of restricted stock units with an aggregate value on an annual basis (as measured from the date you last received the more recent of an annual equity grant or the one-time grant described in the paragraph immediately above) of $100,000 (based on the closing price of the Reporting Entity’s common stock on the grant date), to be fully vested at the time of grant and made following the Reporting Entity’s annual stockholder meeting.

Stock Ownership Guidelines:    It is anticipated that, in order to promote long-term alignment of Directors’ and stockholders’ interests, you may be required to hold a certain amount of common stock of the Reporting Entity. Any such amount will be determined by the Company Board (or if determined following the Offering, by the Board of the Reporting Entity), with your advice and participation.
Responsibilities:    As a Director of the Reporting Entity, your duties and responsibilities will be those reasonably and customarily associated with such position, including, without limitation, attendance at all regular and special meetings of the Board of the Reporting Entity and, if you are a member of a committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, attendance at all regular and special meetings of such committee.
Expenses:    The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with attending meetings of the Board of the Reporting Entity and, if you are a member of a committee of the Board of the Reporting Entity, committee meetings.
Confidentiality:    As a condition of this Offer, you will be required to preserve the proprietary and confidential information of the Company and the Reporting Entity and their affiliates and you must comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and Reporting Entity, including entering into a nondisclosure agreement with each of the Company and the Reporting Entity.

 

- 3 -


This Offer to serve as an advisor to the Company and a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity shall be at the will of you and the Company and the Reporting Entity, as applicable, which means that this relationship can be terminated at any time by either party, or, upon the Offering, the Reporting Entity. You agree the Company and the Reporting Entity will have the right to mention your name and other customary information in press releases and other business documentation as appropriate.

To accept this Offer, please sign the acknowledgment at the end of this letter acknowledging and agreeing to the terms and conditions of your service as an advisor to the Company and a member of the Board of the Reporting Entity.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

- 4 -


Please contact me with any questions regarding the foregoing.

 

Sincerely,
loanDepot.com, LLC
By:  

/s/ Anthony Hsieh

  Anthony Hsieh
  Chief Executive Officer and Director

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY:

 

/s/ Dawn Lepore

Dawn Lepore

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

LD HOLDINGS GROUP LLC

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Dated as of __________ __, 2021

THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS, OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

CERTAIN OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN AND/OR IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT(S) MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     14  

2.1

     Formation of the Company      14  

2.2

     Limited Liability Company Agreement      14  

2.3

     Name      14  

2.4

     Purpose      14  

2.5

     Principal Office; Registered Office      14  

2.6

     Term      15  

2.7

     No State-Law Partnership      15  

ARTICLE III CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     15  

3.1

     Unitholders      15  

3.2

     Negative Capital Accounts      18  

3.3

     No Withdrawal      18  

3.4

     Loans From Unitholders      18  

3.5

     Distributions In-Kind      19  

3.6

     Transfer of Capital Accounts      19  

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND REDEMPTIONS

     19  

4.1

     Distributions      19  

4.2

     Allocations      21  

4.3

     Special Allocations      21  

4.4

     Offsetting Allocations      22  

4.5

     Tax Allocations      22  

4.6

     Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder      23  

4.7

     Compensation of a Unitholder for Services      24  

ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT

     24  

5.1

     Authority of Board      24  

5.2

     Composition of the Board      25  

5.3

     Board Actions; Meetings      25  

5.4

     Delegation of Authority      26  

5.5

     Purchase of Units      26  

5.6

     Limitation of Liability      26  

5.7

     Officers      27  

ARTICLE VI RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF UNITHOLDERS AND MEMBERS

     27  

 

-i-


6.1

     Limitation of Liability      27  

6.2

     Lack of Authority      28  

6.3

     No Right of Partition      28  

6.4

     Indemnification      28  

6.5

     Members Right to Act      32  

6.6

     Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest      33  

6.7

     Interested Transactions      34  

6.8

     Confidentiality      34  

ARTICLE VII BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

     34  

7.1

     Records and Accounting      34  

7.2

     Tax Reports      34  

7.3

     Transmission of Communications      35  

ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS

     35  

8.1

     Preparation of Tax Returns      35  

8.2

     Tax Elections      35  

8.3

     Tax Controversies      35  

ARTICLE IX TRANSFER OF UNITS

     36  

9.1

     Required Consent      36  

9.2

     Approved Sale      37  

9.3

     Effect of Assignment      38  

9.4

     Additional Restrictions on Transfer      39  

9.5

     Legend      39  

9.6

     Transfer Fees and Expenses      40  

9.7

     Void Transfers      40  

9.8

     Vesting, Forfeiture and Repurchase of Units      40  

9.9

     Exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock      41  

9.10

     Adjustment of Exchange Rate.      45  

9.11

     Class A Common Stock to be Delivered upon Exchange.      47  

9.12

     Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.      48  

9.13

     No Transfer of Class B Common Stock      49  

9.14

     Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to the Public Offering Entity      49  

ARTICLE X ADMISSION OF MEMBERS

     50  

10.1

     Substituted Members      50  

10.2

     Additional Members      50  

ARTICLE XI WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

     50  

11.1

     Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders      50  

 

-ii-


ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     50  

12.1

     Dissolution      50  

12.2

     Liquidation and Termination      51  

12.3

     Securityholders Agreement      51  

12.4

     Cancellation of Certificate      52  

12.5

     Reasonable Time for Winding Up      52  

12.6

     Return of Capital      52  

12.7

     Hart-Scott-Rodino      52  

ARTICLE XIII VALUATION

     52  

13.1

     Valuation of Subsidiary Securities      52  

13.2

     Valuation of Other Assets and Company Securities      53  

13.3

     Valuation of Other Securities      53  

ARTICLE XIV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     53  

14.1

     Power of Attorney      53  

14.2

     Amendments      53  

14.3

     Title to Company Assets      54  

14.4

     Successors and Assigns      54  

14.5

     Severability      54  

14.6

     Counterparts; Binding Agreement      54  

14.7

     Descriptive Headings; Interpretation      54  

14.8

     Applicable Law; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver      55  

14.9

     Addresses and Notices      55  

14.10

     Creditors      55  

14.11

     Waiver      55  

14.12

     Further Action      55  

14.13

     Entire Agreement      56  

14.14

     Opt-in to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code      56  

14.15

     Delivery by Facsimile or PDF      56  

14.16

     Survival      56  

14.17

     Tax and Other Advice      56  

14.18

     Acknowledgments      57  

 

-iii-


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Incremental Excess Tax Distributions

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES

Schedule of Unitholders

 

-v-


LD HOLDINGS GROUP LLC

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of __________ __, 2021, is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the Company and the Members.

RECITALS

A. The Members previously exchanged their equity interests of loanDepot.com, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“loanDepot.com”), for substantially equivalent equity interests of the Company.

B. Certain of the Members entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company on December 31, 2017 (the “Original Date”), which was amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to the terms of a Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated December 31, 2018, which was further amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to the terms of a certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of October 1, 2020 (the “Prior Agreement”).

C. The Company has recapitalized all of its Units into a single class of Class A Common Units of the Company.

D. In connection with the exchange of certain classes of equity for Class A Common Units of the Company pursuant to one or more Exchange Agreements, of even date herewith, by and between the holders thereof and the Company, the Members now desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety, and wish to set forth the rights, powers and interests of the Members with respect to the Company and their respective interests therein and to provide for the management of the business and operations of the Company, all as more fully set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meanings:

Additional Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means, with respect to any Person’s Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, the balance of such Person’s Capital Account (a) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6), and (b) increased for any amount such Person is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to Minimum Gain).

 

-1-


Affiliate” means, with respect to any particular Person, (a) any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such particular Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and (b) if such Person is a partnership, any partner thereof.

Agreement” means this Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended, restated, modified or waived from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Approved Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).

Assignee” means a Person to whom Units have been Transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, but who has not become a Member pursuant to Article X.

Assumed Tax Rate” means, for any Taxable Year, in each case as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith based on the information reasonably available to it, the greater of: (a) the highest marginal combined federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual Unitholder, or (b) the highest marginal combined federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to a corporation, taking into account, in each case, any available deduction against federal income for state and local taxes paid and the character of income generated. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the applicable state and local income tax rate shall be determined on a weighted average basis determined by reference to the amount of Company taxable income, gain, deduction or loss allocable to the Unitholders for such Taxable Year for purposes of all relevant state and local taxing jurisdictions.

Base Rate” means, on any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to a security, any Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company established pursuant to Section 5.2.

Book Value” means, with respect to any Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted, in the case of permitted adjustments (to the extent the Company makes such permitted adjustments), by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g) and (s).

 

-2-


Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in the State of California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.1(d).

Capital Contributions” means any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property that a Unitholder contributes (including any units of the Company that existed prior to the date hereof) with respect to any Unit pursuant to Section 3.1, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company for such Unitholder in connection with such contribution and net of any liabilities to which the assets contributed by such Unitholder are subject.

Cash Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

Cause” means, with respect to a Person’s employment with any Group Company, “Cause” as defined and set forth in such Person’s corresponding Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with such Group Company, or if no such definition is provided in such Person’s Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with such Group Company, then “Cause” will mean any of the following: (a) such Person’s failure to perform work or other employment duties to the standards required by such Group Company as determined in such Group Company’s sole discretion, which failure remains uncured (if capable of cure) for ten (10) Business Days following written notice thereof by such Group Company to such Person; provided, however, that no such cure period will apply if (i) such failure is not reasonably capable of cure without material cost or liability to such Group Company or (ii) such Group Company has previously provided such a notice to the effect that such Person is failing to perform or neglecting his or her duties (whether with respect to the same act or a different act); (b) such Person’s willful misconduct, failure to comply with such Group Company’s policies or gross insubordination, which act remains uncured (if capable of cure) for ten (10) Business Days following written notice thereof by such Group Company to such Person; provided, however, that no such cure period will apply if (i) such failure is not reasonably capable of cure without material cost or liability to such Group Company or (ii) such Group Company has previously provided such a notice to the effect that such Person is engaging in willful misconduct, failure to comply with such Group Company’s policies or gross insubordination (whether with respect to the same or a different act); (c) such Person’s engagement in any illegal act, substance abuse or any act or omission that has an adverse effect on such Group Company’s reputation or business operations, assets, prospects, properties, results of operation or financial condition, as reasonably determined by such Group Company; (d) such Person’s commission of an act involving personal dishonesty, fraud embezzlement or theft; (e) such Person’s disclosure of any Confidential Information or trade secrets of any Group Company; or (f) the charging of such Person with a felony involving moral turpitude.

Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Formation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

Certificated Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

-3-


Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events after the date hereof:

(a) any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto, excluding (i) a group of Persons which includes one or more Parthenon Stockholders or Hsieh Stockholders and/or one or more Affiliates thereof and (ii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Public Offering Entity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Public Offering Entity, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Public Offering Entity representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Public Offering Entity’s then outstanding Voting Securities;

(b) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Public Offering Entity with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the Voting Securities of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

(c) the adopting of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Public Offering Entity by the stockholders of the Public Offering Entity or an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity of all or substantially all of the Public Offering Entity’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Public Offering Entity of all or substantially all of the Public Offering Entity’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Public Offering Entity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) and clause (c) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Public Offering Entity immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Public Offering Entity immediately following such transaction or series of transactions. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, a rollover or exchange of securities of the Company held by a Person is not taken into account for purposes of determining whether a “Change of Control” has occurred.

Class A Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Class A Common Unit” means a unit representing a fractional part of the interest of a Unitholder in Distributions and the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Class A Common Units in this Agreement. Class A Common Units shall have one (1) vote per Class A Common Unit if such Class A Common Unit is held by the Public Offering Entity. All Class A Common Units not held by the Public Offering Entity shall have no voting rights.

 

-4-


Class A Unitholder” means any holder of Class A Common Units other than the Public Offering Entity.

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Class C Common Stock” means the Class C Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Public Offering Entity.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

Combined Unit” means, collectively, (i) a Class A Common Unit or other interest in the Company that may be issued by the Company in the future or for which a Class A Common Unit has been converted or exchanged, excluding in each case any unvested Class A Common Unit, and (ii) a share of Noneconomic Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, upon becoming vested, an unvested Class A Common Unit, or other interest in the Company that may be issued by the Company in the future or for which a Class A Common Unit has been converted or exchanged, shall become a Combined Unit.

Company” means LD Holdings Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto (whether by merger, conversion, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or otherwise).

Confidential Information” means confidential and proprietary information and trade secrets of any Group Company, including, but not limited to, confidential information of any Group Company regarding identifiable, specific and discrete business opportunities being pursued by any Group Company.

Core Business” is a business in which the Company engages in a material respect and any business in which a Group Company is actively contemplating, at a senior executive level, engaging in a material respect, in each case, at the time of determination.

Current Distribution” means any Distribution other than a Tax Distribution, including any Distributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), but excluding any Distributions made by reference to Section 4.1(b) under Sections 9.2 or 12.2, and, in each case, without double-counting any Distributions. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) no Liquidating Distribution or Tax Distribution shall be or be deemed to be a Current Distribution, and (ii) no Distributions made in contemplation of a Change of Control, or after a Change of Control is approved by the Board, shall be or be deemed to be Current Distributions.

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

-5-


DGCL” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, and any successor thereto. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the DGCL shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Direct Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(iv).

Director” means a current director on the Board, who, for purposes of the Delaware Act, will be deemed a “manager” (as defined in the Delaware Act) but will be subject to the rights, obligations, limitations and duties set forth in this Agreement.

Disability” has the meaning set forth in the applicable Person’s corresponding Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with any Group Company, or if no such definition is provided in such Person’s Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with any Group Company, then “Disability” means a permanent and total disability as determined under such Group Company’s long-term disability plan applicable to such Group Company’s employees, interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with all applicable laws, including laws regarding workers’ compensation, disability, and family and medical leave laws.

Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Unitholder, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption or repurchase; provided, that none of the following shall be a Distribution: (a) any redemption or repurchase by the Company of any securities of the Company in connection with the termination of employment of an employee of any Group Company or their Affiliates, and (b) any recapitalization, exchange or conversion of Units, or any subdivision (by unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units.

Employment Agreement” means any employment agreement entered into from time to time among any Group Company and one of their executives, as the same may be amended from time to time pursuant to its terms.

Equity Agreement” means any unit grant agreement, subscription agreement, securities purchase agreement, senior management agreement, Employment Agreement and any other agreement, document or instrument evidencing or effecting the issuance or other Transfer of any Equity Securities or otherwise governing the terms and conditions with respect to any Equity Securities, in each case as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

Equity Securities” means (a) units or other equity interests in the Company (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers, and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Board, including rights, powers, and/or duties different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of units and other equity interests in the Company), (b) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into units or other equity interests in the Company, and (c) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire units or other equity interests in the Company.

Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.

 

-6-


Excess Preferred Contribution Amount” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Excess Tax Distribution Amount” means the excess, if any, of: (a) the cumulative amount of Tax Distributions made to the Public Offering Entity pursuant to Section 4.1(a) for Taxable Years including or beginning on or after February 1, 2021 over (b) the Public Offering Entity’s cumulative federal, state and local income tax liability for all Taxable Years including or beginning on or after February 1, 2021.

Exchange” has meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(ii).

Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(ii).

Exchange Rate” means, at any time, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one (1) Combined Unit is entitled to be Exchanged at such time. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be one (1), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 9.10.

Expenses” means all reasonable costs, expenses, fees and charges, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include, without limitation, (a) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from, incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to, any Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (b) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on an Indemnified Person as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement (on a grossed up basis), and (c) any interest, assessments or other charges in respect of the foregoing.

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or equity interest, its fair market value determined according to Article XIII.

Family Group” means, as to any particular Person, (a) such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), (b) any trust or other estate planning vehicle controlled solely by such Person and created solely for the benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s spouse and/or descendants, and (c) with respect to Hsieh, the charitable entities identified by him from time to time; provided, that the portion of any gift, grant or bequest that purports to Transfer voting control of any of Hsieh’s Units shall require the prior approval of the Board, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

Fiscal Period” means any interim accounting period within a Taxable Year established by the Board and which is permitted or required by Code Section 706.

 

-7-


Fiscal Year” means the calendar year ending on December 31, or such other annual accounting period as may be established by the Board.

Forfeiture Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(g).

Good Reason” means, with respect to a Person’s employment with any Group Company, “Good Reason” as defined and set forth in such Person’s corresponding Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with such Group Company. If no such definition is provided in such Person’s Employment Agreement or other Equity Agreement with any Group Company, then no resignation or termination shall be deemed to be for “Good Reason” under this Agreement.

Governmental Entity” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.

Group Company” means the Company, the Public Offering Entity and their respective direct and indirect Subsidiaries.

Hsieh” means Anthony Hsieh.

Hsieh Stockholders” means, collectively, The JLSSAA Trust, established September 4, 2014, JLSA, LLC, Trilogy Mortgage Holdings, Inc., M6 LLC, M7 LLC and M8 LLC.

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976.

Incremental Excess Tax Distribution Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a).

Liabilities” means all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, judgments, orders, fines, penalties and other amounts payable in connection with, arising out of, in respect of or relating to or occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of any Proceeding, including, without limitation, amounts paid in whole or partial settlement of any Proceeding, all Expenses in complying with any judgment, order or decree issued or entered in connection with any Proceeding or any settlement agreement, stipulation or consent decree entered into or issued in settlement of any Proceeding, and any consequential damages resulting from any Proceeding or the settlement, judgment, or result thereof.

Liquidation Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2(b).

 

-8-


Liquidating Distribution” means any Distribution other than a Tax Distribution, excluding any Distributions pursuant to Section 4.1(b), but including any Distributions made by reference to Section 4.1(b) under Sections 9.2 or 12.2, and, in each case, without double-counting any Distributions. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) no Current Distribution or Tax Distribution shall be or be deemed to be a Liquidating Distribution, and (ii) Distributions made in contemplation of a Change of Control, or after a Change of Control is approved by the Board, shall be deemed to be Liquidating Distributions.

loanDepot.com” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Losses” means items of Company loss and deduction determined according to Section 3.1(e).

M6 LLC” means Trilogy Management Investors Six, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, holding Class A Common Units on behalf of certain members of management of a Group Company.

M7 LLC” means Trilogy Management Investors Seven, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, holding Class A Common Units on behalf of certain members of management of a Group Company.

M8 LLC” means Trilogy Management Investors Eight, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, holding Class A Common Units on behalf of certain members of management of a Group Company.

Management Investor” means (a) if an individual, any Person who acquires or is otherwise issued Equity Securities (including any Person who is a member of M6 LLC, M7 LLC or M8 LLC) while such Person is an employee of any Group Company (including Hsieh), or (b) if an entity, any Person that acquires or is otherwise issued Equity Securities while it is controlled by an employee (including Hsieh) or employees of any Group Company (including M6 LLC, M7 LLC or M8 LLC).

Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iv).

Mandatory Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iii).

Mandatory Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(b)(iii).

Marketable Securities” means securities that are, or within six (6) months after receipt thereof will be, freely transferable by the holder thereof.

Member” means each of the Persons listed on the Schedule of Unitholders attached hereto, and any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member; but only for so long as such Person continues to own Units.

Minimum Gain” means the partnership minimum gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

 

-9-


Noneconomic Stock” means Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock or any other interest in the Public Offering Entity that may be issued by the Public Offering Entity in the future or for which Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock has been converted or exchanged, excluding in each case any unvested Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock.

Notice” means Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43.

Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14.

Original Date” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Parthenon” means (a) any Parthenon Stockholder and (b) any investment fund managed by PCap Directors, LLC (or one of its Affiliates) that acquires Units.

Parthenon Stockholders” means, collectively, Parthenon Investors III, L.P., PCap Associates, Parthenon Capital Partners Fund, L.P., Parthenon Investors IV, L.P., Parthenon Capital Partners Fund II, L.P. and PCP Managers, L.P.

Partnership Representative” means the “partnership representative” of the Company for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules.

Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code, together with any guidance issued thereunder, successor provisions and any similar provisions of state or local tax laws.

pdf” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.15.

Permitted Transferee” means (a) with respect to any Person who is a Management Investor, a member of such Person’s (or the individuals controlling such Person, as applicable) Family Group; (b) with respect to any Person who is Parthenon, any of such Person’s Affiliates, and (c) in the case of transfers by Hsieh of up to an aggregate of [______] Class A Common Units to any Management Investor; provided, that in no event shall any Transfer be made to a competitor of any Group Company without the consent of the Board.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.

Preferred Contribution Amount” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Preferred Unit” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A.

Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, formal or informal hearing, inquiry or investigation, litigation, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed judicial, administrative or arbitration proceeding (including, without limitation, any such proceeding under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or any other federal law, state law, statute

 

-10-


or regulation), whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, in which such Indemnified Person was, is or will be, or is threatened to be, involved as a party or witness or otherwise involved, affected or injured (i) by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was a Representative of a Group Company, (ii) by reason of any actual or alleged action taken by such Indemnified Person or of any action on such Indemnified Person’s part while acting as Representative of a Group Company or (iii) by reason of the fact that such Indemnified Person is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Representative of another Person, whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

Profits” means items of Company income and gain determined according to Section 3.1(e).

Public Offering Entity” means loanDepot, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e).

Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any director, manager, officer and employee, controlling person, member, managing member, principal, fiduciary or other agent of such Person.

Restricted Business” means any business that, at the applicable time of determination, operates in any line of business that any Group Company is then actively conducting or in which it then actively proposes to conduct; provided, that, with respect to Hsieh, a business shall only constitute a Restricted Business to the extent that such business is a Core Business.

Restricted Period” means:

(a) in the case of a Management Investor (other than Hsieh, M6 LLC, M7 LLC or M8 LLC), for so long as such Management Investor is employed by any Group Company; provided, that such period may be extended pursuant to the terms of such Management Investor’s Equity Agreement;

(b) in the case of Hsieh, during the period that Hsieh remains a fiduciary of the Company by virtue of, among other things, his status as an executive, as an indirect and substantial owner of voting equity, and as a Director of the Company; provided, however, Hsieh’s Restricted Period may terminate earlier than his status as a fiduciary in the following circumstances: (i) if Hsieh’s employment with any Group Company is terminated without Cause or he leaves for Good Reason (as defined in his Employment Agreement), then his Restricted Period shall end one (1) year from the later of (A) the date of employment termination and (B) the date Hsieh resigns from the Board, or (ii) if Hsieh’s employment is otherwise terminated, then one (1) year from the delivery of a notice to the Company from Hsieh setting forth his intent to compete (which, if Hsieh also a Director at the time of delivering such notice, must include his resignation from the Board), but in no event (under either clauses (i) or (ii)) longer than three (3) years following the date of termination; and

 

-11-


(c) in the case of each of M6 LLC, M7 LLC or M8 LLC, for so long as such entity owns Class A Common Units.

Restricted Territory” means the geographic territory comprised of twenty-five (25) miles around each location at which any Group Company is then actively conducting business or in which it then actively proposes to conduct business.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Share Settlement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i).

SMRH” means Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 10.1.

Takeover Law” means any moratorium, control share acquisition, business combination, fair price or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to any Exchange or the transactions contemplated thereby.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, intangibles, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever, including any transferee liability and any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

 

-12-


Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Public Offering Entity, the Company and the Recipients party thereto (the “TRA Recipients”), as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Tax Returns” means any reports, filings, tax returns or other disclosures in any form or manner with respect to federal, state, local or foreign income.

Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for federal income tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 8.2.

Third Party” means any Person who is not a party to this Agreement, or an Affiliate of any party to this Agreement.

Transfer” means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest or other direct or indirect disposition or encumbrance of an interest (whether with or without consideration, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) or the acts thereof, but excluding conversions and redemptions of Units by the Company made in accordance with this Agreement. The terms “Transferee”, “Transferor”, “Transferred” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date hereof. Such term shall be deemed to include any future amendments to such regulations and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations.

Unit” means a unit in the Company representing a fractional part of the interests in any Profits, Losses, and Distributions and shall include Class A Common Units; provided, that any class, group or series of Units issued shall have the relative rights, powers and duties set forth in this Agreement.

Unitholder” means any owner of one or more Units as reflected on the Company’s books and records.

Unsatisfied Tax Distribution Entitlement” means, with respect to each Unitholder, the excess of (a) the cumulative amount of Tax Distributions to which such Unitholder has become entitled (whether or not actually distributed and whether or not funds are available therefor) pursuant to the first sentence of Section 4.1(a) for Taxable Years including or beginning on or after February 1, 2021 over (b) the cumulative amount of Tax Distributions made to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.1(a) for Taxable Years including or beginning on or after February 1, 2021.

Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Public Offering Entity which are entitled to vote generally in matters submitted for a vote of the Public Offering Entity’s stockholders or generally in the election of the Public Offering Entity’s Board of Directors.

 

-13-


Warehouse Facilities” means any funding arrangement pursuant to which one or more lenders, conduit or special purpose vehicles and other financial institutions provide the Company or one of its Subsidiaries debt financing to purchase, originate, sell, securitize, carry, service or maintain mortgage loans or other financial assets or servicing rights.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

2.1 Formation of the Company. The Company was formed as loanDepot Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on October 16, 2015, with the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and a Certificate of Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 2, 2017, to change the name of the Company to “LD Holdings Group LLC”.

2.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Members hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6, the rights, powers and obligations of the Unitholders with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, except where the Delaware Act provides that such rights, powers and obligations specified in the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect and such rights, powers and obligations are set forth in this Agreement, the Delaware Act; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Contractual Appraisal Rights”) and Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply or be incorporated into this Agreement (but with it being understood that this proviso shall not affect the obligations of the Company under Article VII). To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Unitholder are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Delaware Act, control.

2.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be “LD Holdings Group LLC”. The Board may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. Notification of any such change shall be given to all Unitholders. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Board.

2.4 Purpose. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company organized pursuant to the Delaware Act.

2.5 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Board may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Board deems advisable. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

 

-14-


2.6 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until termination and dissolution thereof in accordance with the provisions of Article XII.

2.7 No State-Law Partnership. The Unitholders intend that the Company not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Unitholder be a partner or joint venturer of any other Unitholder by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Unitholder relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. The Unitholders intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and that each Unitholder and the Company shall file all Tax returns and shall otherwise take all Tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 Unitholders.

(a) Capital Contributions; Schedule of Unitholders. Each Unitholder named on the Schedule of Unitholders attached hereto has made Capital Contributions to the Company as set forth on the Schedule of Unitholders in exchange for the Units specified thereon. Any reference in this Agreement to the Schedule of Unitholders shall be deemed a reference to the Schedule of Unitholders as amended and in effect from time to time. The Company may (but need not) issue certificates representing the Units (such Units then being “Certificated Units”). The Company may issue fractional Units. The ownership by a Member of Units shall entitle such Member to allocations of Profits and Losses and Distributions of cash and other property as set forth in Article IV.

(b) Issuance of Additional Units. The Board shall have the right, subject to approval of the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity, to authorize and cause the Company to create and/or issue additional Units or other Equity Securities, in which event, the Board shall have the power to amend this Agreement and/or the Schedule of Unitholders to reflect such additional issuances and dilution and to make any such other amendments as it deems necessary or desirable to reflect such additional issuances (including amending this Agreement to create and authorize a new class, group or series of Equity Securities and to add the terms of such new class, group or series, including economic and governance rights which may be different from, senior to or more favorable than the other existing Equity Securities), in each case without the approval or consent of any other Person, other than the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity. Any Person who acquires Equity Securities may be admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to the terms of Section 10.2. In connection with any issuance of Equity Securities, the Person who acquires such Equity Securities shall execute a counterpart or acceptable joinder to this Agreement, accepting and agreeing to be bound by all terms and conditions hereof, and shall enter into such Equity Agreements and other documents, instruments and agreements to effect such purchase as are required by the Board. Each Person who acquires Equity Securities shall, in exchange for such Equity Securities, make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

-15-


(c) Certain Representations and Warranties by Unitholders. By executing this Agreement (or, after the date hereof, any counterpart or joinder to this Agreement) and in connection with the issuance of Equity Securities to such Unitholder, each Unitholder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(i) Such Unitholder has, in the case of an entity, all of the necessary corporate or other entity power and authority, or, in the case of an individual, the legal capacity, to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed by such Unitholder, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(ii) The Equity Securities being acquired by such Unitholder pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise will be acquired for such Unitholder’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, and such Equity Securities will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

(iii) Such Unitholder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and/or such Unitholder has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and business matters as to enable such Member to evaluate the merits and risks of such Unitholder’s investment in the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

(iv) Such Unitholder has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of such Equity Securities and has had full access to such other information concerning any Group Company as he, she or it has requested.

(v) Such Unitholder is able to bear the economic risk of his, her or its investment in the Equity Securities for an indefinite period of time because the Equity Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and are subject to substantial restrictions on Transfer set forth herein and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available and in compliance with such restrictions on Transfer.

(vi) Such Unitholder has received and carefully read a copy of this Agreement. This Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby to be executed by such Unitholder (including any Equity Agreement) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Unitholder, enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles), and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and such other agreements do

 

-16-


not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which such Unitholder is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which such Unitholder is subject or create any conflict of interest with any Group Company, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any of their present or former customers or other business relations.

(vii) Such Unitholder is a resident of the state, or has its principal place of business in the state, set forth under his, her or its name on the Schedule of Unitholders.

(viii) Such Unitholder has not committed any act, or been the subject of any claim, demand, action or proceeding that could threaten, impair or result in the revocation of any Group Company’s state mortgage lending licenses (or those of any of its Subsidiaries).

(ix) Such Unitholder has been given the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel regarding his, her or its rights and obligations under this Agreement and has consulted with such independent legal counsel regarding the foregoing (or, after carefully reviewing this Agreement, has freely decided not to consult with independent legal counsel), fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and therein and intends for such terms to be binding upon and enforceable against him, her or it.

(d) Maintenance of Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Unitholder according to the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). In accordance with such Treasury Regulations, the Capital Account of each Unitholder shall equal, as of the date hereof, the Capital Contributions made by such Unitholder as of the date hereof as reflected on the Schedule of Unitholders. For this purpose, the Company may, in the Board’s discretion, upon the occurrence of the events specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), increase or decrease the Capital Accounts in accordance with the rules of such regulation and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect a revaluation of Company property and shall adjust them as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s).

Without limiting the foregoing, each Unitholder’s Capital Account shall be adjusted:

(i) by adding any additional Capital Contributions made by such Unitholder in consideration for the issuance of Units;

(ii) by deducting any amounts paid to such Unitholder in connection with the redemption or other repurchase by the Company of Units;

(iii) by adding Profits allocated in favor of such Unitholder and subtracting any Losses of deduction and allocated in favor of such Unitholder; and

(iv) by deducting any Distributions paid in cash or other assets to such Unitholder by the Company.

 

-17-


(e) Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of Company income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to Article IV and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided, that:

(i) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income tax purposes.

(ii) If the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) or (s), then the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property.

(iii) Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

(iv) Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

(v) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

(vi) Items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be excluded.

3.2 Negative Capital Accounts. No Unitholder shall be required to pay to any other Unitholder or the Company any deficit or negative balance that may exist from time to time in such Unitholder’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company).

3.3 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

3.4 Loans From Unitholders. Loans by Unitholders to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If (with the consent of the Board) any Unitholder loans funds to the Company, then the making of such loan shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Unitholder. The amount of any such loan shall be a debt of the Company to such Unitholder and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loan is made.

 

-18-


3.5 Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a Distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 4.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value and any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Sections 4.2 through 4.4. Any Distribution of property-in kind shall be made to each Member in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unitholder, as determined by the Board in good faith.

3.6 Transfer of Capital Accounts. The original Capital Account established for each Substituted Member shall be in the same amount as the Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Substituted Member succeeds, at the time such Substituted Member is admitted to the Company. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the Company shall be increased or decreased by means of the Transfer to it of all or part of the Units of another Member shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution to a Member that has succeeded any other Member shall include any Capital Contributions or Distributions previously made by or to the former Member on account of the Units of such former Member transferred to such Member.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS, ALLOCATIONS AND REDEMPTIONS

4.1 Distributions.

(a) Tax Distributions. So long as the Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, to the extent that funds of the Company are or may be available for distribution by the Company without violation of applicable law or Warehouse Facilities to which the Company is subject, in each Taxable Year, the Board shall cause the Company to make Distributions to each Unitholder in an amount of cash (each, a “Tax Distribution”) that equals (x) + (y), where (x) equals (i) the amount of taxable income allocable by the Company to such Unitholder in respect of such Taxable Year (excluding the effects of any adjustments under Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code), and net of taxable losses allocated by the Company to the Unitholder in respect of prior Taxable Years beginning on or after February 1, 2021 and not previously taken into account under this clause to the extent that such loss would be available under the Code to offset income of the Unitholder (or, as appropriate, the direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders of the Unitholder) determined as if income and loss from the Company was the only income and loss of the Unitholder (or, as appropriate, the direct or indirect partners, members or shareholders of the Unitholders) in such Taxable Year and all prior Taxable Years beginning on or after February 1, 2021), multiplied by (ii) the applicable Assumed Tax Rate, and (y) equals the Unsatisfied Tax Distribution Entitlement with respect to the Unitholder determined as of the end of the immediately preceding Taxable Year (for the avoidance of doubt, the value of (y) may be negative if the Tax Distributions in an earlier year exceeded the amount described in (x) for such earlier year). The Tax Distributions required to be made pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made at least quarterly and shall be made no later than April 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Board. The portion

 

-19-


of the Tax Distributions for a Taxable Year paid out to a Unitholder on any Tax Distribution payment date shall be a portion of the total Tax Distributions for such Taxable Year that is at least equal to such Unitholder’s next estimated income tax payment required solely as a result of such Unitholder’s ownership of Units. For the avoidance of doubt, following the filing of the Company’s Schedule K-1 for a Taxable Year, each Unitholder’s Unsatisfied Tax Distribution Entitlement (including for the year with respect to which the Schedule K-1 was filed) shall be revised to reflect the difference, if any, between the cumulative amount of Tax Distributions actually made to such Unitholder for the Taxable Year to which such Schedule K-1 relates and the amount described in the first sentence of this Section 4.1(a) for such year. To the extent that a Unitholder otherwise would be entitled to receive less than its pro rata share (based on the number of Class A Common Units held by such Unitholder) of the aggregate Tax Distributions to be paid pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) on any given date, the Tax Distributions to such Member shall be increased to ensure that all Distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) are made pro rata to the Unitholders in accordance with the Unitholders’ respective pro rata share of the total Tax Distributions paid (based on the number of Class A Common Units held by each Unitholder). For any Taxable Year with respect to which the amount of Tax Distributions payable to the Public Offering Entity pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) results in an increase to the Excess Tax Distribution Amount, the amount of such increase (the “Incremental Excess Tax Distribution Amount”) shall be treated in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto.

(b) Other Distributions. Subject to Section 4.1(a), the Board may (but shall not be obligated to), with the consent of the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity, cause the Company to make Current Distributions or Liquidating Distributions at any time or from time to time. Each Current Distribution and Liquidating Distribution shall be made to the holders of Class A Common Units (ratably among such holders based on the number of such Units held by each such holder immediately prior to the Distribution). For the avoidance of doubt, (X) Current Distributions and Liquidating Distributions under this Section 4.1(b) shall exclude any fees or remuneration paid to any holder pursuant to Employment Agreements or otherwise in the form of compensation to a provider of services to a Group Company; and (Y) if property (i.e., other than cash, cash equivalents or Marketable Securities) is distributed or paid subject to contingencies or restrictions that affect its Fair Market Value (e.g., non-publicly traded stock, publicly traded stock subject to long term restrictions or limitations or a right to receive future consideration pursuant to an earn out), then such distribution or payment shall not be considered a Current Distribution or Liquidating Distribution under this Section 4.1(b) until the (1) earlier of the date such Distributed property is first sold by such holder in a bona fide Third Party transaction for cash, cash equivalents or Marketable Securities (and such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of such time), (2) the date such contingencies or restrictions lapse and such property is immediately saleable for cash, or (3) the date determined by the Board.

(c) Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.1, neither the Company nor the Board shall be obligated to make any Distribution if Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act (or, if such Delaware Act is amended, any successor provision) prevents the Company from making such Distribution.

 

-20-


4.2 Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 4.3 and 4.5, Profits and Losses for each Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Unitholders in proportion to the number of Units held by each such Unitholder. For purposes of allocating all Profits and Losses, pursuant to this Section 4.2 (and any allocations made pursuant to Sections 4.3 and 4.4, to the extent applicable), all outstanding Class A Common Units shall be treated as vested; provided, that in the event that a Unitholder’s unvested Class A Common Units are forfeited or repurchased, Forfeiture Allocations as described in Section 4.3(g) will be made.

4.3 Special Allocations. The following special allocations shall be applied prior to any allocations under Section 4.2.

(a) Unitholder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain Chargeback. Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), then Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Unitholders in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4). This Section 4.3(a) is intended to be a “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback” provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(b) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, then each Unitholder shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.3(b) is intended to be a Minimum Gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(c) Qualified Income Offset. If any Unitholder that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has a negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Sections 4.3(a) and 4.3(b) but before the application of any other provision of this Article IV, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Unitholder in proportion to, and to the extent of, such negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance. This Section 4.3(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated among the Unitholders in proportion to the number of Units held by each Unitholder.

(e) Regulatory Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a) through 4.3(d) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Unitholders intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Company or make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction, and loss shall be

 

-21-


reallocated among the Unitholders so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Unitholders to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Unitholders anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Unitholders so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Unitholder is zero. In addition, if in any Taxable Year or portion thereof there is a decrease in partnership Minimum Gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt Minimum Gain, and application of the Minimum Gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 4.3(a) or Section 4.3(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Unitholders, then the Unitholders may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service to waive either or both of such Minimum Gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, then this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such Minimum Gain chargeback requirement.

(f) Company Loss Allocations. Company Losses shall not be allocated to a Member if such allocation of Losses would cause the Member to have a negative Adjusted Capital Account Balance. Company Losses that cannot be allocated to a Member shall be allocated to the other Members; provided, however, that if no Member may be allocated Company Losses due to the limitations of this Section 4.3(f), then Company Losses shall be allocated to all Members in accordance with their respective outstanding Units.

(g) Forfeiture Allocations. The parties hereto acknowledge that allocations like those described in Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) (“Forfeiture Allocations”) may result from the allocations of Profits provided for in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Board is entitled to make Forfeiture Allocations and, once required by applicable final or temporary guidance, allocations of Profits and Losses will be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) or any successor provision or guidance or any applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance with respect to safe harbor elections.

4.4 Offsetting Allocations. If, and to the extent that, any Member is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, deduction or loss as a result of any transaction between such Member and the Company pursuant to Sections 83, 482, 483, 1272-1274 or 7872 of the Code or any similar provision now or hereafter in effect, then the Board shall use its reasonable best efforts to allocate any corresponding Profits or Losses to the Member who recognizes such item in order to reflect the Members’ economic interest in the Company.

4.5 Tax Allocations.

(a) Allocations Generally. The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company will be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Unitholders in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the Unitholders for computing their Capital Accounts; provided, that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Unitholders so as to reflect as

 

-22-


nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts. The Company shall, to the extent necessary, effect the “corrective allocations” described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(4), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith.

(b) Code Section 704(c) Allocations. Items of Company taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall be allocated among the Unitholders in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to Company for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value. In addition, if the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e), (f) or (s), then subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c). The Company shall determine all allocations pursuant to this Section 4.5(b) using a method that is reasonable under Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b).

(c) Allocation of Tax Credits, Tax Credit Recapture, Etc. Allocations of Tax credits, Tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Unitholders according to their interests in such items as determined by the Board taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

(d) Allocation of Certain Tax Items. Profits and Losses described in Section 3.1(e)(v) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

(e) Effect of Allocations. Allocations pursuant to Section 4.5(b) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local Taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Unitholder’s Capital Account or share of Profits and Losses, Distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

4.6 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1, if the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Unitholder or a Unitholder’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state personal property taxes, and state unincorporated business taxes), then such Unitholder shall indemnify and contribute to the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses); provided, however, that this Section 4.6 shall not apply to any such Taxes relating to amounts paid or payable by the Company with respect to compensation of or benefits provided to individuals who are Unitholders on the date hereof in connection with their employment by any Group Company. The Board may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 4.6. A Unitholder’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to the Company under this Section 4.6 shall survive the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 4.6, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Unitholder under this Section 4.6, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percent (3%) per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Period.

 

-23-


4.7 Compensation of a Unitholder for Services. If and to the extent that an individual who is a Unitholder as of the date hereof is treated or required to be treated as a partner for a Tax purpose with respect to compensation or benefits paid or payable or provided or required to be provided by the Company to or on behalf of a Unitholder (including salary, bonuses, health and welfare benefits, and other perquisites), then the Company shall pay (or allocate and make corresponding Distributions) to such Unitholder such that he or she is in the same after-Tax position as would have applied if such Unitholder were treated as an employee for such Tax purpose (and the other provisions of this Agreement regarding Distributions and allocations shall be applied after taking such payments (or allocations and corresponding Distributions) into account without increasing or decreasing the Distributions and allocations to which such holders would be entitled under this Agreement without regard to such compensation and benefits).

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT

5.1 Authority of Board.

(a) Sole Authority. Except for situations in which the approval of one or more of the Members is expressly and specifically required by the terms of this Agreement, (i) the Board shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Company (including all decisions relating to the issuance of additional Equity Securities and the voting and sale of, and the exercise of other rights with respect to, the equity securities of its Subsidiaries), (ii) all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Board, and (iii) the Board shall have the sole power to bind or take any action on behalf of the Company, or to exercise any rights and powers (including the rights and powers to take certain actions, give or withhold certain consents or approvals, or make certain determinations, opinions, judgments, or other decisions) granted to the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument, or other document to which the Company is a party.

(b) Certain Actions. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(i) except as contemplated by Section 9.2, the Board shall have sole discretion and right to enter into any agreement regarding, and have sole authority to approve on behalf of the Company and each of the Members, a Change of Control or any merger, consolidation or other transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ii) the Board shall have the right to determine the timing and amount of any equity investment in the Company and to effect amendments to this Agreement in order to effectuate such equity investments.

 

-24-


5.2 Composition of the Board.

(a) Number and Appointment. The Board shall initially consist of a number of Directors equal to the number of members of the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity, who shall be designated by the Public Offering Entity from time to time in its sole discretion.

(b) Term. Each Director appointed shall serve until a successor is appointed in accordance with the terms hereof or his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Any Director will be removed from the Board, with or without Cause, at the written request of the Public Offering Entity and under no other circumstances. A Director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Company. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

(c) Vacancies. A vacancy in the Board because of resignation, death or removal of a Director will be filled by the Public Offering Entity pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.2. If the Persons entitled to fill a Board vacancy pursuant to this Section 5.2 fail to appoint a Director pursuant to the terms of this Section 5.2, then such position in the Board shall remain vacant until such Persons exercise their right to appoint a Director as provided hereunder. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by the Board.

(d) Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by each Director incurred in the course of their service hereunder, including in connection with attending regular and special meetings of the Board or any committee thereof.

(e) Compensation. Except as approved by the Board, no Director shall receive any compensation for serving in such capacity.

5.3 Board Actions; Meetings. Unless another percentage is set forth herein or required by applicable law, any determination or action required to be taken by the Board shall be taken by a majority of the Directors then in office (through meetings of the Board or written consents pursuant to this Section 5.3). A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum sufficient for conducting meetings and making decisions; provided, that in furtherance of the foregoing, all Directors shall work in good faith to make themselves available to attend meetings or to designate a proxy for such meetings in accordance with this Section 5.3. Regular meetings of the Board may be held on such date and at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called from time to time by any Director. Notice of each special meeting of the Board stating the date, place and time of such meeting shall be given to each Director by hand, telephone, telecopy, overnight courier, e-mail or the U.S. mail at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to any meeting of the Board. Notice may be waived before or after a meeting or by attendance without protest at such meeting. Any action to be taken by the Board may be taken at a meeting of the Board or by a written consent executed by the Directors having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting. Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board by means of telephone conference or similar communications equipment by which all Persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting. Any Director unable to attend a meeting of the Board may designate another Director as his or her proxy. The Board may adopt such other procedures governing meetings and the conduct of business at such meetings as it shall deem appropriate.

 

-25-


5.4 Delegation of Authority. The Board may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons (including any Member and including through the creation and establishment of one or more other committees) such authority and duties as the Board may deem advisable. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 5.4 may be revoked at any time by the Board.

5.5 Purchase of Units. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Board may cause the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire Units; provided, that this provision shall not in and of itself obligate any Unitholder to sell any Units to the Company. So long as any such Units are owned by the Company, such Units will not be considered outstanding for any purpose.

5.6 Limitation of Liability.

(a) Waiver of Liability. Except as otherwise provided herein, including as provided in Section 5.6(c), or in any agreement entered into by such Person and any Group Company and to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware Act, no present or former Director or officer nor any such Person’s Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives shall be liable to the Company or to any Member for any act or omission performed or omitted by such Person in his or her capacity as Director or officer; provided, that except as otherwise provided herein, such limitation of liability shall not apply to the extent that the act or omission was attributable to such Person’s willful misconduct or knowing violation of law as determined by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected). Each Director and officer shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts, including financial advisors, and any act of or failure to act by such Person in good faith reliance on such advice shall in no event subject such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates, employees, agents or representatives to liability to the Company or any Member.

(b) Board Discretion. Whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein the Board is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision or determination, the Board shall take such action or make such decision or determination in its sole discretion, unless another standard is expressly set forth herein or therein. Whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein the Board is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision or determination in its “sole discretion” or “discretion”, with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, each Director shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as such Director desires (including the interests of such Director’s Affiliates or employers as Unitholders).

(c) Fiduciary Duties. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Director, in their capacity as Director, shall owe substantially the same fiduciary duties to the Members of the Company as if the Company were a corporation organized under and subject to the DGCL, and such Director was a director under the DGCL and the Members were stockholders under the DGCL.

 

-26-


(d) Effect on Other Agreements. This Section 5.6 shall not in any way affect, limit or modify any Person’s liabilities or obligations under any Employment Agreement, consulting agreement, management services agreement, confidentiality agreement, noncompete agreement, nonsolicit agreement or any similar agreement with any Group Company.

5.7 Officers.

(a) Officers Generally. The Board may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business, including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as officers of the Company, with titles including but not limited to “chief executive officer”, “chairman”, “president”, “vice president”, “treasurer”, “secretary”, “assistant secretary”, “director” and “chief financial officer”, as and to the extent authorized by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the State of Delaware or Members. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Board may, from time to time, delegate to them; provided, that in the absence of an express delegation of authority and duties, such persons shall have the authority and duties normally associated with such offices in respect of corporations formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no officer shall have the authority to approve any actions of any Subsidiary of the Company that requires the approval of the Company in its capacity as a shareholder of such Subsidiary without the express authorization of the Board. The Board may assign titles to particular officers. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Board.

(b) Officer Resignation. Any officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Board or any Director. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Board in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contractual or employment rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Board.

ARTICLE VI

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF UNITHOLDERS AND MEMBERS

6.1 Limitation of Liability. Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Unitholder, Member or Director shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Unitholder or acting as a Member or Director of the Company. A Unitholder’s liability (in its capacity as such) for debts, liabilities and losses of the Company shall be limited to such Unitholder’s share of the Company’s assets; provided, that a Unitholder shall

 

-27-


be required to return to the Company any Distribution made to it in clear and manifest accounting or similar error. The immediately preceding sentence shall constitute a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as required by applicable law, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Unitholders, Members or Directors for liabilities of the Company.

6.2 Lack of Authority. No Unitholder or Member, in its capacity as such, has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company in any manner or way, to bind the Company, or do any act that would be (or could be construed as) binding on the Company, in any manner or way, or to make any expenditures on behalf of the Company, unless such specific authority has been expressly granted to and not revoked from such Member by the Board, and the Unitholders and Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Board of the powers conferred on it by law and this Agreement.

6.3 No Right of Partition. No Unitholder or Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any the Company property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company.

6.4 Indemnification.

(a) Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. Subject to Section 4.6, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Person (each, an “Indemnified Person”) to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), against all Expenses and Liabilities reasonably incurred or suffered by such Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates) in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding (other than any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, which shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 6.4(b)), or any claim, issue or matter therein, by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Unitholder or Member (including, without limitation, M6 LLC, M7 LLC and M8 LLC) or is or was serving as a Representative of any Group Company or is or was serving at the request of any Group Company as a Representative of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise (including, without limitation, M6 LLC, M7 LLC and M8 LLC) so long as such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnified Person has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnified Person has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 6.4. For the avoidance of doubt, “Indemnified Persons” shall include the current and former manager of each of M6 LLC, M7 LLC and M8 LLC.

 

-28-


(b) Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to Section 4.6, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), from and against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person or on such Indemnified Person’s behalf in connection with or as a consequence of any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, or any claim, issue or matter therein, if such Indemnified Person acted in good faith and in a manner he/she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed, to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Liabilities and Expenses shall be made under this Section 6.4(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Indemnified Person shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Indemnified Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification. For the avoidance of doubt, a finding, admission or stipulation that an Indemnified Person has acted with gross negligence or recklessness shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such Indemnified Person has failed to meet the standard or conduct required for indemnification in this Section 6.4(b).

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Without limiting the rights of any Indemnified Person under any other provision hereof, to the extent that (i) such Indemnified Person is a party to (or a participant in) any Proceeding, (ii) the Company is not permitted by applicable law to indemnify such Indemnified Person with respect to any claim brought in such Proceeding if such claim is asserted successfully against such Indemnified Person, and (iii) such Indemnified Person is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise (including, without limitation, settlement thereof), as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then the Company shall indemnify such Indemnified Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against all Liabilities and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person or on such Indemnified Person’s behalf, in connection with or as a consequence of each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 6.4(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by settlement, entry of a plea of nolo contendere or by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

(d) Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that an Indemnified Person is, by reason of such Indemnified Person’s status as a Representative of the Company or any of its Affiliates, a witness in any Proceeding to which such Indemnified Person is not a party, such Indemnified Person shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by him/her or on his/her behalf in connection therewith

 

 

-29-


(e) Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 6.4(a), 6.4(b) or 6.4(c), the Company shall indemnify each Indemnified Person to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if such Indemnified Person is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including, without limitation, a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), against all Liabilities and Expenses suffered or incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Proceeding: (i) to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the Delaware Act that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to, or replacement of, the Delaware Act (but, in the case of any such amendment or replacement, only to the extent that such amendment or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), and (ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to, or replacements of, the Delaware Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a limited liability may indemnify its officers, directors and managers.

(f) Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such Indemnified Person under any statute, insurance policy procured by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such Indemnified Person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which such Indemnified Person has consented);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such Indemnified Person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such Indemnified Person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or Section 954 of the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such Indemnified Person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), if such Indemnified Person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements to which such Indemnified Person has consented);

(iv) initiated by such Indemnified Person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such Indemnified Person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees (not by way of defense), unless (A) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding), (B) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (C) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement or applicable law, or (D) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

-30-


(v) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law in a final judgment from which there is no further right of appeal.

(g) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause such Indemnified Person to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), whether prior to, or after, final disposition of any Proceeding (including any appeal). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to such Indemnified Person’s ability to repay Expenses and without regard to such Indemnified Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including, without limitation, Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Each Indemnified Person shall undertake to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. To obtain indemnification, an Indemnified Person shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein documentation and information as is reasonably available to such Indemnified Person and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent such Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification, and shall request payment thereof. The Company shall (i) pay Expenses on behalf of such Indemnified Person, (ii) advance to such Indemnified Person funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expense, or (iii) reimburse such Indemnified Person for such Expenses.

(h) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 6.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, law, vote of the Board or otherwise. In addition, the Company hereby acknowledges that certain directors and officers affiliated with the Public Offering Entity may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Public Offering Entity or certain of its Affiliates (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the Indemnified Person are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the Indemnified Person are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the Indemnified Person in accordance with this Section 6.4 without regard to any rights the Indemnified Person may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnified Person with respect to any claim for which the Indemnified Person has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnified Person against the Company.

 

-31-


(i) Insurance. The Company may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect any Indemnified Person against any expense, liability or loss described in this Section 6.4 whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Indemnified Person against such Expense or Liability under the provisions of this Section 6.4.

(j) Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (including in this Section 6.4), any indemnity by the Company relating to the matters covered in this Section 6.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Unitholder (unless such Unitholder otherwise agrees in writing or is found in a final decision by a court of competent jurisdiction to have personal liability on account thereof) shall have personal liability on account thereof or shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to help satisfy such indemnity of the Company (except as expressly provided herein).

(k) Savings Clause. If this Section 6.4 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 6.4 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 6.4 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

6.5 Members Right to Act. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or by non-waivable provisions of the Delaware Act, the Unitholders shall not have any voting or consent rights under this Agreement or the Delaware Act with respect to the Units held by such Person, including with respect to any matters to be decided by the Company or any other governance matters described in this Agreement, and each Unitholder, by its acceptance of Units, expressly waives any consent or voting rights (except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement) or other rights to participate in the governance of the Company, whether such rights may be provided under the Delaware Act or otherwise. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or non-waivable provisions of the Delaware Act, on all matters (if any) submitted to the Members for a vote, the Public Offering Entity shall be entitled to one (1) vote per Class A Common Unit held by such holder, and all other holders of Class A Common Units shall be entitled to vote only to the extent described in this Agreement, including as described in Section 14.2. The actions by the Members permitted hereunder may be taken at a meeting called by the Board or by Members holding a majority of the Units entitled to vote or consent on the matter on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice to the other Members entitled to vote or consent thereon, which notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called. Each Member entitled to vote shall be allowed to participate in any such meeting of the Members by means of telephone. The actions taken by the Members entitled to vote or consent at any meeting (as opposed to by written consent), however called and noticed, shall be as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if (but not until), the Members entitled to vote or consent as to whom it was improperly held appears at such meeting without protest, or either before, at or after the meeting, signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The actions by the Members entitled to vote or consent may be taken by vote of the Members entitled to vote or consent at a meeting or by written consent (without a meeting and without a vote) so long as such consent is signed by the Members

 

-32-


having not less than the minimum number of Units that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the action so taken without a meeting shall be given to those Members entitled to vote or consent who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the Members shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the Members at a meeting thereof.

6.6 Investment Opportunities and Conflicts of Interest.

(a) The Public Offering Entity and its Affiliates (other than any Group Company) and each of their respective stockholders, directors, officers, controlling Persons, partners, members and employees (each, an “Investor”) may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to any Group Company. Neither the Company nor any Member or Unitholder shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any such Investor and the involvement by any Investor in such business ventures shall not constitute a conflict of interest by such Persons with respect to any Group Company or Unitholder.

(b) During the Restricted Period, each Management Investor shall bring all investment or business opportunities to the Company that such Person reasonably believes fit all of the following criteria: (i) are a Restricted Business or within any other active line of business of any Group Company and (ii) any Group Company would reasonably be expected to have an interest or expectancy in (i.e., the opportunity would further an established business policy or goal of any Group Company). During the Restricted Period, or such lesser period to the maximum extent provided by applicable law, no Management Investor shall, directly or indirectly, or on behalf of any other Person (whether directly or indirectly, as owner, principal, agent, stockholder, director, officer, manager, employee, partner, participant, or in any other capacity), in the Restricted Territory, engage in a Restricted Business or any other business relating to or competing with any business then actively conducted by any Group Company; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of not more than five percent (5%) of the securities of an entity traded on a national securities exchange or national trading market shall not constitute competition that is prohibited by this Section 6.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.6, no Management Investor shall be deemed to have violated this Section 6.6 by virtue of such Person’s ownership interest in, or participation in, entities disclosed in such Person’s Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at any time all Group Companies are no longer active in any particular business or any portion thereof (or, in the case of Hsieh, to the extent that such business no longer constitutes a Core Business), then this Section 6.6(b) shall, effective thirty (30) days following such time, no longer be applicable to any Management Investor with respect to such particular business or portion thereof that the Group Companies are no longer active in (but, for the avoidance of doubt, will still be bound by this provision with respect to any other business then actively conducted by any Group Company). The duties and obligations of a Management Investor provided by this Section 6.6(b) shall be strictly in addition to (and shall in no way limit or otherwise modify) any duties or obligations regarding non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, non-disparagement, business or investment opportunities or other similar duties or obligations applicable to such Management Investor and set forth in any Equity Agreement or Employment Agreement that is in effect as of the Original Date or any time thereafter.

 

-33-


6.7 Interested Transactions. The Board may cause any Group Company to enter into any contracts or transactions with the Investors, the other Members and their respective Affiliates as the Board may determine in its sole discretion and no member of the Board shall be deemed to have breached any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty or other duty to the Company, the Unitholders or any other Person with respect to any action or inaction in connection with or relating to any such transaction.

6.8 Confidentiality. Each Unitholder recognizes and acknowledges that it has and may in the future receive certain Confidential Information. Each Unitholder, on behalf of itself and, to the extent that such Unitholder would be responsible for the acts of the following Persons under principles of agency law, its directors, officers, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and members, agrees that it will not, during or after the term of this Agreement, whether directly or indirectly through an Affiliate or otherwise, disclose Confidential Information to any Person for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except (a) to authorized directors, officers, representatives, agents and employees of any Group Company and as otherwise may be proper in the course of performing such Unitholder’s obligations, or enforcing such Unitholder’s rights, under this Agreement and the agreements expressly contemplated hereby; or (b) as is required to be disclosed by order of a Governmental Entity, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by law, rule or regulation; provided, that to the extent permitted by law, the Unitholder required to make such disclosure shall provide to the Board prompt notice of such disclosure. For purposes of this Section 6.8, Confidential Information shall not include any information that was or has become generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by any Group Company to the public. Nothing in this Section 6.8 shall in any way limit or otherwise modify any confidentiality covenants entered into between any Unitholder and any Group Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.8, the Public Offering Entity may disclose any Confidential Information pursuant to any disclosure obligation under any applicable law or stock exchange rule with no obligation to provide written notice to the Company or any other Member to whom such Confidential Information relates.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

7.1 Records and Accounting. The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 7.2 or pursuant to applicable laws. All matters concerning (a) the determination of the relative amount of allocations and Distributions among the Unitholders pursuant to Article III and Article IV and (b) accounting procedures and determinations, and other determinations not specifically and expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement, shall be determined by the Board, whose determination shall be final and conclusive as to all of the Unitholders absent manifest error.

7.2 Tax Reports. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, to each Person who was a Unitholder at any time during such Fiscal Year all information necessary for the preparation of such Person’s United States federal and state income tax returns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, only holders of Class A Common Units who are not employed by, providing services to or otherwise partnered with any Person that is or is reasonably likely to become competitive with any Group Company shall be entitled to inspect, review, obtain or receive any information about the Group Companies under Section 18-305 of the Delaware Act, under this Agreement or otherwise, other than as set forth in this Section 7.2 and Section 8.2.

 

 

-34-


7.3 Transmission of Communications. Each Person that owns or controls Units on behalf of, or for the benefit of, another Person or Persons shall be responsible for conveying any report, notice or other communication received from the Company to such other Person or Persons.

ARTICLE VIII

TAX MATTERS

8.1 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Company shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax returns required to be filed by the Company.

8.2 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year unless the Board shall determine otherwise and, in any event, shall be as permitted or required by the Code. The Board shall determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code, except as otherwise provided herein. Each Unitholder will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to such election.

8.3 Tax Controversies.

(a) Any Member from time to time designated by the Board (with such Member’s consent) shall be the Partnership Representative, and shall be authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by Tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Company funds for professional services reasonably incurred in connection therewith. The Partnership Representative shall appoint a “designated individual” in accordance with the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 301.6223-1(b), as applicable. Each Unitholder agrees to cooperate with the Company and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Company with respect to the conduct of such proceedings. The Partnership Representative shall keep the Board informed on a current basis with respect to the status of all such examinations and proceedings, and the Partnership Representative as such shall not, without the prior approval of the Board, (i) commence any judicial proceeding (including a petition in the United States Tax Court or corresponding administrative body of a state, local or foreign jurisdiction), (ii) settle or consent to a final determination (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code and any corresponding state, local or foreign Tax law) with respect to Taxes, (iii) consent to an extension of, or waive, any statute of limitations for the assessment of any Tax, or (iv) take any other action binding on the Company or its Members that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or any Member or its constituents.

 

 

-35-


(b) Subject to Section 4.5 hereof, but notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) with respect to any “imputed underpayment” pertaining to the Company within the meaning of Section 6225 of the Code, the Partnership Representative shall make a timely election under Section 6226(a) of the Code, and (ii) each Unitholder shall be liable for and, promptly upon demand by the Partnership Representative, pay to the Company such Unitholder’s share of any imputed underpayment of tax imposed on Unitholders in their capacities as such and any interest and penalties relating thereto imposed on the Company as a result of any partnership adjustment or other proceeding with substantially similar effect under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules; for the avoidance of doubt, the immediately preceding clause (ii) applies only to U.S. federal income taxes and related interest and penalties imposed under the Partnership Tax Audit Rules and state and local income taxes and related interest and penalties imposed under state and local tax laws or regulations that conform to or operate in substantially the same manner as the Partnership Tax Audit Rules with respect to any imputed underpayment and related interest and penalties.

(c) Promptly following the written request of the Partnership Representative, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, reimburse and indemnify the Partnership Representative for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Partnership Representative in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding (i) with respect to the Tax liability of the Company and/or (ii) with respect to the Tax liability of the Unitholders in connection with the operations of the Company. The provisions of this Section 8.3 shall survive the termination of the Company or the termination of any Unitholder’s interest in the Company and shall remain binding on the Unitholders for as long a period of time as is necessary to resolve with the Internal Revenue Service (or similar state or local governmental authority) any and all matters regarding the taxation of the Company or the Unitholders.

ARTICLE IX

TRANSFER OF UNITS

9.1 Required Consent. No Unitholder shall Transfer (or offer or agree to Transfer) all or any part of any interest in any Equity Securities except in compliance with this Article IX and any other agreement binding upon such Unitholder that restricts the Transfer of Equity Securities (including any Equity Agreement and any underwriter lock-up agreement applicable to such Unitholder). In addition to complying with any other provisions regarding Transfer of Equity Securities set forth herein or in any applicable Equity Agreement, no Unitholder shall (directly or indirectly through a transfer of such Unitholder’s equity interests) Transfer (or offer or agree to Transfer) all or any part of any interest in any Equity Securities without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be withheld in the Board’s sole discretion; provided, that such Unitholder may Transfer Equity Securities (without the Board’s prior written consent, but subject to the other provisions of this Agreement or any applicable Equity Agreement) (i) pursuant to an Approved Sale, (ii) pursuant to any forfeiture or repurchase provisions set forth in any applicable Employment Agreement or Equity Agreement, (iii) pursuant to an Exchange effected pursuant to Section 9.9, or (iv) to such Unitholder’s Permitted Transferees so long as such Unitholder retains voting control of such Equity Securities; provided, however, that if such Unitholder Transfers any interests in any Units to a Permitted Transferee and such Person ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of such Unitholder, then such Person shall, upon ceasing to be a Permitted Transferee, Transfer such interest back to the Unitholder making such initial Transfer. M6 LLC, M7 LLC or M8 LLC shall each only hold Class A Common Units and shall each cause their respective members, and their respective members agree by joinder to this Agreement, to comply with the provisions of this Agreement, including the application of the following sentence

 

-36-


of this Section 9.1. If, at the time of a proposed Transfer of Equity Securities, property other than cash, cash equivalents or Marketable Securities has been distributed or paid subject to contingencies or restrictions that affect its Fair Market Value and such property is not considered a Distribution, then the Transferring Unitholder shall ensure that the Transferee will accept such Transferred Equity Securities subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement (and take all such further action as may be advisable in connection therewith). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, it shall be a condition precedent to any Transfer of any Class A Common Unit that constitutes a portion of a Combined Unit that, concurrently with such Transfer, such transferring Member shall also Transfer to the transferee a corresponding share of Noneconomic Stock. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed a Transfer by such Member of Units in violation of this Agreement (and a breach of this Agreement by such Member) and shall be null and void ab initio. The certificate of incorporation of the Public Offering Entity (as amended and in effect from time to time) shall govern the conversion of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, to Class A Common Stock, and a conversion pursuant to and in accordance with such certificate of incorporation of the Public Offering Entity shall not be considered a “Transfer” for purposes of this Agreement.

9.2 Approved Sale.

(a) General Approved Sale. Each Member and each Unitholder hereby agree that, if the Board approves a Change of Control (an “Approved Sale”), then each Member and each direct and indirect Unitholder shall be deemed to have voted for and provided any applicable consent to (and, if requested, to confirm such consent, whether at a meeting of Unitholders or in writing to), and in any event agrees to raise no objections against, and not otherwise impede or delay, such Approved Sale.

(b) Approved Sale Procedures. In furtherance of the foregoing, if the Approved Sale is structured as a (i) merger or consolidation, then each Member and Unitholder shall waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation, or (ii) sale of Units, then each Member and Unitholder shall agree to sell, and shall sell, all of his, her or its Units and rights to acquire Units (to the extent that such Units or rights to acquire Units are not automatically deemed cancelled in the event of an Approved Sale pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any applicable Equity Agreement) on the terms and conditions approved by the Board. Each Member and Unitholder shall take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale as requested by the Board (provided, that neither Hsieh nor Parthenon shall be required to execute any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, confidentiality or similar agreements), which may include a mandatory Exchange under Section 9.9(b). The obligations of any Member or Unitholder with respect to an Approved Sale are, except as provided in Section 9.2(c) below, subject to the condition that each Unitholder shall receive (or have the option to receive) the same form and mix of consideration and the same per Unit amount of consideration (taking into account the priorities, thresholds and limitations of each class of Units set forth herein) upon the consummation of such Approved Sale.

 

 

-37-


(c) Application of Proceeds. The proceeds of any such Change of Control received by the Unitholders, in their capacity as such (other than in respect of bona fide payments for services to be rendered on an arms-length basis (e.g., not involving consulting arrangements or non-compete payments)), shall be allocated among the Unitholders based upon the Units included in such Change of Control as if the proceeds of such Change of Control were paid pursuant to Section 4.1(b) in connection with a Distribution and the Units of the Unitholders included in such Change of Control were the only outstanding Units of the Company at the time of such Distribution.

(d) Purchaser Representative. If any Group Company enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), then each of the other Unitholders that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act shall, at the request of the Company, appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act) designated by the Company. If any such Unitholder so appoints a purchaser representative, then the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative. However, if any such Unitholder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, then such Unitholder shall appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Unitholder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

(e) No Grant of Dissenters Rights or Appraisal Rights. In no manner shall this Section 9.2 be construed to grant to any Member or Unitholder any dissenters rights or appraisal rights or give any Member or Unitholder any right to vote in any transaction structured as a merger or consolidation or otherwise (it being understood that the Members hereby expressly waive rights under Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Contractual Appraisal Rights”) and grant to the Board the sole right to approve or consent to a merger or consolidation of the Company without approval or consent of the Members or the Unitholders).

9.3 Effect of Assignment.

(a) Termination of Rights. Any Member who assigns any Units or other interest in the Company shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Units or other interest and shall no longer have any rights or privileges of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest, except as provided in Section 9.1; provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may, in the discretion of the Board, apportion any Tax Distribution made with respect to any assigned Unit or other interest in the Company between the assignor and assignee so as to reflect the manner in which the corresponding taxable income allocable with respect to such assigned Unit or other interest in the Company has been allocated as between the assignor Member and assignee Member.

(b) Deemed Agreement. Any Person who acquires in any manner whatsoever any Units or other interest in the Company, irrespective of whether such Person has accepted and adopted in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed by the acceptance of the benefits of the acquisition thereof to have agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement that any predecessor in such Units or other interest in the Company of such Person was subject to or by which such predecessor was bound.

 

-38-


9.4 Additional Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Execution of Counterpart. Except in connection with an Approved Sale or Exchanges made in accordance with Section 9.9, each Transferee of Units or other interests in the Company shall, as a condition prior to such Transfer, execute and deliver to the Company a counterpart or acceptable joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Transferee shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Notice. In connection with the Transfer of any Units, the holder of such Units will deliver written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Transfer or proposed Transfer.

(c) Legal Opinion. Except in connection with Transfers to Permitted Transferees or Exchanges made in accordance with Section 9.9, no Transfer of Units or any other interest in the Company may be made unless in the opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Board (which opinion may be waived by the Board), such Transfer would not violate any federal securities laws or any state or provincial securities or “blue sky” laws (including any investor suitability standards) applicable to the Company or the interest to be Transferred, or cause the Company to be required to register as an “Investment Company” under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Such opinion of counsel shall be delivered in writing to the Company prior to the date of the Transfer.

(d) No Avoidance of Provisions. No Unitholder shall directly or indirectly (i) permit the Transfer of all or any portion of the direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Unitholder or (ii) otherwise seek to avoid the provisions of this Agreement by issuing, or permitting the issuance of, any direct or indirect equity or beneficial interest in such Unitholder, in any such case in a manner that would fail to comply with this Article IX if such Unitholder had Transferred Units directly, unless such Unitholder first complies with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Code Section 7704 Safe Harbor. In order to permit the Company to qualify for the benefit of a “safe harbor” under Code Section 7704, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Transfer of any Unit or economic interest (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(d)) shall be permitted or recognized by the Company or the Board if and to the extent that such Transfer would cause the Company to have more than one hundred (100) partners (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), including the look-through rule in Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).

9.5 Legend. In the event that Certificated Units are issued, such Certificated Units will bear the following legend:

“THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“STATE ACTS”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR STATE ACTS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.

 

-39-


THE TRANSFER OF THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF ______, 2021, AS AMENDED, RESTATED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, GOVERNING THE ISSUER (THE “COMPANY”), AND BY AND AMONG CERTAIN INVESTORS (THE “LLC AGREEMENT”). THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, CERTAIN VESTING PROVISIONS, REPURCHASE OPTIONS, OFFSET RIGHTS AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE LLC AGREEMENT AND/OR A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER. A COPY OF SUCH CONDITIONS, REPURCHASE OPTIONS AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

If a Member holding Certificated Units delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Board (which opinion may be waived by the Board), that no subsequent Transfer of such Units will require registration under the Securities Act, then the Company will promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new Certificated Units that do not bear the portion of the restrictive legend relating to the Securities Act set forth in this Section 9.5.

9.6 Transfer Fees and Expenses. Except as provided in Section 9.2, the Transferor and Transferee of any Units or other interest in the Company shall be jointly and severally obligated to reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether or not consummated.

9.7 Void Transfers. Any Transfer by any Member or Unitholder or Permitted Transferee of any Units or other interest in the Company in contravention of this Agreement (including the failure of the Transferee to execute a counterpart or acceptable joinder to this Agreement) or any applicable Equity Agreement, or which would cause the Company to not be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, shall be void ab initio and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company or any other party. No purported Assignee shall have any right to any gross items of income, gain, deduction or loss or Distributions of the Company.

9.8 Vesting, Forfeiture and Repurchase of Units. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, Units may be subject to vesting, forfeiture or repurchase as set forth in any applicable Equity Agreement. Upon any repurchase or redemption of any Unit, in lieu of the cancellation of any repurchased or redeemed Units, the Board may, in its sole discretion, elect that such repurchased or redeemed Units, as the case may be, remain issued and be held in the name, and on behalf of, the Company.

 

-40-


9.9 Exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock.

(a) Elective Exchanges.

(i) Each Class A Unitholder shall be entitled, at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender Combined Units (with the Class A Common Units surrendered to the Company, and the corresponding Noneconomic Stock surrendered to the Public Offering Entity) in exchange for the delivery by the Company to the exchanging Class A Unitholder of, at the option of the Public Offering Entity (as determined solely by a majority of its directors who are disinterested), (A) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of Combined Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (a “Share Settlement”), which such shares of Class A Common Stock may be contributed by the Public Offering Entity to the Company in exchange for Class A Common Units, or (B) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares net of any underwriters’ discounts, commissions and brokers’ fees that would be payable in connection with the registration and sale of such shares in a registered offering, as reasonably determined by the Board (a “Cash Settlement,” and any such exchange of Combined Units for Class A Common Stock or cash, an “Exchange”); provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lower of (i) 5,000 Combined Units, (ii) such other number of Combined Units as may be determined by the Board with respect to any particular Exchange, and (iii) all of the Combined Units held by such Class A Unitholder. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, except in the case of a Cash Settlement that is not funded, directly or indirectly, by the Public Offering Entity, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any Exchange shall be treated as a direct exchange of the Combined Units between the Public Offering Entity and the Class A Unitholder participating in the Exchange for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.

(ii) A Class A Unitholder shall exercise its right to Exchange Combined Units as set forth in Section 9.9(a)(i) by delivering to (I) the Public Offering Entity, (A) a written election of exchange in respect of the Combined Units to be Exchanged (an “Exchange Notice”), duly executed by such Class A Unitholder, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Company, in each case during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Public Offering Entity, (B) any certificate(s) representing the Noneconomic Stock included in such Combined Units, and (C) if the Public Offering Entity requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 9.12(b), such certification, or written notice from such Class A Unitholder that it is unable to provide such certification, and (II) the Company, the Class A Common Units included in such Combined Units (including, in each case, any certificates representing the underlying Class A Common Units and any stock certificates representing the underlying shares of Noneconomic Stock in each case issued to such Class A Unitholder according to the books and records of the Company and the Public Offering Entity, respectively); provided, that if any such certificate has been lost, then the exchanging Class A Unitholder may deliver, in lieu of such certificate, an affidavit of lost certificate. Upon a Class A Unitholder exercising its right to Exchange, the Company and the Public Offering Entity shall take such actions as may be required to ensure that such Class A Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or cash that such exchanging Class A Unitholder is entitled to receive in connection with such Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a). If an exchanging Class A Unitholder receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or cash that it is entitled

 

-41-


to receive in connection with an Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a) from the Company pursuant to this Section 9.9(a)(ii), then the Class A Unitholder shall have no further right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or cash in connection with that Exchange, and the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations under the second sentence of this Section 9.9(a)(ii). An Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a) shall be deemed to have been effected on the Business Day immediately following the earliest Business Day as of which the Public Offering Entity and the Company have received the items specified in clauses (I) through (II) of the first sentence of this Section 9.9(a)(ii) (such Business Day, the “Exchange Date”). Subject to the rights of Class A Unitholders to revoke an Exchange Notice in accordance with Section 9.9(a)(iii), on the Exchange Date, all rights of the exchanging Class A Unitholder as a holder of the Combined Units that are subject to the Exchange shall cease, and, in the case of a Share Settlement, such Class A Unitholder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received by the exchanging Class A Unitholder in respect of such Exchange.

(iii) If, following its receipt of an Exchange Notice, the Public Offering Entity is unable to deliver to the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange shares of Class A Common Stock that are covered under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or that are otherwise freely tradeable or sellable by such Class A Unitholder, then the Public Offering Entity shall notify the requesting Class A Unitholder in writing of that fact, and such Class A Unitholder may, by written notice to the Company and the Public Offering Entity, revoke its Exchange Notice requesting such Exchange, whereupon the Exchange shall be terminated, the Combined Units so requested to be included in such Exchange shall be reinstated in the name of such holder, and any shares of Class A Common Stock issued to such holder as a result of such Exchange shall be cancelled.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.9, the Public Offering Entity (as determined solely by a majority of its directors who are disinterested) may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to effect on the Exchange Date the exchange of Combined Units for the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as the case may be, through a direct exchange of such Combined Units and the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement, as applicable, between the applicable Class A Unitholder and the Public Offering Entity (a “Direct Exchange”). Upon such Direct Exchange pursuant to this Section 9.9(a)(iv), the Public Offering Entity shall acquire the Combined Units and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Combined Units.

(b) Mandatory Exchanges.

(i) The Public Offering Entity shall have the right to require each Class A Unitholder to Exchange all of such Class A Unitholder’s Combined Units in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.9(a), mutatis mutandis, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control.

 

 

-42-


(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 9.9(b)(i), a Class A Unitholder shall not be required to Exchange such Class A Unitholder’s Combined Units pursuant to Section 9.9(b)(i) unless the sum of the amount of (A) cash to be received by such Member (if applicable) as consideration in any Change of Control with respect to shares of Class A Common Stock for which such Class A Unitholder’s Combined Units are to be Exchanged and (B) any cash advance made to such Member (if applicable) by the Company or the Public Offering Entity for the purpose of paying such Member’s tax liability attributable to the Exchange (which advance may, by its terms, require that it be repaid in full upon the sale by such Member of the rights or securities received by such Member in the Exchange), in each case within sixty (60) days of the Change of Control, is sufficient to pay such Member’s tax liability (taking into account any withholding) attributable to the Exchange. For purposes of this Section 9.9(b)(ii), securities that are received by a Unitholder in a Change of Control with respect to the Class A Common Units or the shares of Class A Common Stock for which they are Exchanged and that may be sold into the public market without restriction as to timing, volume or manner of sale (including, without limitation, restrictions as a result of securities laws or applicable insider trading policies or blackout periods) by such Unitholder as the holder of such securities immediately following the Change of Control shall be deemed to be cash consideration received by such Unitholder.

(iii) The Public Offering Entity shall exercise its right to require an Exchange of Combined Units as set forth in Section 9.9(b)(i) by delivering to the Class A Unitholder written notice of such mandatory Exchange (a “Mandatory Exchange Notice”) and the date the Exchange shall be deemed to occur (the “Mandatory Exchange Date”), which date may not be earlier than the date of such written notice; provided, that such date may be described as immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control, and the Public Offering Entity shall use reasonable best efforts to provide such notice to all Class A Unitholders at least ten (10) calendar days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated Change of Control is to be effected. From and after the Mandatory Exchange Date, (x) the Combined Units shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Company or Public Offering Entity, as applicable, on the Mandatory Exchange Date, (y) in the case of a Share Settlement, the Class A Unitholder shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received by the exchanging Class A Unitholder in respect of such Exchange on the Mandatory Exchange Date, and (z) the Class A Unitholder shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Combined Units other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock or cash pursuant to Section 9.9(b)(i) upon compliance with its obligations under Section 9.9(b)(iv).

(iv) On or prior to the Mandatory Exchange Date (or if less than ten (10) calendar days’ notice of the Mandatory Exchange Date is given, within five (5) Business Days of such notice), the Class A Unitholder shall deliver during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Public Offering Entity: (A) an acknowledgement of the Mandatory Exchange Notice (a “Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement”), duly executed by such Class A Unitholder, (B) any certificate(s) representing all Combined Units held by the Class A Unitholder to be Exchanged on the Mandatory Exchange Date (including any certificates representing the underlying Class A Common Units and any stock certificates representing the underlying shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, in each case issued to such Class A Unitholder according to the books and records of the Company and the Public Offering Entity, as applicable); provided, that if any such certificate has been lost, then the exchanging Class A Unitholder may deliver, in lieu of such certificate, an affidavit of lost certificate, and (C) if the Public Offering Entity or the Company requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 9.12(b), such certification or written notice from such Class A Unitholder that it is unable to provide such certification.

 

-43-


(c) Issuance of Class A Common Stock. As promptly as practicable following satisfaction of such Class A Unitholder’s obligations under Section 9.9(a)(ii) or Section 9.9(b)(iv), as applicable, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days after such obligations are satisfied, in the event of a Share Settlement, the Public Offering Entity or the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such Class A Unitholder, at such Unitholder’s address of record (or at such other address as such Unitholder may designate to the Public Offering Entity), the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging Class A Unitholder. To the extent that the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or a transfer agent or similar intermediary, the Public Offering Entity will upon the written instruction of an exchanging Class A Unitholder, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging Class A Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or such agent or intermediary, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company or such agent or intermediary designated by such exchanging Class A Unitholder in the Exchange Notice or the Mandatory Exchange Acknowledgement, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be issued as a result of any Exchange. In lieu of any fractional share of Class A Common Stock to which a Class A Unitholder would otherwise be entitled in any Exchange, the Company or the Public Offering Entity shall pay to such Class A Unitholder cash equal to such fractional share multiplied by the closing price of a share of Class A Common Stock on the most recent trading day preceding the Exchange Date or Mandatory Exchange Date, as applicable, on which the shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise deliverable in such Exchange are deemed to be delivered.

(d) Cancellation of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock; Class A Common Units. Any shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed cancelled without any action on the part of any Person, including the Public Offering Entity, upon the relevant Exchange Date or Mandatory Exchange Date, as applicable. Any such cancelled shares of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, as applicable, shall no longer be outstanding, and all rights with respect to such shares shall automatically cease and terminate. Any Class A Common Units surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed held by the Public Offering Entity thereafter without any action on the part of any Person, including the Company.

(e) Expenses. The Company shall bear its own expenses and the expenses of the Public Offering Entity and each exchanging Class A Unitholder in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Public Offering Entity shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange.

 

 

-44-


(f) Other Prohibitions on Exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Class A Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange Combined Units to the extent that the Public Offering Entity or the Company reasonably determines in good faith that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation or (ii) would not be permitted under (x) this Agreement, (y) any other agreement with the Public Offering Entity, its subsidiaries, the Company or the Subsidiaries to which such Class A Unitholder is then subject, or (z) any written policies of the Public Offering Entity, its subsidiaries, the Company or the Subsidiaries related to unlawful or inappropriate trading applicable to its directors, officers or other personnel to which such Class A Unitholder is then subject. For the avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by any law or regulation pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available, and the parties hereto believe that there is currently no law or regulation, and acknowledge that there is no agreement of the type referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, that would, in either case, restrict the ability of a Class A Unitholder to Exchange Combined Units.

(g) Publicly Traded Partnership. Each of the Public Offering Entity and the Company covenants and agrees that, prior to taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause interests in the Company to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), including issuing any Combined Units in a transaction required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, it will provide at least fifteen (15) Business Days’ advance written notice describing the proposed action in reasonable detail to the Class A Unitholders and provide each Class A Unitholder with the opportunity to effect an Exchange of all such Class A Unitholder’s Combined Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that in no event will the Public Offering Entity take or cause to be taken any action that would cause interests in the Company to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h) prior to the first anniversary of the date hereof. So long as the notice and opportunity to Exchange contemplated by the previous sentence have been provided to the Class A Unitholders, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity or Board of the Company, as applicable, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, determine in good faith that interests in the Company do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), then the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as applicable, may impose such restrictions on Exchange, as the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as applicable, may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code; provided, that, upon such a determination, the Class A Unitholders’ existing liquidity rights will be preserved to the greatest extent possible.

9.10 Adjustment of Exchange Rate.

(a) The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit or stock split, unit or stock distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit or stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of Class A Common Units, Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination

 

-45-


of Class A Common Units or Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock. For example, if there is a 2-for-1 stock split of Class A Common Stock and no corresponding split with respect to the Class A Common Units or Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock, then the Exchange Rate would be adjusted to be 2. To the extent not reflected in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging Class A Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging Class A Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 9.10 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such other security or other property.

(b) Each time that the Public Offering Entity (i) purchases Combined Units other than in connection with (A) a corresponding issuance by the Public Offering Entity of the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock (whether as a result of an Exchange or otherwise) or (B) a concurrent recapitalization of the Company that causes the number of Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity to equal the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately following such purchase of Combined Units, or (ii) repurchases shares of Class A Common Stock without a corresponding redemption by the Company of Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity, then the Exchange Rate shall be adjusted immediately following such transaction described in the immediately foregoing clauses (i) or (ii), as applicable, without any further action by the Public Offering Entity, the Company or any Class A Unitholder, as follows: the Exchange Rate shall first be set at a ratio, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Public Offering Entity then issued and outstanding, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Class A Common Units then owned by the Public Offering Entity, in each case after giving effect to the transaction that gave rise to such Exchange Rate adjustment and prior to giving effect to any event that has occurred which would give rise to an adjustment to the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 9.10(a), and then that ratio shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 9.10(a) for each event (if any) giving rise to such Section 9.10(a) adjustment assuming that such event had occurred after the transaction that gave rise to the Exchange Rate adjustment being made pursuant to this Section 9.10(b). If at any time the Public Offering Entity issues a share of Class A Common Stock for no consideration or consideration other than cash, then the Company shall issue to the Public Offering Entity one Class A Common Unit.

 

 

-46-


(c) If the Public Offering Entity pays a dividend or otherwise makes a distribution in respect of shares of Class A Common Stock, in each case of property other than cash, and such property was not acquired with cash received by the Public Offering Entity from the Company, was not Distributed to the Public Offering Entity from the Company and is not in connection with an event that results in an Exchange Rate adjustment pursuant to Section 9.10(a), then, upon any Exchange that occurs subsequent to such dividend or distribution of property, the Public Offering Entity shall distribute to the Class A Unitholder conducting such Exchange the property that such Class A Unitholder would have received in such prior dividend or distribution in respect of the shares of Class A Common Stock received by such Class A Unitholder in such Exchange if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the record date for such prior dividend or distribution.

9.11 Class A Common Stock to be Delivered upon Exchange.

(a) The Public Offering Entity and the Company covenant and agree to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon an Exchange pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to such Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such Exchange. In the event that an Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any such registration statement has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable for such Exchange, the Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements; provided, that if no such registration is available, then the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange may revoke its Exchange Notice as described in Section 9.9(a)(iii). The Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery on each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery. Nothing herein shall be construed as a requirement for the Public Offering Entity or the Company to settle the Exchange for cash. The Public Offering Entity shall not be required to comply with this Section 9.11(a) in an Exchange in connection with a Change of Control.

(b) The Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery; provided, that if the shares Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon an Exchange are not freely tradeable or otherwise sellable by the Class A Unitholder requesting such Exchange, then such Class A Unitholder may revoke its Exchange Notice as described in Section 9.9(a)(iii).

(c) The Public Offering Entity shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon Exchange of all then-outstanding Combined Units.

(d) Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Public Offering Entity has taken all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions from, or dispositions to, the Public Offering Entity of equity securities of the Public Offering Entity (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities which may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Public Offering Entity for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this

 

-47-


Agreement, by each director or officer of the Public Offering Entity who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Public Offering Entity upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Public Offering Entity pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such Person pursuant to this Agreement).

(e) If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, then the Public Offering Entity shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.

(f) The Public Offering Entity covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock delivered upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Public Offering Entity or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any Person.

(g) For purposes of determining any ordinary income recognized under Code Section 751 with respect to any Exchange pursuant to Section 9.9 (or pursuant to Code Section 741 in the event of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Combined Units), to the extent allowed under laws applicable to the Company, the Board and the Members agree to use good faith efforts to allocate the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Company’s assets among the Company’s assets consistently with past practice.

9.12 Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.

(a) If the Public Offering Entity or the Company shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign Tax rules or regulations in respect of any Exchange, then the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including at its option withholding shares of Class A Common Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of any Taxes which the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts are (or property is) so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property) shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the applicable Class A Unitholder. The parties anticipate that, on the basis of current law, no federal income tax withholding would be required with respect to an Exchange by any Class A Unitholder who is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and who, if required, has properly certified that such holder is not subject to federal backup withholding or similar rules.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the Public Offering Entity and the Company may, at its own discretion, require as a condition to the effectiveness of an Exchange that an exchanging Class A Unitholder deliver to the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, an IRS Form W-9 or other certification that the exchanging Class A Unitholder is not a “foreign person” within the meanings of Sections 1445

 

-48-


and 1446(f) of the Code. In the event that the Public Offering Entity or the Company has required delivery of such certification but an exchanging Class A Unitholder is unable to do so, the Public Offering Entity or the Company, as the case may be, shall nevertheless deliver or cause to be delivered to the exchanging Class A Unitholder the Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 9.9, but subject to withholding as provided in Section 9.12(a).

9.13 No Transfer of Class B Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, no Class A Unitholder may Transfer, directly or indirectly, all or any portion of its shares of Class B Common Stock or any rights therein (voting or otherwise) to any other Person.

9.14 Tender Offers and Other Events with Respect to the Public Offering Entity(b) . In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid, takeover bid, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to Class A Common Stock (each of the foregoing, an “Offer”) is proposed by the Public Offering Entity or is proposed to the Public Offering Entity or its stockholders and approved by the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or approval of the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity, the Public Offering Entity shall provide written notice of an Offer to all Class A Unitholders within the earlier of (a) five (5) Business Days following the execution of an agreement (if applicable) with respect to, or the commencement of (if applicable), such Offer and (b) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which such Offer is to be effected, including in such notice such information as may reasonably describe such Offer, subject to applicable laws, including the date of execution of such agreement (if applicable) or of such commencement (if applicable), the material terms of such Offer, including the amount and types of consideration to be received by holders of shares of Class A Common Stock in such Offer, any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with such Offer, and the number of Units (and the corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock) held by such Class A Unitholder that is applicable to such Offer. The Class A Unitholders shall be permitted to participate in such Offer by delivery of an Exchange Notice (which Exchange Notice shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Offer, and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be contingent upon such Offer and not be effective if such Offer is not consummated). In the case of an Offer proposed by the Public Offering Entity, the Public Offering Entity will use its commercially reasonable efforts expeditiously and in good faith to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the Class A Unitholders to participate in such Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock without discrimination. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the Class A Unitholders be entitled to receive in such Offer aggregate consideration for each Combined Unit that is greater than the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with an Offer (it being understood that payments under or in respect of the Tax Receivable Agreement shall not be considered part of any such consideration).

 

-49-


ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF MEMBERS

10.1 Substituted Members. In connection with the Transfer of Units of a Unitholder permitted under the terms of this Agreement, the Equity Agreements (if applicable), and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, the Transferee shall become a Substituted Member on the later of (a) the effective date of such Transfer, and (b) the date on which the Board approves such Transferee as a Substituted Member, and such admission shall be shown on the books and records of the Company; provided, however, that in connection with the Transfer of Units to a Permitted Transferee, the Transferee shall become a Substituted Member on the effective date of such Transfer.

10.2 Additional Members. A Person may be admitted to the Company as an additional Member (an “Additional Member”) only as contemplated under Section 3.1 and only upon furnishing to the Company (a) a letter of acceptance, in form satisfactory to the Board, of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 14.1, and (b) such other documents or instruments as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board to effect such Person’s admission as a Member. Such admission shall become effective on the date on which the Board determines that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

11.1 Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders. No Unitholder shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XII without the prior written consent of the Board, except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or any of the other agreements contemplated hereby. Upon a Transfer of all of a Unitholder’s Units in a Transfer permitted by each of this Agreement any applicable Equity Agreements, such Unitholder shall (subject to the provisions of Section 9.4) cease to be a Unitholder. Notwithstanding that payment on account of a withdrawal may be made after the effective time of such withdrawal, any completely withdrawing Unitholder will not be considered a Unitholder for any purpose after the effective time of such complete withdrawal, and, in the case of a partial withdrawal, such Unitholder’s Capital Account (and corresponding voting and other rights) shall be reduced for all other purposes hereunder upon the effective time of such partial withdrawal.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

12.1 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first of the following to occur:

(a) Board approval of dissolution; or

(b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 35-5 of the Delaware Act or an administrative dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article XII, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

-50-


12.2 Liquidation and Termination. Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Board shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more representatives, Members or other Persons as liquidator(s). The liquidators shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final Liquidating Distributions as provided herein, in the Delaware Act and in accordance with all state mortgage licensing requirements (including in a manner that avoids the imposition of personal liability upon any Unitholder, Director or officer pursuant to such requirements). The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. Until payment of the final Liquidating Distribution, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company’s properties with all of the power and authority of the Board. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

(a) The liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from the Company funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine).

(b) As promptly as practicable after dissolution, the liquidators shall cause the remaining Company assets (the “Liquidation Assets”) to be distributed among the Unitholders in accordance with Section 4.1(b) and Exhibit A.

(c) Prior to distribution of Liquidation Assets, any non-cash Liquidation Assets will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Sections 4.2 and 4.3. After taking into account such allocations, it is anticipated that each Unitholder’s Capital Account, on a per Unit basis, would be uniform. If any Unitholder’s Capital Account is not so uniform, then gross items of income, gain, deduction and loss for the Fiscal Year in which the Company is dissolved shall be allocated among the Unitholders in such a manner as to cause, to the extent possible, each Unitholder’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance to be equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.1. If the Distribution of any non-cash Liquidation Asset cannot be made to a recipient because the recipient lacks a particular license, then (i) such non-cash Liquidation Asset must be first liquidated or (ii) such non-cash Liquidation Asset shall be Transferred to (A) such recipient’s Affiliate that is so licensed or (B) another Unitholder that is so licensed (if such other Unitholder agrees to relinquish to such unlicensed recipient an equivalent amount of Liquidation Assets that do not require the recipient to be licensed).

(d) The Distribution of cash and/or property to a Unitholder in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.2 constitutes a complete return to the Unitholder of its Capital Contributions and a complete Distribution to the Unitholder of its interest in the Company and all Company property and constitutes a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Unitholder returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Unitholder for those funds.

12.3 Securityholders Agreement. To the extent that units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company are distributed to any Unitholders and unless otherwise agreed to by the Board, such Unitholders hereby agree to enter into a securityholders agreement with such Subsidiary and each other Unitholder that contains restrictions on the Transfer of such equity securities and other provisions (including with respect to the governance and control of such Subsidiary) in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article V and Article IX).

 

-51-


12.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the Distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Company is terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Board (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 12.4.

12.5 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 12.2 in order to minimize any Losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

12.6 Return of Capital. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Unitholders (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).

12.7 Hart-Scott-Rodino. In the event that the HSR Act is applicable to any Unitholder, the dissolution of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting period (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Unitholder.

ARTICLE XIII

VALUATION

13.1 Valuation of Subsidiary Securities. The Fair Market Value of any equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company means the average of the closing prices of the sales of the securities on all securities exchanges on which the securities may at the time be listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange on any day, then the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on all such exchanges at the end of such day, or, if on any day such securities are not so listed, then the average of the representative bid and asked prices quoted in the New York Stock Exchange system as of 4:00 P.M., New York time, or, if on any day such securities are not quoted in the New York Stock Exchange system, then the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated, or any similar successor organization, in each such case averaged over a period of twenty-one (21) days consisting of the day as of which the Fair Market Value is being determined and the twenty (20) consecutive Business Days prior to such day. If the dissolution and liquidation (or deemed dissolution and liquidation) of the Company occurs in connection with the public offering of any Subsidiary of the Company, then the Fair Market Value of each equity security of such Subsidiary shall equal the price at which such securities are initially offered to the public in connection with such public offering. If at any time the equity securities of a Subsidiary are not listed on any securities exchange or quoted in the Nasdaq System or the over-the-counter market, and the dissolution and liquidation (or deemed dissolution and liquidation) of the Company does not occur in connection with a public offering of such Subsidiary, then the Fair Market Value of each such security shall be equal to the fair value thereof as of the date of valuation as determined by the Board on the basis of an orderly sale to a willing, unaffiliated buyer in an arm’s length transaction, taking into account all factors it deems relevant.

 

-52-


13.2 Valuation of Other Assets and Company Securities. The Fair Market Value of all other non-cash assets or of any Units or other securities issued by the Company means the fair value for such assets or securities as between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction occurring on the date of valuation as determined by the Board, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (and giving effect to any transfer taxes payable or discounts in connection with such sale).

13.3 Valuation of Other Securities. In determining Fair Market Value of any other securities, the Board shall make such determination on the basis of an orderly sale to a willing, unaffiliated buyer in an arm’s-length transaction, taking into account all relevant factors.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Power of Attorney. Each Unitholder hereby constitutes and appoints each Director and the liquidators, with full power of substitution, as such Unitholder’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his or its name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (a) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof in accordance with the terms hereof that the Board deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the Board deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any appropriately authorized amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the Board and/or the liquidators deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Unitholder pursuant to Article X or Article XI. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, Disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any Unitholder and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such Unitholder’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.

14.2 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified, or waived upon the written consent of the Public Offering Entity; provided, however, that (i) any amendment, modification or waiver of Sections 9.9 through 9.14 and (ii) any amendment, modification, or waiver that would adversely affect in any material respect the rights or obligations of any holder of Class A Common Units other than the Public Offering Entity in any manner that is materially and adversely disproportionate relative to the effect on Class A Common Units held by the Public Offering Entity, in each case, shall require the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Class A Common Units not held by the Public Offering Entity, voting together as a single class; provided, further, that in each case of the foregoing clauses and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as the Tax Receivable Agreement remains outstanding and in effect, no amendment or modification may be made to this Agreement that is materially and disproportionately adverse to the TRA Recipients without the prior written consent of the TRA Recipients entitled to a majority of the Tax Benefit Payments (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement).

 

-53-


14.3 Title to Company Assets. Company assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Unitholder, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. Legal title to any or all Company assets may be held in the name of the Company or one or more nominees, as the Board may determine. The Board hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Company assets is held.

14.4 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

14.5 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

14.6 Counterparts; Binding Agreement. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts (including by means of facsimile), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and effective as to each Person who (a) executes this Agreement in the appropriate space provided in the signature pages hereto notwithstanding the fact that other Persons who have not executed this Agreement may be listed on the signature pages hereto, and (b) may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of or joinder to this Agreement.

14.7 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation (thus the words “include”, “includes” and “including” when used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”). Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with

 

-54-


the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Whenever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or”, “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

14.8 Applicable Law; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts located in Los Angeles, California, and each party hereto waives any defense or objection to such jurisdiction and venue, including any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or inconvenient forum. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (INCLUDING EACH MEMBER) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST SUCH PARTY IN RESPECT OF ITS, HIS OR HER OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

14.9 Addresses and Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered, sent by telecopy or email (in each case, with hard copy to follow) or sent by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid), or (b) three (3) days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Such notices, demands, and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

14.10 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Profits, Losses, Distributions, capital or property or the rights of the Board to require Capital Contributions other than as a secured creditor.

14.11 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

14.12 Further Action. The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement. No Unitholder may take any action or approve any action in contravention of any Board action.

 

-55-


14.13 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and those documents expressly referred to herein embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

14.14 Opt-in to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code. The Unitholders hereby agree that the Units shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction)

14.15 Delivery by Facsimile or PDF. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (“pdf”), shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in pdf as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

14.16 Survival. Sections 4.6, 5.6, 6.4, and 6.8 shall survive and continue in full force in accordance with their respective terms notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the dissolution of the Company.

14.17 Tax and Other Advice. Each Member has had the opportunity to consult with such Member’s own Tax and other advisors with respect to the consequences to such Member of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the Tax consequences under federal, state, local, and other income Tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such Tax laws. Such Member acknowledges that none of the Company, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors, beneficiaries, heirs and assigns and its and their past and present directors, officers, employees, and agents (including their attorneys) makes or has made any representations or warranties to such Member regarding the consequences to such Member of the purchase, receipt or ownership of the Units, including the Tax consequences under federal, state, local and other Tax laws of the United States or any other country and the possible effects of changes in such Tax laws.

 

-56-


14.18 Acknowledgments. Upon execution and delivery of a counterpart to this Agreement or a joinder to this Agreement, each Member (including each Substituted Member and each Additional Member) shall be deemed to acknowledge to the Company and the Public Offering Entity as follows: (a) the determination of such Member to acquire Units pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement has been made by such Member independent of any other Member and independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such purchase or as to the properties, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Group Company that may have been made or given by any other Member or by any agent or employee of any other Member, (b) no other Member has acted as an agent of such Member in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no other Member shall be acting as an agent of such Member in connection with monitoring its investment hereunder, (c) any Group Company (including the Public Offering Entity) have retained SMRH and Kirkland & Ellis LLP in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) except for Kirkland & Ellis’s representation of Parthenon, SMRH and Kirkland & Ellis LLP are not representing and will not represent any other Member in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby or any dispute that may arise between any Group Company, on the one hand, and any other Member, on the other hand, (e) such Member will, if it wishes counsel on the transactions contemplated hereby, retain its own independent counsel, and (f) SMRH and Kirkland & Ellis LLP may represent any Group Company in connection with any and all matters contemplated hereby (including any dispute between any Group Company, on the one hand, and any other Member, on the other hand) and such Member waives any conflict of interest in connection with such representation by SMRH and Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

*     *     *     *     *     *

 

-57-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TRILOGY MORTGAGE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its:   President
TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS SIX, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its:   Manager
TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS SEVEN, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its:   Manager
TRILOGY MANAGEMENT INVESTORS EIGHT, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its:   Manager
JLSA, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its:   Manager

Signature Page to

Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


THE JLSSAA TRUST, ESTABLISHED SEPTEMBER 4, 2014
By:  

                 

Name: Anthony Hsieh
Its: Trustee

Signature Page to

Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


PCP MANAGERS, L.P.
  By:   PCP Managers GP, LLC
  Its:   General Partner
By:  

             

Name:  
Its:  

Signature Page to

Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Incremental Excess Tax Distributions

In any given calendar quarter, the Public Offering Entity will, automatically and without further action, authorization or approval from the Public Offering Entity, the Company, their respective Boards of Directors or any other Person, contribute to the Company the Preferred Contribution Amount if the management of loanDepot.com determines that such funds are needed to pay operating expenses, fund loans or margin calls, provide credit support to senior lenders or to otherwise operate the Group Companies’ mortgage lending and other businesses in the ordinary course. The “Preferred Contribution Amount” shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (1) the Incremental Excess Tax Distribution Amount for such calendar quarter over (2) a good faith estimate prepared by the management of loanDepot.com of the Public Offering Entity’s anticipated payment obligations for such calendar quarter in respect of both (x) the Tax Receivable Agreement (calculated based on the initial estimates for such payments prepared by the Company’s tax accountants, as adjusted for actual activity triggering payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement over time, and after giving effect to any grace periods or other periods of deferral permitted thereby) and (y) dividends under the Public Offering Entity’s then-current dividend policy. The Preferred Contribution Amount in any calendar quarter may be increased (but not decreased) by the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity at any time in its good faith discretion.

The Preferred Contribution Amount that is contributed to the Company by the Public Offering Entity pursuant to the preceding paragraph will be evidenced by a single preferred unit (the “Preferred Unit”) issued by the Company to the Public Offering Entity.

If the Company proposes to make any Liquidating Distribution (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Current Distribution or Tax Distribution) to its Unitholders, then the Company shall, prior to payment of such Liquidating Distribution to the holders of Class A Common Units, pay to the Public Offering Entity, in respect of the Preferred Unit, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of: (i) the aggregate amount of all Preferred Contribution Amounts over (ii) the aggregate amount previously distributed by the Company to the Public Offering Entity in respect of the Preferred Unit (such difference, the “Excess Preferred Contribution Amount”).

If the Company proposes to make any Current Distribution (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Liquidating Distribution or Tax Distribution) to its Unitholders which is in excess of the amount required to fund the Public Offering Entity’s obligations to pay dividends under the Public Offering Entity’s then-current dividend policy (after giving effect to such Current Distribution), then management of loanDepot.com shall, prior to payment of such Current Distribution to the holders of Class A Common Units, update its estimate of the most recent Preferred Contribution Amount and, if based upon such update the most recent Preferred Contribution Amount should be decreased, pay to the Public Offering Entity an amount equal to such decrease prior to declaring and paying such Current Distribution. Such payment to the Public Offering Entity will reduce the Excess Preferred Contribution Amount.


Notwithstanding Section 4.1(b), so long as there is no Unsatisfied Tax Distribution Entitlement and only to the extent the reserved funds retained by the Public Offering Entity as described in the first paragraph of this Exhibit A (as modified by the fourth paragraph of this Exhibit A) are not otherwise sufficient for such purposes, the Company shall, as and when needed, pay to the Public Offering Entity in respect of the Preferred Unit, to the extent of the Excess Preferred Contribution Amount then outstanding, such amount as is required for the Public Offering Entity to satisfy its obligations then due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, after giving effect to any grace periods or other periods of deferral permitted thereby, and its obligations to pay declared but unpaid dividends under the Public Offering Entity’s then-current dividend policy.

Other than in connection with a Liquidating Distribution, the Company shall not be required to pay the Excess Preferred Contribution Amount under this Exhibit A at any time that (i) such payment would cause any Group Company to violate or breach any term or provision of any (A) material agreement or contract to which such Group Company is subject or its assets are bound, or (B) financial covenant to which such Group Company is subject or by which its assets are bound; (ii) the Board of Directors of the Public Offering Entity authorizes the Company to retain such funds or otherwise waives such payment requirement; or (iii) applicable law or any Governmental Entity prohibits such payment.


LD HOLDINGS GROUP LLC SCHEDULE OF UNITHOLDERS

as of _________ __, 2021

[To be provided.]

 

Schedule of Unitholders - 1

Exhibit 21.1

LOANDEPOT, INC.

List of Subsidiaries as of the completion of this offering

 

Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

LD Holdings Group LLC    Delaware
loanDepot.com, LLC    Delaware
Artemis Management LLC    Delaware
LD Settlement Services, LLC    Delaware
mello Holdings, LLC    Texas

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated November 9, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of LD Holdings Group, LLC and Subsidiaries and with respect to the balance sheet of loanDepot, Inc., included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-252024) and related Prospectus of loanDepot, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

January 27, 2021